Free Geography Notes, Exams, Schemes of Work, Lesson Plans: Form 1 to 4
Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources
School Heads Warn of Disruption to Education Due to Delayed Funding
School Heads Warn of Disruption to Education Due to Delayed Funding
A looming crisis threatens to send countless students home as early as next week, following the government’s failure to release necessary capitation funds.
The Kenya Secondary School Heads Association (KESSHA) has voiced its frustration over the ongoing delays in funding for the second term, which has left schools in a precarious financial situation.
With over Ksh21 billion still unallocated, many institutions are struggling under the weight of growing debts, forcing them to make tough choices regarding resource distribution.
During a press conference on Saturday, May 3, school leaders highlighted how the funding holdup has begun to destabilize their operations, impacting everything from administrative functions to the upkeep of vital facilities.
“When government funding is delayed, it disrupts our services. For instance, we struggle to pay our suppliers on time, which can lead to interruptions in their deliveries,” explained one head teacher.
“This funding lag can also hinder our schools’ performance. We urge the government to expedite the release of capitation funds to our institutions.”
This announcement comes just a day after Education Cabinet Secretary Julius Ogamba revealed plans to allocate Ksh21 billion in capitation to public schools next week.
Speaking at the Naivasha Education Conference on May 2, Ogamba emphasized that these funds are crucial for school leaders as they prepare for the new term that commenced on Monday.
He attributed the delays in fund disbursement to the government’s limited financial resources, noting that approximately 30 percent of the national budget is typically earmarked for education.
“Some government-funded initiatives are quite expensive, which has occasionally caused us to fall behind in releasing capitation to schools,” Ogamba acknowledged.
Additionally, the Education Cabinet Secretary cautioned school heads against imposing extra charges, reinforcing that the Ministry prohibits such practices.
The ongoing delays in these essential funds have cast a shadow of uncertainty over the future of public education, particularly as the government faces challenges in rolling out the Competency-Based Education system.
Free Business Studies notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
As one of the subjects offered by the Kenya National Examinations Council, KNEC, Business studies is classified as a Technical & Applied subjects. Candidates taking the Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education, KCSE, can opt to choose the subject; since it is elective/ optional. This aside, Business studies is tested in two papers i.e 565 paper 1 and 2.
To make teaching and learning of the subject easy and enjoyable, a number of electronic materials can be obtained, online. These include: Business Studies Notes, KCSE Past Papers, Schemes of Work, Assignments, Termly examination papers, Marking schemes, lesson plans, charts, topical revision resources and many more. Download the resources at zero charge by clicking each of the links below. Please note that you can also print and even share this article to benefit someone else.
Join Telegram Group by using this link for a wide range of educational materials, at zero cost; TEACHERS’ SOFT COPY HUB- TELEGRAM
You can at the same time get unlimited resources for all subjects by clicking on this link; Teachers’ Resources Hub.
Here are the resources available at no extra Fee:
- business studies 1 MS KCSE Past Papers
- business studies 1 KCSE Past Papers
- Business studies 2 MS KCSE Past Papers
- Business studies 2 KCSE Past Papers
- Business Education SCHEMES Form I – IV
- Business Schemes F 4
- Business Schemes F 1
- Business Schemes F 2
- Business Schemes F 3
- 2018-KCSE-KNEC-BUSINESS-STU-PP1
- 2018-KCSE-KNEC-BUSINESS-STUDIES-PP2-MARKING-SCHEME.
- BST F1 MS (1)
- BST END TERM 1 FORM 1 2020 MARKING SCHEME
- BST f1 qs
- BST NOTES 2 F1-F4
- BUS MS 1&2
- BUS PP1
- BUS PP2 AND 2 MS
- BUSINESS KCSE PREDICTIONS
- BUSINESS Form 1
- BUSINESS Form 2
- BUSINESS Form 3
- BUSINESS Form 4
- BUSINESS QUICK REVISION
- business studies 1
- Business studies 2
- BUSINESS STUDIES F2 NOTES-
- BUSINESS STUDIES F3 NOTES-
- Business Studies Form 1-4
- Business Studies Form 1
- BUSINESS STUDIES SYLLABUS
- F1 Business Exams Marking schemes
- F1 business studies Exam Questions
- F2 BS Exams Marking Schemes
- F2 BS Exams Questions
- BUSINESS STUDIES FORM 3 EXAMS QUESTIONS
- BUSINESS STUDIES FORMV 3 EXAMS MARKING SCHEMES
- BUSINESS STUDIES FORM 4 EXAMS MARKING SCHEMES
- BUSINESS STUDIES FORM 4 EXAMS QUESTIONS
- FORM 1 BUSINESS STUDIES NOTES
- FORM ONE BUSINESS NOTES COMPLETE
- FORM ONE BUSINESS STUDIES
- KCSE BUSINESS PP1 REVISION
- KCSE BUSINESS PP2 REVISION
- KCSE_2017 BUSINESS STUDIES PP1
- KCSE-BUSINESS-STUDIES-TOPICALS
- MARKING SCHEME BS P1 2019
- MARKING SCHEME BS P2 2019
- public finance notes
- qns business and its environment notes
- qns business transactions
- qns cash book
- qns chain of distribution
- qns introduction to business studies
- qns enterpreneurship
- qns networth of a business
- Topical-Mock-Business-questions
Also read;
- Best Performing Boys’ Secondary schools per county
- Best performing mixed schools per county
- Best performing Girls’ Secondary schools per county
- Full list of all top and best [performing Boys’ Secondary schools per county
- Best performing County schools per county
- Best performing Extra County Schools per county
Download free latest Grade 8 CBC Schemes of Work
Access the latest Grade 8 CBC Schemes of Work for free. Enhance your teaching with comprehensive curriculum plans. Perfect for educators and parents.
- GRADE 8 TERM MENTOR CRE SCHEMES OF WORK
- GRADE 8 MTP SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES OF WORK
- GRADE 8 MENTOR INTEGRATED SCIENCE SCHEMES OF WORK
- GRADE 8 RATIONALIZED PRE-TECHNICAL STUDIES SCHEMES OF WORK
- GRADE 8 TERM RATIONALIZED ENGLISH SCHEMES OF WORK
- GRADE 8 TERM AGRICULTURE NUTRITION SCHEMES OF WORK
- Grade 8 Agriculture and Nutrition Schemes of work
Form 3 exams with marking schemes
In need of free Form 3 revision papers with answers pdf download? Well. Download free exams with marking schemes below;
FREE FORM 3 EXAMS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES.
MWONGOZO WA KUSAHIHISHA FORM 3 P1
MWONGOZO WA KUSAHIHISHA FORM 3 P2
MWONGOZO WA KUSAHIHISHA FORM 3 P3
Related news;
Form 3 all subjects exams, assignments: free term 1-3 exams
Grade 3 Free CBC Exams Download {Updated}
Grade 3 Free CBC Exams Download
ENGLISH GRADE 3 NEW.pdf
GRADE 3 FRENCH.pdf
FRENCH GRADE 3.pdf
GRADE 3 MUSIC TERM ONE ASSESSMENT.pdf
grade-3-mathematical-activities.pdf
GRADE 3 mathematics grade three.pdf
GRADE 3 CREATIVE ART.pdf
Art and Craft and Music grade 3.pdf
GRADE 3 MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES.pdf
Hygiene grade 3.pdf
GRADE 3 MUSIC.pdf
GRADE 3 Environmental grade three exam.pdf
GRADE 3 Music grade three.pdf
grade-3-environmental-activities.pdf
grade-3-hygiene-and-nutrition-activities.pdf
GRADE 3 Religious Activities.pdf
GRADE 3 HYGIENE.pdf
ENVIRONMENTAL-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
GRADE 3 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES.pdf
GRADE 3 Hygiene grade three.pdf
HYGIENE-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
GRADE 3 ENVIRONMENTAL.pdf
ENGLISH GRADE THREE.pdf
GRADE 3 ENGLISH (1).pdf
GRADE 3 CRE.pdf
GRADE THREE ENGLISH.pdf
GRADE 3 Kusoma grade 3.pdf
grade-3-literacy-activities.pdf
grade-3-cre-activities.pdf
GRADE 3 Religious Activities grade three.pdf
GRADE 3 ENGLISH LITERACY ACTIVITIES.pdf
ENGLISH GRADE 3 (2).pdf
GRADE 3 ENGLISH.pdf
ENGLISH GRADE 3 (1).pdf
GRADE 3 Language grade three.pdf
ENGLISH-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
grade-3-english-activities.pdf
ENGLISH GRADE 3.pdf
GRADE 3 Shughuli za lugha grade three (1).pdf
GRADE 3 Shughuli za lugha grade three.pdf
KISWAHILI-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
grade-3-kiswahili-activities.pdf
GRADE 3 KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES.pdf
KISWAHILI GRADE 3.pdf
GRADE 3 MATHS (2).pdf
GRADE THREE MATHS.pdf
GRADE 3 KISWAHILI.pdf
MATHEMATICS GRADE 3 (1).pdf
GRADE 3 MATHS.pdf
GRADE 3 MATHS (1).pdf
MATHEMATICS GRADE 3.pdf
MATHS GRADE 3.pdf
MATHS-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
MUSIC GRADE 3.pdf
READING-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES GRADE 3.pdf
Free Form 2 Term 1-3 Latest Exams Plus Marking Schemes for all subjects
Free Form 2 Term 1-3 Latest Exams Plus Marking Schemes for all subjects
BUSINESS FORM 2 QS.pdf
AGRICULTURE FORM 2 Q.pdf
BIOLOGY F2 Q.pdf
CHEMISTRY F2 Q.pdf
CHEMISTRY F2 Q.pdf
CRE F2 Q.pdf
ENGLISH F2 Q.pdf
ENGLISH F2 Q.pdf
GEOGRAPHY F2 Q.pdf
GEOGRAPHY F2 Q.pdf
HISTORY F2 Q.pdf
HISTORY F2 Q.pdf
KIS F2 Q.pdf
MATHEMATICS FORM 2 Q.pdf
PHYSICS FORM 2 Q.pdf
Chemistry Schemes of Work Form 4, Term 1-3
Download the free Chemistry Schemes of work, below.
Download a pdf and editable copy of the schemes of work here;
Free updated schemes of work for all subjects (Secondary)
Schemes of work for all subjects, free updated downloads
Chemistry Form I – IV schemes of work
FORM 4 CHEMISTRY SCHEMES OF WORK FOR TERM 1-3
| SCHEME OF WORK FORM FOUR CHEMISTRY TERM ONE 20……….. | ||||||||
WKNO |
L/NO |
TOPIC /SUBTOPIC |
LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES |
TEACHING / LEARNING
ACTIVITIES |
MATERIALS
/ RESOURCES |
REFERENCES | REMARKS | |
1 |
1,2 |
ACIDS, BASES AND SALTS.
Strength of acids.
Acids in aqueous form. |
By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
Define an acid in terms of hydrogen ions.
Explain strength of acids in aqueous form in terms of number of hydrogen ions present. |
Class experiments: investigate reactions of magnesium and zinc carbonate with different acids. Make and record observations in tabular form. Make deductions from the observations. Write relevant chemical equations and ionic equations. Detailed discussion leading to the definition of an acid and explanation of strength of an acid.
|
Magnesium strip, zinc carbonate, 2M HCl, 2M H2SO4, 2M ethanoic acid. |
K.L.B. BK IV Pages 1-4 |
||
3,4 |
pH values of acids.
Electrical conductivities of aqueous acids. |
Determine strength of acids using pH values.
Determine strengths of acids by comparing their electrical conductivities.
Classify acids as either strong or weak in terms of partial dissociations in aqueous solutions.
|
Q/A: review determination of strength of acids using a litmus paper and pH scale.
Class / group experiments: record colour of universal indicator in 2M HCl and 2M ethanoic acid. Set up voltameters of 2M HCl and 2M ethanoic acid in turns. Record amounts of current . Discuss the observations. Write corresponding ionic equations.
|
Universal
indicator, 2M HCl, 2M ethanoic acid, dry cells, carbon electrodes, milli-ammeters, wires, switches etc.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 4-6 |
|||
5 |
Definition of a base in terms of hydroxide ions. |
Define a base in terms of hydroxide ions. | Teacher demonstration:
Dissolve calcium hydroxide in water. Carry out litmus test on the resulting solution. Discuss the results; hence define a base in terms of hydroxide ions.
|
Red litmus paper, calcium hydroxide solid. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages6-7 |
|||
2 |
1 |
Neutralization reaction. |
Determine the results of reaction of an acid and a base. | Add 1M HCl to an aqueous solution of Calcium hydroxide drop wise until colour, change of the universal indicator is noted.
Write ionic equation for the reaction.
|
1M HCl,
Calcium hydroxide, universal indicator. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Page 7 |
||
2,3 |
Strength of bases. |
Compare strengths of bases using pH values and electrical conductivity.
Classify bases/ alkali as either strong or weak in terms of complete / partial ionization.
|
Carry out pH tests of 2M NaOH and 2M ammonia solution using universal indicator solutions; and observe colour changes.
Carry out electrical conductivity tests of voltameters of the above solutions.
Discussion: relate number of hydroxide ions to pH values and electrical conductivity of bases.
|
2M NaOH,
2M ammonia solution, universal indicator solutions, dry cells, carbon electrodes, milliammeters, wires, switches etc
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages7-9 |
|||
4 |
Dissolving hydrogen chloride gas in water / methylbenzene.
|
Define a polar and a non-polar solvent.
|
Teacher demonstration:
Dissolving HCl gas in different solvents. Discuss the observations. Write down related balanced chemical equations. |
Ammonia gas,
Methylbenzene, hydrogen chloride gas. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 9-11 |
|||
5 |
Dissolving ammonia gas in water/ methylbenzene.
|
Investigate effect of a polar / non-polar solvent on ammonia gas. | Carry out litmus tests on the resulting solution.
Make observations and deductions thereof. Write down related balanced chemical equations. |
Ammonia gas,
Methylbenzene. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 11-12 |
|||
3 |
1,2 |
Amphoteric oxides. |
Define an amphoteric oxide.
Identify some amphoteric oxides.
|
Class experiment:
Carry out acid / base reactions with metal oxides. Q/A: make deductions from the results. Writing and balancing relevant equations.
|
2M Nitric acid
2M NaOH, HNO3. Amphoteric oxides. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 12-14 |
||
3,4 |
Precipitation Reactions. |
Define a precipitate.
Write ionic equations showing formation of precipitates.
|
Q/A: review definition of a salt.
Class experiment; Add sodium carbonate or a suitable carbonate to various salt solutions containing Mg2+, Al3+, Ca2+, etc. Make observations and discuss the results.
|
Soluble carbonates e.g. Na2CO3, K2CO3, (NH4)2CO3
Salt solutions containing Mg2+, Al3+, Ca2+, etc.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 14-16 |
|||
5 |
Solubility of chlorides sulphites and sulphates. |
Find out cations that form (in)soluble chlorides, sulphates and sulphites. | Class experiments: measure 2cc of 0.1M solution containing Pb2+ into a test tube.
Add drops of 2M NaCl solution. (Later 2M Sodium Sulphate and 2M Sodium Sulphate). Warm the mixture and make observations. Repeat the procedure using other salt solutions containing other ions. Tabulate the results.
|
0.1M solution containing Pb2+, 2M NaCl solution, 2M sodium sulphate, source of heating. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 16-17 |
|||
4 |
1 |
Equations for formation of insoluble chlorides, sulphites and sulphates.
|
Write down equations for formation of insoluble chlorides, sulphites and sulphates. | Q/A: review observations made in the above experiments.
Discuss the solubility of the cations. Write relevant ionic equations. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 17-18 |
|||
2,3 |
Complex ions. |
Explain formation of complex ions. | Add drops of 2M sodium hydroxide / 2M ammonia solution to a solution containing Mg2+, Zn2+, etc.
Make observations and discuss the results. |
2M Sodium hydroxide (2M ammonia solution),
solution containing Mg2+, Zn2+, etc.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 18-20 |
|||
4,5 |
Solubility of a salt at a given temperature. |
Define the term solubility.
Determine solubility of a given salt at room temperature. |
Q/A: review the terms saturated, unsaturated solutions & crystallization.
Class experiment: determine mass of a solute that dissolves in 100cc of water at room temperature.
|
Suitable solutes. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 20-21 |
|||
5 |
1 |
Problems solving on solubility. |
Solve problems involving solubility of a solute in a solvent at a given temperature. | Worked examples.
Supervised practice. Written assignment. |
Evaporating dish, watch glass, heating source, thermometer.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 21-22 |
||
2,3 |
Effect of temperature on solubility of a solute in a solvent. |
Investigate the effect of temperature on solubility of a solute in a solvent. | Experiments involving solubility of KClO3 at different temperatures.
Note temperatures at which crystallization occurs. Oral questions and discussion.
|
KClO3 thermometers, source of heat. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 22-25 |
|||
4 |
Effects of various salts on soap. |
Determine the effects of various salts on soap. | Group experiments: form soap lather in distilled water, tap water, rainwater, dilute solution of sodium chloride and solutions containing Ca2+ and Zn2+.
Note volume of soap that forms lather readily.
|
distilled water, tap water, rainwater, dilute solution of sodium chloride and solutions containing Ca2+ and Zn2+. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 25-27 |
|||
5 |
Removal of hardness of water. |
Identify ions for hardness of water.
Identify methods of removing hardness of water. State merits & demerits of hard water.
|
Review results of above experiments.
Probing questions & brief discussion.
Assignment. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 27-29 |
||||
6 |
1 |
ENERGY CHANGES IN PHYSICAL & CHEMICAL PROCESSES.
Endothermic and Exothermic Reactions.
|
Todifferentiate between endothermic & exothermic reactions.
|
Investigate temperature changes in solution formation.
Obtain changes in temperature when ammonium nitrate and sodium hydroxide are dissolved in water, one at a time.
|
Ammonium nitrate, Sodium hydroxide, thermometers. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages32-33 |
||
2 |
Energy level diagrams. |
Represent endothermic reactions with exothermic reactions with energy level diagrams.
|
Probing questions on relative energies of reactants and products in endothermic and exothermic and endothermic reactions. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages33-35 |
||||
3,4 |
Enthalpy Notation.
Change of state. |
Define the term enthalpy.
Distinguish positive enthalpy change from negative enthalpy change.
Determine the M.P/ B.P of a pure substance.
|
Q/A and brief discussion.
Class experiments: determine B.P of pure water/ M.P of naphthalene / ice. Use experimental results to plot temperature-time graphs. Explain the shape of the graphs. Q/A: review kinetic theory of matter. Apply the theory to explain the shape of the graph, and nature of bonding in substances.
|
Ice, naphthalene, thermometers, graph papers. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 35-39 |
|||
5 |
C.A.T. | |||||||
7 |
1,2 |
Molar heat of solution. |
Determine molar heat of solution of given substances. | Dissolve known masses of ammonia nitrate / sodium hydroxide in known volumes of water.
Determine temperature changes. Calculate molar heat of solution. Supervised practice.
|
Ammonia nitrate / sodium hydroxide, thermometers. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 40-41 |
||
3,4 |
Molar heat of solution of H2SO4. |
Determine molar heat of solution of H2SO4. | Dissolve some known volume of conc. H2SO4 in a given volume of water.
Note the change in temperature. Work out the molar heat of solution of H2SO4.
|
Conc. H2SO4, thermometers. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages42-45 |
|||
5,1 |
Enthalpy of combustion.
Enthalpy of combustion. |
Define the term enthalpy of combustion.
Determine the enthalpy of combustion of ethanol. Explain why actual heats of combustion are usually lower than the theoretical values.
|
Group experiments / teacher demonstration.
Obtain and record results.
Work out calculations. |
Ethanol, distilled water, thermometer, clear wick, tripod stand and wire gauze. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages45-48 |
|||
8 |
||||||||
2,3 |
Molar heat of displacement of ions. |
Define the term molar heat of solution of displacement of ions.
Determine the molar heat of solution of displacement of ions. |
Group experiments/ teacher demonstration.
Note steady temperature of solutions formed when zinc/ iron / magnesium reacts with copper sulphate solution. Work out the molar heat of displacement of a substance from a solution of its ions.
|
Zinc, iron, magnesium, copper sulphate solution.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 48-50 |
|||
4,5 |
Molar heat of solution of neutralization. |
Define the term neutralization.
Determine the molar heat of neutralization of HCl with NaOH. |
Class experiments:
Neutralize 2M HCl of known volume with a determined volume of 1M / 2M sodium hydroxide. Note highest temperature of the solution. Work out the molar heat of neutralization. Solve other related problems. Assignment.
|
2M HCl of known volume, 1M / 2M sodium hydroxide. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 50-53 |
|||
9 |
1 |
Standard enthalpy changes. |
Define the term standard enthalpy change.
Denote standard enthalpy change with the correct notation.
|
Exposition & brief discussion. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 54-56 |
|||
2,3 |
Hess’s Law.
|
State Hess’s law.
Solve problems related to Hess’s law. |
Detailed discussion & guided discovery of the law.
Illustrations of energy cycles and energy levels leading to Hess’s law. Worked examples. Supervised practice Written assignment.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 56-57 |
||||
4,5 |
Heat of solution hydration energy and lattice energy. |
Define the terms lattice energy and hydration energy.
Explain the relationship between heat of solution, hydration energy. Solve related problems.
|
Exposition of new concepts.
Guided discovery of the relationship between heat solution hydration energy and lattice energy. Worked examples. Assignment.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages60-64 |
||||
10 |
1 |
Heat values of fuels. |
Define the term fuel.
Describe energy changes when a fuel undergoes combustion. Outline factors considered when choosing a suitable fuel.
|
Probing questions and brief discussion. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 64-66 |
|||
2 |
Environmental effects of fuels. |
Outline some environmental effects of fuels.
Identify measures taken to reduce environmental pollution.
|
Q/A & open discussion. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 67-68 |
||||
3, 4 |
RATES OF REACTION & REVERSIBLE REACTIONS.
Effect of concentration on rate of a reaction
|
Explain the effects of change of concentration of reactants on a reaction.
|
Group experiments to investigate effect of concentration on rate of reaction using dil. HCl and magnesium ribbons.
Determine the time taken for reactions to be complete. Calculation of concentration of HCl in moles per litre. Discuss the observations and sketch illustrative graphs.
|
Portions of 2M HCl diluted with different volumes of water,
Stopwatches. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 73-74 |
|||
5 |
Effect of time of reaction on the rate of reaction. |
Explain how the rate or reaction changes as the reaction proceed | Group experiments: investigate volume of gas evolved when magnesium reacts with dilute HCl.
Collect evolved gas and sketch and illustrative graphs. Discuss the results.
|
Magnesium ribbons, stopwatches, conical flask.
100cm3 0.5M HCl, syringes, stoppers, tubes and connectors.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 75-79 |
|||
11 |
1 |
Effect of temperature of reactants on rate of reaction. | Explain the effect of temperature on rate of reaction. | Group experiments: investigate the effects of temperature on the rate of reaction of sodium thiosulphate with dilute HCl.
Sketch and interpret relevant graphs. Discuss the collision theory and effects of activation energy.
|
Sodium thiosulphate heated at different temperatures, dilute HCl, stopwatches.
Graph papers. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 80-83 |
||
2 |
Effect of change in surface area of reactants on the rate of a reaction. |
Explain the effect of change in surface area on the rate of a reaction. | Group experiment/ teacher demonstration.
Compare reactions of marble chips with dilute HCl and that of marble chips powder with equally diluted HCl.
Collect evolved gas in each case.
Teacher asks probing questions related to the observations made.
|
Marble chips, marble chips powder, syringes, conical flasks with stoppers, 1M HCl. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 83-85 |
|||
3 |
Effect of a suitable catalyst on the rate of a reaction |
Explain effects of a suitable catalyst on the rate of a reaction. | Teacher demonstration: preparation and collection of oxygen gas without using a catalyst, then using manganese (IV) oxide as a catalyst.
Explain the results in terms of activation energy.
|
Hydrogen peroxide, manganese (IV) oxide. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 85-88 |
|||
4 |
Effect of light on rate of specific reactions. |
Identify reactions that are affected by light. | Teacher demonstration: decomposition of silver bromide in the presence of light.
Mention other examples of reactions affected by light.
|
Silver bromide. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 89-91 |
|||
5 |
Reversible reactions. |
Write down equations for reversible reactions. | Q/A: review temporary and permanent changes.
Teacher demonstration: heating crystals of hydrated copper (II) sulphate, then “hydrating” them. Write the corresponding chemical equations. Give further examples of reversible reactions.
|
Crystals of hydrated copper (II) sulphate. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 91-93 |
|||
12 |
1 |
State of equilibrium in chemical reactions. |
Define the term equilibrium as used in reversible reactions.
Write down equations of reversible reactions in a state of equilibrium.
|
Brief discussion, giving examples of chemical equations for reversible reactions. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 94-95 |
|||
2 |
Le Chatelier’s Principle. |
State Le Chatelier’s Principle. | Investigate the effect of change of concentration of reactants on equilibrium.
Add 2M sodium hydroxide in steps to bromine water. Make and record observations. Discuss the results leading to Le Chatelier’s Principle.
|
Add 2M sodium hydroxide, | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 95-97 |
|||
3 |
Effect of change of pressure and temperature on equilibrium shift. |
Explain the effect of change of pressure & te,perature on equilibrium shift. | Q/A: review kinetic theory of matter.
Q/A & discussion on effect of change of pressure / temperature on shifting of equilibrium; giving specific examples of chemical equations. Written assignment.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 97-101 |
||||
4 |
The Haber Process. |
Explain the concept optimum conditions of a chemical equilibrium.
Explain factors that change the position of equilibrium of the Harber process.
|
Q/A and detailed discussion on change of pressure, temperature, concentration of ammonia and effect of presence of a suitable catalyst on the Haber process. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 102-103 |
||||
5 |
The Contact Process. |
Explain how change of temperature and pressure affect rate of manufacture of sulphur (VI) acid. | Probing questions and brief discussion.
Assignment. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 103-104 |
||||
13 |
END OF TERM ONE EXAMINATIONS | |||||||
| SCHEME OF WORK FORM FOUR CHEMISTRY TERM TWO 20……….. | ||||||||||||||
WKNO |
L/NO |
TOPIC /SUBTOPIC |
LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES |
TEACHING / LEARNING
ACTIVITIES |
MATERIALS /
RESOURCES |
REF. | REM. | |||||||
1 |
1 |
ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.Redox reactions. |
Describe redox reactions in terms of gain / loss of electrons. Identify oxidizing / reducing agents involved in redox reactions.
|
Q/A: review cations, anions and charges. Write down ionic half equations and identify reducing / oxidizing agents. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages108-9 |
|||||||||
2 |
Oxidizing Numbers. |
Outline rules of assigning oxidation numbers.
Determine the oxidation numbers of an element in a given compound. Explain the use of oxidation numbers in naming compounds. |
Exposition and giving specific examples.
Work out oxidizing number of elements in given compounds. Copy and complete a table of compounds containing elements that more than one oxidation number.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages109-116 |
||||||||||
3,4 |
Displacement reactions. |
Explain change of oxidation numbers during redox / displacement reactions. Arrange elements in order of their reducing power. | Class standard experiments: reacting metals with solutions containing metal ions.
Taking note of reactions and those that do not take place; and tabulating the results. |
Metals: Ca, Na, Zn, Fe, Pb, and Cu.
Solutions containing Ca2+, Mg2+, Zn2+, Fe2+.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages116-120 |
|||||||||
5 |
The oxidizing power of an element. |
Arrange elements in order of their oxidizing power. | Teacher demonstration / group expts:
Adding halogens to solutions containing halide ions. Tabulate the results. Discuss the results and arrive at the oxidizing power series of halogens.
|
Halogens:
Cl2 (g), Br2 (l), I2 (s).
Halides: KCl, KBr, KI. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 120-122 |
|||||||||
2 |
1 |
Cell diagrams. |
Define the terms electrode, potential and e.m.f. of an electrochemical cell.
Describe components of a cell diagram. Draw cell diagrams using correct notations. |
Teacher demonstration: Zinc/ copper cell.
Q/A & discussion: changes in oxidation numbers. Exposition: cell diagram and deducing the direction of electron flow.
|
Zinc/ copper cell.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 123-128 |
||||||||
2 |
Standard Electrode Potentials. |
Identify standard conditions for measuring electrode potentials.
Define the term standard electrode potential of a cell. Write half reactions of electrochemical cells.
|
Descriptive and expository approaches: teacher exposes new concepts. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 129-131 |
||||||||||
3,4 |
Standard electrode potential series. |
Recall the order of standard electrode potentials.
Compare oxidizing and reducing powers of substances. |
Q/A: review reactivity series, oxidizing agent, reducing agent.
Exposition: the order of standard electrode potentials. Discussion: oxidizing and reducing powers of substances.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 131-133 |
||||||||||
5 |
Emf of a cell. |
Calculate emf of a cell using standard electrodes potentials. | Q/A: review half-cells.
Worked examples; supervised practice. Assignment.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 133-136 |
||||||||||
3 |
1 |
Possibility of a reaction to take place. |
Predict whether a reaction will take place or not using standard electrode potentials.
|
Worked examples.
Oral exercise. Assignment. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages136-137 |
|||||||||
3 |
2 |
Primary and secondary chemical cells. |
Describe the functioning of primary and secondary chemical cells. | Exposition of new concepts and brief discussion
Assignment.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 138-141 |
|||||||||
3,4 |
Electrolysis of dilute NaCl. |
Define the term electrolysis.
Explain the concept of preferential discharge of ions. |
Teacher demonstration: electrolysis of dilute sodium chloride with carbon electrodes.
Test for gases collected. Write down equations of reactions at each electrode. Discussion: preferential discharge of ions at electrodes.
|
Dilute sodium chloride voltameter. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 141-144 |
|||||||||
5 |
Electrolysis of brine. |
Identify products of electrolysis of brine. | Teacher demonstration/ group experiments.
Test for the products of electrolysis. Write relevant equations.
|
Brine voltameter. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 144-146 |
|||||||||
4 |
1 |
Electrolysis of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid. |
Identify products of electrolysis of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid. | Teacher demonstration/ group experiments.
Test for the products of electrolysis. Write relevant equations.
|
Sulphuric acid voltameter. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 146-148 |
||||||||
2 |
Factors affecting electrolysis. |
Explain factors that affect electrolytic products discharged at electrodes. | Q/A: review the electrochemical series of elements.
Teacher writes down order of ease of discharge of ions at electrodes. Discussion: other factors; giving suitable examples.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 153-5 |
||||||||||
4 |
3 |
Application of electrolysis. |
Describe some applications of electrolysis. | Probing questions and brief discussion on applications of electrolysis.
Practical assignment on electrolysis: electroplating an iron nail with a suitable metal.
|
Suitable voltameter. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 155-7 |
||||||||
4 |
Faraday’s law of electrolysis. |
Determine quantity of electricity required to deposit one mole of a metal | Group experiments: record initial mass of cathode electrode, final mass, time taken, current flowing.
Calculate quantity of electricity using the equation Q = It.
|
Weighing balance, stop watch, copper sulphate voltameter. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 160-161 |
|||||||||
5 |
Faraday’s law of electrolysis. |
State Faraday’s law of electrolysis.
Solve problems related to Faraday’s law of electrolysis.
|
Discuss above results, leading to Faraday’s law of electrolysis.
Worked examples.
Assignment. |
Weighing balance, stop watch, copper sulphate voltameter. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 161-4 |
|||||||||
5 |
1 |
C.A.T. | ||||||||||||
2 |
METALS
Ores of some metals. |
Name the chief ores of some metals.
|
Exposition and brief discussion. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 168-9 |
||||||||||
3 |
Occurrence and extraction of sodium. |
Describe occurrence and extraction of sodium. | Oral questions on electrolysis and equations at electrodes.
Brief discussion on occurrence and extraction.
|
Chart: Down’s cell. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 170-171 |
|||||||||
4 |
Occurrence and extraction of aluminium.
|
Describe occurrence and extraction of aluminium. | Brief discussion.
Write relevant chemical equations. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 171-3 |
||||||||||
5 |
Occurrence and extraction of iron. |
Describe occurrence and extraction of iron. | Brief discussion.
Write relevant chemical equations.
|
Chart: Blast furnace. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 173-5 |
|||||||||
6 |
1,2 |
Occurrence and extraction of zinc. |
Describe occurrence and extraction of zinc by electrolysis and reduction methods.
|
Brief discussion.
Write relevant chemical equations. |
Flow chart: extraction of Zinc. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages175-9 |
||||||||
3 |
Extraction of lead. |
Explain how lead is extracted. | Q/A & brief discussion.
Write balanced chemical equations leading to extraction of lead.
|
Flow chart: extraction of lead. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 179-80 |
|||||||||
4 |
Occurrence and extraction of copper. |
Describe extraction of copper. | Q/A & brief discussion.
Write balanced chemical equations leading to extraction of copper.
|
Flow chart: extraction of copper. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 181-183 |
|||||||||
5 |
Physical properties of some metals. |
State general properties of metals.
Explain the difference in physical properties of metals. |
Compare physical properties of some metals as summarized in a chart.
Q/A & discussion based on physical properties.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 183-4 |
||||||||||
7 |
1,2 |
Reaction of metals with oxygen. |
Explain effect of burning metals in air. | Teacher demonstration / Group experiments.
Burning some metals in air. Write relevant equations. Brief discussion.
|
Common lab. metals. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 184-6 |
||||||||
3,4 |
Reaction of metals with cold water and steam. |
Describe reaction of metals with cold water and steam.
Arrange the metals in order of reactivity with cold water and steam.
|
Class experiments:
Investigate reaction of some metals with cold water and steam. Analyse the results. |
Metals: Al, Zn, Fe, Cu. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 186-9 |
|||||||||
5,1 |
Reaction of metals with chlorine. |
Describe the reaction of metals with chlorine. | Teacher demonstration in a fume cupboard / in the open.
Investigate reaction of metals with chorine Write corresponding equations.
|
Metals: Al, Zn, Fe, Cu. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 189-191 |
|||||||||
8 |
||||||||||||||
2,3 |
Reaction of metals with acids. |
Describe and explain reaction of metals with acids. | Group experiments: investigate reaction of metals with dilute acids.
Teacher demonstration: investigate reaction of metals with concentrated acids. Discuss the observations made and write relevant chemical equations.
|
Metals: Al, Zn, Fe, Cu.
Acids; HCl, HNO3, H2SO4. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 191-4 |
|||||||||
4 |
Uses of metals. |
State uses of some metals and alloys. | Q/A & brief discussion;
Uses of Sodium, Aluminium, Zinc, Iron and Copper & some alloys.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 194-7 |
||||||||||
5 |
Environmental effects of extraction of metals.
|
Identify some environmental effects of extraction of metals. | Oral questions and open discussion.
Assignment / Topic review. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 197-8 |
||||||||||
9
|
1 |
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II(ALKANES & ALKANOIC ACIDS)
Alkanols (Alcohols). |
Identify the functional group of alkanols.
Explain formation of alkanol molecules.
|
Q/A: review alkanes, alkenes and alkynes.
Teacher exposes new concepts and links them with already known concepts.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Page 205 |
|||||||||
2 |
Nomenclature of alkanols. |
Name and draw the structure of simple alkanols. | Guided discovery of naming system for alkanols.
Draw and name structures of alkanols.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 206-8 |
||||||||||
3 |
Isomerism in alkanols. |
Describe positional and chain isomerism in alkanols.
Explain formation of primary and secondary alkanols. |
Q/A: review the terms positional and chain isomerism.
Brief discussion on isomerism. Oral exercise: naming given organic compounds. Written exercise: writing structural formulae for isomers of organic compounds of a given molecular formula.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 208-10 |
||||||||||
4-5 |
Preparation of ethanol in the lab. |
Describe preparation of ethanol in the laboratory. | Group experiments / teacher demonstration.
Discuss the fermentation process. |
Calcium hydroxide solution, sugar solution, yeast.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 210-11 |
|||||||||
10 |
1 |
Physical properties of alkanols. |
Explain the physical properties of alkanols. | Comparative evaluation of physical properties of alkanols.
Q/A & discussion on variation in physical properties of alkanols.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Page 212 |
|||||||||
2 |
Chemical properties of alkanols. |
Describe some chemical reactions of alkanols. | Group experiments/ teacher demonstration to investigate combustion of ethanol and its reaction with metals.
Write corresponding chemical equations.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 213-5 |
||||||||||
3 |
Esters and esterification. |
Explain formation of esters.
Describe the esterification process.
|
Teacher exposes and explains new concepts.
Assignment. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 215-6 |
||||||||||
4,5 |
Oxidation of ethanol.Uses of alkanols. |
Explain oxidation of ethanol by an oxidizing agent.
State uses of alkanols. Explain the effects of alcohol on human health |
Q/A: review redox reactions, oxidizing and reducing agents.
Brief discussion: oxidation of ethanol using potassium (VII) manganate or potassium (VI) dichromate. Write corresponding chemical equations. Open discussion.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 216-8 |
||||||||||
| END OF TERM TWO – MOCK K.C.S.E. | ||||||||||||||
| SCHEME OF WORK FORM FOUR CHEMISTRY TERM THREE 20……….. | |||||||
WKNO |
L/NO |
TOPIC /SUBTOPIC |
LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES |
TEACHING / LEARNING
ACTIVITIES |
MATERIALS
/ RESOURCES |
REF. | REM. |
1 |
1 |
Alkanoic (Carboxylic Acids). |
Identify the functional group of alkanoic (carboxylic) acids.
Explain formation of alkanoic acid molecule.
|
Q/A: review functional group of alkanols.
Brief discussion. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Page 219 |
||
2,3 |
Nomenclature of alkanoic acids. |
Name and draw the structure of simple alkanoic acids.
|
Guided discovery of the naming system for alkanoic acids. | Chart: homologous series of alkanoic acids. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages219-221 |
||
4,5 |
Lab preparation of ethanoic acid. |
Describe laboratory preparation of ethanoic acid. | Teacher demonstration: prepare ethanoic acid in the lab.
Brief discussion on preparation of ethanoic acid. |
Concentrated H2SO4, potassium manganate
(VII) Crystals, water bath.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages221-223 |
||
2 |
1 |
Physical properties of alkanoic acids. |
Explain some physical properties of alkanoic acids. | Compare physical properties of some alkanoic acids.
Discuss the difference in physical properties among alkanoic acids.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages223-4 |
||
2 |
Chemical properties of alkanoic acids. |
Explain some chemical properties of alkanoic acids. | Group experiment: investigate some chemical properties of ethanoic acid.
Carry out tests and record observations in a table. |
Ethanoic acid, universal indicator, sodium carbonate, magnesium strip, ethanol, conc. H2SO4 and sodium hydroxide.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 224-5 |
||
2 |
3 |
Chemical properties &Uses of alkanoic acids. |
Write equations for chemical reactions involving acids.
State uses of alkanoic acids. |
Review and discuss the observations above.
Write corresponding chemical equations. Teacher elucidates uses of alkanoic acids.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 225-7 |
||
4 |
Soap preparation in the lab. | Describe soap preparation in the lab. | Group experiments,
Answer questions based on the experiments already carried out.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 227-230 |
|||
5 |
Cleaning action of soap. |
Describe the nature of a soap molecule.
Explain the mode of action in cleaning.
|
Expository and descriptive approaches.
Answer oral questions. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 230-232 |
|||
3 |
1 |
Effects of hard / soft water on soap. |
Explain the effects of hard/ soft water on soap. | Group experiments: form soap lather in different solutions.
Deduce the effects of hard/ soft water on soap. |
Distilled water, tap water, rainwater, sodium chloride solution.
Calcium nitrate, Zinc Sulphate, etc.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 232-235 |
|
2 |
Soapless detergents. |
Prepare soapless detergents in the lab.
State merits of soapless detergents over soaps.
|
Teacher demonsration.
Brief discussion. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 235-238 |
|||
| 3 |
3 |
Polymers and polymerization. |
Explain the concepts additional and condensation polymerization as methods of making synthetic polymers.
Identify some products of polymerization. State merits and demerits of synthetic polymers over natural materials.
|
Teacher exposes and explains new concepts.
Detailed discussion.
Assignment. |
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 238-242 |
||
| 4 |
RADIOACTIVITY
Definition of radioactivity. |
Define radioactivity, a nuclide and radioactive decay. Differentiate between natural and artificial radioactivity.
|
Q/A: Review the atomic structure. Exposition: symbolic representation of an atom / nucleus. Exposition: meaning of radioactivity and radioactive decay. Discussion: artificial and natural radioactivity.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 249-251 |
|||
| 5 | Alpha particles. | State properties of alpha particles.
Describe methods of detecting alpha particles.
|
Q/A: position of helium in the periodic table.
Expository approach:
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 251-253 |
|||
| 4 | 1 | Equations involving alpha particles. | Write down and balance equations involving alpha particles. | Q/A: Review atomic and mass numbers.
Examples of balanced equations. Supervised practice.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Page 257 |
||
| 2 | Beta particles.
Gamma rays. |
State properties of beta particles.
Define isotopes and isobars. Write down balanced equations involving both alpha and beta particles. State properties of gamma rays.
|
Q/A: Review isotopes.
Expository approach: teacher briefly exposes new concepts. Examples of equations. Supervised practice.
Assignment.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 251-253 |
|||
| 3 | Radioactive
Half-Life. |
Define the term radioactive half-life. Solve problems relating to half –life | Teacher demonstration: Dice experiment.
Exposition of the term half-life. Worked examples. Written exercise |
Dice. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages253-4 |
||
| 4 | Radioactive decay curve. | Plot a radioactive decay curve to deduce the
half –life from the curve. |
Drawing a radioactive decay curve inferring the half-life of the sample from the graph.
|
Graph papers. | K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 254-5 |
||
| 5 | Nuclear fusion and nuclear fission.
Applications of radioactivity. |
Differentiate between nuclear fusion and nuclear fission.
Describe applications of radioactivity. |
Exposition of new concepts accompanied by nuclear equations.
Brief discussion: Carbon dating, detecting leakage, medication, agriculture, industry; effect of static charges, etc.
|
K.L.B. BK IV
Pages 259-260 |
|||
| 5-6 | REVISION FOR K.C.S.E. | ||||||
| 7-10 | K.C.S.E. EXAMINATIONS | ||||||
INTERNET & EMAIL COMPUTER TEACHER NOTES NEW
INTERNET.
Why Study about the Internet?
- To understand what the Internet is, the services that it offers, what is required in order to get connected, as well as to establish a connection and log out of the Internet.
What is the Internet?
- It is a large no. of connected computers (or a large set of computer networks) linked together that communicate with each other, over telephone lines.
- It is a worldwide computer network connecting thousands of computer networks, through a mixture of private & public data using the telephone lines.
- It is a worldwide (global or an international) network of computers that provide a variety of resources and data to the people that use it.
- Internet refers to a global inter-connection of computers and computer networks to facilitate global information transfer. It is an interconnection of computers throughout the world, using ordinary telecommunication lines and modems.
The Internet uses VSATS (Very Small Aperture Telecommunication Systems) such as Telephone lines, Satellite.
The other names for the Internet are:
- The
- Information Superhighway.
- Cyber space.
Internet is a facility that links the Internet users to the actual Internet documents. Therefore, it is a system that links together many kinds of information all over the world. This technology allows computers equipped with telecommunication links to exchange information freely, and as such, the Internet has enhanced what is being referred to as a global village.
Internet enables companies, organizations, individuals, schools and governments to share information across the world.
A computer on the Internet can be located anywhere in the world. The Internet enables the computer to communicate with any other computer.
HISTORY (DEVELOPMENT) OF THE INTERNET.
The Internet was started by the U.S Department of Defence in 1969 as a network of 4 computers called ARPANET. Its aim was to connect a set of computers operated by several Universities and Scientists doing military research so as to enable them share research data.
The original network grew as more computers were added to it. By 1974, 62 computers were already attached.
In 1983, the Internet split into 2 parts; one dedicated exclusively (solely/only) to military installations (called Milnet), and the other dedicated to university research (called the Internet), with around 1,000 host computers.
In 1985, the Canadian government developed the BITNET to link all the Canadian Universities, and also provided connections into the U.S Internet.
In 1986, the U.S National Service Foundation created NSFNET to connect leading U.S universities. By the end of 1987, there were 10,000 host computers on the Internet and 1,000 on BITNET.
In 1987, the National Science Foundation leased (acquired/rent) high-speed circuits to build a new high-speed backbone for NSFNET. In 1988, it connected 13 regional internal networks containing 170 LAN’s and 56,000 host computers.
The Canadian Research Council followed in 1989, replacing BITNET with a high-speed network called CA*net that used the Internet protocols. By the end of 1989, there were almost 200,000 host computers on the combined U.S and Canadian Internet.
Similar initiatives (plans/projects) were undertaken by other countries in the world, such that by the early 1990s, most of the individual country networks were linked together into one worldwide network of networks.
Each of these individual country networks was different (i.e., each had its own name, access rules, and fees structure), but all the networks used the same standard as the U.S Internet network. So, users could easily exchange messages with each other.
By 1990s, the differences among the networks in each of the countries had disappeared, and the U.S name; Internet began to be used to mean the entire worldwide system of networks that used the Internet TCP/IP protocols.
A Protocol – a set of rules and standards that computers use to communicate with each other over a Network.
Features of the Internet.
- The Internet is a collection of networks; it is not owned or controlled by any single organization, and it has no formal management organization. However, there is an Internet Society that co-ordinates and sets standards for its use.
In addition, Networks have no political boundaries on the exchange of information.
- Networks are connected by Gateways that effectively remove barriers so that one type of network can “talk” to a different type of network.
- To join the Internet, an existing network will only be required to pay a small registration fee and agree to certain standards based on TCP/IP.
The costs are low, because the Internet owns nothing, and so it has no real costs to offset. Each organization pays for its own network & its own telephone bills, but these costs usually exist independent of the Internet.
- Networks that join the Internet must agree to move each other’s traffic (data) at no charge to the others, just as it is the case with mail delivered through the International Postal system. This is why all the data appear to move at the cost of a local telephone call, making the Net a very cheap communication media.
FUNCTIONS OF THE INTERNET.
The Internet carries many kinds of traffic, and provides users with several functions. Some of the most important functions are:
Many people all over the world use the Internet to communicate with each other.
Internet communication capabilities include; E-mail, Usenet Newsgroups, Chatting and Telnet. You can send e-mails to your friends anywhere in the world, chat with your friends, send instant messages, etc.
- Information retrieval.
The Internet is a library. Thousands of books, magazines, newspapers and encyclopedias can be read on the Internet.
- Easy-to-use offerings of information and products.
You can find information for your school assignments, buy books online, check what the weather is like anywhere in the world, and much more.
INTERNET SERVICES.
The following are some of the services offered by Internet:
- Electronic mail (e-mail).
- Fax services.
- Conference services.
- Online chatting.
- Downloading of programs.
- Online shopping.
- File transfer.
- Entertainment (Games, Music and Movies).
- Free information retrieval (e.g., Educational information).
- Formation of Discussion groups, e.g. Usenet Newsgroups.
- Video Conferencing.
- Access & Use of other computers.
Electronic Mail (E-mail).
An E-mail is a system that enables sending & receiving of messages electronically through computers. It is used for communication between organizations or departments in the same organization.
E-mail is a quick, cheap, efficient & convenient means of communication with both individuals and groups. It is faster than ordinary mail, easy to manage, inexpensive and saves paper.
With Internet mail, it is possible to send and receive messages quickly from businesses, friends or family in another part of the world. An E-mail message can travel around the world in minutes.
Fax services.
Fax services enable individuals & businesses to send faxes through e-mail at a lower cost compared to the usual international Fax charges.
Conference services.
Conferencing on the Web can be defined as the dynamic exchange of all kinds of information – text, graphics, audio, video, etc – in a situation whereby the conversations are organized by item and allows a participant to contribute spontaneous responses to any item in the conversation.
Application of Conferencing on the Web.
The conversation can:
- Provide important information that can assist in decision-making.
- Provide any required technical support.
- Help in community-building, project management & distance learning.
- Help to organize electronic meetings, etc.
The Internet also allows you to have access to various types of information you might require to make accurate and informed decisions, E.g., it provides information on business, education, sports, politics, etc.
Chatting.
Internet Relay Chat (IRC) is a chatting system on the Internet that allows a large no. of people from various locations of the world who are on the computer to chat (i.e., simultaneously hold live and interactive electronic conversations) among themselves.
You can join discussion groups on the Internet and meet people around the world with similar interests. You can ask questions, discuss problems and read interesting stories.
Anyone interested in chatting can join a discussion forum on one of the listed topics. Only people who happen to be signed on at the same time are able to talk because messages are not stored.
This discussion can be an effective business tool if people who can benefit from interactive conversation set a specific appointment to meet and talk on a particular topic.
Disadvantage.
- Usually, the topic is open to all without security; so intruders can participate.
Information retrieval.
The Internet is a voluntarily decentralized network with no central listing of participants or sites. Therefore, End-users, usually working from PCs are able to search & find information of interest located in different sites assisted by special software and data stored in readily usable formats.
The Internet gives you information on almost any subject. This is because of the Worldwide Web (www).
The World Wide Web is a global (an international) system of connected Web pages containing information such as, text, pictures, sound and video. The WWW is hypertext based (i.e., it is able to access text and graphical data formatted for easy search, retrieval and display).
With the WWW, you can review Newspapers, magazines, academic papers, etc. In addition, Governments, colleges, universities, companies and individuals offer free information on the Internet. E.g., you can inquire (find out) about universities in Britain or America.
Note. Its major problem is finding what you need from among the many storehouses of data found in databases and libraries all over the world.
Dowloading of Programs.
There are thousands of programs available on the Internet. These programs include; Word processors, Spreadsheets, Electronic cards, etc.
You can therefore, look for the latest software over the Internet, e.g., you can get the latest Anti-virus software, and in addition, retrieve a free trial issue.
Entertainment.
There are hundreds of simple games available on the Internet. These include; Chess, Football, etc. The Internet also allows you review current Movies and hear Television theme songs.
Online Shopping.
You can order goods and services on the Internet without leaving your desk. E.g., you can view a catalogue of a certain clothes shop over the Internet and fill in an online Order form.
Commercial enterprises use the Web to provide information on demand for purposes of customer support, marketing and sales.
File Transfer.
Data in the form of files can be transferred across the Internet from one site to another using the File Transfer Protocol (FTP). FTP software is needed at both ends to handle the transfer. It is through FTP that the two pieces of software manage to ‘understand’ each other.
Discussion Groups.
A Discussion group is a collection of users who have joined together to discuss some topic.
There are many discussions on different topics including Cooking, Skydiving, Politics, Education, recreational, scientific research, etc.
Two of the commonly used discussion groups for business are;
- Usenet newsgroups.
- List Servers.
- Usenet newsgroups.
These are the most formally organized of the discussion groups.
Using a facility on the Internet called USENET, individuals can gain access to a very wide variety of information topics.
Usenet Newsgroups are usually worldwide discussion groups in which people share information and ideas on a defined topic through large electronic Bulletin Boards where anyone can read any articles or write articles and post messages on the topic for others to see and respond to.
The individuals can add messages to different topics and read those contributed by others. For instance, users such as students can ask questions about problems they face, or they could contribute or give an advice on how to improve the teaching of the subject.
Messages can be easily linked so that it is easy to know messages that are related.
Establishing a new newsgroup requires a vote of all interested people on the Internet. If enough people express interest, the new topic is established.
Note. To join a Newsgroup and be able to read messages on various topics, your computer must have Newsreader software such as Outlook Express, or Internet News.
Any Internet user can access some of these newsgroups, while other newsgroups will require to subscribe to a specific topic or set of topics.
Once you have subscribed, each time you access the newsgroups you are informed of any new messages added to the topics. You can then read these messages and respond to them by adding your own message.
The Usenet software receives “postings” of information and transmits new postings to users who have registered their interest in receiving the information. Each individual posting takes the form like that used for e-mail.
There are over 10,000 such newsgroups; however, each Usenet site is financed independently & controlled by a Site Administrator, who carries only those groups that he/she chooses.
- List Server
A List Server (or list serve) group is similar to the Usenet newsgroups, but is generally less formal.
Anyone with the right e-mail server software can establish a list server, which is simply a mail list.
The processor of the List Server processes commands such as request to subscribe, unsubscribe, or to provide information about the list serve. The List serve mailer directs messages to everyone on the mailing list.
To use a List server, you need to know the addresses of both the Processor and the Mailer.
To subscribe to a List server, you send an e-mail message to the List server processor, which adds your name to the list. Many different commands can be sent to the List server processor to perform a variety of functions. These commands are included as lines of text in the e-mail messages sent to the processor.
List servers are more focused that the Usenet newsgroups and have fewer members. They are harder to find than the Usenet newsgroups because literally anyone can create one.
Video Conferencing.
Video conferencing provides real-time transmission of video & audio signals to enable people in 2 or more locations to have a meeting.
The fastest growing form of video conferencing is Desktop video conferencing.
Small cameras installed on top of each camera enable meetings to take place from individual offices.
Special application software (e.g., CUSeeMe) is installed on top of each client computer. It transmits the image across a network to application software on a video-conferencing Server. The server then sends the signals to the other client computers that are to participate in the video conference. In some areas, the clients can communicate with each other without using the server.
Some systems have integrated other types of GroupWare with desktop video conferencing, enabling participants to communicate verbally to attend the same “meeting” while sitting at the computer in their offices.
Advantage of Video conferencing.
- Saves time & cost, as it reduces the need to travel.
Access & Use of other computers.
The Internet has a facility called TELNET that enables a user on one computer to use another computer across the network, i.e., the user is able to run programs on the other machine as if he/she is a local user.
Telnet is a protocol, which enables a user on one computer to log in to another computer on the Internet.
TELNET establishes an error-free, rapid link between two computers, allowing a user to log on to his/her home computer from a remote computer even when traveling. You can also log on to and use third-party computers that have been made available to the public.
TELNET will use the computer address you supply to locate the computer you want to reach and connect you to it. You will, of course, have to log in & go through any security procedures you, your company, or the third-party computer owner have put in place to protect that computer.
Telnet requires an application image program on the Client computer and an application layer program on the Server of the host computer. Many programs conform to the Telnet Standard (e.g., EWAN).
Once Telnet enables the connection from the Client to the Server, you can log in by use of commands. The exact commands to gain access to these newsgroups vary from computer to computer.
Telnet enables you to connect to a remote computer without incurring long-distance telephone charges.
Telnet can be useful because, it enables you to access your Server or Host computer without sitting at its Keyboard.
Telnet can be faster or slower than a modem, depending on the amount of traffic on the Internet.
Note. Telnet is insecure, because everyone on the Internet can attempt to log in your computer and use it as they wish. One commonly used security precaution is to prohibit remote log ins via Tel-net unless a user specifically asks for his/her account to be authorized for it, or permit remote log ins only from a specific set of Internet addresses., e.g., the Web server at a university can be configured to only accept telnet log ins from computers located on the Kabete Campus network.
Electronic Commerce.
Many people are actively using the Internet for Electronic Commerce (i.e., doing business on the Internet).
The use of the Internet in E-commerce is not necessary for making money as such, but mainly to find information, improve communication and provide information.
Many people automatically focus on the retail aspect of e-commerce, i.e., selling products to individuals. However, this is just one small part of e-commerce. The fastest group and the largest segment of e-commerce is business-to-business settings.
There are 4 ways in which the Web can be used to support E-commerce;
- Electronic Store.
Electronic Store is a Website that lists all the products or services a business wishes to sell, thus enabling customers to purchase them by using the Internet itself.
E-store sites provide physical goods and services.
The cost of providing information on the Web is low (unlike a Catalog, in which each page adds to the cost), and therefore, electronic stores can provide much information. In addition, electronic stores can also add value by providing dynamic information.
E-mail can also serve the purpose of E-store. This is because, e-mail is essentially a collection of e-stores. The mail usually provides all the computer information needed for e-commerce, and advertises the mail to potential customers. In return, the stores pay the mail a monthly fee or some percentage of sales.
- Electronic Marketing.
E-marketing sites focus on the products or services of one company with aim of increasing sales.
This type of site supports the sales process, but does not make actual sales. The goal is to attract and keep customers.
By doing so, such sites provide a wealth of information about the firms and products complete with technical details and photos. Customers can review these but cannot buy over the Web. The idea is to encourage the user to visit a local dealer, who will then make a sale.
Computers also use e-marketing sites to provide newsletters with information on the latest products and tips on how to use them. Other companies enable potential customers to sign up for notification of new product releases.
E-marketing is cheaper in many ways than traditional marketing (radio, direct marketing, TV or print media). This is because while it costs the same to develop these traditional media, it costs nothing to send information to the customers. It is also easier to customize the presentation of information to a potential customer, because the Web is interactive. In contrast, the other media are fixed once they are developed, and they provide the same marketing approach to all who use it.
- Information / Entertainment provider.
The Information/Entertainment provider supplies information (in form of text or graphics) or entertainment. These providers provide information from many sources with an aim of helping the users.
Several radio and TV stations are using the Web to provide broadcast of audio and video. The Web also offers new forms of real entertainment e.g., enables new multiplayer interactive games, which are not available in any other media. The information / entertainment providers generate revenue by selling advertisement printouts.
- Customers Service sales.
This provides a variety of information for customers after they have purchased a product or service – to allow customers access most commonly needed information 24 hrs a day.
Many software companies post updates that fix problems so that customers can download for themselves.
Customer service sites benefit both the company and the customers. They enable customers to get a 24 hr support and easy access to needed information.
They often reduce the no. of staff needed by automating routine information requests that previously had to be handled by an employee.
GroupWare.
GroupWare is a software that helps groups of people to work together more productively.
They are often organized using a two-by-two grid.
| Same place | Same time | Different time |
| Group support systems | Group support systems | |
| Different place | Video teleconferencing, Desktop video teleconferencing | E-mail, Discussion groups, Document-based GroupWare |
GroupWare allows people in different places to communicate either at the same time (as on a telephone) or at different times.
GroupWare can also be used to improve communication and decision-making among those who work together in the same room, either at the same time or at different times.
GroupWare allows people to exchange ideas, debate issues, make decisions, and write reports, without actually having to meet face to face. Even when groups meet in the same room at the same time, GroupWare can improve meetings.
The major advantage of GroupWare is its ability to help groups make faster decisions, particularly in situations where it is difficult for group members to meet in the same room at the same time.
The 3 most popular types of GroupWare are;
- Discussion groups.
- Group support systems.
- Video Conferencing.
Group Support Systems (GSS).
Both e-mail and documents-based GroupWare are designed to support individuals and groups working in different places at different times. They are not suited to support groups working together at the same time and in the same place. In addition, they don’t provide advanced tools for helping groups to make decisions.
Group Support Systems (GSS) are software tools, designed to improve group’s decision-making. GSS are used with special-purpose meeting rooms that provide each group member with a network computer plus a large screen video projection system that acts as electronic blackboards. These rooms are equipped with special-purpose GSS software that enables participants to communicate, propose ideas, analyse options, evaluate alternatives, etc. Typically, a meeting facilitator assists the group.
The group members can either discuss verbally or use computers to type ideas and information, which are then shared with all other group members via the network. For large groups where only one person can speak at a time, typing ideas is faster than talking. Everyone has the same opportunity to contribute and ideas can be collected much faster. In addition, GSS enables users to make anonymous comments. Without anonymity, certain participants may withhold ideas because they fear their ideas may not be well received.
The system also provides tools to support voting and ranking of alternatives, so that more structured decision-making process can be used.
Just like in document-based GroupWare, vendors use the Web browser as their client software. So, almost anyone can access GroupWare Server.
Note. Discussion groups, document-based GroupWare and GSS all focus on the transmission of text and graphical images.
Information Superhighway.
A term coined by U.S Clinton administration referring to advanced information infrastructure accessible to individuals, groups and firms.
In general, the Information superhighway can be defined as;
- A facility that provides a global electronic data interchange between computer users at a higher rate of message exchange, and at cheaper costs. g., the Internet that allows researchers, businesses, and electronic media to exchange information.
- An Information Communication Technology (ICT) network, which delivers all kinds of electronic services – audio, video, text, and data to households and businesses.
The communication services on the superhighway can be one-to-one way (Telephones, e-mail, fax, etc); one-to-many (Broadcasting, interactive TV, video conferencing, etc), many-to-many (typified by bulletin boards and forums on the Internet).
Origin.
Information superhighway is a mass technology project aimed at creating a National Information Infrastructure (NII) in the U.S.
The concept emerged as the brainchild (idea) of U.S vice president Al Gore. It is an alliance between the Federal government and a no. of industries.
The Information superhighway describes networks of Optic fiber and Coaxial cable linked by sophisticated switches that can deliver voice, data, image, text, and video signals all in the same digital language.
In the U.S, it has been proclaimed (declared) as the foundation for a national transformation to an information-based society, and a key element in the national efforts to sustain leadership in the world economy.
Governments and industries are developing a new method of competition, which will enable telecommunications, cable television, computer hardware and software companies, and entertainment corporations to work together to create and operate information superhighways. These activities will finally result into a wide range of electronic services including electronic Shopping malls, collaborate electronic Education and distance learning, electronic Libraries, Multimedia information, messaging, and entertainment.
Web casting.
Web casting (or “Push technology”) is a special application of the Web that has the potential to dramatically change the way we use the Web /Internet.
With Web casting, the user signs up for a type of information on a set of channels. Regularly (minutes, hours, days), the user browser contacts the Web server providing these channels to see if they have been updated. If so, the browser will load the information, and if required by the user, will automatically display the information on the user screen.
Web casting changes the nature of the Web from one in which the user searches for information (a “pull” environment) into an environment in which the user accepts whatever information is on the Webcast Server (a “push” environment). This is called the “Push” because the user does not request specific information, but rather permits the Web server to “push” the information when it becomes available.
The Web has been likened to a library because users move form site to site and page to page just like they move from shelf to shelf and book to book in a library.
Web casting is more like TV because the content and time of delivery is selected using the Web caster, the user only chooses the channels.
Web casting can be used for news (e.g., CNN) or financial reports (e.g., Stock market quotations), Corporate announcement, and as a replacement for broadcast e-mail. It even has the potential to provide automatic updates to software packages.
Importance of services provided on the Internet.
The services offered by the Internet can be used as important tools in various ways:
- As a research tool:
To learn about new developments or products, competitors, market news and customer opinions.
- As an advertising / trading tool:
To help in selling goods or delivering information through the Web pages to customers on a 24-hour basis.
- As a communication tool:
To support communication with customers, suppliers or staff through Electronic mail (e-mail).
- As an Entertainment channel:
Most of the Games, Movies, and Television theme songs are available for free on the Internet.
In addition, you can have live, interactive conversations with people around the world including celebrities.
Users of the Internet.
Considering the facilities & the various tools offered, the Internet has attracted among others the following users;
- Researchers can get information.
- Writers and Scientists use the Internet to compile, compare and analyse their work.
- Individuals use the Internet for their work or to communicate with each other.
- People with the same interests can share ideas.
- Large organizations use the Internet to communicate with each other, and also to keep in touch with subordinate (subsidiary) companies or their suppliers.
- Students can communicate and gather information.
- Business people can advertise, communicate and sell their goods.
- Sales people use the Internet to keep in touch with their home offices.
- Buyers can do their shopping online.
Exercise (a).
- (a). What do you understand by the term Internet?
(b). What are the other names of the Internet?
- Describe the Functions of the Internet.
- List 6 services that are offered on the Internet.
- Identify 6 categories of people who can benefit through the use of the Internet.
Exercise (b).
- Define the Internet.
- Briefly describe six services offered by the Internet.
- Discuss the growth of Internet in recent days.
- Explain the importance of Information superhighway (Internet).
- Write short notes on the following:
- E-commerce.
- Information Superhighway.
CONNECTING (LOGGING ON) TO THE INTERNET.
Log On -To identify yourself & gain access to a computer. To log on, type a user name & a password.
Facilities Needed.
To use the Internet, you must have access to it. In order to get connected to the Internet and access the World wide Web, you will require the following facilities:
- A Computer.
The computer to be used must have the following desirable elements;
- A Fast processor, e.g., Pentium 1 & above – to quickly access and download information & programs from the Internet.
- RAM memory of 32 MB & Above.
- Hard disk capacity of at least 400 MB.
- A high-quality Colour Screen – to enable you view the various graphics and images.
- Free disk space on which to download the information or programs from the Internet.
- Web Browsers.
Web browsers are application programs that are used to retrieve Web pages from the Internet onto your Personal Computer.
One of the most popular Web browsers is Internet Explorer from Microsoft.
Each Web page in the World Wide Web is based on an HTML (HyperText Mark Language) file. A Web browser decodes the information in an HTML file and displays a Web page on your computer screen according to its instructions. This process is called Downloading.
- Downloading is the process of copying files from one computer to another by using a Modem or a network connection. You can also download files from the Web to your hard disk.
- HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) -The language used to create Web pages. To view HTML documents, use Web browsing Software.
- Telephone lines.
- Modem (Modulator/Demodulator).
On the Internet, computers exchange information through Telephone lines. Therefore, to use the Internet, you need a Modem & a Telephone line.
A Modem is a device that enables you to connect to the Internet, and access information.
As a Transmitting modem, it translates computer information (which is in digital form) into analogue form (the form that can transmit over telephone lines). This process is called Modulation.
As a Receiving modem, it translates the information back into digital form (a form that your computer can understand); a process called Demodulation.
The Modem must be fast. This helps to reduce the amount of time spent waiting for Web pages, files, or messages from the Internet.
Modem speeds are expressed in Bits per second (bps). The typical speeds are 9,600 bps, 4.4 Kbps (Kilobits per second), 28.8 Kbps, 56 Kbps, etc.
- Internet Service Provider (ISP).
When connecting to the Internet using a modem, you need to sign up with an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
- Internet Service Provider (ISP) is a commercial organization (or a company) that provides Internet connections, along with a set of support services usually for a fee. It maintains a Server that is directly connected to the Internet.
- Internet Service Provider – A company or organization that provides Internet Access, usually for a fee. To connect to your ISP, use a modem.
Most people and organizations connect to the Internet over a Telephone line through an ISP. However, some larger businesses and institutions (such as universities) have their own Internet connections.
An ISP usually has a no. of Host computers. These host computers usually provide space for the storage of user’s electronic mail messages, storage of user’s Web sites and a set of related facilities such as, advice, support software and appropriate security.
Examples of the local ISPs include;
- Africa Online, Kenya Web, ISP Kenya, Swift Kenya, and Inter-Connect.
Connecting to an ISP involves calling the provider and setting up a PPP account. When you open an account with an ISP, you will be provided with a User name and a Password.
- Username – Every time you get connected, you require a name to identify yourself on the Internet.
- Password – This is needed for security purposes. It ensures that your Internet account is secure.
Note. ISPs charge for the services rendered.
- Website.
This is an area in the Internet where information of a particular organization is kept. The Website must be updated on daily basis.
Content Provider – A business that uses the Internet to supply you with information such as news, weather, business reports & entertainment.
ACCESSING THE INTERNET.
There are 3 common ways in which an individual user can access the Internet:
- Through a connection already setup through the computer in your organization. Typically, the service is accessed in a similar way to other services on a LAN.
- Through paying for an account with an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
In order to access an ISP directly, the user will need a Personal Computer, a Modem, a Telephone line & a suitable software in order to connect to the service. Most ISPs give help and advice on how to connect.
- Through a Bulletin Board Service (BBS), e.g. CompuServe. BBS are commercially run information providers, each with its own information services and normally offering access to Internet services.
The BBS companies normally sell some form of start-up package.
Setting up an Internet account.
Purpose.
- To be able to gain access to the facilities that are offered on the Internet, the user needs to log on. To log on, use Dial-Up to connect to the Internet, and then use a Web browser like Internet Explorer to load Web pages.
There are several ways to start Internet Explorer;
Method 1.
- Double-click the Internet Explorer icon on the desktop.
Method 2.
- On the taskbar, click Start, point to Programs, then click Internet Explorer.
You may be required to make a connection through your ISP in order to log on to the Internet. To do this, a Dial-up Connection dialog box is displayed.
- Click in the User name box, and type a user name, for instance ‘Iat’.
- Type in your password in the Password box, and then select the Save password
The password appears in asterisk format (***) for added privacy and security.
- Click the Connect button to access the Internet.
The Internet Connection wizard creates an Internet connection for you, and then displays a list of Internet Service Providers (ISPs) and information about their services.
To sign up for a new account, click an ISP in the list.
Wizard – A tool that walks you through the steps of a complex task.
Selecting options in the Internet Connection Wizard.
If you are connecting to the Internet using a modem & an Internet Service Provider (ISP), your ISP will supply most of the information needed. You will also need to provide the following information.
Information Needed for.
The ISP you want to use choosing an ISP
Your address & billing information payment for your ISP account
Note. You may be prompted to restart your computer during the Internet connection process; save and close any open documents before you proceed.
- After successfully logging on, the Internet Explorer displays the “Home page” and a Connection Indicator icon on the taskbar to indicate that you are online.
Method 3. To open Internet Explorer from Outlook Express.
- On the Help menu, point to Microsoft on the Web, then click the Web option you want.
E.g., click Search the Web to look for a Web site, a person, a company, or an organization.
– Or-
Click Best of the Web to open the MSN.COM page that lists some of the best sites on the Web.
Online Service – An Internet service that provides a wide range of content to its subscribers including Internet Access.
Parts of the Microsoft Internet Explorer screen.
- Title bar.
- Menu bar.
- Address Bar. It contains the Address box in which you type an address to open the file you want. The Address Bar provides a method of opening files that are on the Internet or your computer.
- Current page, with Links.
- Scroll bars.
- Status bar.
- Standard toolbar; with buttons such as, Back, Forward, Stop, Refresh, Home, Search, Favorites, History, Mail, Print, Discuss.
You can use the toolbar buttons in the Internet Explorer to move between Web pages, to search the Internet or to refresh the content of Web pages.
Button description.
Forward moves to the next Web page.
Back moves to a previously viewed Web page.
Home jumps to your home page.
History displays a list of recently visited sites.
Favorites displays a list of Web pages that you have selected as your favorites.
Refresh updates the contents of a currently displayed Web page or window.
Search opens a Web page that lists the available search engines.
Edit opens FrontPage Express or Windows Notepad so you can edit a Web page.
Print prints a Web page.
Stop stops the downloading of a Web page.
Mail opens Outlook Express or Internet News.
Viewing connection information.
Purpose.
- When you register with an ISP, you acquire an Internet account with them and from time to time, you may want to view connection information such as, how long you have been online, the speed of connection & the activities done during the online session.
- Right-click the Connection Indicator icon on the Taskbar.
- From the shortcut menu that appears, click Status.
The Connected to <Africa Online> dialog box appears:
Some of the useful information displayed on this window includes:
- The speed at which you are connected, e.g. 26,400 bits per second (bps).
- The duration you have been online, e.g., 2 minutes, 50 seconds.
- The Transfer rate, in case you are downloading files from the Internet.
- Click OK, after viewing the details.
Customizing the Web browser.
Purpose.
- Moving from site to site can be slow if the ISP or Internet lines are busy, if the Host server (the server storing the site you are trying to access) is busy, or if you are using a slow modem.
If a site contains graphics (or other multimedia content like video, audio, etc) you can prevent the graphics from downloading so as to speed up browsing.
- On the Tools menu, select Internet Options….
- Click the Advanced tab, then scroll down to the Multimedia
- Deselect the options or content that you want turned off, e.g., Show Pictures, play Animations, or Play Videos, then click OK.
Multimedia – A technology that combines data/text, voices/sounds, graphics, pictures, videos and images into one complete system. Multimedia uses Optical disk, e.g., CD-ROM to stock all the above in one media. Multimedia can be used in training.
Logging out from the Internet.
Purpose.
- As long as you are connected to the Internet, you continue to incur Telephone and account usage charges. This can prove to be expensive in the long run.
It is recommended that you disconnect or log out from the Internet soon after you have finished with a session. This is to avoid incurring extra or unnecessary charges.
- Right-click the Connection Indicator icon on the Taskbar.
- From the shortcut menu that appears, click Disconnect and you will automatically be logged out.
When you log out, the Connection Indicator icon is disabled.
Note. Some browsers or ISPs automatically disconnect you from the Internet when there is no activity between the user and ISP for a period of about 5 – 10 minutes.
Understanding the World Wide Web.
Purpose.
- To understand some of the Internet terminologies like Web pages, Web sites, Web browsers, URLs and Home page.
The World Wide Web (www).
The World Wide Web is also known as the Web, WWW or W3.
- The Web is an Internet application (software) that uses the Internet as its network.
- World Wide Web is the graphical, multimedia portion of the Internet.
- The WWW is a collection of hyperlinked Web pages published on the Internet.
- The World Wide Web is a global (an international) system of connected Web pages containing information such as, text, pictures, sound and video. The WWW is hypertext based (i.e., it is able to access text & graphical data formatted for easy search, retrieval and display).
The Web is a part of the Internet. It is comprised of millions of Web pages. This huge collection of documents is stored on computers, called Hosts, around the world.
The documents may contain text, pictures, sound, small programs or forms to be completed by a user.
To view files on the Web, you need Web browsing Software. This software can be used to view different locations on the Web or to explore the Web pages.
Web pages.
- Web pages are documents published by organizations and individuals who are interested in putting themselves on the Web. Web pages can include text, pictures, sound and video.
- Web page is a location on the WWW, usually a Web site.
The Web pages can also be found on company Intranets.
Intranets and Extranets.
What is an Intranet?
- An Intranet is an internal corporate network used in organizations to enable the sharing of documents among coworkers. It supports users inside one organization (usually on a LAN).
- Intranet – A private network within an organization. It can connect all types of computers within an organization.
Intranet has a private Web Server, which can be made available to the entire organization, individual department or to specific departmental workgroups.
An Intranet uses the infrastructure and standards of the Internet and can be connected to the Internet.
Note. Intranet applications are usually combined with the normal Web application of other organizations, but are hidden from those outside the organization.
Extranet:
An Extranet works in much the same manner as an Intranet, but provides information to selected users outside the organization.
E.g., a certain university can have an Internet library containing millions of articles, but only make it available to staff and students at colleges and universities within the country.
To access the library, you must provide a password when you connect to the Internet site.
Home Page.
- Home page is the Web page loaded when Internet Explorer is first started, i.e., when you access the Web.
E.g., the Internet address of the Windows home page is http://www.Microsoft.com /Windows
- Home page can also the first page of a company or an individual’s Website on the Web.
Those who offer information through the Web must first establish a Home page – a www text and graphical screen that welcomes the user and explains the organization that has established the page.
- Home page – is the introductory page of a Web site. The home page contains links to other pages in the site.
Notes.
- You can set any Web page as your Home page.
- Do not confuse your home page with the home page of the Websites you visit. Your home page is set through Internet Explorer. The home page of a Website is the introductory page for the site.
If you click a hyperlink such as Home on a Web page, you will jump to the home page of the Website, not yours. To access your home page, click the Home button on the Explorer toolbar.
Web Site.
- A collection of Web pages belonging to an organization or individual. These organizations or individuals maintain the Website.
- Web site – A group of related Web pages.
- A Web site is a screen or a collection of screens that provide information in text or graphical form that can be viewed by Internet users by activating the appropriate icon or commands.
Web Browsers (Web browsing software).
A Web browser is a program that lets the user browse through information on (or surf) the Web.
Information on the Web is structured into pages. Each page has a specific address that is used to locate and access information on that page.
A WWW browser program enables the user to either search for data by name or by specifying locations known as Uniform Resource Location (URL).
The two common Web browsers are:
- Internet Explorer from Microsoft.
- Navigator from Netscape.
Browsing the Web.
This is also known as Navigating or ‘Surfing’ the Web.
- To Browse is to navigate the Internet or the contents of your computer.
- Browsing can also be defined as moving around and between Web pages.
Using a Web browsing software you can read documents, listen to music, watch videos, make purchases, participate in surveys, advertise products, do research, share interests and download files on the Web.
EXPLORING / BROWSING THE INTERNET.
Use the Internet Explorer on your Windows desktop to browse the Web.
There are several ways in which you can browse the Web pages or “surf the net”.
- When viewing a Web page, you can navigate the Internet by clicking Links, Underlined text or special features that cause you to jump to another Web page.
Hyperlinks.
A Hyperlink is a coloured or underlined text or a graphic that you click to ‘jump’ from one location to another. The hyperlinks enable the user to ‘jump’ to another file, or to another location in the same file.
All Web pages have hyperlinks. These links:
- Connect one part of a Web page to another part of the same Web page. This is useful if the Web page is large.
- Connect one Web page to another Website somewhere on the Web.
- Connect a page to a file, such as a sound clip, video, a Spreadsheet or a Word document.
The links can connect to objects stored anywhere on the Internet.
Hypertext links are indicated by underlined text highlighted usually in blue. Hyperlinks can also be represented by buttons, graphics or pictures.
To find hyperlinks on a page, move your mouse pointer over the page and where there is a hyperlink, the mouse pointer will change into a hand with a pointing finger. When you click a link, another Web page appears.
As you browse the Web, Internet Explorer stores the sites and pages that you visit. Usually, the hyperlinks you previously selected are colored differently. Internet Explorer does this to remind you that you have already visited the page identified by this link.
- You can also use the Standard toolbar buttons in the Internet Explorer to move between Web pages, or to search the Internet.
History.
Internet Explorer remembers the Websites and Web pages that you have visited. It keeps record of each Web page as it is downloaded. This is the History feature.
You can therefore, easily return to the page you have visited. To redisplay the page you have just left, click on the Back button. To move to the next page (available only if you have moved back), click the Forward button.
Web Hosting.
A World Wide Web Server is a computer with programs that answer requests for documents from Clients (browsers) over the Internet. Files containing Web sites are placed on these servers.
A Host computer is any computer connected to the Internet and stores information that has been made available to the Web.
ISPs also use host computers to store user’s electronic mail messages, Web sites and other related facilities such as, support software and appropriate security.
Web Address (Uniform Resource Locator – URL).
An Address is the location of a file.
Each Web page in the world has a unique Internet address or location. Internet addresses are also called the Uniform Resource Locator (URL). E.g., the general URL for Microsoft is http://www.Microsoft.com./
You can use addresses to find files on the Internet & your computer. You can instantly display any Web page if you know its URL. E.g., http://www.compaq.com.
AutoComplete – A feature in the Address Bar. When you begin typing a previously used address, this feature finishes it as you type.
How the Web Works.
Each Client computer needs an application software package called a Web browser, such as Navigator, Internet Explorer.
Each Server on the network needs an application software package called a Web Server. There are many different Web servers, such as those produced by Netscape, Microsoft and Apache.
In order to get a page from the Web, the user must type the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) for the desired page, or click on a link that provides the URL. The URL specifies the Internet address of the Web Server, the directory and the name of the specific page required. If no directory or page is specified, the Web server will display whatever page has been defined as its Home page. If no server name is specified, the Web browser will assume that the address is on the same server and directory as the last request.
In order for the Web server to understand requests from the Web browser, they must use the same standard protocol. If there was no standard, then each Web browser would use a different way to request pages. This means that, it would be impossible for a Web browser from Netscape to communicate with a Web server from Microsoft.
The standard protocol for communication between a Web browser and a Web server is the HyperText Transfer Protocol (HTTP). An HTTP request for a Web browser to a Web server has 3 parts, but only the 1st part is required, the other two are optional.
- The Request Line, which starts with a command (e.g., GET), provides the URL, and ends with HTTP version number that the browser understands.
- The Request Header, which contains a variety of optional information such as the Web browser being used (e.g., Internet Explorer), the date, the User ID and Password for using the Web pages as password protected.
- The Request Body, which contains information sent to the Server, such as information from a firm.
Note. Every Web user must provide the Internet address of the receiving computer, otherwise, the server would not know where to send the requested page.
Some browsers also provide the requestor’s e-mail addresses as well. Most Web servers keep a record of Internet addresses of all the requests (and the e-mail address, if provided by the browser). Some companies use this information to make a follow up with prospective customers.
An HTTP response for a Web server to a Web browser also has 3 parts, but only the last part is required, the first two are optional.
- The Response Status, which contains the HTTP version number the server has used as status code (e.g., 200 means ‘OK’, 404 means ‘Page not found’), and reason phrase (i.e., a text description of the status code).
- The Response Header, which contains a variety of optional information such as the Web server being used, the date, the exact URL of the page in the response body, and the format of the body (e.g., HTML).
- The Response Body, which is the Web page itself.
Internet Addresses.
Internet addresses are strictly regulated, otherwise, someone could add a computer to the Internet that had the same address as another computer.
Each address has 2 parts; The computer name and its domain.
The Domain is the specific part of the Internet to which the computer is connected (e.g., Canada, Australia, etc).
The general format of an Internet address is therefore: computer.domain. Some computer names have several parts separated by periods. For example, the main university Web server of an imaginary University like Yairobi can be www.Yairobi.edu, while the college of Humanities and Social Sciences server can be www.chss.Yairobi.edu.
Each domain has an address board that assigns address for its domain. The boards ensure that there are no duplicates.
Finding Web pages (information) on the Web.
There are 3 ways you can use to find interesting and useful Web pages on the Web;
- You could get the Web address from an advertisement.
Many businesses include their Web addresses in their Television and Print advertisements.
- You click a link that will enable you jump from one page to another.
Many industries or organizations, magazines and topic experts maintain pages that provide links from page to page.
- Use of Search Engines.
Search Engines / Search Services.
- A Search engine is software that helps in locating information in the Web.
- Search engine is a tool that searches the Web for information that you want to find.
Purpose.
- If you want to get some information concerning an area or subject of interest over the Web but you do not know where to find it, you can use a Search engine to locate sites that contain the information.
- Locate particular information in a Website, e.g., if you wish to read the Sports news you can load a Web site like http://www.cnn.com/, and then use a search engine within that site to locate information on Sports.
The following are the various search engines:
- Yahoo – Yahoo.com.
- AltaVista – altavista.digital.com.
- Excite – excite.com.
- Meta Crawler – metacrawler.com.
These search engines offer different kinds of searching capabilities. However, they differ in the way they organize information in response to your request.
Yahoo focuses on the largest & most important Websites and organizes them in a directory format. Small and little known Websites are excluded. Therefore, if you are looking for the address of a well-known company or product or a popular topic, Yahoo is probably the easiest way to find it.
Alta Vista is the broadest of all. It lists almost everything it can find. It is probably the best choice if you are looking for an unclear topic or a very specific combination of topics or words (e.g., to find a famous quote).
The major disadvantage of Alta Vista is that, you may have to look through dozens of sites before you find the ones you want. In addition, Alta Vista does not provide some help in focusing your search.
Excite is easier to use in that, it uses advanced special intelligence techniques to help you search those pages that best match your interest. E.g., after looking at the result of a search, you can tell Excite to find more pages that are similar to a specific page it has found. Excite will then search again and present those pages first. In this case, Excite refines the search based on the characterization of the page you have selected.
Meta Crawler provides the best search facilities. It does not search the Web and provide a list of what it finds. Instead, whenever you enter a search request, it simultaneously sends that request to several search engines (including Yahoo & Alta Vista), then combines, and organizes the information it receives from all the search engines into one display.
How Search Engines find Web pages.
Hundreds of thousands of new Web pages are created each day.
There are 2 ways that search engines use to locate Web pages:
- Use of Spiders / Robots.
- Through Submissions.
Search Engines normally use software spiders to explore the Web. The Spiders are usually automated robots that travel around the Web looking for new pages, and creating links to them.
These spiders methodically search all the pages on the Websites they can find and report back their discoveries. The search engine builds an index to these pages based on the words they contain. When you connect to a search engine, and type a few words describing what you want, the Search engine will search its index for these keywords and provide you with a list of pages that contain them.
These are derived from people who have created new Web pages and then submit information about the pages they have created.
- Select a search engine, e.g., Yahoo, and type its address in the Address box, i.e., http://www.yahoo.com/.
Once the search engine home page appears, type a keyword or phrase in the Search box, e.g., Kenya, then click the Search button.
Note. The steps may vary depending on the search engine you are using.
- When the search is completed, a list of sites that contain the keyword or phrase you are looking for is displayed. Select a site whose description comes closest to the information you desire and click on its link.
- If there are many sites, an option that allows you to view the next 10 or so matches is displayed. Click on this if necessary to view the next set of links.
If there are too many matches, you may want to use an additional keyword to narrow down the search. E.g., to find the sites that contain information about the economy in Kenya, in the Search box, type phrase “Kenya AND Economy”.
- Click the Search
- From the search results, select the links that may help you get the information you require.
Locate information within a Website.
Once you access a Website, you can search for specific text or information on that site or page.
Unlike search engines like Yahoo, Infoseek, Lycos, Web Crawler, and Excite that present you with the URLs or links of sites that hold information you are looking for, search engines within a Web page locate information within that Web page.
- Load the Web page to browse. g., let’s use a Website: http://www.carleton.ca.
- Click in the Search box, and type a keyword(s), e.g., International AND Student.
Note. When typing in a keyword, you can use logical words or operators like AND (when you want to display results that meet both criteria) and OR (when you want to display results that meet one of the two criteria).
- Click the Search button, to begin the search.
- From the Search Results screen, click on a link that is closest to your requirements.
To open a favorite Web site from the Start menu.
- Click the Start button, point to Favorites, and then click the Web page you want.
To search the Web from the Start menu.
- Click the Start button, point to Find, then click On the Internet.
To use the Run command to open a Web page.
- Click Start, click Run, and then type the Internet address you want.
If the page you are opening is one you’ve viewed before, the AutoComplete feature can complete the address for you.
To find pages you’ve recently visited.
To find Web sites and pages you’ve viewed in the last few days, hours, or minutes.
- On the toolbar, click the History
The History bar appears, containing links for Web sites and pages visited in previous days and weeks.
- In the History bar, click a week or day, click a Web site folder to display individual pages, and then click the page icon to display the Web page.
Notes.
- To return to the last page you viewed, click the Back button on the toolbar.
- To view one of the last nine pages you visited in this session, click the arrow to the side of the Back or Forward button, and then click the page you want from the list.
To enter Web information more easily.
The AutoComplete feature saves previous entries you have made for Web addresses, forms, and passwords.
When you type information in one of these fields, AutoComplete suggests possible matches.
- When typing an information in the Address bar, and the AutoComplete feature suggests what you want to enter in that field, click the suggestion. If not, continue typing.
Setting or changing a Home Page.
Home page is the page that is displayed every time you start Internet Explorer.
Note. Make sure it is a page that you want to view frequently, or make it one that you can customize to get quick access to all the information you want, such as the Msn.com home page.
Purpose.
- To enable the user to choose or specify a page that will provide a good starting point for exploring the Web.
The Home page will appear each time the user accesses the Web.
- Go to the page you want set as your Home page.
- On the Tools menu, click Internet Options….
The Internet Options dialog box appears.
- Click the General
- Under the Home Page section, type the address of the new home page in the Address box. Alternatively, click Use Current to make the current Website the home page.
- Click the OK
Tips.
- To restore your original home page, click Use Default.
- You can return to your home page anytime by clicking the Home
Exercise.
- Mention at least 4 facilities that are needed to connect to the Internet.
- How can you establish the time you have been online in a session?
- In a step-by-step format, illustrate how you can log out of the Internet.
- Define the following terms:
- Worldwide Web.
- (i). What is a Web site?
(ii). Give the advantages and disadvantages of a Web site.
- Give 2 examples of Web Browsers.
- Explain the term ‘Host computer’.
- Define the word ‘History’ with reference to a Web browser.
- (a). What is a Search engine?
(b). Give examples of Search engines.
- How does the Web work? Explain with the help of a diagram.
- Describe the procedure of finding information on the Web.
Downloading Web pages and programs from the Internet.
Purpose.
- To enable the user to view Web pages without being connected to the Internet.
- To be able to browse a site in a location that does not provide any network access.
- In order to free your telephone lines.
Downloading a Web page.
- Load the Web page you want to download, e.g., http://www.nationaudio.com.
- Access all the links that you would like to read offline. Make sure that the whole Web page is fully loaded before moving to the next one.
- On the Favorites menu, click Add to Favorites.
- Select the option Yes, notify me of updates and download the page for offline viewing.
- Click OK, and then Logoff.
Downloading a program.
- Programmers and software houses like Microsoft usually develop programs and may decide to send a test copy to their existing clients or to publish it on the Internet for interested users to test it for a specified period of time.
To test such software, a user will have to download the program onto the hard disk. A user can also download a movie clip or games, etc, and view it offline to save on costs.
- Locate a site from which you wish to download a program, e.g., http://softwarenow.iboost.com.
- Select the category of programs you want to download, e.g., Games.
- Select a game category, e.g., Racing Games.
- Select a game you want to download.
Note. The window lists the properties of the program, e.g., version, file size. Ensure that you understand the licence agreement, i.e., whether the program is freeware or shareware.
Freeware is a program that is absolutely free, while Shareware program is available for a limited period of time.
- To download the program, click on the download link, e.g., Download Cars & Brix.
- From the File Download dialog box, select Save this program to disk option, then click OK.
- In the Save As dialog box, select the folder in which you wish to store the downloaded program, then click Save.
Once the program is loaded, you can access the folder it was saved in and load it without being connected to the Internet.
Saving pictures or text from a Web page.
Purpose.
- You can save information for future reference or in order to share with other people. You can save the entire Web page or any part of it: text, graphics, or links.
- You can print Web pages for people who don’t have access to the Web or a computer.
To copy information from a Web page into a document,
- Select the information you want to copy, on the Edit menu, click Copy.
To use a Web page image as desktop wallpaper.
- Right-click the image on the Web page, then click Set as Wallpaper.
Saving information (a Web page) from the Internet to the Hard disk.
Purpose.
- When you come across a Web page you would want to read, but it is too long, you can save the Web page onto your hard disk so as to read it later on when you are off-line. This helps in reducing the costs of browsing while online.
- Load the Web page you want to download.
Make sure the Web page you want to save is completely transferred to the screen of your Web browser.
- On the File menu, select Save As.
- In the Save HTML Document dialog box that appears, select the drive & folder where you want to save the page in.
- In the File name box, type a name for the page.
- In the Save as type box, select a file type.
- To save all of the files needed to display this page, including graphics, frames, and style sheets, click Web Page, complete. This saves each file in its original format.
- To save just the current HTML page, click Web Page, HTML only. This will save the information on the Web page, but it does not save the graphics, sounds, or other files.
- To save just the text from the current Web page, click Text Only. This saves the information on the Web page in straight text format.
- Click Save.
The Explorer program automatically assigns the extension .htm to the file name.
To open a saved file.
- After saving a Web page, you may want to read and analyze the information at a later time.
- You may also want to send the saved file to another person via e-mail as an attachment.
- On the File menu, select Open. This displays the Open dialog box.
- Click on the Browse button in order to locate the folder where the file is stored.
- Click the file, then choose Open.
Note. When you save a file in a local disk, only the text on the page is shown. The graphics in a site are displayed in graphics placeholders (which appear as small rectangles).
Graphics and Download time.
When designing Web pages, graphics have to be incorporated sensibly into the Web page.
Although they are appealing to the eye, the more graphics you use on a Web page, the longer the Web browser will take to download the page.
File Formats.
The most common file formats found on the Internet are:
- Graphic Interchange Format (GIF), and
- Joint Photographic Experts Group (Jpeg).
Generally, GIFs are used for simple page design elements like lines, buttons and dividers, while JPEGs are mostly used for complex photographs and images.
Movie (video) files usually have the extension .avi, .mpg, or .mov, while Sound (audio) files have the extension .au, or .ra, or .ram, or .wav.
Printing Web pages.
Purpose.
- To obtain a hard copy of the information that you have researched on and collected, for the purposes of reviewing later or filing.
Change how a page looks when it prints.
Before printing a Web page, it is advisable to check the settings in the Page Setup dialog box.
This will ensure that the right Paper size, Margins and Orientation of the page are set correctly. You can also add headers and footers to a Web page.
- On the File menu, click Page Setup.
- In the Margins boxes, type the margin measurements (in inches).
- In the Orientation area, click either Portrait or Landscape to specify whether you want the page printed vertically or horizontally.
- In the Header and Footer boxes, specify the information to be printed, then click OK.
Printing the Web page.
- On the File menu, click Print to display the Print dialog box.
- Set the printing options you want, then click OK.
Exercise.
- What are the benefits of saving information from the Internet to your hard disk?
- List the type of files that can be downloaded from a Website.
- In which dialog box would one enter a footer and header of a Web page to be printed.
- Graphic objects are visible upon opening of saved Web pages. True/False? Explain.
- Define the following terms with respect to the Internet:
- Access Provider. (6 marks).
Creating a Bookmark.
Purpose.
- When you browse the Web, you may come across sites that you want to visit regularly.
Examples of such sites include; news sites like CNN or BBC. You can decide to ‘bookmark’ the Web page.
The Bookmark feature (also known as a Hotlist or Favorites feature) allows you to store the addresses of Web pages that you frequently visit. Hence, you do not have to constantly retype your favourite Web page addresses. When you want to visit the site, simply select the bookmark from a list.
- Open the Website that you want to create a shortcut to. g., http://www.cnn.com.
- On the Favorites menu, choose Add to Favorites.
The Add to Favorites dialog box appears. The name of the site you are in appears on the Name box.
- Under Create in: click the folder you want to add the site to, e.g., Links, then click OK.
This will add the title of the Web page in the Favorites list.
To go to a site using a Bookmark.
- On the menu bar, select Favorites.
- Select the folder that holds the favorites item, e.g., Links.
- From the drop-down list, click com.
To delete a Bookmark.
- On the menu bar, select Favorites.
- Point to the item from the Favorites list, e.g., CNN.com.
- Right-click the item, and then click Delete.
The Confirm File Delete dialog box appears.
- Click Yes, to remove the item from the list.
Working Offline.
Connection to the Internet usually means that you are using telephone lines, and therefore incurring telephone charges and usage on your ISP account.
Offline – Not connected to a network or the Internet.
BROWSING THE WEB (INTERNET) OFFLINE.
Purpose.
- To enable the user to save on the time spent connected to the Internet, and hence reduce the general costs of being online.
- Access the Web site that you want to browse offline.
- Access all the links to download all the information you require.
Ensure that each Web page is downloaded completely before going to the next one.
- On the Taskbar, right-click the Connection Indicator button, then choose Disconnect.
The Connection Indicator disappears from the Taskbar showing that you are now working offline.
After disconnecting the user can go ahead and read all the downloaded information. The user can also “browse” through the site while offline provided all the pages and links are downloaded.
Note. Some services like Internet, Usenet, Newsroom, or Shopping will not be available when you are offline. To use these services, you need to re-establish the connection.
Making Web pages available for offline viewing.
Offline Reading –To view a Web page without being connected to the Internet.
You can download the page to your hard disk, disconnect from a network or the Internet, and read the material later.
When you make a Web page available offline, you can read its content when your computer is not connected to the Internet.
E.g., you can view Web pages on your Laptop computer when you don’t have a network or Internet connection.
- On the Favorites menu, click Add to Favorites.
- Select the Make available offline
- To specify a schedule for updating that page, and how much content to download, click Customize.
- Follow the instructions on your screen.
Note. Before you go offline, make sure you update your pages. To do this, click the Tools menu, then click Synchronize.
To make an existing favorite item available offline.
- On the Favorites menu, click Organize Favorites.
- Click the page you want to make available offline.
- Select the Make available offline
- To specify a schedule for updating that page, and how much content to download, click Properties.
Get Help with Internet Explorer.
Purpose.
- While working with Internet Explorer, you may sometimes need help on how to perform certain tasks or help on a particular topic of interest.
- On the Help menu, select Contents and Index (or press F1).
The Internet Explorer Help window is displayed.
- Click the Contents
- Click a book in the list, and then click a Help topic you want to look at.
The Help topic contents are displayed on the right-hand side of the Help window.
- Read the help and click the hyperlinks (blue, underlined text) if you want to see help on related topics.
- When you have finished, click the Close button to exit help.
Using the Index to get Help.
- On the Help window, click the Index
- Type in the first few letters of the word or topic that you are looking for.
In the Index box, all the help topics are listed in alphabetical order.
- Click the Display button to view the information about the topic selected.
Exercise.
- What is a Bookmark?
Advantages of the Internet.
- One can download (copy) information from a Website.
- The Internet has enabled the interlinking of people worldwide / globally.
- It is convenient in the sense that you can access data 24 Hrs.
- It is cheap, i.e., the operational cost that one may incur is low.
- It has brought in the technology of doing the following; E-learning, E-Agriculture, E-commerce, E-governance, etc.
- Provides up-to-date information.
- It doesn’t require a lot of training to browse.
- It provides entertainment facilities.
- Can be used for research.
- Brings harmony in the world, because people can communicate and exchange ideas.
- The Internet can be accessed at any part of the world.
- There is always a full backup provided by the Servers, hence no data loss.
- It’s a fast way of communicating.
- It provides an easy way to use offers in Information and products.
Internet provides information from almost all parts of the world that you need in order to make accurate and informed decisions.
You will get information you need from business to education, from sports to politics, from arts to eating out.
Disadvantages of Internet.
- It’s a technology, which is fetched for (imposed/forced on) the Third world countries.
- The cost of the Internet Service Provider is high.
- It is leading to exposure of morally harmful shows such as Pornography.
- It leads to spread of viruses.
- Has proved to be unreliable especially accessing information.
- No copyright rules meant to protect the property of an organization.
ELECTRONIC MAIL (E-MAIL).
About e-mail.
Electronic mail (also known as e-mail) is one of the common services provided by the Internet.
- E-Mail is a worldwide system for sending & receiving electronic messages from one computer to another.
- E-Mail (Electronic mail) refers to electronic messages sent over the Internet or a network. E-mail can contain both text & files.
With e-mail, users can create and send messages to one user, several users, or all the users on a distribution list.
Most e-mail software enable users to send text messages. In addition, users can attach files from Word processors, Spreadsheets, Reports, production data, etc, and then send them by e-mail.
Most E-mail packages allow you to do the same things you do with regular paper mail. You can file messages in electronic file cabinets, forward copies of messages to other users, send “carbon copies” of messages, and so on. The E-mail packages also allow you to filter or organize messages by priority. E.g., all messages from a particular user (e.g., your boss) could be given top priority, so that they always appear at the top of your list of messages.
However, E-mail is a much faster, economical & convenient way of sending messages to family, friends and colleagues than the paper mail (usually called “Snail mail”). Messages can be sent or received 24-hrs a day. With “Snail mail” a message or a letter is sent to the recipient through the Post office and takes days or weeks before reaching the destination.
Components required.
For one to be able to communicate using e-mail, the following components are needed:
- A Computer – where you will send or receive the e-mail messages.
- An E-mail program.
Your computer must be installed with an e-mail program that lets you send, receive and manage your e-mail messages.
Examples of E-mail programs;
- Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, & Microsoft Exchange from Microsoft.
- Communicator from Netscape.
- Lotus Notes.
- E-mail address of the sender & the address of the receiver.
- An Internet Service Provider (ISP) – company who will deliver your message to the receiver.
Once you send a letter or a message, it travels from your computer through a Modem, which connects your computer to the Internet using the Telephone network. The Mail passes through various computers, until it reaches the final destination.
How E-mail Works.
The figure below shows how an e-mail message can travel over a Wide Area Network (WAN) such as the Internet.
Each Client computer in the Local Area Network (LAN) runs an e-mail software package called User Agent, e.g., Eudora, Lotus Notes, Outlook Express, Microsoft Outlook, etc.
The user writes the e-mail messages using one of the User Agents, which formats the message into 2 parts;
- The Header, which lists the source and destination e-mail addresses.
- The Body, which is the message itself.
The User agent sends the message header & body to a Mail Server that runs a special application package called a Message Mail Transfer Agent. The Message Mail Transfer Agent in the Mail Server reads the envelope & then sends the message through the network (possibly through dozens of Message Transfer Agents) until the message arrives at the Mail Server of the receiver.
The Message Transfer Agent on this server then stores the message in the receiver’s mailbox on the server.
When the receiver accesses his/her e-mail, the User Agent on the receiver’s Client computer contacts the Message Transfer Agent on the Mail Server, and asks for the contents of the user’s mailbox. The Message Transfer Agent sends the e-mail message to the client computer, which the user reads using the user agent.
E-MAIL STANDARDS.
Several standards have been developed to ensure the compatibility between different e-mail software packages.
The 3 commonly used standards are:
- Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP).
- X-400.
- Common Messaging Calls (CMC).
All the 3 e-mail standards work in the same basic fashion.
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP).
SMTP is the most commonly e-mail standard used on the Internet.
SMTP defines how Message Transfer Agents operate and how they format messages sent to them. As the name suggests, SMTP is a simple standard that permits only the transfer of text messages. Non-text files such as graphics or Word processing documents are not permitted.
However, several standards for non-text files have been developed that can operate together with SMTP. They include; Multi-Purpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME), Unencoded & Bin Hex.
A different standard called Post Office Protocol (POP) defines how User agents operate and how messages to & from the Mail Transfer Agents are formatted.
POP is gradually being replaced by a newer standard called Internet Mail Access Protocol (IMAP).
The main difference between POP & IMAP is that, before a user can read a mail message with a POP user agent; the e-mail message must be copied to the client’s hard disk and deleted from the mail server. With IMAP, e-mail messages can remain stored on the mail server after they have been read. Therefore, IMAP is beneficial to users who read their e-mail from many different computers (e.g., at home, in office & in computer labs), because all e-mail is stored on the server until it is deleted.
X-400
The X-400 e-mail standard was developed in 1984. It is a set of seven (7) standards that define how e-mail is to be processed by the User agents and the Mail Transfer Agents.
Common Messaging Calls (CMC).
The CMC standard is a simpler version of the X-400 standard.
It was developed in 1994.
It is more popular than X-400, because it is simple & it is also supported by a large no. of leading vendors/sellers.
File Transfer Protocol (FTP).
FTP enables you to send and receive files over the Internet. FTP requires an application program on the client server and an application program on the FTP Server. Many application packages use the FTP standard (e.g., WS-FTP).
Almost anyone can establish a FTP server, which permits anyone on the Internet to log in, send and receive files.
There are 2 types of FTP sites;
Closed FTP site.
A Closed site requires users to have permission before they can connect and gain access to the files. Access is granted after the user provides an Account name with a secret password.
For example, a Network Manager would write a Web page using software on his/her client computer and their user FTP to send it to a specific account on the Web Server.
Anonymous FTP site.
Anonymous is the most common type of an FTP site.
It permits any Internet user to log in using the account of anonymous.
When using the anonymous FTP, you will still be asked for a password. You can enter your Internet e-mail address as the password.
Many files and documents available via FTP have been compressed to reduce the amount of disk space they require.
Note. If a file that you want has been compressed by a compression program that is not in your computer, you cannot access the file until you get the decompression program it used.
Using Lotus Notes.
One of the problems with e-mail is that, it lacks a structured way to support an ongoing discussion. Each mail message is a separate item, unrelated to the other messages. Usually, you can group and file e-mail messages into separate file folders, but it not possible to combine them.
Using Lotus Notes (a document database of text and graphics), documents with different sections can be organized into a hierarchical structure of sections, documents and folders.
Lotus Notes can be used as a computer Bulletin board to support ongoing discussions. Several topics and sub-topics can be created, and everyone or selected individuals in the organization can be given access.
Lotus Notes can also be used to organize a discussion among certain people such as a Project team working to improve manufacturing quality. It might reduce the amount of time the team spent in face-to-face meetings, because many of the issues might be discussed before the meeting actually starts.
Lotus Notes also could be used to replace standard Word processors in preparing reports. Each team member could use Lotus Notes to write a portion of report, which could then be passed to other team members for editing or comments.
Lotus Notes can also automate certain document-based processes (called Workflow automation). For example, insurance claims require people from several different parts of an Insurance company to work together to process the claim. One person might handle the initial claim, which would then be passed to an Insurance adjuster to finish a report. Another person would process the payment. All this paperwork could be replaced if Lotus Notes were used to prepare and pass the documents from one person to another.
Note. Lotus Notes has the ability to replicate. Replication is the automatic sharing of information among servers when information changes. E.g., Lotus Notes servers can be set to replicate information they contain within any other Lotus Notes server on the network, so that a change to a document on the server will automatically be shared with all other servers that contain the same document.
Setting up (adding) an E-mail or News account.
To set up an e-mail account, use an e-mail program such as Outlook Express. Outlook Express is a Web browsing software that can help you exchange e-mail messages with colleagues and friends on the Internet or join newsgroups to trade/share ideas and information.
You will need the following information from your Internet Service Provider (ISP) or Local Area Network (LAN) administrator:
- For e-mail accounts, you’ll need to know;
- The type of Mail server you use (POP3, IMAP, or HTTP)
- Your Account name and Password.
- Name of the incoming mail server and,
- If you are using POP3 or IMAP, the name of an outgoing mail server.
- For a news account, you’ll need to know;
- The name of the news server you want to connect to and, if required, your account name and password.
To add a mail or news account.
- On the Start menu, point to Programs, then click Outlook Express.
- On the Tools menu, click Accounts.
- In the Internet Accounts dialog box, click the Add
- Select either Mail or News to open the Internet Connection Wizard, and then follow the instructions to establish a connection with a mail or news server.
Tips.
- After you set up your account, just double-click the Outlook Express icon on the desktop to begin sending and receiving e-mail.
- You can get a free mail account from Hotmail, which uses HTTP servers.
E-mail addresses.
Each user has his own e-mail address (or mailbox) in form of computer storage space to receive messages. The mailbox is accessed via a computer terminal within the system. In addition, each user has a password to protect access to his/her own mailbox.
Messages are drawn to the user’s attention when they enter the system.
Components of an E-mail address.
An e-mail address consists of two parts separated by the @ symbol. For example, if your e-mail address is Drg@tropicalheat.com:
- The 1st part of the address to the left side of the @ symbol refers to the person’s identity or login name. It is the name or identifier of the specific individual or organization, e.g., “drg”.
- The 2nd part following the “@” symbol is the computer address. It is usually made up of 2 to 3 sub-parts to further identify the individual, organization, ISP or a country. In this case:
- “tropicalheat” identifies the business.
- “.com” is the extension, which identifies the type of the organization.
The table below shows some extensions and what they represent: –
| Extension | Represents |
| .org | A non-profit making organization |
| .edu | An educational institution or organization |
| .com | A commercial organization |
| .net | Network |
| .mil | Military |
| .gov | government |
Sometimes, the name of the country is included in the e-mail address. E.g., Skynews@sky.co.uk or Nation@africaonline.co.ke.
In this case, “.co.uk” refers to a company in the United Kingdom, while “.co.ke” refers to a company in Kenya.
Examples of E-mail addresses;
Tim@Yahoo.com (free e-mail address)
Douglas@hotmail.com (free e-mail address)
Exercise.
- (a). What is E-mail?
(b). Give TWO examples of e-mail software.
(c). Give an example of an e-mail address.
- Identify institutions whose e-mail addresses end with the following extensions:
- .org ______________________________________________________
- .gov ______________________________________________________
- .edu ______________________________________________________
- .com______________________________________________________
- .net ______________________________________________________
- .mil ______________________________________________________
- Identify the parts of the following e-mail address:
iat@africaonline.co.ke
A B C D
A _________________________________________________________________
B _________________________________________________________________
C _________________________________________________________________
D _________________________________________________________________
Reading E-mail Messages.
Purpose.
- Once an e-mail message that has been sent to you arrives at your computer, to read the contents you must open it using the program you have installed for sending e-mail, e.g., Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.
- Open the e-mail program, e.g., Outlook Express from the Start menu or a shortcut on the desktop.
The Choose Profile dialog box appears to allow you to select your profile.
Note. A User Profile is a group of settings that define how the e-mail program is set up for a particular user. It also defines through the information services how a user can send, store, and receive messages.
- Select your profile by clicking the down arrow on the Profile Name box, and then click OK.
Usually, all incoming messages are stored in the Inbox when you connect to Outlook Express. The Inbox displays all the e-mail messages that you have received.
- To open and read e-mail messages, click the Inbox icon either on the Outlook bar or on the Folders list, and then choose the message that you want to read.
- To view the message in the preview pane, click the message in the message list.
- To open the message in a separate window, double-click the message in the message list.
The lower grid of your screen will have the full message.
- When you have finished reading a message, you can close the window. Choose Exit on the File This will take you back to the Outlook Express window. If there are any e-mails in the Outlook that have not been sent, a message will appear prompting you to send the e-mail(s) at that particular time or you can send it later.
Tips
- After Outlook Express downloads your messages, you can click the Send/Recv button on the toolbar, to read messages either in a separate window or in the preview pane.
- To view all the information about a message, such as when it was sent, click the File menu, and then click Properties.
- As you read the items in your items in your Inbox, you can reply to, forward, or file them in other folders that you create.
- To save the message in your file system, click Save as and then select a format (mail, text or HTML) and location.
Reply to E-mail Messages.
Purpose.
- If you have read a message, you may want to send a reply to the original sender.
- If the original message that you are replying to was also copied to a no. of other people, you may want to send a reply to all of them.
When replying to a mail message, you can choose to reply with or without the original message insertion. The original message, sometimes referred to as the History, appears in the body of the message, and is used for reference purposes.
Reply with the original message insertion.
- Open the message you want to reply.
- Click the Reply button in the Mail The Reply message window appears containing the message you are replying to at the bottom.
- Type the reply where the insertion point is.
- When you have finished typing and editing the reply, click the Send button (if you are online) to send the message.
Note. If you click the Send button while you are offline, the mail will be placed in the Outbox folder and will automatically be sent the moment you are online.
Reply without the original message insertion.
To remove the original message, select the text, and then press the DELETE key or set options in the Options dialog box.
- On the Tools menu, click Options.
- Click the Reading
- Under When replying to a message box, click the down arrow, then select Do not include original message, then click
- Follow the procedure used to reply a message with the original message insertion.
This time, the Reply message window will not contain the message you are replying to at the bottom.
Note. After replying to an e-mail, the E-Mail icon will indicate a checkmark showing that the mail has been replied to.
Creating and sending an e-mail message.
Purpose.
- To communicate with another user who has an e-mail address. This is cheaper than sending fax or using the telephone especially for long distance calls.
- It is also faster to send e-mail than to post a letter.
E.g., to send a letter around the world using e-mail takes some few minutes as compared to the weeks ordinary mails take.
- Start the Microsoft Outlook
- On the toolbar, click the New Mail Message
The message composition window is displayed.
- In the To… and/or Cc… boxes, type the e-mail addresses of each recipient.
- If you want to sent copies of the message to other people, type in their e-mail addresses in the Cc… box, separating the addresses with a semicolon (😉.
- To add e-mail names from the Address Book, click the book icon in the New Message window next to To, Cc, and then select names.
- You can also send a Blind Carbon Copy (Bcc). In this case, the recipients entered receive the message but their names are hidden from other recipients of the message. To use the Bcc box, click the View menu, and then select Bcc field.
- In the Subject box, type a message title.
- In the lower grid of the message composition window, type in the message that you want to send.
You can format the e-mail message using the formatting tools like, Bold, Font size, Underline, etc.
- When you have finished typing the message, editing, and spell checking, click the Send button on the New Message
Notes.
- To save a draft of your message to work on later, click the File menu, then click Save. You can also click Save as to save a mail message in your file system in mail (.eml), text (.txt), or HTML (.htm) format.
- A message that returns to the sender because it cannot reach its destination is referred to as a Bounced message.
Checking the spelling in mail messages.
Before sending a mail message, you can spell check it to correct any spelling mistakes in the mail.
Outlook Express uses the spelling checker provided with Microsoft Office 97 programs, such as Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel, and Microsoft PowerPoint.
- In the New Message window, click the Spelling button on the toolbar, (or click the Tools menu, and then choose Spelling).
- The Spelling dialog box appears. The misspelt words are highlighted and shown in the dialog box. Choose the correct word by selecting it, and then click the Change
If the word or phrase is correct but is not in the dictionary, click Ignore.
- Once spell checking of the mail is complete, and a dialog box appears, click OK.
Formatting e-mail message text.
To add special emphasis or structure to message text-such as bold, color, or bulleted lists, and also to add graphics and links to Web sites in your mail messages, use Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) – the standard language for formatting text for the Internet.
To use HTML formatting on all outgoing messages.
- When you create messages using HTML formatting, only mail programs that support HTML can read the formatting. If the recipient’s mail or newsreading program does not read HTML, the message is displayed as plain text with an HTML file attached. The recipient can view the attached file by opening it in any Web browser.
To send the message in HTML formatting;
- In the main window, click the Tools menu, click Options, then click the Send
- In the Mail Sending Format or News Sending Format sections, click HTML.
To use HTML formatting on an individual message.
In an e-mail message window, make sure HTML formatting is turned on, i.e., Click the Format menu, then choose Rich Text (HTML). A black dot appears by the command when it is selected.
To change the font, style, and size of text.
You can change the way the text looks for all your messages or you can make changes to selected text within a message.
To change the text style for all messages.
- On the Tools menu, click
- Click the Compose tab, then click the Font Settings
To format text within individual messages.
- Select the text you want to format. To change the font for an entire message, click the Edit menu, then click Select All.
- On the Formatting toolbar, click the buttons for the options you want.
To format a paragraph.
- Click anywhere in the paragraph, or select the text you want to format.
- Use either the Formatting toolbar or the commands on the Format menu to change the text.
To Do this
Change the indentation of a paragraph Click the Increase Indent or Decrease Indent button on the Formatting toolbar.
Add a horizontal line Click where you want the line to appear, and then click the Insert Horizontal line button on the Formatting toolbar.
Format text written in Rich Text (HTML) mode Click the Format menu, point to Style, and then choose an option.
To create a numbered or bulleted list.
- In your message, click where you want the list to start.
- On the Format menu, point to Style, then click either Numbered List or Bulleted List.
- Type the first item in the list. When you press ENTER, another list entry is started on the next line.
To end the list, press ENTER twice.
Inserting items in a message.
To insert a Business card in all messages.
- On the Tools menu, click Options, then select the Compose
- In the Business Cards section, select the Mail or News check box, and then select a business card from the drop-down list.
Notes.
- To change information in a business card, click the Edit
- To add a business card or signature to an individual message, in a message window, click the Insert menu, then click either Signature or My Business Card.
To include a sound in a message.
- Click anywhere in the message window.
- On the Format menu, point to Background, and then click Sound.
- Enter the name of the file you want to include and the number of times you want the file to play.
To insert a picture in a message.
- In the message, click where you want the image to appear.
- On the Insert menu, click Picture, then click Browse to find the image file.
- Enter Layout and Spacing information for the image file as needed.
Notes.
- If message recipients are not able to view your inserted images, click the Tools menu, and then click Options. Click the Send tab, click HTML Settings, and then make sure that Send pictures with messages is selected. Then resend your message.
- To insert a background picture in your message, in the message window, click the Format menu, point to Background, then click Picture. Click the Browse button to search for the file you want to use.
Attaching files to e-mail messages.
Purpose.
- You can attach a copy of any type of file such as a document, spreadsheet, graphic image or a presentation to your e-mail messages.
- Click the New Message
- In the Message Composition dialog box, enter the e-mail address and type in the message to be sent.
- Click where you want the file attachment to appear, then click the Insert File button to display the Insert File dialog box.
- Locate the folder that contains the file you want to attach, and then click the file.
To select multiple files, hold down the CTRL as you click each of the files.
- Click the OK
The attached file is displayed as an icon in the body of the message. The icon indicates the file type and name. e.g., Sales Results.xls
- Click the Send
To open or view the attached file.
Documents that contain file attachments display a paper clip image in the view or folder next to the document file.
Once the document is open, Microsoft Outlook displays an icon representing the attachment.
Note. You must have the application in which the attachment was composed in order to open it. The MIME (Multi-purpose Internet Mail Extension) type of file enables Internet browsers to access an Internet mail file without prompting the user to specify the program used to create the attached file.
- In the Inbox, select the e-mail message that contains the attachment.
- Double-click the e-mail message to open it.
- Double-click the icon that represents the attachment.
Deleting an attachment.
- Open the e-mail message that contains the attachment.
- To delete the attached file, click the file icon, then press the Delete
Organizing E-mail messages.
Purpose.
- You can use Outlook Express to organize your incoming messages and make it easy to send mails.
To use your online time efficiently, use Outlook Express to find messages, automatically sort incoming messages into different folders, keep messages on a mail server, or delete them entirely.
Organizing the Inbox.
You can organize the messages in your Inbox quickly by sorting them.
To quickly sort messages by Subject, Sender or the Date received, click on the respective column header. E.g., to sort your messages in alphabetical order by sender, click on From in the column header.
To create a Mail folder.
- On the File menu, click New, then choose Folder.
- Enter the name of the folder in the Name box, e.g., My Own.
- Select the Inbox folder so that the mail folder created will become a subfolder of the Inbox.
- You can add details, such as a description of the folder in the Description box, then click OK.
To move or copy a message to another folder.
- In the message list, select the message (s) you want to move or copy.
- On the Edit menu, click Move to Folder or Copy to Folder, then select the folder you want to move or copy the message to.
To delete a mail message.
- In the message list, select the message.
- On the toolbar, click the Delete button (or press the Delete key).
Notes.
- To restore a deleted message, open the Deleted Items folder, and then drag the message back to the Inbox or other folder.
- If you don’t want messages to be saved in the Deleted Items folder when you quit Outlook Express,
- Click the Tools menu, then click Options.
- On the Maintenance tab, select the checkbox labeled Empty messages from the ‘Deleted Items’ folder on exit.
- To manually empty all deleted items,
- Select the Deleted Items
- On the Edit menu, click Empty Deleted Items Folder.
Sending a Web page by e-mail.
Purpose.
- You may find some interesting and useful material on the Internet that you would like to share with friends and colleagues.
You can send Web pages by e-mail to other people even if the recipients are not connected to the Internet.
- Access the Web page you want to send.
- Click the File menu, point to Send, then click Page By E-mail or Link By E-mail.
- If necessary, choose the correct profile to use from the Profile dialog box, i.e., Outlook Express, and click OK.
- In the Message dialog box, enter the address of the recipient, then click the Send
Note. You must have an e-mail account and an e-mail program set up on your computer.
Blocking Unwanted messages.
You can control the mail and news messages you get in Outlook Express . You can block certain people from sending you mail, you can hide conversations that don’t interest you, and you can guard against being sent damaging code in mail by setting security levels.
To block messages from a sender or domain.
You can block messages from a particular sender or domain.
- The Domain is the name following the @ symbol in an e-mail address.
- Domain – A group of networked computers that share information & resources.
When you block a sender or domain, no e-mail or news message from that sender or domain will arrive in your Inbox or in the news messages you read.
E-mail from blocked senders goes directly into your Delete folder while Newsgroup messages from blocked senders are not displayed.
- From your e-mail Inbox or the list of messages in a newsgroup, select a message from a sender you want to block.
- On the Message menu, click Block Sender.
The e-mail address of the sender will appear in the Address box. You can type a different address or domain in the Address box if you wish.
- Select the blocking option you want: mail, news, or both kinds of messages.
Important. Blocking a sender applies to standard POP mail only. It does not apply to HTTP mail (Hotmail) or IMAP messages
Differences between E-mail and General Post office mail.
- E-mail is computerized, while Post office mail is manually operated.
- Post office mail is slow, while E-mail is fast & has a wide area of coverage.
- E-mail is more secure.
Advantages of E-mail.
Electronic mail has several advantages over regular mail.
- It is cheap & economical.
It costs almost nothing to transmit an e-mail message over the network, i.e., there is no need for stamps, envelopes, etc.
- It is secure, i.e., access to a user’s mailbox can be restricted by use of a password.
- It is faster, i.e., mails can be sent instantly.
The delivery of an e-mail message normally takes seconds or minutes, depending on the distance to the receiver.
- It is efficient, i.e., a message prepared only once can be sent to several people.
- It is convenient.
With E-mail, you can send your messages when it is convenient for you and your recipients respond at their convenient times.
- E-mail is cheaper in terms of the time invested in preparing the message.
The expectations and culture of sending & receiving e-mail are different from that of sending regular letters. Regular business letters & inter-office memos are expected to be error-free and formatted according to certain standards. In contrast, most e-mail users accept less well-formatted messages and slight typographical errors are overlooked. So, less time is spent perfecting the appearance of the message.
- E-mail can act as a substitute for the Telephone calls, thus allowing the user to avoid telephone tag (i.e., the process of repeatedly exchanging voice mail messages because you or the other person may not be available when the other calls).
E-mail can often communicate enough of a message so that the entire “conversation” will take less time than a phone call.
E-mail is particularly effective for multinational organizations, which have people working in different time zones around the world.
Disadvantages of E-mail.
- The initial installation cost is higher.
- Messages may be lost before they are read due to virus infections.
- Messages may not be kept for future reference due to the high cost of storage, i.e., it requires regular deletion of messages from the hard disk.
Exercise.
- How does one send an e-mail message?
- What is the advantage of filing e-mail messages when you can leave them in the Inbox and still have them for future reference?
- List THREE levels of importance one can set on an e-mail message.
- Lucille has received an e-mail message that contains an attachment. Can she use any application to open the attached file? Explain.
- What are the advantages of e-mail over the ordinary post office mail.
- Give THREE differences between electronic mail and the Post office mail?
Using the Address Book.
Purpose.
- The Address Book is a directory of personal details, including e-mail addresses, for the people to whom you send messages (called Contacts).
It is used to store/keep track of e-mail addresses, mailing addresses, phone numbers, and other information about your friends and also provides space for notes.
You can store such addresses in the Address Book so as to address mails more easily, i.e., each time you want to send e-mail messages, you simply select the names from the list of addresses.
This will save the time used to enter lists of e-mail addresses as well as help maintain their accuracy. E.g., an e-mail address like Njiiri.mworia@mit.edu.uk can be difficult to remember. In addition, one can easily make a typing error when typing the address.
The Address Book is accessible from Internet Explorer, Outlook Express and NetMeeting, thus enabling you to keep one list of addresses that are accessible by various programs.
To add a contact to the Address Book.
- To open the Address Book, click the Address Book
There can be several types of address books in the Address Book dialog box including the Global Address list and Personal Address Book.
- In the Show names from the box, select the type of address book you want to use.
The Global Address list is the address book that contains all e-mail addresses for users, groups, and distribution lists in your organization that you can address messages to. The Administrator creates and maintains this address book.
The Personal Address Book is the address book used to store personal distribution lists you frequently address messages to, such as a list of your friends.
- Click the New Entry
- Specify the entry type of the contact, i.e., whether it is an Internet address or an entry for a distribution list.
- Type in the display name for the address as well as the full e-mail address.
- Complete the dialog box with the rest of the contact details using the other tabs, e.g., Business or Phone Numbers, then click OK.
The contact address is added to the Address Book.
To edit a contact in the Address Book.
- Open the Address Book.
- Select the contact that you want to edit.
- On the File menu, click Properties.
- Make the necessary changes to the information, then click OK.
To create a contact from a mail message.
When you receive a mail message, you can add the sender’s details (name and e-mail address) to your Address Book.
- From the Inbox, right-click a message.
- Select Add sender to Address Book, from the shortcut menu that appears.
To delete a contact from the Address Book.
- Open the Address Book.
- Select the address that you want to remove from the Address book.
- Click the Delete button (or press the Delete key).
- Click Yes to confirm that you want to delete the name or entry.
To create a distribution list.
If you send mails to the same group of people frequently, you can create a group address list. Group address lists are known as Distribution lists.
When you address a message to that group, each individual in the group receives it.
Note. You must have a Personal Address Book set up in order to be able to create a personal distribution list.
- Open the Address Book.
- Click the New Entry
- In the Select the entry type box, click Personal Distribution List, and then click OK.
- In the Name box, type a name for the group, e.g. Sales Dept., then click the Add/Remove Members
- To add members to the group, select a contact or name from the left hand list box, then click the Members button (or double-click on a name) to move the name to the right list box.
The contact is copied to the Personal Distribution List box.
- Repeat step 5 until you have all the names you want in your group in the Personal Distribution List, then click OK.
The group or distribution list is usually listed in the Address Book.
To send a message using the Address Book or distribution list.
- In the Microsoft Outlook window, click File then select the New Mail Message.
- Click the To… button to open the Address Book.
- Select the contact names from the list or select the distribution list, then click on To ->.
Note. To see the full e-mail addresses, select the name of the person from the lists and click on Properties button.
- Click OK to return to the message composition dialog box.
- Type out the rest of the message and click on Send.
Exercise.
- What are the advantages of using the Address Book as opposed to typing e-mail addresses each time you send e-mail?
READING MAIL MESSAGES OFFLINE.
Once you have opened the E-mail program, it is not necessary for you to be connected directly so that you can read & write your e-mail messages. You may choose to work offline to save on costs.
When you are offline, Outlook Express downloads mail messages to your local computer. When you connect (or choose to work online) again, messages in your Outbox are sent, messages you marked for deletion are removed, and all other actions taken offline are completed at once.
There are 2 situations where it is beneficial to use Outlook Express offline:
- If your ISP charges you by the hour or if you have only one phone line. Under these conditions, you might want to reduce time spent online.
- If you use a Laptop to read your messages while you are traveling or any other time you are not connected to the Internet.
To set up Outlook Express to reduce online time.
- On the Tools menu, click Options.
- On the Connection tab, select Hang up after sending and receiving.
If you connect to an IMAP or HTTP server, click the server name in the folder list, and then make sure that the items you want to view offline are checked.
This procedure can be used to set up Outlook Express so that it automatically disconnects after you select Send and Receive from the Tools menu.
You can then read and compose messages offline without incurring charges or tying up a phone line.
Note. To reconnect to send or receive messages, click the Tools menu, point to Send and Receive, and then select the option you want.
To read messages while you are away from your Internet connection.
- On the Tools menu, select Options, then click the General
- Under the field labeled If my computer is not connected at this time, select Connect only when not working offline.
If you connect to an IMAP or http server, click the server name in the folder list, make sure
that the items you want to view offline are checked, and then click Sync Account.
- On the File menu, click Work Offline.
Note. To check the type of account you have, click the Tools menu, and then click Accounts. Select your e-mail account and then click Properties. The account type is listed on the Advanced tab.
Viewing and posting to Newsgroups.
What are newsgroups?
A Newsgroup is a collection of messages posted by individuals to a News server (a computer that can host thousands of newsgroups).
Some newsgroups are “owned” by someone who reviews the postings, can answer questions, delete inappropriate messages, etc.
Anyone can post messages to a newsgroup. This is because, Newsgroups do not require any kind of membership or joining fees.
To use newsgroups in Outlook Express, your Internet Service Provider must offer links to a news server. After you set up an account for the server you want in Outlook Express, you can read and post messages in any of the newsgroups stored on that news server.
To switch between mail and news reading.
- In the Folders list, click Inbox to go to your e-mail, or click a news server name or specific newsgroup to visit newsgroups.
To find newsgroups of interest.
- In the Folders list, click a server name, then click the Newsgroups
- In the Display newsgroups which contain box, type the words you want to search for.
To subscribe to a newsgroup.
Subscribing ensures that the newsgroup is included in your Folders list for easy access.
You can subscribe to a newsgroup in any of the following ways:
- When adding a news server, Outlook Express prompts you to subscribe to newsgroups on that server.
- Click a news server name in your Folders list, and then click the Newsgroups Select the newsgroup that you want to subscribe to, and then click the Subscribe button.
Note: When you double-click a name in the Newsgroup list, a subscription is automatically generated.
- When you click a newsgroup, its name appears in your Folders list. Right-click the name, and then click Subscribe.
Tips. To cancel your subscription to a newsgroup,
- Click the Newsgroups button, click the Subscribed tab, select the group you want, and then click the Unsubscribe
–Or–
Right-click the newsgroup in your Folders list, then click Unsubscribe.
To view a newsgroup without subscribing to it.
To find out if a specific newsgroup is right for you, read some of the messages in it.
- From the Tools menu, select Newsgroups to open the Newsgroup Subscriptions dialog box.
- Select the news server you want in the Accounts All of the newsgroups on that server appear on the All tab.
- Select the newsgroup you want to view, and then click Go To.
Note. The first time you view a newsgroup, it may take several minutes to download the messages. The next time you go to that newsgroup, it downloads faster, because Outlook Express downloads only new messages.
To read newsgroup messages.
Go to a newsgroup and look through the message list for a message you want to read (you may need to scroll).
- To view the message in the preview pane, click the message once.
- To view the message in a separate window, double-click the message in the message list.
To read and send international messages.
Outlook Express can usually display messages in the language in which they were sent. However, some messages, particularly those from newsgroups, often do not have enough information (or the information is incorrect) in the header file to display the correct language.
To change the language encoding for a message you are reading.
- In the message window, click the View menu, point to Encoding, and then click the language encoding you want to use.
To set the default encoding for reading messages.
- On the Tools menu, click On the Read tab, click Fonts.
- Select a language at the top, and then click the Set as Default
Posting messages to newsgroups.
There are several ways that you can post messages, depending on whether you are posting a new message or replying to one and how widely you want it distributed.
- In the Folders list, select the newsgroup you want to post a message to.
- On the toolbar, click the New Post
Note. To send your message to multiple newsgroups on the same news server, click the icon next to Newsgroups in the New Message dialog box. In the Pick Newsgroups dialog box, hold down the CTRL key to select multiple newsgroups, and then click Add.
- Type the Subject of your message. Outlook Express cannot post a message that does not contain a subject.
- Compose your message, and then click the Send
To reply to a newsgroup message.
- In the message list, click the message you want to reply to.
- To reply to the author of the message by e-mail, click the Reply button on the toolbar.
To reply to the whole newsgroup, click the Reply Group button on the toolbar.
- Type your message, and then click Send.
Note. To view information about a newsgroup message, such as when it was sent, select the message, click the File menu, and then click Properties.
To prevent newsgroup messages from automatically downloading.
On the Tools menu, click Options.
On the Read tab, clear the following check box: Automatically download messages when viewing in the Preview Pane.
To view newsgroups efficiently.
View only unread news messages in a newsgroup.
- Open the newsgroup, click the View menu, point to Current View, and then click Hide Read Messages.
View the replies to a particular message in a newsgroup.
- Click the plus sign ( + ) next to the message. The replies to that message appear below it. A message with its replies is called a “conversation.”
To watch a conversation.
In both mail and news, you can watch a conversation that is of particular interest you. A conversation is an original message and all its replies.
- In your Inbox or newsgroup message list, select the conversation you wish to watch.
- On the Message menu, click Watch Conversation.
If your message list’s Watch/Ignore column is turned on, the watch icon will appear next to all the messages of a watched conversation.
READING NEWSGROUP MESSAGES OFFLINE.
Offline newsreading enables you to read newsgroup messages without being connected to the Internet, saving connection costs.
To do this, you must subscribe to the newsgroup whose messages you want to read offline, mark it to specify whether you want to see headers or whole messages, and then transfer them to your computer (synchronize). Once this is done, you can log off from the Internet and then read the messages at your leisure.
Reading message headers only, gives you the subject, author, and size of the message.
To set up newsgroups for offline news reading.
For newsgroups you subscribe to, you can set up Outlook Express to make messages or headers available offline by synchronizing. This enables you to read them at your leisure when you are not connected to the Internet.
- From the Folders list, select a news server.
- In the main window, select one or more newsgroups you subscribe to whose messages you want to read offline. (To select multiple newsgroups, hold down the CTRL key while you click the newsgroups.)
- Click the Settings button, and then click to mark what you want transferred from the server to your computer during synchronization:
- All Messages,
- New Messages Only (new to the server since you last synchronized), or
- Headers Only (subject, author, date, and size of message).
- Click the Sync Account
Exercise.
- (a). When can you work offline?
(b). Why should you work offline?
Methods of Accessing Computer and Locating Files.
- Gopher:
This is a client/server tool that enables the user to locate almost all textual information stored on Internet servers through a series of easy-to-use or understand, hierarchical menus that provide point-and-click interfaces.
The Internet has thousands of Gopher server sites throughout the world. Each gopher site contains its own system of menus listing related topics, local files, and other relevant gopher sites.
To search for a specific topic or select a related item from a menu, activate the gopher software. The server will automatically transfer you to the appropriate file on that server or the selected server wherever it is located in the world. Once on the distant server, you are presented with more menus of files and Internet addresses of other gopher site servers that might interest you. You can then move from site to site locating information that you want anywhere in the world. After finding the information or files you want, you are free to browse, read them online, or download them onto your own computer for searching for text that appears in gopher menus.
- Archie:
This is a tool for locating data on the Internet that performs keyword searches of an actual database of documents, software, and data files available for downloading from servers around the world.
An individual Archie database can list only a small percentage of the files in the world. However, clicking on the relevant listing from one Archie server will bring you to another computer system where relevant files are stored. While on the other computer, the Archie server may provide other relevant references, allowing you to continue your search for related files, moving from database to database, library to library, until you locate what you need.
Archie database searching uses the subject keywords entered such as “telecommuting” or “inflation” to display a list of sites that contain files on that topic. Once you find the files you want, you may use a file transfer program to download them.
- WAIS (Wide Area Information Servers):
This is a tool for locating data on the Internet that require the name of the databases to be searched based on keywords.
Once you specify specific database names and key identifying words, WAIS searches for the keywords in all the files in those databases. When the search is completed, you are given a menu listing all the files that contain your keywords.
- The Word Video Web:
The Web is another information retrieval tool similar to gophers, Archie, and WAIS. It is widely used for commercial purposes on the Net due to the fact that, it is attractive, easy to use, and helpful in publishing or providing information to anyone interested.
- Home Page:
Anyone willing to offer information through the Web must first establish a Home Page (a WWW text & graphical display that welcomes the user and explains the organization that has established the page). The Home page will lead the user to other pages.
All the pages of an organization are known as a Website.
Home pages combine text, hypermedia, graphics and sound, unlike the other methods of locating information on the Net, which are text-based. This means that, home pages can handle all types of communication, while making it easy to link resources that are far apart.
Graphics allow organizations to communicate more effectively, making their own material more appealing to the eye, more informative, and easy to understand.
Hypermedia provides a point-and-click connection to related information within the same document, between documents on the same computer, or to documents located on another computer anywhere in the world (as long as the computer is connected to the Net, and the hypermedia connection has been programmed in).
Sound allows some of the Web displays to talk or play music.
Note. The specific hypermedia technology used in the Web is known as Hyperlinks.
Within any web document, there are certain words or graphics that are highlighted (usually appear bold, in a different colour, underlined, or a combination of these). The highlighted objects have hyperlinks embedded within them that contain the path to another location within the same document, a document on the same computer, or a document on another computer.
Hyperlinks allow the user to move with ease within complex documents or across the network. If the reader of the document wants more information on the highlighted word, he/she double-clicks the word, and quickly that other information will be displayed, even if it is stored in another part of the world.
Advantages of Hyperlinks.
- It is easy to use.
- The user is free to jump from place to place following his/her own logic and interest, and does not have to move according to a static, pre-programmed, linear sequence.
The user moves around almost as easily as a book reader might follow keywords and jump around an encyclopedia.
To navigate the Web requires a graphics Computer to link to the Internet. The user must also have a special software tool to navigate the Web known as Web Browser.
BENEFITS FROM THE USE OF THE INTERNET.
- Reduces the Cost of Communication.
Before the Internet, organizations had to build their own Wide Area Networks or subscribe to Value-Added Network (VAN) service.
Many organizations find the Internet more cost-effective than building their own networks or paying VAN subscription fees. Organizations use the Internet to fulfill a wide range of communication needs. This lowers other communication costs, including their network management expenses, telephone and Fax costs.
Reduced communication costs are beneficial particularly to small businesses because it sometimes enables them to compete with larger companies in the markets that would otherwise be closed to them.
- Enhances Communication & Co-ordination.
Global companies use the Internet as an important instrument for coordinating their activities. Such companies have set up internal Web sites to keep employees informed about company developments. Through the Web, employees are able to see a company Calendar, the employee Policy manual, product Brochures, interactive Training tools, and even stock quotes.
The Internet has made it easier and less expensive for companies to co-ordinate small staffs when opening new markets or working in isolated places, because they do not have to build their own networks.
- Accelerates the Distribution of Knowledge.
To speed product development and also to react to an emerging problem, information gathering must be quick and easy.
The Internet is very useful in the modern society, which is increasingly dependent on knowledge. Organizations are using E-mail and the availability of databases all over the world to gain access to information in such areas as Business, Science, Law, and Government. The Internet can quickly link a computer user sitting at a computer screen to mountains of data (including Graphics) all over the world, which would otherwise be too expensive and too difficult to get.
- Improves Customer service and satisfaction.
Organizations can also use the Internet to communicate efficiently to make product information, ordering and technical support easier and immediately available.
A company can establish a Website on the Internet in order to distribute useful product information to its customers and product users. It can also use the Internet to give engineering support to its customers without the involvement of engineering staff.
- Facilitates Sales and Marketing.
The Internet provides opportunities for firms to market and sell their products in a way that does not offend others. This is because, the Internet is a passive instrument, i.e., it requires potential customers to seek out offerings by companies rather than having those companies actively reach out to potential customers, as is the case in most marketing and advertising.
Retailers update their Web page offerings frequently as required. Suppliers can also update technical materials used by customers easily. Therefore, the Internet assist buyers and sellers make contacts.
Firms use their Websites to distribute more marketing information. A firm can include its Web address in product advertisements and design their site for visitors to browse information on pricing, press releases on new products, technical manuals and sales brochures.
PROBLEMS FACING THE INTERNET.
- Lack of Security.
Lack of security is one of the reasons why the Internet, while being widely used to facilitate transactions, is still in limited use to carry out transactions.
When large amounts of data are stored in electronic form, they are exposed to more kinds of threats/dangers than when they exist in manual form.
Through data communication networks, information systems in different locations on the Internet are interconnected. The potential for unauthorized access, abuse or fraud is not limited to a single location but can occur at any access point in the Internet.
Internet Hackers have found ways of stealing passwords as they pass through one site and use them to break into computer system at other sites all over the world.
The hackers can get access to company’s strategic business plans, profit reports, product development information, pricing data, marketing plans, sales contracts, and scientific research data. Such information is too sensitive and companies are unwilling to have it accessed by unauthorized people.
- Technology Problems.
- The Internet lacks standards for accessing the net and sending e-mails. A no. of incompatible ways for accessing the net exist, allowing specific users to perform certain functions but not others.
- The lack of standards also affects the ability of organizations to establish a stable link to the Internet. As the traffic on the Internet becomes more complex, it can bring problems if it does not have good technical support.
- Many people and organizations are sending so much data through the Net, much of it in graphics form, such that telecommunication links are already overloaded. Frequent users are unable to access the net, while those who use the graphics-based Web regularly find connecting to the intended Server very slow or even almost impossible during busy times.
- Moreover, the growing need for bandwidth due to graphics will only expand as the transmission of sound and full-motion video expands. All this is raising the cost of using the Net. Some firms are already discovering that they need more expensive telecommunications connections, Workstations or higher speed computers with improved graphics capability, and even Information system specialists with skills related specifically to the Internet.
- Individuals and organizations in less developed countries with poor Telephone lines, limited hardware and software capacity or Government controls on communication will not be able to take full advantage of Internet resources.
- Due to the fact that there is no a comprehensive method of locating and keeping track of pages in the World Wide Web (www), Internet users often spend a lot of time in futile (unsuccessful) searches, despite the many new tools and planned indexes to the Web. There is no good technology enough to filter/sort out irrelevant information while allowing people to access the specific information they need.
- Legal Issues.
Until a greater clarity on several legal issues is obtained, doing business on the Internet will become unreliable.
Laws governing E-commerce are mostly non-existing or are just being written.
There are several open questions that still exist such as, the legality of E-mail contracts, the role of electronic signatures, and the application of copyright laws to electronically copied documents.
- Anti-Commercial culture.
Initially, the Internet was a scientific and academic tool. As it grew, a strong anti-commercial culture grew with it.
Internet users have shown themselves unwilling to accept the Internet mail. Many commercial users also fear that allowing commercial organizations to add very many unasked for marketing messages will make the Internet E-mail difficult to manage.
Thus, while businesses remain free to use the Internet for E-mail, research, and other forms of information exchange, they will have to learn new ways to do their marketing on the Internet; ways that do not offend the other users.
Exercise I.
- State the various methods of accessing computer and locating files.
- Describe the main benefits from the use of the Internet.
- Give a brief view of the main problems of the Internet.
Exercise II.
- Briefly describe four advantages of using Internet to disseminate information compared to other conventional methods. (8 marks).
- One of the problems of using Internet for business is insecurity. What are some of the other problems and what controls should be put in place in order to solve the problems?. (4 marks).
- Your manager wishes to be connected to the Internet. He already has a powerful Personal Computer (PC), a Printer and access to a Telephone line. However, he understands that he will need a Modem.
Required:
- State why a Modem is required to connect him to the Internet. (2 marks).
- Suggest any four application areas in which you would expect a Supermarket retail manager to use the Internet. (4 marks).
Grade 7 Free Resources: Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work
Grade 7 Free Resources: Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work
Grade 7 Free Resources: Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work
Boost your Grade 7 learning with free assessment exams, notes, and schemes of work available on this site. Find comprehensive resources to excel in your studies. This is the largest collection of free CBC resources.
FORM 2 ALL SUBJECTS EXAMS PLUS ANSWERS
AGRI FORM 1
FORM 2 TERM 1 OPENER EXAM
NAME ……………………………………………….. ADM …………….. CLASS………….
Instructions:
Answer all the questions in the spaces provided
- What are farm records? (1mk)
- State five uses of farm records (5mks)
- List four characteristics of a dairy cow. (4mks)
- Give five ways in which soil loses fertility (5mks)
- Name three types of organic manure. (3mks)
- Name the tool used for; (3mks)
- Shooting solid drugs through the mouth of an animal.
- Lifting seedlings from the nursery
- Checking the vertical straightness in construction
7) State three main sources of water on the farm (3mks)
- List four reasons for treating water (4mks)
- a) What are the functions of the following in preparation of compost manure?(3mks)
- what is the importance of the stick that is driven into the compost heap during preparation (1mk)
- Name various breeds of: (3mks)
- a) Beef cattle:
- b) Rabbit:
c)Dairy goats:
- State the six stages in treatment of water in an orderly manner (6mks)
- a) What is opportunity cost? (1mk)
- b) Give two instances when opportunity cost is zero (2mks)
- List four aspects of rainfall (4mks)
- Give four characteristics of crops used for green manure preparation (4mks)
- State four reasons for preparing land before planting (4mks)
16.a) Name five farm records kept by a farmer (5mks)
b). List two types of labour records (2mks)
- Name two categories of plant nutrients (2mks)
- List six biotic factors affecting agricultural production (6mks)
FORM 2 TERM 1 OPENER EXAM-AUGUST
AGRICULTURE FORM ONE MAKING SCHEME
- What are farm records? (1mk)
Are documents kept in the farm showing farm activities over a given period of time?
- State five uses of farm records (5mks)
Showing history of the farm
Help in planning and budgeting of farm operating
Help detect losses or theft on the farm
Make it easy to share the profits and losses in partnership
Show whether the farm business is making profits or losses
Help in settling disputes among heirs
Help in the assessment of income tax
Help determine the value of the farm
Help to compare the performances of different enterprises within the farm
- List four characteristics of a dairy cow.(4mks)
Bodies are wedge/triangular shape
Straight top line
Have well set apart hindquarters to allow room for the big udder
Have large and well developed udders
Have prominent milk veins
Lean bodies with little flesh
Large stomach capacity
Are docile with mild temperament
- Give five ways in which soil loses fertility (5mks)
Leaching
Soil erosion
Mono-cropping
Continuous cropping
Change in soil PH
Burning of vegetation
Accumulation of salts
- Name three types of organic manure.(3mks)
Green manure
Farm yard manure
Compost manure
- Name the tool used for; (3MKS)
- a) Shooting solid drugs through the mouth of an animal.
Bolus gun
- b) Lifting seedlings from the nursery
Garden trowel
- c) Checking the vertical straightness in construction
Plumb bob and line
7) State three main sources of water on the farm (3mks)
Rain
Underground
Surface
- List four reasons for treating water (4mks)
Kill disease causing micro-organisms
To remove chemical impurities
Remove sediments of solid particles
- What are the functions of the following in preparation of compost manure? (3mks)
Top soil: introduce micro-organism for decomposition of organic manure
Wood ash: improve the level of phosphorous and potassium
The layer of manure: provide nutrients to the micro-organism
- what is the importance of the stick that is driven into the compost heap during preparation (1mk)
Check temperature within the heap
- Name various breeds of: (3mks)
- beef cattle: Aberdeen angus, Galloway, Hereford beef shorthorn and Charolais.
- Rabbit: New Zealand white, California white, Flemish giant, chinchilla, ear lops
- dairy goats: Saanen, Toggenburg, British alpine, Anglo-Nubian, Jamnapari
- State the six stages in treatment of water in an orderly manner (6 mks)
Filtration at the intake
Softening of water
Coagulation and sedimentation
Filtration
Chlorination
Storage
- what is opportunity cost? (1mk)
Is the return from the best alternative foregone
- give two intances when opportunity cost is zero (2mks)
no alternative
when goods are for free
- list four aspects of rainfall (4mks)
Rainfall reliability
Rainfall distribution
Amount of rainfall
Rainfall intensity
- give four characteristics of crops used for green manure preparation (4mks)
Higly vegetative
Fast growth rate
High nitrogenous content
Rot quickly
Hardy
- state four reasons for preparing land before planting (4mks)
Kill weeds
Incorporate manure and other organic matter
Destroy different stages of crop pests
Aerate the soil
Encourage penetration of roots in the soil
Make subsequent operations possible
Encourage ware infiltrationby into the soil.
- name five farm records kept by a farmer (5mks)
Production records
Inventory
Field operation records
Breeding records
Feeding
Health
Marketing
Labor
- list two types of labour records (2mks)
Muster roll
labour utilisation analysis
- name two categories of plant nutrients (2mks)
Macro- nutrient
Micro-nutrientt
- Biotic factors
Nitrogen fixing bacteria
Pest
Parasite
Decomposers
Pathogens
Predators
Pollinators
FASIHI SIMULIZI NOTES FORM 1-4 IN PDF FREE
FASIHI SIMULIZI
Fasihi ni sanaa inayotumia lugha kuwasilisha ujumbe unaomhusu binadamu.
Sanaa ni ufundi wa kuwasilisha fikra na hisia za binadamu kama vile maneno, maandishi, uchoraji, uchongaji, ufinyanzi n.k.
Fasihi simulizi ni sanaa kwa vile:
- Huwasilisha ujumbe kuhusu binadamu kuhusu utamaduni na uchumi.
- Huwa na umbo mahsusi k.m. hadithi huwa na mwanzo, kati na mwisho na mashairi huwa na beti, mishororo, n.k.
- Hutumia lugha kwa ufundi k.v. ya kitamathali.
- Husawiri mandhari/mazingira mahsusi kwa ufundi mkubwa.
- Hujenga wahusika kwa ustadi mkuu ili kusawiri tabia za watu katika jamii.
Tofauti Kati ya Fasihi na Sanaa Nyingine
| fasihi | sanaa nyingine |
| ü Kutumia lugha
ü Sanaa tendi ü Kutumia wahusika kuwasilisha maudhui ü Kutumia maudhui na fani kuwasilisha ujumbe ü Kujikita katika mazingira na wakati maalum |
ü Kutotumia lugha
ü Si tendi ü Hutumia maumbo kumithilisha watu ü Kutumia maumbo na sura za vitu
ü Hazijikiti katika muktadha na wakati maalum. |
Aina/makundi ya fasihi
- Fasihi simulizi
- Fasihi inayowasiolishwa kwa njia ya mdomo.
- Fasihi andishi
- Fasihi inayowasilishwa kwa njia ya maandishi.
Tofauti kati ya fasihi simulizi na fasihi andishi/sifa za fasihi simulizi/zinazofanya utanzu uwe wa fasihi simulizi
- Fasihi simulizi huwasilishwa kwa njia ya mdomo ilhali fasihi andishi huwasilishwa kwa njia ya maandishi.
- Fasihi simulizi huhifadhiwa akilini ilhali fasihi aandishi huhifadhiwa kwa maandishi.
- Fasihi simulizi ni mali ya jamii ilhali fasihi andishi ni mali ya mtu binafsi/mwandishi.
- Fasihi simulizi ina wahusika wa kila aina k.v binadamu, wanyama na ndege, mazimwi na majitu, miungu, mizimu, mashetani na vitu visivyo na uhai k.v. mawe na miti ilhali fasihi andishi ina wahusika binadamu kwa kiasi kikubwa.
- Fasihi simulizi ina tanzu nyingi kuliko fasihi andishi.
- Uwasilishaji wa fasihi simulizi huweza kuandamana na utendaji k.v matumizi ya ishara, nyimbo, makofi, kuimba, kubeba zana katika majigambo n.k ilhali ule wa fasihi andishi hauandamani na utendaji isipokuwa inapowasilishwa mbele ya hadhira.
- Fasihi simulizi huwasilishwa mbele ya hadhira ilhali fasihi andishi si lazima iwasilishwe mbele ya hadhira.
- Fasihi simulizi huwasilishwa mahali maalum k.v jandoni, matangani, arusini, n.k ilhali fasihi andishi haina mahali maalum.
- Fasihi simulizi huandamana na shughuli fulani ya kitamaduni ilhali fasihi andishi haiandamani na shughuli ya kitamaduni.
- Fasihi andishi huhitaji muda kutunga ilhali baadhi ya fasihi simulizi huzuka papo hapo k.m. semi, maigambo.
- Fasihi simulizi ina uwezo mkubwa wa kubadilishwa na fanani anapowasilisha ufaraguzi) bali fasihi andishi haibadiliki isipokuwa mwandishi aiandike upya.
- Fasihi simulizi ina historia ndefu kuliko fasihi andishi kwa kuwepo tangu mwanzo wa maisha ya binadamu
- Fasihi simulizi huwasilishwa wakati maalum k.v. usiku, kipindi fulani cha mwaka ilhali andishi haina wakati maalum.
- Tofauti kati ya hadhira
- Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi huweza kuwasiliana moja kwa moja na mwasilishaji ilhali ile ya fasihi simulizi sio lazima iwasiliane na mwandishi.
- Hadhira huchangia katika uwasilishaji wa fasihi simulizi k.v kwa kuimba, kupiga makofi n.k (hadhira tendi/hai) ilhali hadhira ya fasihi andishi haichangii katika uandishi.
- Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi huonana na mwasilishaji ilhali ile ya fasihi andishi si lazima ionane na mwandishi.
- Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi ni kubwa kuliko ile ya fasihi andishi kwani huhusisha hata wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
- Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi ni hai yaani inajulikana na fanani ilhali ile ya fasihi simulizi si hai yaani haijulikani na mwandishi.
- Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi hainunui kazi ilhali ile ya fasihi andishi hununua kazi.
- Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi yaweza kumiliki kazi ya fanani lakini ile ya fasihi andishi haiwezi kumiliki kazi ya mwandishi.
- Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi huchagua kwa kulenga watu wa rika fulani lakini ile ya fasihi andishi hailengi watu wa rika yoyote.
Jinsi Fasihi Simulizi na Andishi Zinavyofanana
- Zote mbili hushughulikia masuala yanayohusu maisha maisha ya binadamu.
- Zote mbili Huhumia lugha kwa ubunifu kuwasilisha maudhui.
- Zote mbili huwa na vipengele viwili vikuu, maudhui na fani (jumla ya mbinu msanii alizotumia kuwasilisha maudhui).
- Zote mbili majukumu sawa k.v. kuburudisha, kuadilisha, kuhifadhi na kuendeleza utamaduni, n.k.
- Zote mbili zina utendaji-pale tamthilia na riwaya zinapoigizwa.
- Zote mbili huzaliwa, hukua na hufa kutegemea mabadiliko ya wakati.
- Zote mbili huwa na wawasilishaji-fanani k.m. mtambaji/mganaji au manju/yeli katika fasihi simulizi na mwandishi upande wa fasihi andishi .
- Fasihi simulizi imekopa tanzu za fasihi simulizi k.v. methali, mashairi, n.k.
Majukumu ya Fasihi Simulizi/Umuhimu wa Kufunza Fasihi Simulizi Katika Shule za Upili
- Kuburudisha-kustarehesha, kufurahisha, kuchangamsha, kutuliza, kusisimua na kupumbaza akili na kiwiliwili – nyimbo, hadithi, vitendawili
- Kufunza maadili kwa wanajamii kwa kuwahimiza kuiga sifa chanya na kukataa sifa hasi za wahusika.
- Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri/kudadisi k.m vitendawili na chemshabongo.
- Kufariji k.m mbolezi na methali k.m. ‘Baada ya dhiki faraja’.
- Vipengele vya fasihi simulizi k.v mashairi, nyimbo, nahau, hutumiwa katika uandishi wa fasihi andishi.
- Kuhifadhi historia ya jamii k.m. mighani, visaviini, mapisi, tarihi n.k.
- Kukejeli tabia zinazokiuka matarajio ya jamii k.v soga, methali, n.k.
- Kuendeleza tamaduni za jamii kwani husawiri imani na desturi za jamii. k.v kitendawili ‘Nyumbani mwetu mna papai lililoiva lakini siwezi kulichuma.’ – Mtu hawezi kumwoa dadake.
- Kuunganisha watu pamoja kwa kuwajumuisha pamoja wakati wa ngoma, kuimba, utambaji, n.k.
- Kukuza lugha k.v. misimu inapokita kimatumizi na kujumuishwa katika lugha sanifu.
- Kukuza uwezo wa kutumia lugha kadiri mtu anapoendelea kuwasilisha k.v. hotuba, vitanza ndimi husaidia kuboresha matamshi na kutofautisha maana za maneno.
- Kuza uwezo wa kubuni k.v. malumano ya utani, vitanza, ndimi ngonjera, n.k.
- Kukuza uzalendo kwa kufanya wanajamii kuonea fahari jamii zao na kuiga mashujaa au watu waliotendea jamii makuu.
- Kuonya na kutahadharisha wanajamii dhidi ya tabia hasi k.v. ulafi, uchoyo, n.k.
Sababu za Ufaraguzi/Kubadilika kwa Fasihi Simulizi
- Kuwasilishwa vibaya.
- Fanani kusahau na kubadilisha yaliyomo na mtiririko.
- Kubadilisha ili kukidhi mahitaji ya hadhira k.m. umri na uelewa wao- kutumia lugha nyepesi kwa watoto na pevu kwa watu wazima.
- Mabadiliko ya mandhari/mazingira-vitu vilivyo katika mazingira halisi kukosekana katika mazingira ya usimulizi na msimulizi kutumia vitu katika mazingira yake vinavyokaribiana navyo.
- Kutoeleweka na hivyo kuhifadhiwa vibaya.
- Mabadiliko ya wakati k.m kitendawili cha wakati wa mkoloni kutumia mzungu na cha wakati wa mwarabu kutumia mwarabu na maana ni ile ile-Mzungu/mwarabu amesimama kwa mguu mmoja-mwavuli.
- Mabadiliko ya falsafa ya vizazi na maingiliano katika jamii kusababisha kurithisha tu yale ambayo ni muhimu na kuacha mengine.
- Kila fanani huwa na mtindo wake wa kuwasilisha/kisanii.
- Ubunifu wa fanani ili uwasilishaji uweze kuvutia saidi na uwezo wake wa lugha.
- Teknolojia kusababisha kuhifadhiwa na hivyo kuiua.
Wahusika katika Fasihi Simulizi
- Wahusika ni viumbe wa sanaa ambao hutumiwa katika kazi ya fasihi kuwasilisha maswala mbalimbali.
- Fanani-anayetunga na kuwasilisha fasihi simulizi.
- Hadhira-kusikiliza, kutazama, kushiriki wa kuimba, kuuliza maswali, kutegua vitendawili, kupiga makofi, n.k. kuna aina mbili za hadhira: (i) hadhira tendi/hai na (ii) hadhira tuli.
- Wanyama-wanaofanya kama binadamu na kuwakilisha sifa kama vile ujanja, ulaghai, tamaa na ujinga na wanaobakia wanyama tu.
- Binadamu
- Mazimwi na majitu-viumbe vyenye matendo na maumbile ya kutisha kama vile jicho moja, vichwa viwili au zaidi, nusu mtu na nusu myama, wenye tamaa iliyokithiri ya kuweza kumeza kila kitu, kuhifadhi na kutunza binadamu ananyoyapendeza.
- Wahusika vitu (visivyo na uhai) mawe, miti, vijaluba, vibuyu-hutumiwa kuibua imani za kidini.
- Mizimu-roho za waliokufa-hutembea, hula na huathiri binadamu.
- Miungu-viumbe vyenye uwezo mkubwa dhidi ya binadamu k.m. katika mighani na visasili.
Njia za Kukusanya Fasihi Simulizi
- Kuchunza/utazamaji
- Kutazama kwa makini yanayotokea na kuandika.
Umuhimu/ubora/uzuri
- Kupata habari za kutegemewa na kuaminika.
- Ni rahisi kurekodi k.v. kwa vinasa sauti, video, n.k.
- Ni njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika
- Kuweza kupata sifa za uwasilishaji k.v. toni/kiimbo, ishara n.k.
- Kuweza kupata hisia halisi za uwasilishaji
Udhaifu
- Shida ya mawasiliano.
- Ugeni wa mtafiti kusababisha washiriki kumshuku na kusitisha uwasilishaji
- Ghali kwa kumbidi mtafiti kusafiri
- huhitaji muda mrefu
- Kusikiliza wasanii wakiwasilisha tungo zao.
Umuhimu
- Kuweza kupata sifa za uwasilishaji k.v. toni/kiimbo, ishara n.k.
- Kupata habari za kutegemewa na kuaminika.
- Ni rahisi kurekodi k.v. kwa vinasa sauti, video, n.k.
- Kikwazo cha mawasiliano-Si njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
- Kuweza kupata hisia halisi za uwasilishaji.
Udhaifu
- Shida ya mawasiliano-Si njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
- Huhitaji muda mrefu-kusafiri na kusikiliza.
- Ugeni wa mtafiti kusababisha washiriki kutowasilisha ipasavyo.
- Ghali kwa gharama ya usafiri.
- Mahojiano
- Kuhoji wanaofahamu mengi kuhusu fasihi simulizi.
Umuhimu
- Kuweza kung’amua wakati mhojiwa anatoa habari zisizo za kweli.
- Kuweza kufafanulia mhojiwa maswali ili kuweza kupata habari sahihi zaidi.
- Kuweza kupata sifa za uwasilishaji k.v. toni/kiimbo, ishara n.k.
- Ni rahisi kurekodi k.v. kwa vinasa sauti, video, n.k.
- Kupata habari za kutegewa na kuaminika
Udhaifu
- Huhitaji muda mrefu.
- Mhojiwa kutotoa habari kwa kutomwamini mtafiti kwa ugeni wake.
- Kikwazo cha mawasiliano-si njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
- Ghali kwa gharama ya usafiri.
- Kurekodi katika kanda za sauti/tepurekoda
Umuhimu
- Kuweza kudumu na kufikia vizazi vingi.
- Sifa za uwasilishaji/uhai kama vile toni na kiimbo kuhifadhiwa.
- Mkusunyanyaji aweza kurudia uwasilishaji ikiwa hakuelewa.
- Kupata habari za kutegewa na kuaminika
- Kuweza kupata hisia halisi za uwasilishaji
Udhaifu
- Chaweza kukosa nguvu za umeme na utafiti kuathirika.
- Hakiwezi kunasa uigizaji.
- Fanani huenda asiwasilishe vyema akijua anarekodiwa.
- Ghali kwa kuhitaji kununua kifaa na kumbidi mtafiti kusafiri.
- Kurekodi kwa filamu na video
- Hunasa picha zenye miondoko na sauti.
Umuhimu
- Video huhifadhi uigizaji, ishara na kiimbo/toni.
- Kuonyesha uhalisi wa mandhari
- Mkusunyanyaji aweza kurudia uwasilishaji ikiwa hakuelewa
- Kazi iliyokusanywa hivi hudumu kwa muda mrefu.
- Njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika
- Kupata habari za kutegewa na kuaminika
Udhaifu
- Chombo chaweza kukosa nguvu za umeme na utafiti kuathirika.
- Fanani huenda asiwasilishe vyema akijua anarekodiwa.
- Njia ghali.
- Fanani huenda asiwasilishe vyema akijua anarekodiwa.
- Ghali kwa gharama ya ya usafiri na kununua filamu na kamera ya video.
- Data yaweza kufisidiwa na hivyo kutowafikia walengwa.
- f) Kupiga picha kwa kamera
- Hunasa picha zisizo na miondoko na sauti
Umuhimu
- Huonyesha uhalisi wa mandhari.
- Huweza kuhifadhi ishara.
- Mkusunyanyaji aweza kurudia uwasilishaji ikiwa hakuelewa.
- Kupata habari za kuaminiwa na kutegemeka.
Udhaifu
- Ghali kwa gharama ya ya usafiri na kununua kamera.
- Sifa za uhai kama vile kiimbo haziwezi kuhifadhiwa.
- Yaweza kukosa nguvu za umeme na utafiti kuathirika.
- Data yaweza kufisidiwa na hivyo kutowafikia walengwa
- Kushiriki katika kazi ya fasihi simulizi k.v. ngoma, soga, n.k.
Umuhimu
- Kuweza kupata hisia halisi za uwasilishaji.
- Kupata habari za kutegewa na kuaminika.
- Njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
- Kukuza utangamano wa mtafiti na wanajamii.
- Kuweza kunasa na kuhifadhi sifa za kiimbo, toni na ishara.
Udhaifu
- Kuchukua muda mrefu.
- Ugeni wa msanii kusababisha washiriki kuwa na wasiwasi na kutotenda kama kawaida.
- Njia ghali kwa kuhitaji mtafiti kusafiri mbali.
- Mtafiti aweza kusahau kwa kuhifadhi akilini.
- Kutumia hojaji
- Fomu yenye maswali funge au wazi.
Umuhimu
- Gharama ya chini.
- Yaweza kutumika katika mahojiano.
- Huokoa muda kwani mtafiti aweza kuituma na kuachia mhojiwa kujaza.
- Hupatia habari za kuaminika na kutegemeka.
Udhaifu
- Utata wa maswali kusababisha majibu yasiyo sahihi.
- Si nzuri kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
- Kutopata sifa za uwasilishaji kama vile kiimbo, toni na ishara.
- Wahojiwa kukataa kuijaza kutokana na mwelekeo hasi dhidhi ya hojaji na hivyo kukwamiza utafiti.
Vifaa vya Kukusanya Fasihi Simulizi na Udhaifu Wake
- Vinasa sauti/tepu rekoda
- Kamera
- Filamu na video
- Diski za kompyuta
- Kalamu na karatasi
Umuhimu
- Kuweza kudumu na kufikia vizazi vingi.
- Si rahisi kusahaulika-hubakia vile vile.
- Si njia ghali kama vile video
Udhaifu
- Sifa za uwasilishaji kama vile toni, kiimbo/toni na ishara haziwezi kuhifadhika hivyo kupotea.
- Hupunguza hadhira kwa kulenga tu wanaojua kusoma na kuandika na hivyo kuathiri usambazaji wake.
Mbinu za Kuhifadhi Fasihi Simulizi
- Huhifadhiwa na binadamu akilini k.m. ngano hupokewa kutoka kizazi kimoja hadi kingine.
- Katika maumbile au mazingira k.m. fisi daima huchechemea , kinyonga naye hutembea pole pole.
- Katika vifaa meme k.m. nyimbo, hadithi, maigizo n.k. huweza kuhifadhiwa katika kanda za sauti, video, sidi na diski za kompyuta.
- Katika michoro k.m. picha huhifadhi matukio maalum k.v. za kabila fulani likiwinda au likisherehekea.
Umuhimu wa Kukusanya/Kuhifadhi Fasihi Simulizi
- Ili isipotee k.m. kwa kusahaulika.
- Kuirekodi ili kuiendeleza kwa kuirithisha kwa vizazi vijavyo.
- Ili kulinganisha fasihi simulizi za jamii mbalimbali na kuonyesha tofauti zake.
- Ili kuhakikisha mtiririko katika uwasilishaji.
- Kutunza historia ya jamii ili vizazi vijavyo viijue.
- Ili kuziba mapengo ya utafiti yaliyomo kwa vile kuna tungo ambazo hazijatafitiwa kwa kina.
- Kuendeleza elimu ya jadi ya jamii.
- Kuingiliana na jamii iliyo chanzo cha fasihi humwezesha kuelewa na utamaduni na fasihi yake kwa ujumla
- Humwezesha mwanafunzi kuona vipengele hai vya fasihi k.v. uigizaji, toni na kiimbo ambavyo husaidia kuielewa kwa kina.
- Husaidia kuhifadhi tamaduni za jamii kwa nia ya kuzipitisha kwa vizazi vijavyo.
- Husaidia kuelewa utamaduni wa jamii nyingine.
- Humwezesha mwanafunzi kupata maarifa ya kufanya utafiti katika taaluma nyingine k.v. sosholojia.
- Kujua fasihi simulizi za jamii nyingine humfanya mtafiti kuzielewa na kuzikubali jamii hizo na hivyo kuendeleza amani katika nchi.
- Ili kusahihisha mawazo mapotovu kuhusu baadhi ya tanzu na vipera vya fasihi simulizi.
Matatizo Yanayomkabili Mkusanyaji wa Fasihi Simulizi
- Gharama ya utafiti kuwa kubwa kiasi cha mtafiti kutoimudu k.v. kusafiria, kununulia vifaa.
- Kutojaziwa hojaji kutokana na mtazamo hasi wa jamii dhidi ya ujazaji wake.
- Wanajamii kukataa kutoa habari wakishuku mtafiti anawapeleleza au kwa kuona haya.
- Wanajamii wengine kudai walipwe kabla ya kutoa habari na hivyo kukwamiza utafiti.
- Mbinu nyingine k.v. hojaji huhitaji watu wanaojua kusoma na kuandika na ikiwa mhojiwa hajui utafiti utakwamizwa.
- Uchache wa wazee na wataalamu wa fasihi simulizi kusababisha kukosekana au kupatikana kwa data isiyo ya kutegemewa.
- Utawala kukataa kutoa idhini ya kufanya utafiti.
- Kukosa ufadhili na utafiti kutofanywa kwa kutomudu gharama.
- Muda wa utafiti kutotosha na hivyo kutopata habari za kutosha kuhusiana na mada yake.
- Kikwazo cha mawasiliano ikiwa mtafiti na mhojiwa hawatumii lugha moja na mhojiwa hajui lugha nyingine na kumbidi mtafiti kukodi mkalimani na gharama kuongezeka.
- Ukosefu wa vyombo vya usafiri kunakochelewesha utafiti na kutomalizika katika muda uliopangwa.
- Ukosefu wa usalama k.v. kuvamiwa kwa kushukiwa anapeleleza na kuibiwa vifaa.
Changamoto Zinazokabili Ukusanyaji wa Fasihi Simulizi
- Ukosefu wa utafiti wa kutosha kwani kuna vipera ambavyo bado havijaandikwa.
- Uchache wa wataalamu wa kutafitia na kuendeleza utafiti.
- Watu kuhamia mijini na kuingiliana na wa jamii nyingine na kufanya uhifadhi na urithishaji wa fasihi kutowezekana.
- Mtaala wa elimu kupuuza lugha ya kiasili inayotumiwa kuhifadhia na kurithisha fasihi simulizi na hivyo kukatiza ukuaji wake.
- Fasihi simulizi kuhusishwa na ukale na hivyo kutoona haja ya kuirithisha na kuihifadhi.
- Kuhifadhiwa kwa fasihi simulizi akilini kusababisha kusahaulika, kubadilika hata kufa kwake.
Jinsi Jamii ya Sasa Inavyojaribu Kuhifadhi Fasihi Simulizi
- Tamasha za muziziki kunakokaririwa na kuimbwa mashairi.
- Sherehe za arusi, jando, mazishi mawaida.
- Utegaji na uteguaji wa vitendawili kupitia redio na runinga.
- Sarakasi za wasanii huhifadhi kipera cha vichekesho.
- Ngoma za kienyeji kama isukuti katika hafla za kisiasa na harusi.
- Utambaji wa hadithi hasa katika sehemu za mashambani.
Tanzu za Fasihi Simulizi
- Tanzu ni aina za tungo zenye muundo uliokaribia kufanana.
- hadithi
- semi
- ushairi
- mazungumzo
- maigizo
- Kipera ni utungo wa fasihi simulizi unaowasilishwa mbele ya watu.
HADITHI
- Masimulizi yanayotumia lugha ya mtiririko au nathari.
Sifa
- Hutumia ya lugha ya mtiririko au nathari-kueleza matukio moja kwa moja.
- Hurithishwa jamii kutoka kizazi kimoja hadi kingine.
- Huwasilishwa mbele ya hadhira
- Hutambwa mahali maalum k.v. ndani ya nyumba, chini ya mti, uwanjani, n.k.
- Huweza kutokana na matukio halisi (kihistoria) au ya kubuni.
- Huwa na mafunzo fulani kwa jamii/hadhira.
- Hutumia wahusika wa aina tofauti k.v. nyumbani, wanyama, ndege, mazimwi, n.k.
- Hutumia aina nyingine za sanaa k.v nyimbo, methali, ushairi, n.k.
- Huwa na utendaji k.v. mtambaji kuiga fisi anavyokula.
- Aghalabu hutambwa jioni.
Sababu za Ngano Kutambwa Jioni/Usiku
- Ndio wakati watu walikuwa wamejumuika nyumbani baada ya kazi.
- Utambaji ulikuwa njia ya kupitisha wakati chakula kikingojewa.
- Wakati huu ulihakikisha mwanajamii hapotezi wakati wa kazi.
Majukumu ya Hadithi
- Kufunza maadili yaliyo nguzo kuu kwa wanajamii.
- Kukuza ujasiri wa kuzungumza hadharani.
- Kuburudisha baada ya kazi ya kutwa.
- Kukuza uwezo wa watoto wa kukumbuka ili kutamba baadaye.
- Kueleza asili ya mambo k.m visaviini, visasili na ngano za usuli.
- Kutahadharisha wanajamii dhidi ya kufanya mambo yasitofaa.
- Kuunganisha watu katika jamii wanapojumuika pamoja kusikiliza utambaji.
- Ngano za mtanziko hukuza uwezo wa kutathmini na kutoa uamuzi ufaao.
- Kukuza lugha hasa kwa hadhira ya watoto.
- Kuhifadhi na kuendeleza historia ya jamii k.v. mighani, tarihi, n.k.
- Kuelimisha hadhira kuhusu utamaduni wao.
- Njia ya kupokeza kizazi historia na utamaduni wa jamii.
Sifa za Mtambaji/Mganaji Bora
- Asiwe mwoga ili kuweza kuzungumza hadharani.
- Asiwe na haya ili kuweza kuzungumzia mambo ya aibu inapobidi.
- Awe na uelewa wa mazingira na masuala ibuka katika jamii ili kuweza kuwasilisha dhana zisizopatikana katika mazingira yake k.m. kutumia rais kuelezea dhana ya mfalme.
- Awe na ufahamu mpana wa lugha ili aweze kuitumia kwa uhodari na kuwasilisha kwa wepesi.
- Awe mchanganfu na mcheshi ili kunasa makini ya hadhira na kuzuia isikinai.
- Awe na ufahamu mpana wa utamaduni husika ili kuzuia kutumia maneno na ishara zinazoweza kuwaudhi au kupingana na imani za hadhira.
- Awe na uwezo wa kushirikisha hadhira k.v. kuimba, maswali ya balagha ili isikinai, n.k.
- Aweze kujua, matarajio, kiwango cha elimu na tajriba ya hadhira ili kuweza kubadilisha kwa kiwango kinachofaa.
- Awe na uwezo wa kuingiliana vizuri na hadhira ili aivutie.
- Awe na kumbukumbu nzuri ili usimulizi wake utiririke vizuri.
- Awe na uwezo wa kudramatisha ili kuonyesha picha fulani k.v. kuiga toni, sauti, na kiimbo kulingana na swala analowasilisha.
- Kubadilisha toni au kiimbo ili hadhira isikinai.
- Awe na ujuzi wa kutumia ishara za uso, mwili na miondoko kulingana na hali anayoigiza.
- Awe na ujuzi na ufasaha wa lugha ili kuwasilisha mawazo kwa njia mwafaka na inayovutia.
- Aweze kubadilisha toni na kiimbo kulingana na hali tofauti anazoigiza k.v. huzuni
- Awe na uwezo wa kushirikisha hadhira kwa nyimbo na maswali ya balagha ili kuondoa uchovu wa kutazama na kusikiliza.
- Awe na uwezo wa ufaraguzi/ kubadilisha utambaji wake papo hapo kutegemea hadhira yake na kutoa mifano inayofahamika kutoka katika mazingira ya hadhira.
- Awe na uwezo wa kutumia mtuo wa kidrama ili kuongeza taharuki, kusisitiza ujumbe na kuteka makini ya hadhira.
Aina za Hadithi
- Hadithi za Kubuni
- Hazisimulii matukio ya kweli bali ya kutungwa
- Hadithi za Kisalua/Kihistoria
- Zinazosimulia matukio yaliyowahi kutendwa na wahusika waliowahi kuishi.
- Huongezewa ubunifu ili kuvutia zaidi.
- Hadithi za Kubuni
- Hadithi za Kisalua/Kihistoria
Ngano
- Hadithi zinazosimulia kisa chenye funzo na zenye wahusika aina ya binadamu, viumbe na vitu visivyo na uhai.
Sifa za Ngano
- Zina fomyula ya kuanzia/mwanzo maalum.
- Zina fomyula ya kumalizia/mwisho maalum.
- Zina wahusika aina mbalimbali.
- Zina matumizi ya nyimbo.
- Hutumia takriri (usambamba) ili kusisitiza k.m. zimwi likakimbia, likakimbia.
- Huwa na na maadili/mafunzo
- Hutumia maswali ya balagha kuongeza taharuki.
- Hutumia tanakali za sauti.
- Zina matumizi ya fantasia au matukio yanayokiuka uhalisi/mambo ya ajabu k.v. binadamu kuruka kama ndege, zimwi kumeza watu na baadaye kutapika wote, n.k.
- Kutambua mbinu zilizotumiwa katika hadithi/ngano
- Kutambua wahusika
Aina za Fomyula za Kuanzia/Mianzo Maalum
- Paukwa, Pakawa. Sahani. Ya mchele. Giza. La mwizi. Na kiboko je? Cha mtoto mrorofi…
- Hapo zamani za kale/za kongamawe…
- Ilitokea…
- Hadithi! Hadithi! Hadithi njoo…
- Kaondokea chenjangaa, kajenga nyumba kakaa, mwanangu mwanasiti, kijino kama chikichi, cha kujengea kikuta, na vilango vya kupita…
- Hapo jadi na jadudi…
Umuhimu wa Fomyula ya Kuanzia/Mwanzo maalum
- Kuvuta makini ya hadhira.
- Kumtambulisha mtambaji kwa hadhira.
- Kuashiria mwanzo wa hadithi.
- Kutoa hadhira kutoka ulimwengu halisi hadi ule wa hadithi.
Aina za Fomyula za Kumalizia/Miishio Maalum
- Hadithi inaishia hapo.
- Tangu siku hiyo…
- Wakaishi raha mustarehe.
- Maadili
Umuhimu wa Fomyula ya Kumalizia/Mwisho Maalum
- Kuashiria mwisho wa hadithi.
- Kutoa hadhira katika ulimwengu wa hadithi hadi ule halisi.
- Kumpisha/kumpa fursa mtambaji anayefuata.
- Kupisha shughuli inayofuata.
- Kutoa funzo la hadithi kwa muhtasari.
- Kupa hadhira nafasi ya kupumzika baada ya kuwa makini kwa muda.
Umuhimu wa Nyimbo katika Ngano
- Kushirikisha hadhira.
- Kusisimua hadhira na kuondoa ukinaifu
- Kuteka makini yao.
- Kuwasilisha mafunzo/maadili.
- Kutenganisha matukio katika hadithi.
- Kuburudisha hadhira.
- Kupunguzia hadhira mwemeo.
Umuhimu wa Tanakali za Sauti/Onomatopeya katika Ngano
- Kuongeza utamu.
- Kusaidia msomaji kupata picha kamili.
- Kusaidia kupata hisia halisi
Aina za Ngano
- Hurafa
- Hadithi zenye wahusika wanyama na ndege.
- Hurafa za kijanja ni hadithi ambapo wanyama wadogo hutumia ujanja wa hali ya juu ili kujinasua na hali ngumu au mitego wanayotegewa.
Sifa
- Wahusika ni wanyama au na au ndege.
- Wanyama na ndege hupewa sifa za binadamu
- Ni kazi ya ubunifu.
- Hutoa mafunzo kwa njia ya kuchekesha na isiyoumiza.
- Huwa na ucheshi mwingi.
- Hutumia mbinu ya uhuishi.
- Huwa na sifa zinazohimizwa na zinazoshutumiwa.
- Ujanja au uongo hujitokeza katika hurafa za kijanja.
- Ushindi hujitokeza katika hurafa za kijanja.
Umuhimu
- Kutahadharisha watu dhidi ya kuwa wa danganyifu/kudanganyika kwa urahisi.
- Kuonyesha jinsi tabia ya udanganyifu inavyoweza kujitokeza na kuathiri watu.
- Hurafa za kijanja hufunza jinsi ya kupampana na hali ngumu.
- Hekaya/Ngano za Kiayari
- Hadithi zinazomsawiri mhusika anayetumia ulaghai kupata matilaba yake kutoka kwa wengine (Abunuwasi).
Sifa
- Wahusika wakuu ni binadamu.
- Huwa na ubunifu mkubwa.
- Hustaajabisha na kuchekesha.
- Ujanja na uongo hujitokeza.
- Ushindi hujitokeza.
- Ni za kubuni.
Umuhimu
- Hutahadharisha watu dhidi ya kuhadaika kwa wepesi.
- Huonya dhidi ya matokeo yanayoweza kuwapata wanaojinyakulia mali kwa udanganyifu.
- Kuonya dhidi ya usaliti.
- Kukashifu viongozi dhalimu na matendo maovu.
- Kukejeli wanaotumia nguvu badala ya akili/hekima.
- Visasili
- Hadithi zinazoeleza asili ya matukio fulani katika jamii k.m. kifo, jua, lugha, zilizala n.k.
Sifa
- Husimulia mambo ya kiimani na kidini.
- Huwa na misingi ya kihistoria.
- Hueleza asili ya matukio katika jamii.
- Wahusika ni wanyama na binadamu.
- Huwa na maadili.
- Hurithishwa kizazi hadi kingine.
Umuhimu
- Kueleza asili ya mambo kama vile kifo, utamaduni n.k.
- Kueleza utaratibu wa kutekeleza desturi k.v. mahari.
- Kuhalalisha baadhi ya mila na desturi za jamii k.v. ulipaji mahari, uabudu miti, n.k.
- Kukitisha mizizi imani fulani ya watu.
- Kupunguza athari za majanga kama vile kuhalalisha kifo.
- Kutambulisha jamii kwani kila jamii ina aina yake ya visasili.
- Kuhifadhi historia na utamaduni wa jamii
- Ngano za usuli
- Hadithi zinazoeleza asili ya hali, tabia, mahusiano au wasifu. k.v. asili ya kuku kuchakura, asili ya kinyonga kwenda kwa tahadhari, n.k.
Sifa
- Wahusika ni wanyama na binadamu
- Ni kazi ya kubuni.
- Hueleza kuhusu asili ya sifa, tabia au hali.
- Hutumia mbinu ya uhuishi.
- Huwa na maadili.
Umuhimu
- Kueleza sababu ya tabia, hali au sifa Fulani.
- Kuonya dhidi ya tabia hasi kama vile ulafi.
- Ngano za mazimwi
- Hadithi ambazo wahusika ni mazimwi.
Sifa
- Wahusika ni mazimwi
- Mazimwi huwakilisha sifa hasi za binadamu k.m ulafi, ukatili, uovu n.k.
- Hujaa uharibifu.
- Huwa na matumizi mengi ya fantasia.
- Kipengele cha safari hujitokeza k.v. kwenda nchi za mbali kutafuta suluhisho.
- Ushindi hujitokeza (mazimwi hushindwa).
- Ni kazi ya kubuni.
- Huwa na maadili.
- Mazimwi huwa na sifa zinazokiuka mipaka ya binadamu k.m. kinywa kisogoni, jicho moja kubwa, n.k.
Umuhimu
- Kukashifu tabia ya uovu, ulafi, na ukatili.
- Kutahadharisha dhidi ya kuwa na ulafi, ukatili n.k.
- Kutia moyo waliodhulumiwa kuwa waliowanyanyasa wataadhibiwa siku moja.
- Ngano za Mashujaa
- Ambazo zinazohusu watu waliotenda matendo ya kishujaa katika jamii zao kama vile kuokoa jamii.
Sifa
- Kipengele cha motifu au kusafiri nchi za mbali, kupigana na mazimwi kuokoa jamii.
- Husawiri mapigano kati ya wema (lila) na ubaya (fira).
- Uovu huwakilishwa na mazimwi au viongozi dhalimu
- Hatimaye wema hushinda uovu kwa juhudi za mashujaa
- Ngano za mashujaa ni za kubuni ilhali katika mighani, mashujaa wanaaminiwa waliishi.
Umuhimu
- Kuhimiza uzalendo na ujasiri miongoni mwa vijana.
- Kuhimiza ujasiri miongoni mwa vijana.
- Kusifu mashujaa katika jamii
- Kuelimisha jamii kwa kuwapa maarifa ya kukabiliana na changamoto, inda na ila.
- Kuhimiza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza watu kuiga mashujaa na kupigania jamii.
- Kuonya dhidi ya matendo hasi k.v. ukatili.
- Kuhimiza watu kutokata tamaa
- Ngano za mtanziko
- Hadithi ambapo mhusika hukabiliwa hali ngumu ya kuamua baina ya mambo wawili au zaidi yanayomkabili.
Sifa
- Wahusika ni wanyama au binadamu.
- Ni kazi ya kubuni.
- Mhusika hulazimika kufanya uteuzi mgumu.
- Hali mbili au zaidi zinazotatanisha huwepo.
Umuhimu
- Hutuerevusha jinsi ya kupambana na hali ngumu.
- Kuonya/kutahadharisha dhidi ya kujiponza.
- Kukuza uwezo wa kupima mambo na kuteua lililo muhimu.
- Kuonya dhidi ya kutenda bila kuwaza kwa kina.
viii) Ngano za Kimafumbo
- Ambazo huwa na maana ya ndani/iliyofichika.
- Istiara
- Hadithi ambayo maana yake huwakilisha maana nyingine iliyofichika k.v. hurafa ambapo wanyama huwakilisha binadamu.
- Mbazi
- Hadithi fupi inayotolewa inayotolewa kama mfano kumkanya au kumwelekeza mtu k.v. katika biblia.
- Hadithi za Kisalua/Kihistoria
- Mighani
- Hadithi za mashujaa/majagina wa jamii fulani k.m. Rwanda Magere wa Waluo, Fumo Liyongo wa Wapate, Koome Njue wa Wameru, Wangu wa Makeri wa Wakikuyu na Syokimau wa Wsakamba.
Sifa
- Huhusu mashujaa wa jamii fulani.
- Wahusika hupambana na hali ngumu inayosababishwa na maadui.
- Wahusika hupewa sifa na uwezo usiokuwa wa kawaida k.v. ukubwa wa ajabu, nguvu katika kivuli, nguvu katika nywele, kutoulika n.k.
- Wahusika hupigania haki za wanyonge.
- Mhusika hukomboa jamii yake dhidi ya maadui.
- Mhusika hufa kifo cha huzuni (tanzia) kwa kusalitiwa na mtu wa karibu k.v. mwanamke au jamaa zao.
- Mashujaa huuliwa kwa njia ya ajabu kama vile kunyolewa nywele, kivuli kuchomwa mkuki, kuchomwa shindano ya shaba kitovuni
- Mighani huzungumzia matukio ya kihistoria.
- Kuna tabia ya kupiga chuku matukio yaliyo hadithini.
- Mighani hurithishwa jamii kutoka kizazi kimoja hadi kingine.
- Huchukuliwa na jamii kama hadithi zenye ukweli na jamii hujinasibisha na mighani hiyo.
- Husimulia mambo ya kiimani na kidini.
Umuhimu
- Kutambulisha jamii kwani kila jamii ina aina yake ya mighani.
- Kuhifadhi na kumbusha historia yajamii.
- Kusifu mashujaa katika jamii.
- Kuhimiza ujasiri miongoni mwa vijana.
- Kuelimisha jamii kwa kuwapa maarifa ya kukabiliana na adui au changamoto.
- Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza watu kuiga mashujaa na kupigania jamii.
- Kuonya dhidi ya matendo hasi kama vile usaliti.
- Kuhimiza watu kutokata tama.
Tofauti Kati ya Mighani na Visasili
| mighani | visasili |
| Þ Husimulia kuhusu mashujaa.
Þ Husimulia historia ya jamii. Þ Wahusika wakuu ni majagina.
Þ Hueleza sifa za majagina. |
Þ Husimulia asili ya vitu.
Þ Husimulia mianzo ya vitu au mambo. Þ Wahusika ni k.v. binadamu, miungu, wanyama, n.k. Þ Hueleza mianzo ya desturi. |
- Visakale
- Masimulizi ya matukio yaliyotendeka zamani k.v. vita, majanga kama njaa na magonjwa na hamahama za jamii k.v. waisraeli kutoka misri.
- Visaviini
- Hadithi zinazoeleza chimbuko la jamii Fulani
- Mapisi
- Maelezo ya kihistoria yasiyo na ubunifu wowote k.v. chimbuko la kundi la wabantu kutoka Afrika ya Kati na kuenea sehemu mbalimbali za Afrika.
- Tarihi
- Maelezo kuhusu matukio ya kihistoria kulingana na yalivyofuatana ki wakati
- Kumbukumbu
- Maelezo ya kitawasifu kuhusu mtu au jamii inayotambulika kwa kutoa mchango fulani mkubwa.
- Vipera Vingine vya Hadithi
- Maelezo ya kitawasifu kuhusu mtu au jamii inayotambulika kwa kutoa mchango fulani mkubwa.
- Soga
- Hadithi fupi za kuchekesha zinazolenga kutania au kudhihaki.
Sifa
- Wahusika ni wa kubuni.
- Hutaja ukweli unaoumiza.
- Hutumia vichekesho kupunguza ukali wa dhihaka.
- Hutumia chuku kupita kiasi.
- Huhusu tukio moja.
- Ni fupi.
Umuhimu
- Kukashifu matendo hasi kwa njia ya ucheshi
- Kuonya na kutahadharisha dhidi ya matendo hasi k.v. ulaghai.
- Kufunza maadili.
- Kuburudisha kwa kuchekesha.
- Vigano
- Hadithi fupi zinazosimulia kuhusu matendo mabaya katika jamii na wakati uo huo kuonya na kuelekeza dhidi yayo.
- Aghalabu huandamana na methali kwa lengo la kufafanua linalokusudiwa au kudhibitisha funzo la methali fulani.
Sifa
- Huwa vifupi.
- Husimulia kisa kimoja tu.
- Wahusika ni binadamu na wanyama.
- Hufunza maadili kutokana na methali.
- Kisa
- Masimulizi mafupi yenye tukio moja lenye funzo kwa njia ya kufurahisha.
Mambo ya Kuzingatia katika Uchambuzi wa Hadithi/Ngano
- Kueleza aina ya ngano kwa kuzingatia wahusika na maudhui
- Ngano yaweza kuwa ya mazimwi na ya mashujaa kwa wakati mmoja.
- Ngano yaweza kuwa hurafa, ya usuli na ya kiayari.
- Kutaja wahusika
- Kufafanua sifa za wahusika wakuu
- Maadili/mafunzo yanayojitokeza katika hadithi
- Kubainisha sifa za ngano/hurafa/hekaya, n.k. zinazojitokeza katika hadithi.
- Kueleza umuhimu wa fomyula ya kuanzia/wimbo uliotumiwa katika hadithi.
- Kubainisha tamathali za usemi zilizotumiwa katika hadithi fulani
- Kuonyesha jinsi ngano inavyoshughulikia maudhui fulani.
- Kufafanua ufaafu wa methali fulani zilizotumiwa katika hadithi.
- Katika ngano ya mtanziko, ungekuwa mhusika mkuu ungefanya nini?
- Kubainisha matumizi ya mbinu ya fantasia
- Kufafanua maswala ibuka/maudhui yaliyoshughulikiwa k.m. usaliti, ujinga, ulaghai, n.k.
- Kuchanganua utungo kifani-ploti, wahusika, mbinu za lugha, fantasia, nyimbo, n.k.
- Kueleza majukumu ya hadithi.
SEMI
- Tungo fupi zinazowasilisha ujumbe kwa kufumba au kuchora picha.
Sifa
- Huwa fupi kwa kuwasilisha ujumbe mrefu kwa maneno machache.
- Ni tanzu tegemezi kwa hutegemea tanzu nyingine kama vile hadithi, mazungumzo, n.k.
- Hazibadiliki vivi hivi.
- Baadhi ni kielelezo cha maadili k.v. methali.
- Hutumia lugha ya kimafumbo.
- Huibua taswira.
- Huwa na mchezo wa maneno.
- Baadhi huwa na muundo maalum k.v. methali na vitendawili.
- Nyingine ikikosa kutumika hutoweka k.v. misimu.
Umuhimu
- Kuonya k.m methali, ‘Asiyesikia la mkuu huvunjika guu.’
- Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri k.m. vitendawili na chemsha bongo.
- Kutafsidi lugha au kupunguza ukali wa maneno k.m. nahau ‘jifungua’ badala ya ‘zaa’.
- Kuburudisha k.m. vitendawili, chemsha bongo na vitanza ndimi.
- Kuhifadhi siri k.m. nahau, misemo, misimu.
- Kuelimisha k.m. kutofanya mambo kwa pupa-mla kwa pupa hadiriki kula tamu.
- Kuongeza utamu katika lugha.
- Kuboresha matamshi k.m. vitanza ndimi.
- Kukuza lugha k.m misimu.
- Kukuza utangamano katika jamii kwa kuleta watu pamoja wakati zinawasilishwa.
Vipera vya Semi
- Methali
- Semi fupi ambazo hueleza kwa muhtasari au mafumbo ukweli fulani wa kimaisha.
Sifa
- Huwa fupi k.m. ‘Msafiri kafiri.’
- Hutumia tamathali za usemi.
- Hutumkia lugha ya kimafumbo.
- Huwa na maana ya ndani na nje.
- Kunazo hufanana kimaana k.m. ‘Haraka haraka haina baraka’ na ‘Polepole ndio mwendo.’
- Hupingana zenyewe k.m ‘Polepole ndio mwendo’ na ‘Chelewa chelewa utamkuta mwana si wako.’
- Huwa na sifa za kishairi k.v. ukwapi, utao na vina -Haba na haba, hujaza kiba
- Sifa za utegemezi kwa kuingiliana na tanzu nyingine za fasihi.
- Huwa na muundo maalum wa sehemu mbili:
- m ‘Haba na haba…’
- Kukamilisha wazo ‘…hujaza kibaba.’
Umuhimu
- Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri kwani mpokezi hufikiri ili kupata maana ya ndani.
- Kuonya dhidi ya matendo yasiyofaa k.m. ‘Mchimba kisima huingia mwenyewe’na ‘Ukiambiwa jiambie usijeishia kumbe.’
- Kufariji walio katika hali ngumu, Baada ya dhiki faraja, Hakuna marefu yasiyo na ncha, Liandikwalo ndilo liwalo, Ajaliwalo ndilo apatalo.
- Kuhimiza watu kujitahidi maishani/kuonyesha jambo jema huja kwa kufanyiwa kazi k.m. ‘Mtaka cha mvunguni sharti ainame,’ ‘Chumia juani ulie kivulini.’
- Kupamba lugha iwe na mvuto kwani huwa na usanii mkubwa.
- Kuhimiza ushirikiano, ‘Umoja ni nguvu utengano ni udhaifu, ‘Jifya moja haliijiki chungu.’
- Kuelimisha mtu ajue jambo muhimu k.m. ‘Usione kwenda mbele kurudi nyuma si kazi’, ‘Pema usijapo pema ukipema si pema tena.’
- Kushauri k.m. ‘Enga kabla ya kujenga’ na ‘Mchama ago hanyeli.’
- Kufupisha maadili katika ngano.
- Kubuni lakabu k.m. ‘kikulacho.’
- Kufunza maadili k.m. kuwa na subira-‘Subira huvuta heri.’
- Kuhimiza kutokata tama k.m. ‘Bandu bandu huisha gogo’ ‘Papo kwa papo kamba hukata njiwe.’
- Kuonyesha umuhimu wa kuthamini jamaa zako kuliko marafiki k.m. ‘Damu ni nzito kuliko maji’ ‘Mla nawe hafi nawe ila mzaliwa nawe.’
- Kuonyesha umuhimu wa kuthamini vitu vyako-‘Usiache mbachao kwa msala upitao’ ‘Afadhali dooteni kama ambari kutanda,’
- Kukashifu ubinafsi k.m. ‘Mwamba ngoma huvutia kwake’ ‘Kila mchukuzi husifu mzigo wake.’
- Kukashifu kiburi k.m. ‘Maskini akipata matako hulia mbwata’ ‘Zingwi zingwi lipe nguo utaona mashauo.’
Mbinu za Lugha/Fani /Tamathali za Usemi katika Fasihi
- Maneno au vifungu vya maneno vinavyotumiwa kutia fasihi urembo ili kufanya ujumbe ueleweke vyema zaidi.
Aina
- Tashbihi
- Ulinganishi kwa kutumia viunganishi kama, mithili, mfano na sawa.
- Sitiari/ Istiara
- Ulinganishi usio wa moja kwa moja.
- Tashhisi/Uhaishaji
- Kukipa kitu sifa ya uhai.
- Taashira/ Ishara
- Kitu kuwakilisha kingine.
- Chuku/udamisi
- Kutia chumvi au kufanya kitu kionekane kikubwa sana au kidogo sana.
- Takriri
- Urudiaji wa neno au mafungu ya maneno.
- Tanakuzi
- Maneno yaliyo kinyume
- Tabaini
- Msisitizo kwa njia ya kinyume kwa kutumia kikanushio si.
- Ritifaa
- Kusemesha asiyekuwapo kama yupo.
- Taharuki
- Kuacha msomaji akiwa na hamu ya kutaka kujua kipi kitakachojiri halafu.
- Majazi
- Majina yanayooana na sifa za wahusika, vitu au mahali.
- Mbinu rejeshi
- Kukumbusha mambo yaliyopita.
- Methali
- Semi fupi ambazo hueleza kwa muhtasari au mafumbo ukweli fulani wa kimaisha.
- Nahau
- Fungu la maneno lenye maana tofauti na maana ya kawaida ya maneno hayo.
- Misemo
- Semi zinazobeba ukweli wa kujumla Mifano:
- Mdokezo
- Mambo kuachwa bila kumalizwa.
- Balagha
- Maswali yasiyohitaji majibu.
- Taswira
- Ujenzi wa picha akilini.
- Kinaya
- Mhusika kutumia maneno au matendo yaliyo kinyume cha inavyotarajiwa.
- Koja
- Kuorodhesha maneno na vitenzi kwa kutumia koma.
- Kejeli
- Kudharau au kubeza.
- Jazanda
- Kufananisha vitu kwa mafumbo k.m. katika biblia.
- Nidaha/ Siyahi
- Maneno ya kuonyesha hisia za moyoni.
- Tanakali/onomatopeya
- Miigo ya sauti zinazotokea baada ya kitendo.
- Uzungumzi nafsia
- Kujisemesha mwenyewe.
- Dayalojia
- Utohozi/ Uswahilishaji
- Kuchanganya ndimi
- Kutumia lugha ngeni.
- Tafsida/usafidi
- Kutumia lugha ya adabu au kupunguza ukali wa maneno.
- Mkengeuko
- Kwenda kinyume na matakwa ya jamii k.v. usenge, ndoa ya watu wasio wa rika rika moja, mapenzi nje ya ndoa.
- ulinganuzi
- Kuweka pamoja mambo yanayopingana ili kulinganisha
- Kweli kinzani
- Hoja mbili zinazopingana/kutowezekana.
Matumizi ya Lugha Katika Methali
Sitiari
- Mgeni ni kuku mweupe.
- Ahadi ni deni.
- Upweke ni uvundo.
- Mgeni ni kuku mweupe.
- Ujana ni moshi.
- Mapenzi ni kikohozi.
- Kukopa arusi kulipa matanga.
Tashbihi
- Kawaida ni kama sheria.
- Riziki kama ajali ijapo huitambui.
- Usilolijua ni kama usiku wa giza.
- Ufalme kama mvua hupiga na kupita.
Tashhisi
- Siri ya mtungi muulize kata.
- Paka akiondoka panya hutawala.
- Jembe halimtupi mkulima.
- Ukupigao ndio ukufunzao.
- Adhabu ya kaburi aijuaye maiti.
Takriri
- Haba na haba hujaza kibaba.
- Chovya chovya humaliza buyu la asali.
- Hauchi hauchi unakucha.
- Hayawi hayawi huwa.
- Mtoto wa nyoka ni nyoka.
- Bandu bandu huisha gogo.
Balagha
- Pilipili usiyoila yakuwashiani?
- Angurumapo samba mcheza ni nani?
- Wameshindwa wenye pembe seuze wewe kipara?
- Simba mla watu akiliwa huwani?
- Mzigo uko kichwani, kwapa lakutokeani jasho?
- Mavi usiyoyala wayawingiani kuku?
- Mla ni mla leo mla jana kalani?
Taswira
- Mpanda farasi wawili hupasuka msamba.
- Mti mkuu ukigwa wana wa ndege huyumba.
- Mtupa jongoo hutupa na ung`ong`o wake.
- Angeenda juu kipungu hafikii mbingu.
Chuku
- Mzigo wa mwenzio ni kanda la sufi.
- Maji ya kifuu bahari ya chungu.
- Usipoziba ufa utajenga ukuta.
Tanakali za sauti
- Chururu si ndondondo!
- Ndo! Ndo! Hujaza ndoo.
- Kiliacho pa kijutie.
Kinaya
- Bara Hindi ndiko kwenye nguo na waendao uchi wapo.
- Kwenye miti hakuna wajenzi.
- Asante ya punda ni mateke.
- Kigumba kwa nguruwe kwa binadamu ki uchungu.
- Kikiharibika cha fundi kikiongoka cha bwana Sudi.
Kejeli/dhihaka/stihizai
- Umekuwa mung`unye waharibikia ukubwani.
- Hawi Musa kwa kubeba fimbo.
- Ucha Mungu si kilemba cheupe.
- Kichwa cha kuku hakistahili kilemba.
- Kichwa cha nyoka hakibandikwi mtungi.
Jazanda
- Joka la mdimu hulinda watundao
- Mtu mwovu huwanyima wengine vitu asivyovihitaji.
- Kupanda mchongoma kushuka ndio ngoma
- Ni rahisi kujitia katika matata kuliko kujitoa.
Taashira
- Kimya kingi kina mshindo mkubwa.
- Kuku mgeni hakosi kamba mguuni.
Kweli kinzani
- Wagombanao ndio wapatanao.
- Ukupigao ndio ukufunzao.
- Kuinamako ndiko kuinukako.
- Mwenye kelele hana neno.
- Kimya kingi kina mshindo mkubwa.
Tanakuzi
- Tamaa mbele mauti nyuma.
- Mpanda ngazi hushuka.
- Usione kwenda mbele kurudi nyuma si kazi.
- Kuainisha methali kutokana na matumizi ya lugha ni kusema mbinu ambazo imetumia.
Vigezo vya Kuainishia Methali/Kuziweka Pamoja na kuzichambua
- Mandhari/mazingira k.m. kilimo.
- Ukipanda pantosha utavuna pankwisha.
- Jembe halimtupi mkulima.
- Maudhui k.m. ulezi
- Samaki mkunje angali mbichi.
- Mcha mwana kulia hulia yeye
- c) fani/tamathali k.m. takriri
- Haba na haba hujaza kibaba
- Mtoto wa nyoka ni nyoka.
- d) Jukumu k.m. kuonye
- Asiyesikia la mkuu huvunjika guu.
- Ukiambiwa jiambie usijeishia kumbe.
- Maana k.m. sawa
- Haraka haraka haina baraka.
- Polepole ndio mwendo.
- Maana k.m. sawa
Vigezo zaidi vya kuchambua methali
- Inarejelea vitu gani? K.m. Hindi ndiko kwenye nguo na waendao uchi wapo.
- Nchi-Hindi
- Vitu-nguo
- Watu-waendao uchi
- Inakupa wazo gani kuhusu jamii husika?
- Utamaduni na njia za kiuchumi.
- Vitendawili
- Semi ambazo hutolewa kwa mtu kwa mfano wa swali ili azifumbue.
Sifa
- Huwa vifupi kimaelezo.
- Hutumia lugha ya kimafumbo.
- Hutolewa mbele ya hadhira.
- Hutumia ufananisho wa kijazanda.
- Kunazo huhusiana na methali k.m. mzee amekufa vyombo vimevunjikavunjika.
- Huwa na wakati maalum wa kutolewa yaani jioni.
- Huwa na mchezo wa maneno k.m. Ukiona njigi utadhani njege.
- Maziwa na tui
- Hujisimamia vyenyewe.
- Kunavyo huwa na jibu zaidi ya moja k.v. Gari la kila mtu
- miguu, kifo au jeneza
- Hutumia tamathali za lugha kwa ufanifu mkubwa
- Huweza kuwa na fomyula/muundo maalum
- Mteguaji: Kitendawili
- Mteguaji: Tega
- Mteguaji: Kitendawili chenyewe- Popoo mbili zavuka mto
- Mteguaji : Mlango
- Mtegaji: Umenoa. Nipe mji.
- Mteguaji: Ninakupa Nairobi.
- Mteguaji: Nilienda Nairobi watu wa Nairobi wakaniambia nije niwasalimu. Jibu ni macho.
Umuhimu
- Kuburudisha jioni baada ya kazi.
- Kukuza ubunifu wa kuvitunga kwa kulinganisha vitu katika mazingira ili kuviunda.
- Kuimarisha uwezo wa kukumbuka.
- Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri kwani mfumbiwa huhitaji kufikiri sana ili kupata jibu.
- Kuleta umoja na ushirikiano katika jamii kwa kuleta watu pamoja wakati vinategwa.
- Kuimarisha ujuzi wa kujieleza kwa lugha.
- Kupanua ujuzi wa mazingira wa mtoto.
- Kuendeleza utamaduni wa jamii k.m. Nyumbani mwetu mna papai lililoiva lakini. siwezi kulichuma
- Ndugu wa kiume asimuoe nduguye wa kike.
- Kukejeli au kudharau tabia mbaya k.m. Wazungu wawili wanachungulia dirishani
- makamasi
Aina za vitendawili
- Sahili
- Vina muundo rahisi/maneno machache k.m Akiona mwangaza wa jua hufa-samaki.
- Tata
- Vyenye majibu tofauti
- Kisimulizi
- Masimulizi k.m. Kulikuwa na baba ng’ambo moja ya mto na binti zake wawili ng’ambo ya pili. Alikuwa na maembe mawili aliyopaswa kuyavukisha pamoja apelekee binti zake. Angefanya nini?
- Vya tanakali k.m. Parrrr! Mpaka Makka-utelezi.
- Mkufu
- Vyenye sehemu zinazochangizana kimaana k.m. Nikitembea yuko lakini nikiingia nyumbani hupotea-kivuli.
Matumizi ya Lugha Katika Vitendawili
Tashhisi
- Amefunika kote kwa blanketi lake jeusi-giza.
- Akivaa nguo hapendezi, akiwa uchi hupendeza mno-ndizi.
- Anakula lakini hashibi-kifo/mauti.
- Amchukuapo hamrudishi-kaburi.
- Akizungumza kila mtu hubabaika-radi.
- Daima nasababisha mafarakano-uke wenza.
- Tashbihi
- Boi wangu kazama kaibuka kama mzungu-mwiko wa ugali.
Sitiari
- Bibi hatui mzigo-konokono.
- Mamangu hachoki kunibeba-kitanda.
- Fatuma mchafu-ufagio.
- Saa yetu kadiri inavyotembea ndivyo inavyopunguza nguvu-moyo.
- Mzungu kujishika kiuno- kikombe.
- Nina mapapai yangu mawili ambayo siwezi kuyala- matiti ya mwanamke.
- Ng`ombe wangu nisipomshika mkia hali nyasi-jembe.
- Kitu changu kitumiwacho na wengine kuliko mimi-jina.
- Popoo mbili zavuka mto-macho.
- Gari la kila mtu-miguu.
- Dada ni mrembo lakini akiguzwa analia-papai.
Takriri
- Huku ng`o na kule ng`o-giza.
- Amezaliwa Ali, amekufa Ali, amerudi Ali-nywele.
- Huku fungu katikati bahari-naz.i
Tanakali
- Parrr! Mpaka Makka-utelezi.
- Huku pi kule pi-mkia wa kondoo atembeapo.
- Ba funika ba funua (Bak bandika, bak bandua)-nyayo.
- Tang! Yaanguka-sarafu.
Kweli kinzani
- Ana meno lakini hayaumi-kitana.
- Ajenga ingawa hana mikono-ndege.
- Hukopa lakini halipi-kifo.
- Nina shamba langu kubwa lakini nikivuna halijai hata kofi-nywele.
- Hufa akifufuka-bahari kupwa.
- Nameza lakini sishibi-mate.
Taswira
- Adui tumemzingira lakini hatumwezi-moto.
- Nyama nje, ngozi ndani, mchanga ndani-firgisi ya kuku.
- Wanatazamana tu lakini hawaamkiani-ardhi na bingu.
- Askari wangu wote wamevaa kofia upande-mahindi shambani.
- Samaki wangu aelea kimgongomgongo-merikebu.
- Babu amebeba machicha meupe kichwani- mvi.
Stihizai/dhihaka/kejeli
- Akivaa miwani hafanyi kazi vizuri-mlevi.
- Mzungu anachungulia dirishani-makamasi.
- Uzi mwembamba umefunga dume-usingizi.
- Mtani wangu hata akiishi majini hatakati-chura.
- Kisiki chetu hakikui-mbilikimo.
- Nimemuona bi kizee amejitwika machicha-mvi.
Jazanda
- Mungu alinipa shilingi mbili, moja nitumie nyingine niweke-ardhi na mbingu.
- Kuchambua kitendawili kwa kueleza mbinu za lugha zilizokiunda.
Kulinganisha vitendawili na methali
Kufanana
- Zote mbili ni tungo fupi.
- Zote mbili huwa na maana fiche.
- Zote mbili hutumia lugha inayojenga taswira.
- Zote mbili hupata maana kulingana na jamii.
- Zote mbili Huwa na muundo maalum.
- Zote mbili hufumbata ukweli fulani wa kijamii.
Tofauti
| Vitendawili | Methali |
| ü Vina fomyula maalum ya uwasilishaji.
ü Fumbo lazima lifumbuliwe papo hapo. ü Maarufu zaidi miongoni mwa watoto/vijana.
ü Hutolewa katika vikao maalum. ü Hadhira tendi inayotoa maana ü Hutumia lugha ya majibizano. |
ü Hazina fomyula.
ü Fumbo halifumbuliwi papo hapo. ü Kuonyesha hekima hasa miongoni mwa watu wazima na wazee. ü Si lazima zitengewe vikao. ü Hadhira si tendi.
ü Kauli moja ya msemaji |
- Chemsha Bongo
- Maswali ambayo huhitaji mtu kutumia akili na ujuzi kuyajibu.
- Mafumbo ni kauli zenye maana iliyofichika na hujumuisha vitendawili na chemshabongo.
Mifano
- Kilo moja ya chuma na kilo moja ya nyama ipi nzito?
- Amada ana wafanyikazi saba, wanne hufanya kazi vizuri, wawili ni kama wamekufa, mmoja ni kama mwenda wazimu- miguu, pembe na mkia wa ng’ombe.
- Kipungu alipita juu, mama na ndege wawili wakamwangalia. Je macho mangapi yalimuona kipungu?- manne.
- Nina watu wangu watatu, wawili ni watoto na wawili ni baba- mtoto, baba na babu.
- Chura alitumbukia katika shimo la futi 30 na anaruka futi 10. Aruke mara ngapi ili atoke?- Hawezi.
- Watu watatu wanavuka mto. Mmoja aliyaona maji na kuyakanyaga. Wapili aliyaona lakini hakuyakanyaga. Watatu hakuyaona wala kuyakanyaga. Watu hao ni kina nani?
Sifa
- Ni kauli fupi au ndefu.
- Hutuia lugha ya kimafumbo.
- Hutumia ufananisho wa kijazanda.
- Huhitaji mtu kuwaza ili kupata jibu.
- Hujengwa na vitu vinavyotokana na mazingira.
- Hazina muundo maalum kama methali, nahau na vitendawili
- Hupima uwezo wa msikilizaji wa kutambua jambo lililofichwa.
Umuhimu
- Kuimarisha stadi ya kusikiliza.
- Kunoa uwezo wa kufahamu.
- Kutoa mawaidha.
- Kufunza kuhusu maumbile.
- Kuimarisha uwezo wa kukumbuka.
- Kufunza mambo kuhusu mazingira na maumbile.
- Kukuza uwezo wa kutumia lugha.
- Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri.
- Kuburudisha na kuchekesha.
- Kukuza uwezo wa kubuni.
- Vitanza Ndimi
- Sentensi zenye mfuatano wa sauti zinazotatanisha kimatamshi zinapotamkwa kwa haraka.
Mifano
- Wataita wataita Wataita wa Taita.
- Waite wale wana wa liwali wale wali wa liwalii
- Kupa mpe akupao kumpa asokupa si kupa ni kutupa.
- Shirika la Reli la Rwanda limefungwa.
- Hilo lililoliwa ndilo nililolitaka.
- Mchuuzi wa mchuzi hana ujuzi wa mjusi wa juzi.
- Cha mkufuu mwanafuu ha akila hu cha mwanafuu mkufuu hu akila ha
- Pema usijapo pema ukipema si pema tena
- Nguo zisizotakikana zitachomwa zote.
Sifa
- Ni kauli fupi.
- Huwa na mchezo wa maneno.
- Huundwa kwa sauti zinazokaribiana kimatamshi.
- Hutumia maneno yenye maana zaidi ya moja au yenye sauti sawa.
- Hutanza/hutatiza ndimi za wengi wakalemewa kutamka.
- Hukanganya kimatamshi.
Umuhimu
- Kukuza matamshi bora mtu anapoendelea kutamka.
- Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri haraka ili kujua maana za maneno ili kutamka ipasavyo.
- Kupanua ujuzi wa msamiati.
- Kuburudisha kwa kufurahisha na kuchangamsha.
- Husaidia kutofautisha maana za maneno.
- Kujenga stadi ya kusikiliza.
- Kukuza ubunifu kwa kuteua maneno yanayotatanisha kisauti na kimaana.
- Kujenga uhusiano bora kwa ucheshi.
- Lakabu
- Jina la msimbo/kupanga/ambalo mtu hupewa au hujipa kutokana na sifa zake.
Asili ya Lakabu
- Tabia
- Sifa za kimaumbile
- Matendo
- Nasaba atokayo mtu.
- Tabaka
- Jinsi mtu anavyotamka maneno k.m. ung’eng’e.
Mifano
- Nyayo
- Moi
- Simba wa Yuda
- Haille Selassie
- Mkuki uwakao
- Kenyatta
- Nyundo/Tingatinga
- Raila
- Baba wa taifa
- Rais
- Mama wa Taifa
- Mke wa Rais
Sifa
- Huwa neno au fungu la maneno kadha.
- Huwa na maana iliyofumbwa.
- Huoana na sifa hasi au chanya za aliyepewa.
- Huwa za kusifu au kudhihaki.
- Huweza kudumu hata kusahaulisha jina halisi la mtu.
- Hutumia sitiari k.m. chui kumaanisha mkali.
- Hutumia taswira.
- Hushika sana kimatumizi miongoni mwa watu.
Umuhimu
- Kufahamisha sifa za mtu kwa kifupi.
- Huwa njia ya washairi ya kujitangaza bila kujisifu moja kwa moja.
- Hutumiwa kama ishara ya heshima kwa anayestahili heshima k.m. kiongozi.
- Kuficha utambulisho au jina halisi la mtu.
- Hutumiwa katika majigambo na mhusika kuonyesha ubingwa wake.
- Kuficha siri ili anayemrejelewa asijulikane k.m. kikulacho.
- Kukuza uhusiano bora miongoni mwa watani wanaporejeleana kwa lakabu.
- Kusifu tabia njema kwa kumpa mtu lakabu nzuri.
- Kudhihaki au kukashifu tabia mbaya kwa kumpa mtu lakabu mbaya
- Kutambulisha asili ya mtu.
- Misemo
- Semi zinazobeba ukweli wa kijumla.
Mifano
- Binadamu ni udongo.
- Mwili haujengwi kwa mbao.
- Umaskini si kilema.
- Lila na fira havitangamani.
- Ndio kwanza mkoko ualike maua.
- Mambo kuzidi kushika kasi.
- Mgomba haupandwi changaraweni ukamea
- Jambo halifanywi mahali pasipofaa likapendeza.
Sifa
- Hutumia lugha ya muhtasari.
- Hutoa ukweli kwa jumla.
- Hazina muundo maalum.
Umuhimu
- Kusisitiza ujumbe.
- Kuongeza utamu katika lugha.
- Kusisitiza jambo fulani.
- Kufunza maadili au kuhimiza.
- Kuchochea hisi fulani.
- Nahau
Fungu la maneno lenye maana tofauti na maana ya kawaida ya maneno hayo.
Mifano
- Kuasi ukapera
- kuoa
- Kupiga vijembe
- sema kwa mafumbo
- Ndege mbaya
- bahati mbaya
- Kidudu mtu
- mfitini
- Paka mafuta kwa mgongo wa chupa
- Danganya au hadaa mtu
- Visha kilemba cha ukoka
- Mpa mtu sifa za uongo ili umpumbaze
- Kubali shingo upande
- Kuyavulia maji ngu
- kumaliza jambo fulani ulilolianzia
- Arusi ya ndovu kumla mwanawe
- kubwa
Sifa
- Hutumia lugha ya kimkato.
- Maneno huwa na maana tofauti na ya kawaida.
- Kunazo huwa na maana zaidi ya moja k.v. kuja jamvi-kumaliza shughuli au kuondoka.
- Huundwa kwa neno moja, mawili au zaidi.
- Huibua taswira.
- Zina muundo maalum/huundwa kwa aina mbalimbali za maneno.
- T+T
- kufa kupona
- kufumba na kufumbua
- T+N
- kupiga domo
- kata kamba
- T+E
- Kujikaza kisabuni
- kufa kiofisa
- N+N
- donda dugu
- domo kaya
- N+V
- nyota njema
- dege mbaya
- N+T
- damu kumkauka
- akili kumruka
Umuhimu
- Kukuza na kuendeleza msamiati wa maneno.
- Kupunguza ukali wa maneno (tafsida).
- Kuongeza utamu/ladha katika lugha.
- Kuhifadhi siri kwani sio wote wanajua maana.
- Kujaribu uwezo wa msikilizaji kufichua maana iliyofichika.
- Misimu/simo
- Semi ambazo huzuka katika mazingira na kipindi fulani.
Aina za Mizimu
- Inayotumika na kutoweka
- Inayokita kimatumizi kuingizwa katika Kiswahili sanifu k.m. toa chai, chokora, n.k.
Asili
- Ufupishaji maneno
- komp
- Utohozi
- Fathee
- hepi
- Sitiari/jazanda
- nyani-mlinda lango
- fisi- mlafi
- Tanakali
- mtutu- bunduki
- ndala- malapulapu
- Uundaji maneno mapya
- hanya
- Kupa maneno maana mpya
- chuma-gari
- toboa- faulu
- Kugeuza maneno
- risto-stori
- Kuboronga lugha
- ashu-ashara/kumi
Mifano
- Jisikia sukari
- kuringa
- Kaa ngumu
- kutotishika/kuvumilia
- Chongoa mtu
- mfanyia mzaha
- Kula njaro
- kupuuza kazi
- Piga nduthe
- kimbia/toroka
- Piga ngeta
- kukaba koo
- Leta diambo
- zozana/lalamika
- Ingia baridi
- kuogopa
- Pewa msomo
- gombezwa
- Kusota
- kuishiwa na pesa
- Ingia mitini
- toweka/toroka
- Kung`ara
- kuvaa vizuri
- Marehemu George
- nguo za mitumba
- Vaa chupa
- vaa suruari nyembamba
- Kujisikia poa
- kuwa na furaha
- Kula hepi
- kuburudika
- Lala kibahasha
- tulia tuli baada ya kushindwa katika jambo
Sifa
- Ni kauli fupi.
- Hutumiwa na kundi dogo la watu.
- Huzuka katika mazingira na kipindi maalum.
- Ni lugha ya kimafumbo.
- Hutumiwa na kundi dogo la watu katika jamii.
- Huzuka na kutoweka baada ya muda.
- Kunazo hudumu na kukubaliwa kama lugha sanifu k.v. matatu, bodaboda, chai, chokora, daladala, n.k.
- Huwa na maana nyingi k.m. ‘mahewa’ humaanisha mziki, uongo au ulevi wa dawa za kulevya.
- Maneno yana maana tofauti na ya kawaida.
- Si lugha sanifu na hivyo haipaswi kutumiwa katika mazungumzo rasmi.
- Hupendeza miongoni mwa watumizi.
- Hutoweka baada ya matumizi kwa muda.
- Hubadilika k.m. mbuyu na buda humaanisha baba.
Umuhimu
- Kuficha siri ya wanaoitumia.
- Kupanua lugha kimsamiati ikikubalika.
- Kurahisisha mawasiliano kwa kuondoa uchovu wa urasmi.
- Kuonyesha ubingwa wa lugha kwa kuhisi huonyesha umaarufu wa lugha
- Kutenga wasio wana kikundi.
- Kutafsidi/kupunguza ukali wa maneno k.m. Amepata bol-mimba.
- Kupamba lugha na kuifanya ivutie
- Kufanya wanakikundi wajihisi kuwa pamoja.
- Kujitambulisha na watu wa kikundi fulani.
- Shirikina
- Semi ambazo huonyesha imani fulani ya kundi ya watu
Mifano
- Ukijikuna kiganja cha mikono utapata pesa.
- Ukila chakula gizani utakula na shetani.
- Kuzaliwa ukiwa na vidole sita ni kuwa na bahati.
- Bundi akilia karibu na nyumba mtu mmoja wa nyumba ile atafariki.
Umuhimu
- Kukataza maovu.
- Kuhifadhi utamaduni.
- Kuchangia umoja wa kitaifa kwa aina moja ya itikadi kupatikana katika jamii nyingi.
- Kutujulisha kuhusu itikadi za watu.
- Tanakali za Sauti (Onomatopeya)
- Maneno ambayo huiga sauti ya jambo, tendo au tukio fulani
Mifano
- Boboka bobobo!
- payuka ovyo ovyo
- Bwakia bwaku
- akia upesi upesi
- Bwatika bwata
- enda chini kwa mshindo
- Bweka bwebwebwe!
- lia kama mbwa
- Chaga ngungundu
- shikilia jambo
- Ng’o!
- kutoambulia chochote
- Legalega lege
- kosa kuwa imara
- Chakua nyakunyaku
- tafuna kwa kutoa sauti ya kuudhi
- Bingirika bingiribingiri!
- pinduka
- Birua biru!
- angusha na kupindua
- Shindilia ndi!
Mianguko
- Pu/kacha
- tawi
- Pu, pu, pu
- mfululizo
- Pukupuku!
- mvua
- Pwa!
- kwa matope
- Pwata!
- kitu kinene
- Tang’!
- sarafu pagumu
- Tapwi
- matopeni
- Tifu
- mchangani
- Tubwi/ chubwi
- majini
Sifa
- Ni kauli fupi.
- Ni miigo ya sauti zinazotokea baada ya tendo fulani.
- Hazina muundo maalum.
- Hujumuishwa katika fani nyingine.
- Hutumia takriri.
Umuhimu
- Kuwezesha kuunda taswira ya jinsi mambo yanavyotokea.
- Kuonyesha hisia fulani.
- Kuongeza uzito kwa maneno.
- Kuongeza utamu katika mazungumzo.
- Kusisitiza jambo.
- Kuipa lugha ladha na mvuto.
- Kujenga tabia ya kusikiliza kwa makini ili kutambua mlio.
- Kukuza ustadi wa kuiga na kuigiza.
- Ni mbinu mojawapo ya mawasiliano.
- Takriri za maana
- Mafungu ya maneno yanayosisitiza na kueleza maana zaidi ya kitendo.
Mifano
- Haambiliki hasemezeki
- Siku nenda siku rudi
- Tilia huku ukitolea kule
- Hasikii la mwadhini wala la mteka maji msikitini
Umuhimu
- Kutia ladha katika lugha na kuifanya iwe na mnato.
- Kusisitiza jambo.
- Kuonyesha ukwasi wa lugha ya mnenaji.
- Tashbihi
- Misemo ya ulinganisho
Sifa
- Ni fupi.
- Hutumia viungio kama, mithili ya, n.k.
- Huwa na ujumbe wa kina.
- Hutoa taswira ambayo husaidia keleza hulka kikamilifu.
Umuhimu
- Kueleza sifa za kinazozungumziwa
- Kuongeza lugha utamu
- Kuonyesha umilisi wa lugha wa mtumizi
USHAIRI
- Utanzu wa fasihi unaotumia lugha ya mkato inayoeleza maudhui yake kwa ufupi.
Sifa
- Hutumia lugha ya kimkato.
- Huwasilishwa mbele ya hadhira.
- Huwasilishwa na mtu mmoja au kundi la watu.
- Huwa na muundo maalum k.v. beti, vipande na vina.
- Hutegemea sauti iliyo kipengele muhimu.
- Huandamana na ishara za mikono, uso n.k.
- Una mpangilio maalum wa maneno.
- Una uteuzi maalum wa maneno.
- Uwasilishaji wake huandamana na vitendo/uigizaji.
- Hurithishwa kutoka kizazi kimoja hadi kingine kwa mdomo.
- Huandamana na shughuli maalum k.v. matanga, kazi, n.k.
- Huwa na mapigo ya kimziki au huweza kuimbika.
- Huweza kuambatana na ala za mziki.
- Hadhira hushiriki katika uwasilishaji wa ushairi simulizi.
Majukumu
- Kuburudisha watu katika sherehe au shughuli fulani ya kijamii.
- Kutakasa hisia au kutoa hisia zinazomsumbua mtu.
- Kufunza maadili au tabia zinazokubalika na jamii.
- Kufariji watu kutokana na maafa, kifo au kushindwa.
- Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza watu kuiga waliotendea jamii mambo makuu k.v. mashujaa.
- Kuhifadhi historia ya jamii k.m. maghani simulizi na tenzi.
- Kuhifadhi na kudumisha utamaduni wa jamii.
- Kuelimisha kuhusu suala fulani.
- Kukashifu/kukejeli sifa mbaya za wabaya.
- Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano katika jamii kwa kujumuisha watu pamoja.
- Kusifu na kutukuza mashujaa katika jamii (tenzi).
- Kukanya/kutahadharisha dhidi ya matendo maovu.
- Kukuza urembo au usanii wa lugha kwa kuwa una ufundi mkubwa wa matumizi ya lugha.
- Kuhamasisha jamii k.v. kisiasa.
- Kukuza ubunifu kwa mtunzi na mwasilishaji
- Kukuza ubunifu kwa kutunga kwa kuzingatia beti, mizani, vina na uteuzi maalum wa maneno.
Vipera vya Ushairi
- wimbo
- maghani
- mashairi mepesi (utungo unaokaririwa)
- ngojera (kwa majibizano)
- tendi au rara (husimuliwa kwa mapigo ya kishairi)
- Wimbo
- Uungo wenye mahadhi ya kupanda na kushuka
Sifa
- Huwasilishwa kwa njia ya mdomo.
- Hutolewa kwa mahadhi ya kupanda na kushuka kwa sauti.
- Hutumia lugha ya mkato.
- Hadhira yaweza kuwepo au isiwepo.
- Huwa na mwimbaji au waimbaji wanaoimba.
- Waimbaji wanaweza kujivika maleba.
- Huweza kuambatana na ala k.v. ngoma, zeze, kayamba n.k.
- Huwa na urudiaji wa mstari au kifungu.
- Aghalabu huimbwa na kupokezanwa baina ya kiongozi na waimbaji
- Huimbwa tu au huambatana na kucheza.
- Huweza kuandamana na shughuli fulani k.v. arusi, kazi, matanga, n.k.
- Huwa na muundo maalum wa beti, mistari, vina, k.
Majukumu
- Kuburudisha k.m. tumbuizo.
- Nyenzo ya kiuchumi kwa baadhi ya watu.
- Kuliwaza k.m. mbolezi.
- Kuhimiza watu wakiwa kazini k.m. hodiya.
- Kuelimisha kuhusu suala fulani k.m. ukimwi, ufisadi, n.k.
- Kuhimiza uzalendo k.m. za siasa na taifa.
- Kumbembeleza mtoto aache kulia au alale k.m. bembelezi.
- Kukashifu/kukejeli mwenendo mbaya k.v. uchoyo, vivu, n.k.
- Kufunza maadili au tabia inayokubaliwa na jamii k.v. ukarimu, uaminifu, n.k.
Ubaya wa nyimbo
- Kutumiwa kueneza hisia za kikabila.
- Kutia watu kasumba.
- Hutumiwa kueneza propaganda ili kushawishi watu.
- Kupotosha kimaadili k.v. kuhimiza zinaa.
- Mtu akizizoea humlevya.
Aina za nyimbo
- Bembelezi/bembea
- Nyimbo zilizoimbwa kumbembeleza/kumwongoa mtoto aache kulia au alale.
Sifa
- Huimbwa na mama au walezi.
- Aghalabu huwa fupi.
- Huimbwa kwa sauti ya chini.
- Huimbwa kwa sauti nyororo.
- Zina mapigo ya polepolena taratibu.
- Huwa na mahadhi mazuri.
- Huimbwa aghalabu mtoto akiwa amebebwa kwa mbeleko na mwimbaji akimpapasapapasa.
- Zina urudiaji wa maneno ya kibwagizo.
- Huwa na lugha ya kushawishi k.v. kutoa ahadi ya kununulia mtoto zawadi.
Majukumu
- Kumnyamazisha mtoto anapolia.
- Kuwaongoa watoto walale.
- Kutumbuiza watoto.
- Kusuta wasiowapa watoto malezi mema.
- Kuonya mtoto dhidi ya tabia hasi k.v. kulia ovyo.
- Kusifu mtoto.
- Kuonyesha msimamo wa jamii kuhusu mtoto.
- Kumfariji mtoto k.m. kutokana na kuumia akicheza.
- Nyimbo za watoto/chekechea
- Zilizoimbwa na watoto wakati wa kucheza/shughuli zao
Majukumu
- Kuburudisha watoto.
- Kuwaelimisha watoto kuhusu jamii.
- Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano baina ya watoto kwa kuwajumuisha pamoja na kucheza bila kujali kabila, tabaka, n.k.
- Kukashifu tabia hasi miongoni mwa watoto k.v. uchoyo.
- Kukuza ubunifu miongoni mwa watoto wanapobuni nyimbo zinazooana na michezo yao.
- Kuifanya michezo ya watoto ipendeze.
- Nyimbo za sifa/sifo
- Za kujisifu au kusifu mtu kwa mchango wake katika jamii.
Sifa
- Zaweza kuwa nyiso, za arusi za kutawazwa n.k.
- Huimbwa katika muktadha maalum k.v. arusini, jandoni, n.k.
- Hutumia sitiari au kufananisha na mnyama, mkuki, n.k.
- Hupiga chuku sifa za anayesifiwa.
Majukumu
- Kusifu mtu kutokana na matendo yake mazuri.
- Kutangaza mchango na mafanikio ya anayesifiwa.
- Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza watu kuiga matendo mazuri ya anayesifiwa.
- Kuburudisha watu katika sherehe fulani.
- Kuangazia matendo ya wahusika.
- Hodiya/yimbo za Kazi
- Zilizoimbwa wakati wa kazi.
Sifa
- Huimwa watu wakifanya kazi k.v. uwindaji, ukulima, uvuvi, ubaharia, n.k.
- Huimbwa na mfanyakazi mmoja au kundi lao.
- Zina maneno ya kuhimiza.
- Urefu wake hutegemea kazi.
- Mdundo hutegemea kasi ya kazi ikama inafanywa kwa kasi mdundo ni wa kasi, kama polepole mdundo ni wa polepole.
Majukumu
- Kuburudisha watu wakifanya kazi.
- Kurahisisha kazi kwa kupunguza fikra za uchovu.
- Kuhimiza bidii kazini.
- Kuhimiza watu wapende kazi zao.
- Kuondoa uchovu na ukinaifu wakati wa kazi.
- Kuwatia moyo wafanyakazi wasikate tamaa.
- Kutambulisha jamii kwa kuonyesha shughuli zake za kazi.
- Kusifu kazi.
- Kukashifu uvivu.
- Kuonyesha matatizo na changamoto za wafanyikazi.
- Kujenga umoja na ushirikiano baina ya wafanyakazi wanapoziimba pamoja. Aina za hodiya
- Wawe/vave
- Zinazoimbwa wakati wa kulima.
- Nyimbo za uwindaji
- Zilizoimbwa watu wakienda au kutoka katika uwindaji.
Majukumu
- Kumburudisha mwindaji.
- Kumtoa mwindaji upweke.
- Kusifu mnyama.
- Kujasirisha wawindaji.
- Kimai
- Zinazoimbwa katika shughuli za majini k.v. uvuvi na ubaharia.
Majukumu
- Kuburudisha wavuvi na mabaharia.
- Kuwajasirisha ili kukabili adha za baharini.
- Kuwatoa upweke.
- Nyimbo za mapenzi
- Zilizoimbwa kutoa hisia za mapenzi.
- Nyimbo za mapenzi
Sifa
- Huwa na ujumbe wa kimapenzi.
- Maneno matamu yenye hisia nzito.
- Matumizi ya chuku k.m. sili wala silali.
- Huwa zina sifa au kashfa.
Mjukumu
- Kuburudisha anayezisikiliza.
- Kuomba uchumba au mapenzi.
- Kusifu tabia au urembo/umbo la mpenzi.
- Kusifu wapenzi.
- Kukashifu mpenzi asiye na sifa nzuri.
- Kusuta waliodhani penzi lisingefaulu.
- Kupunguza uzito wa hisia k.v. huzuni au udhia baada ya kusalitiwa na mpenzi.
- Nyimbo za arusi
- Zinazoimbwa wakati wa kufunga ndoa.
Sifa
- Huimbwa kuonyesha hisia za wazazi, jamaa na marafiki
- Hushauri maharusi na waliohudhuria kuhusu majukumu ya ndoa
- Wakati mwingine husifia maharusi.
Majukumu
- Kutumbuiza maharusu na waliohudhuria.
- Kusifu maharusi.
- Kutoa pongezi kwa Bw. na Bi. arusi kwa kujihifadhi vyema.
- Kufunza majukumu ya ndoa.
- Kutoa mwongozo wa kupambana na vikwazo ndoani
- Kusuta mahasidi waliodhani ndoa isingefaulu.
- Kukanya na kutahadharisha watu wanaoingilia ndoa za watu kuziharibu.
- Nyimbo za Dini
- Zilizoandamana na shughuli za kidini.
- Nyimbo za Dini
Majukumu
- Kuabudu Mungu ama miungu.
- Kusifu mungu/miungu.
- Kutoa shukrani kwa mungu.
- Kuomba mema kutoka kwa Mungu au miungu.
- Kutoa mafunzo ya kidini.
- Tumbuizo
- Nyimbo za kujipa burudani
- Huimbwa wakati wa mapumziko
Majukumu
- Kutumbuiza watu k.v. ngomani, arusini, n.k.
- Kuwapa vijana mwongozo/kuadilisha.
- Nyiso/Nyimbo za Tohara
- Zinazohusiana na tohara.
Mfano
Ewe kilizi
Ulozowea kujificha
Nyuma ya mama kujikinga, dhidi ya milio
ya radi ilo juu mbinguni
Jua kesho ni siku ya siku
Siku ya kujua mbichi na mbivu
Kutofautisha jogoo na vipora,
Ngariba taposhika, chake kijembe
Ndipo utakapojua bayani
Ukoo wetu si wa kunguru
Ikiwa hu tayari
Kisu kukidhihaki
Sithubutu kamwe, wanjani kuingia
sije kuniaibisha miye, amiyo na akraba nzima!
Sifa
- Huambatana na shughuli za jando (wavulana) na unyago (wasichana).
- Huimbwa faraghani katika mazingira ya tohara pekee.
- Huimbwa usiku wa kuamkia siku ya tohara.
- Zilitoa sifa kwa waliotahiriwa, wazazi na wasimamizi wao.
- Ziliimbwa kuwapa wavulana ujasiri wa kukabili kisu cha ngariba.
- Zilitoa mafunzo kuhusu majukumu mapya baada ya kutahiriwa.
- Hujumuisha watu maalum walioteuliwa kushiriki katika sherehe.
- Huhusisha watu wa jinsia na umri fulani.
- Maudhui yake hutegemea jinsia.
- Majukumu
- Kuonyesha vijana wamevuka kutoka utotoni hadi utu uzima.
- Kuwaandaa vijana kwa uchungu watakaouhisi kupitia kijembe.
- Kuhimiza ujasiri na ukejeli uoga.
- Kusifu wahusika kwa ujasiri wa kukabili kisu na kuingia katika utu uzima.
- Kuburudisha waliohudhuria shughuli ya jando au unyago.
- Kuelekeza vijana kwenye matarajio mapya ya jamii.
- Kufunza majukumu katika utu uzima.
- Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano katika jamii kwa kuwaleta wanajamii pamoja.
- Mbolezo/Mbolezi
- Nyimbo za kuomboleza.
Mfano
Nalitazama jua likichwa,
Matumaini yangu yakizama pamoja
na miale miekundu
Nalidhani lilikuwa jinamizi tu
Kwamba ulikuwa kesha n’acha
Walikuwa wameisha n’ambia
Walimwengu
Ela nilikataa katakata walosema
Nikajitia kuamini waloamba yalikuwa
Uzushi
Hadi siku hii nilopokea waraka,
Waraka ambao ulikuwajeneza ka kuzikia
Pendo letu la miongo miwili.
Sifa
- Huimbwa wakati wa maafa, kifo, makumbusho ya mtu au kushindwa katika jambo k.v. vita.
- Huimbwa kwa sauti ya chini.
- Hutofautiana kutoka jamii moja hadi nyingine.
- Huwa na mapigo ya polepole au taratibu.
- Huimbwa kwa toni ya huzuni/uchungu kuibua hisia za ndani za mwombolezaji.
- Aghalabu haziandamani na ala.
Majukumu
- Kuwafariji au kuwasaidia waliofiwa kukabiliana na uchungu wa kupoteza mpendwa wao.
- Kusifu aliyekufa kwa kutoa sifa zake chanya au michango yao.
- Kubembeleza roho za wafu(mizimu) ili kusitokee maafa mengine.
- Kuonyesha msimamo wa jamii kuhusu matokeo ya kifo k.v. husababishwa na pepo, maovu, njia ya kuingia mbinguni.
- Kutakaswa hisia za huzuni za aliyefiwa kumpunguzia uzito wa kumpotezea mpendwa wake.
- Kueleza kutoepukika kwa kifo.
- Kukejeli kifo.
- Nyimbo za Taifa
- Nyimbo zinazoimbwa na watu wa taifa fulani.
Majukumu
- Kutambulisha taifa fulani.
- Kuonyesha utaifa.
- Kuonyesha uzalendo (mapenzi kwa nchi).
- Kuhimiza uzalendo.
- Kukashifu wasio wazalendo.
- Kusifu taifa fulani.
- Nyimbo za Siasa
- Zinazoimbwa katika shughuli za kisiasa.
Mfano
Ewe mainga wa Ndumi
Siwe uloambia akina mama
Siku tulopiga foleni
Chakula cha msaada kupata
Turudishe vifaranga kwenye miji
Wageuke vijusi tena
Njaa isiwaangamize?
Siwe ulopita
Matusi ukitema
Chumvi na sukari kuturushia ja samadi?
Ukatununua vihela uloturushia
Ukatununua kura ukapata?
Sasa miaka mitano imetimia
Waja tulaghai tena
Huna lolote safari hii
Ubunge umekudondoka ukitazama
Wanyonge tumea/mua
Kwingine kujaribu
Majukumu
- Kuburudisha watu katika shughuli za kisiasa.
- Kupinga dhuluma za viongozi.
- Kusifu viongozi na sera zao.
- Kukashifu/kukejeli wanasiasa wabaya.
- Kuonyesha matarajio ya watawaliwa kwa viongozi.
- Kusambaza elimu ya kisiasa.
- Kuwatia wananchi kasumba.
- Kueneza propaganda za kisiasa.
- Kuzindua au kuhamasisha jamii kisiasa.
- Kuliwaza wahasiriwa wa migogoro ya kisiasa.
- Kutia watu ari ya kufanya jambo fulani k.v. kupigania haki zao.
- Nyimbo za Vita
- Zinazoimbwa na askari vitani au baada ya vita.
Majukumu
- Kuburudisha washiriki.
- Kufunza namna ya kukabiliana na adui.
- Kujasirisha washiriki.
- Kusifu askari vitani.
- Kukejeli uoga.
- Kusifu mashujaa wa zamani.
- Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza watu kuiga masujaa.
- Kongozi
- Za kuaga mwaka katika jamii za waswahili.
- Kongozi
- Jadiiya
- Nyimbo za jadi ambazo hupokezwa kutoka kizazi kimoja hadi kingine.
- Huhusu matukio ya kihistoria k.v. shujaa, mateso, njaa, n.k.
- Nyimbo za Kuzaliwa kwa Mtoto
- Za kuonyesha au kuadhimisha kuzaliwa kwa mtoto.
- Maghani
- Ushairi ambao hutolewa kwa kalima.
Sifa
- Husimulia matukio kwa kirefu hasa yanapotambwa.
- Hutolewa kwa kalima.
- Hutungwa papo hapo.
- Hutongolewa mbele ya hadhira
- Hutungwa kwa ufundi mkubwa.
- Hutolewa na mtu mmoja au kundi la watu.
Aina za Maghani
- Maghani ya kawaida
- Ambayo hugusia maswala ya kawaida kama mapenzi, siasa, harusi, kazi, maombolezo n.k.
- Husemwa/huganwa tu bila kusimuliwa.
- Maghani Simulizi
- Maghani ambayo husimulia hadithi kuhusu tukio la kihistoria.
- Huhusu, mtu, tukio, kitu, mnyama, n.k.
Sifa
- Hutokea kama hadithi.
- Husimulia tukio la kihistoria.
- Ni ndefu.
- Waimbaji wake huitwa manju/yeli.
- Huandamana na ala kama zeze, marimba, n.k.
Tofauti kati ya maghani ya kawaida na maghani simulizi
| Maghani ya kawaida | Maghani simulizi |
| ü Ni fupi.
ü Haitumii ala. ü Huhusu maswala ya kawaida. ü Husemwa. |
ü Ni ndefu .
ü Hutumia ala. ü Kihistoria.
ü Huimbwa. |
Maghani ya Kawaida
- Vivugo/majigambo
- Utungo wa kujisifu au kujigamba.
Sifa
- Hutungwa baada ya ushindi wa harakati ngumu k.v. kesi, kumuua simba, kuoa msichana aliyependwa na wengi n.k.
- Fanani ni mwanamme.
- Hutungwa papo hapo.
- Hutungwa na kughanwa na mhusika mwenyewe.
- Hutumia chuku k.m. kujisifu kupita kiasi.
- Anayejigamba hujipa jina la kiistiari k.m. mnyama.
- Mhusika huvaa maleba yanayooana na tukio analojisifia.
- Kuna kutaja jina na ukoo wa baba na mama.
- Anayejisifu huahidi kutenda maajabu zaidi.
- Pembezi/pembejezi
- Aina ya tondozi inayokusudiwa kusifu watu aina fulani katika jamii kutokana na matendo au mchango wao.
- v. watawala, walezi wazuri, mashujaa wa vita, waganga mashuhuri hata wapenzi waliopigania pendo lao.
Mfano
Nani kama wewe mama?
Nani anokufana ‘mwaitu’
Subira uliumbiwa
Bidii nd’o jina lako la pili
Moyo wenye heba
Msimamo usoyumba
Anoelekeza kwa imani
Anoadhibu kwa mapenzi makuu
Mzazi, mlezi na rafiki wa dhati
Tangu siku za kusimama dede.
- Tondozi
- Utungo wa kutukuza watu, wanyama na vitu.
- v. watu mashuhuri, wapenzi, mifugo, miti mikubwa.
Mfano
Kipungu kipungu
Nani kama yeye?
Hashindiki kwa nia
Hashindiki kwa shabaha
Hulenga binguni
Hutia ghera kufikiwa peo
Peo zisofikika kwa wanokata tama
Kipungu, kipungu, hachi tufani za anga.
Maghani Simulizi
- Sifo
- Tungo za kusifu watu kutokana na matendo yao ya kishujaa.
- Sifa zake hukaribiana na za tenzi hasa ikiwa ni shujaa anasifiwa.
- Tendi/tenzi
- Ushairi mrefu unaoelezea maisha ya mashujaa tangu kuzaliwa hadi kufa kwao.
- v. Utenzi wa Fumo Liyongo, Sundiata, Shaka Zulu, Wang`ombe waihura n.k.
Mfano
Asiyemjua mjua aliongwe atamjua
Namjuza kwa sifa zake alizokuwa nazo
Alisimika ufalme uliosifiwa
Akawa shujaa asiyetishwa
- Utungo huu waweza kuwa wimbo wa sifa au utendi!
Sifa
- Huwa masimulizi yanayotolewa kishairi.
- Hutoa wasifu wa shujaa.
- Huwa na matumizi ya chuku.
- Wahusika hupewa sifa zisizo kawaida (kiungu).
- Ni masimulizi mrefu.
- Matumizi ya sitiari k.v. kulinganisha wasifiwa na wanyama wakali.
- Huangazia matendo ya mashujaa.
- Husimulia matukio ya kihistoria.
- Huimbwa pamoja na ala ya kimziki.
- Hutungwa papo kwa papo na kuhifadhiwa katika ubongo.
- Hujumuisha mbolezi zinazoonyesha anguko la shujaa.
Lengo
- Kuburudisha wanajamii.
- Kusifu mashujaa wa jamii.
- Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza wengine kuwaiga mashujaa.
- Kukuza ubunifu kwa kutunga papo hapo.
- Kuimarisha uwezo wa kukumbuka kwa kutungwa na kuhifadhiwa akilini.
- Kuburudisha waliohudhuria sherehe ampapo yanatolewa.
- Kuhifadhi na kuendeleza tamaduni za jamii
- Kukuza ufasaha wa lugha kwa fanani.
- Kufunza maadili.
- Rara
- Hadithi fupi na nyepesi za kishairi zenye visa vya kusisimua.
Mfano
Alichukua mkoba wake
Akanipa kisogo
Kana kwamba hakunijua
Kana kwamba hakusema, “Hadi mauko”.
Hakujali penzi letu
Hakujali wana
Ambao ndiye alowapa uhai
Alijua nilimpenda
Ila hata hilo alijipa kujipurukusha
Akayoyomea
Akamezwa na ulimwengu.
Sifa
- Huhusu mambo ya kubuni au ya kweli k.v. sherehe ya uhuru, kesi ya mauaji, n.k.
- Huhusu maswala ibuka na ya kawaida.
- Hadithi huwasilishwa katika beti.
- Huandamana na ala za mziki.
- Hutolewa kwa toni ya kitanzia.
- Huwa na visa vya kusisimua.
- Huwa na ucheshi wenye kinaya.
- Maswala hayatoleai kwa uwazi bali hufumbwa na kudokezwa.
- Huwa na uigizaji/utendaji.
- Mambo yanayosimuliwa hupigwa chuku.
- Rara nafsi
- Ushairi ambao hutungwa na mtu kuelezea hisia, matatizo na fikra zake mwenyewe.
Mfano
Muda umefika wa pingu kutiwa
Kutiwa silisili, kwani si utashi wangu
Ukoo waniuza, mithili ya kondoo sokoni
Mwambieni shangazi kwaheri nampigia
Hata angataka kuniopoa hawezi
Kwani mahari imetolewa
Mifugo kikwi nduguye amepokea
Kwaheri mama, kwaheri dada.
Sifa
- Hugusia maswala yanayoathiri hisia za mtu binafsi kama vile mapenzi, usaliti, talaka, kifo.
- Huwasilishwa kwa njia ya uimbaji unaoandamana na ala ya mziki.
- Mzungumzaji huzungumza moja kwa moja na hadhira au aliyeandikiwa rara hii-mkewe, mpenziwe, mwanawe, Mungu, miungu.
- Hutolewa katika miktadha k.v. mazishi kusifu aliyekufa, harusi na Bi. Arusi kama ameshinikizwa kuolewa.
- Ngonjera
- Mashairi ya kujibizana/kulumbana-yenye muundo wa kimazungumzo.
Sifa
- Huwa na wahusika wawili au zaidi.
- Mhusika mmoja huuliza jambo na mwingine hujibu.
- Huendelezwa kwa njia ya wimbo.
- Wahusika kupingana mwanzoni.
- Wahusika huafikiana kufikiwa mwisho.
Umuhimu
- Majibizano hukuza ubunifu kwa kila mmoja kuonyesha umaarufu.
- Kukuza ujasiri wa kuzungumza hadharani.
- Kuimarisha stadi ya kuongea.
- Kuburudisha hadhira.
- Mashairi Mepesi.
- Mashairi ya kawaida ambayo hupatikana katika ushairi simulizi.
- Hujumuisha mashairi mafupi ya kihisia, kimapenzi, kusifu na kukosoa watu.
Vigezo vya Uchanganuzi wa Tungo za Ushairi Simulizi
- Kuainisha utungo kimaudhui/aina
- Kuthibitisha ni aina fulani ya utungo wa kishairi/sifa.
- Kutaja sifa zinazojitokeza za ushairi simulizi/utungo fulani wa ushairi simulizi.
- Muktadha ambamo unaweza kutolewa.
- Kuandika mbinu za kifasihi zilizotumiwa katika utungo huo.
- Kufafanua sifa za jamii zinazojitokeza katika utungo.
- Kuandika majukumu ya aina hiyo ya utungo wa ushairi katika
- Anayeimba/nafsi imbi ni nani?
- Kuandika maadili yanayojitokeza katika utungo.
- Kueleza toni ya utungo huo.
MAZUNGUMZO
- Maongezi ya mdomo yenye usanii.
Sifa
- Huwa maongezi yenye usanii mkubwa.
- Hutolewa mbele ya hadhira.
- Hutolewa mbele ya hadhira.
- Hutolewa kwa njia isiyokera.
- Huambatana na sherehe fulani k.m. taabili katika matanga.
- Hutegemea sauti na vitendo.
- Huhusisha matumizi ya ishara k.v. za uso, mikono na miondoko.
- Huhitaji ustadi wa kuzungumza ili kuteka hadhira.
- Hutolewa na watu wenye umilisi mkubwa wa lugha.
Vipera vya Mazungumzo
- Hotuba
- Maelezo yanayotolewa mbele ya watu kuhusu mada fulani.
- Huhusisha mada maalum sio suala lolote tu.
Umuhimu
- Kuelimisha kwa kupa maarifa ya kukabiliana na maisha k.v. jandoni na arusini.
- Kuadilisha au kutoa nasaha hadharani.
- Huimarisha ukakamavu wa kuzungumza kadiri watu wanavyotoa hotuba hadharani.
- Kukuza ufasaha na umilisi wa lugha.
- Kupalilia kipawa cha uongozi.
- Kuelimisha kwa kupatia watu maarifa ya kukabiliana na changamoto za maisha.
Aina za Hotuba
- Risala
- Hotuba inayowasilishwa mbele ya watu kueleza jambo fulani k.m. ya wafanyakazi kwa waajiri wao.
- Mhadhara
- Hotuba inayotolewa kwa hadhira fulani kufafanua somo au mada fulani.
- Kumbukizi
- Hotuba zinazohusu tukio fulani la kihistoria kuhusu mtu au kitu.
- Mahubiri
- Hotuba zinazohusu masuala ya kidini.
- Taabili
- Hotuba kuhusu aliyeaga dunia zinazohusu sifa zake nzuri.
- Malumbano Ya Utani
- Mazungumzo ya kutaniana.
Aina
- Utani wa mawifi na mashemeji
- Utani wa marafiki
- Utani wa vijana
- Utani wa watoto
- Utani wa marika/ watu wa hirimu moja
- Wewe ni mweusi kiasi kwamba ukiingia chumbani taa zinazimika.
- Utani wa mababu/mabibi na wajukuu
- Ee mume wangu, mbona walala mapema hivi? Utawezaje kulilinda boma letu ikiwa wewe ndiwe wa kwanza kujizika kitandani.
- Utani wa maumbu (ndugu na dada)
- Wewe unajifanya jasiri na juzi baba alikukemea kidogo tu ukaanza kutetemeka kama kondoo aliyenyeshewa.
- Utani wa mazishi
- Afadhali umekufa tukakuzika, sasa maghala yetu yatasalimika.
- Utani wa makabila/ki ukoo
- Wakikuyu wanapenda pesa kiasi kwamba maiti ikisikia mlio wa sarafu inaweza kufufuka.
- Wakamba wa ukoo wa Akanga wanapenda nyama kiasi cha kula kijusi cha mbuzi.
Sifa
- Huwa kati ya watu wawili au makundi mawili ya watu.
- Hufanywa kwa kujibizana papo hapo.
- Hufanywa kwa njia isiyo ya kuudhi.
- Hutumia maneno ya mizaha.
- Hutumia lugha ya ucheshi.
- Hufanywa na watu wenye uhusiano mzuri.
- Huchukua njia ya ushindani kila mmoja akitaka kumpiku mwenzake.
- Watanianao huwa wamekubaliana kufanya hivyo.
- Hufanyika katika wakati unaofaa sio baada ya kukutana tu.
- Huhusisha masimango au kumkumbusha mtu wema uliomtendea.
- Hutumia chuku sana kusisitiza au kukejeli sifa fulani hasi.
- Huhusisha wakati mwingine utaniaji wa wasiokuwepo ukiambatanishwa na uigizaji wa kuchekesha.
- Hutegemea uhusiano ulio kati ya wanajamii au makabila.
- Huandamana na sherehe kama matanga.
Umuhimu
- Kuburudisha kutokana na ucheshi.
- Kuimarisha urafiki wa watu walio na uhusiano mwema wanaotaniana.
- Hustawisha ufundi wa lugha.
- Kukashifu tabia hasi k.v. ulafi, uchoyo, wivu, n.k.
- Kukosoa wanajamii kwa njia ya kejeli/dhihaka
- Kuimarisha umoja na ushirikiano kati ya wahusika.
- Kuliwaza k.m. unaofanywa wakati wa maombolezo.
- Kukuza na kudumisha mila na desturi za jamii.
- Kukuza utangamano baina ya watu na wanajamii wanapokuja pamoja na kutaniana.
- Kuhimiza watu kujieleza kwa uwazi kwa kupunguza urasmi miongoni mwa wanajaii.
- Hudhihirisha uhusiano mwema baina ya watu wa jamii fulani.
Changamoto Sasa
- Mabadiliko katika jamii yaliyosababisha baadhi ya wanajamii kupoteza nyenzo hii.
- Kuingiliana kwa watu wa jamii mbalimbali.
- Soga
- Mazungumzo ya kupitisha wakati yasiyozingatia mada maalum.
Sifa
- Hutokea baina ya watu wa rika moja.
- Humithilisha uhalisia badala ya kuunakili.
- Hutumia chuku na kufanywa ljambo lionekane kama halina uhalisia.
- Hukejeli watu au hali fulani.
- Wahusika ni wa kubuni.
- Hutumia vichekesho kupunguza ukali wa ukweli uliomo.
- Wahusika hupewa majina ya wanajamii husika.
- Huwa na mafunzo au maadili.
Umuhimu
- Kuburudisha kwa kuchekesha.
- Kufunza maadili.
- Kukejeli matendo yasiyofaa katika jamii
- Kukuza ubunifu baina ya washiriki.
- Kufunza kuhusu matendo na tabia za kibinadamu.
- Huwa msingi wa utani unaokuwapo katika jamii.
- Kuonya na kutahadharisha dhidi ya tabia siyokubalika.
- Mawaidha
- Mazungumzo ya kutoa ushauri kuhusu jambo fulani.
Sifa
- Huwasilishwa mbele ya watu.
- Hugusia takriban vipengele vyote vya maisha ya binadamu.
- Aghalabu hutolewa na watu wenye umri mkubwa.
- Hulenga maudhui maalum na ya aina nyingi kutegemea jinsia, umri, shughuli, n.k.
- Hutumia lugha ya kubembeleza na isiyoonyesha ukali.
- Hutumia lugha ya kuathiri hisia.
- Huwa na ufasaha mkubwa wa lugha.
- Ni mawazo mazito kuhusu maisha.
- Hutolewa katika miktadha rasmi na isiyo rasmi.
- Ujumbe hulenga hadhira maalum k.m. ya kike au kiume.
- Hutumia fani nyingine za fasihi kama methali, misemo, ngano, nyimbo n.k. kupitisha mawaidha.
- Huibua maadili yanayohitaji kuzingatiwa.
Muundo wa Mawaidha
- Utangulizi
- Kutoa kauli ya kuvutia makini ya hadhira k.v. ‘Utu uzima huenda na uwajibikaji’, au kueleza kiini cha mawaidha.
- Mwili
- Kutoa wosia, maonyo, maelekezo kutegemea suala analotolea mawaidha akitumia jazanda, kupanda na kushuka kwa sauti, kimya, miondoko, kubadilisha kasi ya kuzungumza, kudondoa semi za watu maarufu, n.k.
- Hitimisho
- Kuonyesha msimamo kuhusiana na suala analozungumzia.
- Kushirikisha hadhira ili kujua msimamo wao kuhusu suala alilowausia.
- Hadhira kutoa changamoto kuhusiana na mawaidha yanayotolewa.
Umuhimu wa mawaidha
- Kuelekeza jamii kimaadili.
- Kuelekeza kuhusu jinsi ya kukabiliana na changa moto maishani.
- Kushauri jinsi ya kutenda jambo fulani.
- Kujasirisha waoga na kuwapa ukakamavu.
- Kuwaondolea wanajamii ujinga.
- Kuhifadhi na kuendeleza mila na desturi za jamii.
- Njia ya kipato kwa baadhi ya watu.
- Kuelimisha kuhusu maarifa ya kuendeshea maisha, majukumu na matarajio ya jamii.
- Ulumbi
- Uwezo na ustadi wa kuzungumza kwa uhodari mkubwa.
Miktadha Ambamo Ulumbi Hutumika Katika Jamii
- katika mijadala mbungeni
- katika hotuba za kisiasa
- katika mahubiri maabadini
- katika mijadala shuleni
- kortini
- katika shughuli za kijamii k.v. posa
- katika sala/dua
- katika maapizo
- katika malumbano ya utani
- katika majigambo/vivugo
Sifa
- Hufanywa mbele ya hadhira.
- Huwa na lengo maalum k.v. kushawishi, kuelimisha, kushauri n.k.
- Hutumia tamathali za usemi kwa ufanifu mkubwa k.v. chuku, misemo, methali, n.k.
- Lugha huwa yenye mvuto na ufasaha.
- Hutumia lugha yenye taharuki na ushawishi.
- Unenaji huambatana na utumizi wa ishara/ viziada lugha.
- Uwasilishaji huwa sahili na wenye ujumbe mzito.
- Huwa na urudiaji mwingi ili kusisitiza na kuvutia usikivu.
- Huwa na matumizi ya taharuki k.v. mtuo.
- Huwa na mtiririko mzuri wa mawazo.
Sifa za Mlumbi
- Asiwe mwoga ili kuweza kuzungumza hadharani.
- Asiwe na haya ili kuweza kuzungumzia mambo ya aibu inapobidi.
- Awe mchanganfu na mcheshi ili kunasa makini ya hadhira na kuzuia isikinai.
- Awe na ufahamu mpana wa utamaduni wa hadhira asitumie maneno na ishara zinazoweza kuwaudhi au kupingana na imani za hadhira.
- Awe na uwezo wa kuingiliana vizuri na hadhira ili aivutie.
- Awe na kumbukumbu nzuri ili ulumbi wake utiririke vizuri.
- Awe na uwezo wa kudramatisha ili kuonyesha picha fulani k.v. ishara za uso, mwili, miondoko kuonyesha picha ya analozungumzia.
- Awe na ujuzi na ufasaha wa lugha ili kuwasilisha mawazo kwa njia mwafaka na inayovutia.
- Aweze kubadilisha toni na kiimbo hadhira isikinai.
- Awe na uwezo wa kushirikisha hadhira k.v. kwa maswali ya balagha ili kuondoa uchovu wa kusikiliza.
- Awe na uwezo wa kutumia mtuo wa kidrama ili kuongeza taharuki, kusisitiza ujumbe na kuteka makini ya hadhira.
Umuhimu
- Hukuza uwezo wa kujieleza na kusema hadharani kwa kujiboresha kadiri anavyoendelea.
- Kigezo cha kuteulia viongozi wa baadaye kwani ushawishi humtambulisha mlumbi kama mwenye uwezo wa kuongoza.
- Kuelimisha jamii kwa njia isiyochosha.
- Kudumisha umoja na ushirikiano jamii inapokusanyika pamoja kusikilizaulumbi.
- Kuhamasisha na kuzindua jamii juu ya suala fulani.
- Kushawishi walengwa wakubali jambo fulani.
- Kukuza uwezo wa mwanajamii kushawishi na kupatanisha.
- Kushawishi watu wapende jambo fulani.
- Kuburudisha wasililizaji.
- Maapizo
- Maombi maalum ya kumtaka Mungu, miungu au mizimu kumwadhibu mhusika hasidi, mkinzani au muovu.
Mfano
Ikiwa kweli wewe ni mkazamwanangu,
Nami ndiye nilompa uhai mwana unoringia,
Anokufanya upite ukinitemea mate,
Chakula kuninyima, wajukuu kunikataza ushirika,
Miungu nawaone chozi langu, wasikie kilio changu,
Mizimu nawaone uchungu wangu,
Radhi zao wasiwahi kukupa,
Laana wakumiminie,
Uje kulizwa mara mia na wanao,
Usiwahi kufurahia hata siku moja pato lao,
Watalokupa likuletee simanzi badala ya furaha,
Wakazawanao wasikuuguze katika utu uzima wako!
Sifa
- Yalitolewa kwa waliokwenda kinyume na matarajio ya jamii.
- Yalifanywa mahali maalum k.v. makaburini, porini, chini ya miti mikubwa, n.k.
- Hutolewa kwa ulaji kiapo.
- Yalitolewa na mwathiriwa au watu maalum walioteuliwa.
- Maapizo huaminiwa yataleta maafa kwa jamii.
- Watoaji maapizo walikuwa walumbi.
- Maapizo hutumia lugha kali inayonuiwa kutia woga ili kutahadharisha dhidi ya maovu.
Umuhimu
- Kuonya na kutahadharisha wanajamii dhidi ya maovu.
- Kutambulisha jamii kwani kila mojawapo ina aina yake ya kuapiza.
- Kukuza umoja katika jamii kwani kaida na miiko hufanya wanajamii kujihisi kuwa kitu kimoja.
- Kuadilisha wanajamii kwa kujifunza kutenda mema ili kuepuka laana.
MAIGIZO
- Utanzu wa fasihi simulizi unaoambatana na vitendo.
- Sanaa ya mazungumzo yanayoambatana na vitendo.
Sifa
- Huwa na watendaji au waigizaji.
- Huwasilishwa mbele ya hadhira.
- Huwasilishwa mahali maalum k.v. ukumbini.
- Huwasilishwa kwa mazungumzo na matendo
- Waigizaji hujivika maleba yanayooana kutia uhai maigizo.
- Matayarisho kabambe hufanywa kabla ya maigizo.
- Huweza kuambatana na ngoma pamoja na uimbaji.
- Lugha ni yenye ufundi wa juu k.v. picha, mafumbo na tamathali.
- Huweza kuambatana na sherehe fulani ya kitamaduni k.v. jando, matanga, n.k.
- Huwasilishwa kwa lugha sahili.
- Hujaa taswira zinazoweza kutambulika na hadhira.
Umuhimu
- Kuburudisha wahusika na hadhira.
- Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano kwa kujumuisha watu pamoja.
- Kuimarisha uwezo wa kuzungumza hadharani-kupata ukakamavu jinsi mtu anapoendelea kuigiza.
- Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano watu wanapojumuika pamoja kutazama maigizo.
- Kukuza uwezo wa kukumbuka kwani mwigizaji huhitaji kukumbuka maneno halisi.
- Kukejeli kitendo kisichofaa/cha kijinga alichofanya mtu.
- Njia ya kipato/kuwatafutia riziki baadhi ya watu.
- Kutoa nafasi kwa watu kudhihirisha vipawa vyao.
- Kuonya na kutahadharisha watu dhidi ya kufaya mambo yasiyofaa.
- Kuelimisha watu wafahamu jambo fulani k.v. ukimwi, ufisadi, n.k.
- Kukosoa watu wanaofanya kinyume na matarajio ya jamii k.v. wivu, uchoyo, n.k.
- Kupitisha maarifa na amali za kijamii.
Ploti
- Utangulizi-kutambulisha mgogoro
- Ukuzaji wa mgogoro
- Kilele cha mgogoro
- Usuluhishaji wa mgogoro
Aina za maigizo
- Maigizo Ya Kawaida
- Maonyesho ya jadi yakiwa yameondolewa kwenye mazingira yake halisi.
- Sanaa ya Maonyesho
- Matendo ya kweli yanayojitokeza katika jamii kulingana na mazingira yake halisi k.m. uganga, mazishi, unyago, ngoma, n.k.
Tofauti
| Maigizo ya kawaida | Sanaa ya maonyesho |
| ü Mazingira ya kuzua/maalum
ü Matukio ya kuiga ü Huwa na wahusika na hadhira maalum ü Matumizi ya ukumbi na jukwaa maalum ü Hutumia maleba na vifaa vya kuzua mazingira maalum ü Hugawika katika maonyesho Kutumia lugha kwa njia maalum ü Wahusika hufanya mazoezi kabla ya igizo halisi |
ü Hutumia mazingira halisi
ü Matukio halisi/ ya kila siku. ü Washiriki na waigizaji walio pia hadhira ü akuna haja ya ukumbi wala jukwaa ü Hakuna vifaa maalum bali huwa mazingira yenyewe.
ü Muundo wake hufululuza au hayajagawika katika maonyesho.
ü Hawahitaji kufanya mazoezi kwani ni matukio ya kila siku.
|
Maigizo ya kawaida
- Michezo ya Kuigiza
- Maigizo ambayo huwasilishwa na watendaji jukwaani mbele ya watu.
Sifa za Mwigizaji bora
- Awe jasiri ili aweze kuigiza mbele ya watu/hadharani.
- Awe na ubunifu ili aweze kufanya uigizaji kuvutia na kuondoa ukinaifu.
- Awe na ujuzi wa kutumia ishara za uso, mwili na miondoko kuonyesha picha ya hali anayoigiza.
- Awe na ujuzi na ufasaha wa lugha ili kuwasilisha mawazo kwa njia mwafaka na inayovutia.
- Aweze kubadilisha toni na kiimbo kulingana na hali tofauti anazoigiza k.v. huzuni.
- Awe na uwezo wa kushirikisha hadhira kwa maswali ya balagha ili kuondoa uchovu.
- Awe na uwezo wa ufaraguzi/ kubadilisha uigizaji wake papo hapo kutegemea hadhira yake na kutoa mifano inayofahamika kutoka katika mazingira ya hadhira.
- Awe anaelewa utamaduni wa hadhira yake ili asitumie maneno na ishara ambazo zinaudhi ama kukinzana na na imani zao.
- Vichekesho
- Michezo ya kuigiza inayokusudiwa kuzua kicheko ili kupitisha ujumbe k.m. vioja, vitimbi n.k.
Sifa
- Vichekesho huigizwa.
- Huwasilishwa kwa lugha sahili.
- Hujaa taswira zinazoweza kutambulika na hadhira.
- Hutumia mbinu ya kejeli, kunaya na tashtiti.
- Vichekesho huwa vifupi.
- Havihitaji uchambuzi wa ndani ili kuvielewa au kupata maana.
Jukumu
- Kuburudisha hadhira kwa kuchekesha.
- Kuelimisha kwa kuonyesha jambo la kijinga alilofanya mtu.
- Njia ya kuwapatia watu riziki.
- Hutumika katika hadithi kuifanya ivutie.
- Kukejeli kitendo fulani kisichofaa alichofanya mtu fulani.
- Kukashifu matendo hasi ya kijinga.
- Kuadilisha ama kutoa funzo fulani la tabia njema.
- Ngonjera
- Ngonjera inayoambatana na uigizaji/utendaji.
Sifa
- Kuweko kwa uigizaji/utendaji k.v. ishara za uso na mikono.
- Huwa na wahusika wawili au zaidi.
- Huendelezwa kwa njia ya wimbo.
- Mhusika mmoja huuliza jambo na mwingine hujibu.
- Wahusika kupingana mwanzoni.
- Wahusika hufikia uafikiano kufikia mwisho.
- Michezo ya Watoto/Chekechea
- Michezo inayoigizwa na watoto katika shughuli zao.
Aina
- Mchezo wa baba na mama
- Kuruka kamba
- Kujificha na kutafutana
- Kukimbiza kibaramwezi dhidi ya upepo ili kizunguke
- Mchezo wa baba na mama
Sifa
- Waigizaji ni watoto.
- Huhusu shughuli za kiuchumi na kitamaduni k.v. arusi, siasa, ukulima.
- Huandamana na nyimbo za watoto.
- Huwa na miondoko mingi k.v. kujificha, kuruka.
- Huwa na matumizi mengi ya takriri.
- Huchezwa popote.
- Huwa na kanuni fulani.
- Hukoma watoto wakichoka au wakikiuka kanuni
Umuhimu
- Kufunza watoto majukumu yao ya utu uzima.
- Kuwatanguliza watoto katika sanaa ya uigizaji.
- Kukuza ubunifu wa watoto kadiri wanapoendelea kuigiza.
- Kudumisha utamaduni wa jamii.
- Kuburudisha watoto.
- Kukuza stadi ya uigizaji miongoni mwa watoto.
- Kukuza utangamano miongoni mwa watoto kwa kuwajumuisha pamoja.
- Kukashifu matendo hasi ya watu wazima kwa watoto.
- Kuwapa watoto ukakamavu na kujiamini wakiwa wachanga.
- Majigambo/vivugo
- Uigizaji ambapo wahusika hujigamba kwa matendo ya kishujaa.
Mfano
Ndimi Kisoi, dume la ukoo mtukufu
Ulojipamba kwa mabingwa
Wachezaji hodari wa ngoma
Ndimi dume liloingia nyanjani
Makoo yakatetemeka
Yakang’ang’ania, ngozi kusakata nani
Kijiji kizima kilinijua
Wazee walilienzi
Wakamiminika kiamboni
Mabinti kunikabithi.
Sifa
- Aghalabu huambatana na ngoma.
- Hujitokeza, kujigamba na kisha kuendelea kucheza ngoma.
- Anayejigamba hubeba zana zake za vita kama vile mkuki na ngao kuonyesha aliyotenda.
- Anayejigamba huvaa maleba kuambatana na jambo analojisifia.
- Utambaji
- Usimulizi wa hadithi unaoambatana na uigizaji.
- Huwa na matumizi ya vizuizui.
- Mazingira
- Uigizaji wa maumbile asilia yaliyozunguka jamii ya watu k.v. sauti za wanyama.
- Kuna matumizi ya viziuzui, matawi n.k.
Sanaa ya Maonyesho
- Ngoma
- Uchezeshaji wa viungo vya mwili kuambatana na mdundo au miondoko maalum.
Aina
- Ngoma za wanawake
- Ngoma za tohara
- Ngoma za wanaume
- Ngoma za sherehe
- Ngoma za vijana
- Ngoma za unyago na jando
- Ngoma za wazee
- Ngoma za arusi
- Ngoma za kufukuza mapepo
- Ngoma za kuaga mwaka
Sifa
- Huandamana na muziki na ala ya muziki k.v. ngoma.
- Ngoma huchezewa mahali wazi na penye hadhira.
- Wachezaji huvaa maleba maalum kulingana na funzo linalonuiwa.
- Huwa na wahusika aina mbili; watendaji na watazamaji kwa wakati mmoja.
- Huweza kuandamana au kutoandamana na sherehe.
- Hutofautiana kulingana na jamii husika.
Umuhimu
- Kuburudisha kwa ufundi wa kucheza kwa kuzingatia miondoko.
- Kitambulisho cha jamii kwani kila moja ina aina yake ya ngoma.
- Kuhifadhi na kuendeleza tamaduni za jamii husika.
- Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuwafanya wanajamii kuionea fahari jamii yao.
- Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano kwa kujumuisha watu pamoja.
- Kuelimisha kwa kupitisha mafunzo na maarifa.
- Matambiko
- Utoaji wa kafara kwa Mungu, miungu, pepo au mizimu ili wasaidiwe kutatua shida, kutoa shukrani au kuomba radhi.
Sifa
- Hutolewa na wazee maarufu walioteuliwa.
- Hufanywa nahali maalum k.v. pangoni, mwituni, n.k.
- Huandamana na sala.
- Huandamana na utoaji kafara k.v. kuchinja mbuzi, n.k.
- Huandamana na maombi.
- Maigizo Ya Uganga wa Ramli
Sifa
- Mganga hujitia kujua kwa hivyo vitendo vyake ni maigizo ya uganga wa madaktari.
- Mengi katika matendo ya mganga hayana mashiko.
- Aghalabu kafara hutolewa.
- Waganga wanapopiga bao huvaa maleba kama ngozi, vibuyu, pembe, n.k.
- Huweza kuwa na fimbo maalum.
- Lugha maalum anayodai kuitumia kuwasiliana na misimu.
- Mizimu humshauri mganga kuhusu ugonjwa na tiba inayofaa.
- Mganga humchanja mgonjwa na kumpa dawa za miti shamba.
Umuhimu
- Wakati mwingine mizizi ya mganga huponya.
- Huwapa watu matumaini hasa walio na magonjwa yasiyo na tiba.
- Dawa za mganga hupunga mashetani kwa wagonjwa wake.
- Hukutanisha ulimwengu wa mizimu na ulimwengu halisi.
- Waganga huburudisha wanapoigiza.
Hasara
- Mgonjwa huenda asipone kwani matendo mengi ya mganga ni ya kukisia.
- Dawa za uganga zaweza kumdhuru mtu.
- Malipo ni ghali na mtu hata aweza kufilisika akitafuta tiba ya ugonjwa usiopona.
- Mazingira ya uganga husheheni uchafu mwingi.
- Mgonjwa huridhika kwa muda mfupi halafu uhalisia hudhihirika.
- Ngomezi
- Uwasilishaji wa ujumbe kwa kupiga ngoma au zana nyingine ya kimziki.
Sifa
- Kuwepo kwa ngoma au ala nyingine kama panda.
- Mapigo ya ngoma hueleweka tu na jamii husika.
- Mapigo kufuata toni au ridhimu maalum kuwasilisha maneno fulani.
- Kuwepo kwa hadhira au wasikilizaji.
- Kueleweka kwa mapigo hayo na wanajamii husika pekee.
- Makini huhitajika ili kupata midundo.
Aina za ngomezi
- a) Taarifa
- Huarifu kuhusu jambo k.m. msimu wa kuanza kutayarisha mashamba, kuitwa katika mkutano, kazi ya ujima n.k.
- b) Tahadhari
- Hutoa tahadhari kuhusu mavamizi kama wizi wa mifugo, vita, majanga kama moto, mafuriko n.k.
- c) Uhusiano
- Kuita watu kwa sherehe.
Umuhimu wa Ngomezi
- Njia ya mawasiliano kwa jamii zisizojua kusoma.
- Husaidia wanaokabiliwa na ugumu wa mawasiliano.
- Kuharakisha mawasiliano katika masafa mafupi.
- Kutoa taarifa kuhusu matukio fulani k.m. ndoa, kifo n.k.
- Husaidia kupitisha jumbe za dharura.
- Kutahadharisha wanajamii kuhusu tukio la hatari/dharura k.v. vita, gharika n.k.
- Kuficha siri kwa kuwasilisha ujumbe kwa njia isiyoeleweka.
- Kuhifadhi na kudumisha utamaduni wa jamii.
- Namna ya kudhihirisha ufundi wa kutumia zana kama ngoma.
- Kitambulisho cha jamii kwani kila jamii hupitisha ujumbe kwa mapigo tofauti.
Udhaifu wa Ngomezi
- Si kila mtu anaweza kufasiri ujumbe unaokusudiwa.
- Mapigo hayasikiki mbali na hivyo husikika na idadi dogo ya watu.
- Mapigo yaweza kuhitilafiana na hivyo kufasiriwa kwa namna tofauti.
Ngomezi za kisasa
- Milio ya ambulensi, magari ya polisi na zimamoto.
- Kengele za kubisha hodi nyumbani zinazotumia umeme.
- Kengele shuleni, makanisani, n.k.
- Toni za rununu zinazowakilisha aina mbalimbali za jumbe.
- Ving’ora vya kuashiria moto umetokea katika majumba ya horofa, benki, hospitalini, n.k.
Changamoto za Ngomezi katika Jamii ya Sasa
- Mwingiliano wa jamii mbalimbali unaosababisha kutofasiri ujumbe kwa njia moja inayotakikana.
- Viwanda na majumba marefu kusababisha kutosikika kwa sauti au milio ya ngoma.
- Njia nyingine za kisasa za mawasiliano zinazotumiwa kwa wingi na kwa wepesi.
- Uhaba wa zana kama baragumu na zumari zilizokuwa zinatumika.
- Mabadiliko ya maisha kuleta ubinafsi na kusababisha wengi kutoitikia wito wa vyombo.
- Mivigha
- Sherehe za kitamaduni ambazo hutokea katika kipindi fulani cha mwaka ambazo huonyesha mwanajamii ametoka kiwango kimoja hadi kingine.
Aina za Mivigha
- Sherehe za tohara
- kutoka utotoni na kuingia utu uzimani.
- Sherehe za ndoa
- kutoka kapera hadi kuoa
- Sherehe za kutambika
- kutoa sadaka kwa Mungu, miungu, pepo au mizimu
- Sherehe kutawazwa kwa kiongozi
- kutoka uraia na kuingia katika uongozi/utawala
- Shughuli za mazishi/matanga
- kutoka uhai hadi ufu
- Sherehe za kuwapa watoto majina
- Sherehe za ulaji kiapo
- Shughuli za posa
- ibada
Hatua
- Kutoa mtu rasmi kutoka kundi moja la wanajamii.
- Kumfundisha majukumu yanayohusiana na wadhifa mpya.
- Kumwingiza rasmi katika kundi jingine.
Sifa
- Huandamana na matendo au kanuni fulani (mivigha).
- Maleba maalum huvaliwa na wahusika kuwatofautisha na hadhira.
- Hufanyika kwa kutumia lugha maalum au kimyakimya.
- Kuna watu aina tatu: watendaji wanaoshiriki kuimba na kucheza, wale sherehe inafanyika kwa sababu yao na wanaoshuhudia tu.
- Huhusisha vitendo maalum kama kula viapo, kutoa kafara, kucheza ngoma, n.k.
- Huandamana na utoaji wa mawaidha.
- Uigizaji hujitokeza pale mwanajamii anaingizwa katika kundi fulani kutoka jingine.
- Huhusisha maombi.
- Hufanywa mahali maalum sherehe hiyo inapofanyika k.m. tambiko hufanywa porini au pangoni.
- Wahusika huweka ahadi za kutenda wema.
- Huwa na mpangilio wa shughuli kuanzia mwanzo, kati hadi mwisho.
Umuhimu
- Kuburudisha kwa vile baadhi ya mivigha huhusisha nyimbo, ngoma na uigizaji.
- Kutoa mafunzo ya utu uzima na elimu ya jadi.
- Mivigha ya mazishi huliwaza wafiwa.
- Kukuza utangamano miongoni mwa wanajamii kwa kuwajumuisha pamoja katika mivigha yao.
- Kuashiria mwanajamii ametoka kiwango kimoja cha maisha hadi kingine.
- Kujenga uhusiano bora kati ya jamii na miungu au mizimu.
- Kitambulisho cha jamii kwani kila moja ina aina yake ya mivigha.
- Kudumisha mila za jamii.
- Kuelimisha jinsi ya kukabiliana na changamoto maishani.
- Kuadilisha kwa kufunza tabia zinazokubalika na jamii k.v. uaminifu, utiifu, n.k.
- Kukashifu vitendo vya uoga.
- Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza wanajamii kuonea fahari tamaduni zao.
- Msingi wa wanajamii kujitambulisha na kuionea fahari jamii yao.
Hasara
- Baadhi ya mivigha huhatarisha afya na maisha k.v. kutahiri watoto wa kike.
- Baadhi ya sherehe hukiuka maadili kama vile kwa kuruhusu matusi hata kushiriki ngono.
- Baadhi yaweza kusababisha hasara kama vile kueneza ukimwi k.v. tohara kwa kisu kimoja.
- Huzua tofauti za kijinsia k.v. mwanamme kujiona bora kuliko mwanamke.
- Kuzua utabaka baina ya waliopashwa na wasiopashwa tohara.
- Baadhi ya mivigha hukiuka malengo ya kitaifa k.m. ukeketaji ni ukiukaji wa haki za binadamu
- Kunayo hujaza watu hofu k.v. kufukuza mapepo kunakohitaji kafara ya binadamu.
- Baadhi huhusisha ushirikina na hivyo kusababisha uhasama baina ya koo.
- Baadhi hugharimu kiasi kikubwa cha pesa na kuifilisi familia.
University of Nairobi Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply
University of Nairobi Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply
All Programmes
The following are links to PROGRAMMES under each FACULTY. You may SEARCH for a specific programme HERE. Access the APPLICATION PORTAL to apply.
FACULTY OF VETERINARY MEDICINE
FACULTY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
FACULTY OF BUILT ENVIRONMENT AND DESIGN
>APPLY for your programme HERE.
Undergraduate programmes
The University of Nairobi offers a wide range of undergraduate programmes in both the diploma and bachelor degree levels.
Click here to view the admission criteria
Click here for guidance on how to apply
We are currenlty accepting applications for self -sponsored students in the following programmes:
Diploma programmes
Diploma in Business Management
Diploma in Human Resource Management
Diploma in Purchasing and Supplies Management
Diploma in Project Planning and Management
Diploma in Social Work and Development Studies
Diploma in Criminology and Social Order
Diploma in International Studies
Bachelor degree programmes
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBCHB)
Bachelor of Science (Bsc) In Human Anatomy (intercalated)
Bachelor of Science (BSC) in Medical Physiology
Bachelor of Veterinary Medicine
Bachelor of Architectural Studies
Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Electrical and Electronic Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Geospatial Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Biosystems Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Petroleum Engineering
Bachelor of Quantity Surveying
Bachelor of Construction Management
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
Bachelor of Science in Horiculture
Bachelor of Science Agricultural Education and Extension
Bachelor or Science Food Science and Technology
Bacheor of Science in Food Nutrition and Dietetics
Bachelor of Science in Leather and Technology
Bachelor of Science in Wildlife Management
Bachelor of Science in Fisheries and Aquaculture Management
Bachelor of Science in Medical Laboratory Science & Technology
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Bachelor of Science in Agribusiness Management
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
Bachelor of Science Range Management
Bachelor of Science in Management of Agro-Ecosystems & Environment
Bachelor of Science in Management of Agro-Ecosystems & Environment
Bachelor of Science in Environmental & Natural Resource Management
Bachelor of Science in Dryland Economics and Agro-Ecosystem Management
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry
Bachelor of Science Analytical Chemistry
Bachelor of Science in Astronomy & Astrophysics
Bachelor of Science in Microprocessor Technology & Instrumentation
Bachelor of Science in Geology
Bachelor of Science in Meteorology
Bachelor of Education (Science)
Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry
Bachelor of Science in Microbiology & Biotechnology
Bachelor of Science in Statistics
Bachelor of Science in Actuarial Science
Bachelor of Science in Biology
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics
Bachelor of Arts in Travel and Tourism Management
Bachelor of Arts in Hospitality Management
Bachelor of Arts in Journalism & Media Studies
Bachelor of Arts in Broadcast Production
Bachelor of Project Planning and Management
Bachelor of Arts in Interior Design
Bachelor of Science Finance and Accounting
Bachelor of Economics and Statistics
Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology
Bachelor of Arts Gender and Development Studies
Bachelor of Arts International Studies
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
Bachelor of Economics and Statistics
Programmes
The following is a listing of all PROGRAMMES. You may SEARCH for a specific programme HERE. Access the APPLICATION PORTAL to apply.
CLUSTER: MEDICINE
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBCHB)
Bachelor of Science (Bsc) In Human Anatomy(intercalated)
Bachelor of Science (BSC) in Medical Physiology
Master of Medicine in Psychiatry (Mmed. Psych.)
Master of Medicine in Ophthalmology
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN PAEDIATRICS AND CHILD HEALTH
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN HUMAN PATHOLOGY
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN OBSTETRICS & GYNECOLOGY
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN THORACIC & CARDIOVASCULAR SURGERY
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN ANESTHESIA
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN INTERNAL MEDICINE
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN GENERAL SURGERY
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN PAEDIATRIC SURGERY
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN PLASTIC & RECONSTRUCTIVE SURGERY
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN UROLOGY
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN DIAGNOSTIC RADIOLOGY
MASTER OF MEDICINE (M.MED) IN NEURO-SURGERY
Fellowship in paediatric anaesthesia
Fellowship in Medical Oncology Training Programme
Fellowship in Clinical Nephrology
Fellowship in Paediatric Nephrology
Fellowship in Paediatric Emergency and Critical Care
Fellowship in Gynaecological Oncology
Fellowship in Healthcare Capacity Building for Sustainable Development (health economics)
MASTERS OF DENTAL SURGERY (MDS) IN PROSTHODONTICS
MASTERS OF DENTAL SURGERY (MDS) IN ORAL MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY
MASTER OF DENTAL SURGERY IN PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY
MASTER OF DENTAL SURGERY (MDS) IN PERIODONTOLOGY
CLUSTER: VETERINARY MEDICINE
Bachelor of Veterinary Medicine
MASTER OF VETERINARY SURGERY (MVETSURG)
MASTER VETERINARY THERIOGENOLOGY (MSC. THERIOGENOLOGY)
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Veterinary Clinical Studies
CLUSTER: PHARMACY
Bachelor of Pharmacy (B.PHARM)
MASTER OF PHARMACY IN CLINICAL PHARMACY
Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmacy
CLUSTER: ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES
Bachelor of Architectural Studies (B.A.S.)
Bachelor of Architecture (B. Arch) – Part 2
Master of Architecture (M.ARCH)
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Architecture
CLUSTER: ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING
Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Electrical and Electronic Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Geospatial Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Biosystems Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Petroleum Engineering
Bachelor of Quantity Surveying
MSC IN ENVIRONMENTAL AND BIOSYSTEMS ENGINEERING
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENERGY MANAGEMENT
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NUCLEAR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Nuclear Science and Technology
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Environmental & Biosystems Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Civil Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy in Geographical Information System
Doctor of Philosophy in Electrical and Electronic Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Geospatial Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Mechanical Engineering
CLUSTER: BUILT ENVIRONMENT AND DESIGN
Bachelor of Construction Management
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
MASTERS OF ARTS DEGREE IN CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
MASTER OF ARTS IN VALUATION & PROPERTY MANAGEMENT
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Urban Management
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Planning
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Computer Science
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Information Systems
CLUSTER: AGRICULTURE, HEALTH SCIENCE, FOOD SCIENCES, NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT & THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
Bacheor of Science in Agriculture
Bachelor of Science in Horiculture
Bachelor of Science Agricultural Education and Extension
Bachelor or Science Food Science and Technology
Bacheor of Science in Food Nutrition and Dietetics
Bachelor of Science in Leather and Technology
Bachelor of Science in Wildlife Management
Bachelor of Science in Fisheries and Aquaculture Management
Bachelor of Science in Medical Laboratory Science & Technology
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Bachelor of Science in Agribusiness Management
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
Bachelor of Science Range Management
Bachelor of Science in Management of Agro-Ecosystems & Environment
Bachelor of Science in Management of Agro-Ecosystems & Environment
Bachelor of Science in Environmental & Natural Resource Management
Bachelor of Science in Dryland Economics and Agro-Ecosystem Management
Master of Science in Crop Protection
Master of Science in Plant Pathology
Msc in Agricultural Information and Communication Management
Master of Science in Plant Breeding and Biotechnology
Master of Science in Horticulture
Master of SCience in Applied Human Nutrition
Master of Science in Food Safety and Quality
Master of SCience in Animal Genetics & Breeding
Master of Science in Livestock Production Systems
Master of Science in Wildlife Health & Management
Master of Science in Food Science and Technology
Master of Science in Clinical Cytology
Master of Science in Clinical Chemistry
Master of Science in Clinical Psychology
Master of Science in Range Management
Master of Science in Land and Water Management
Master of Science in Environmental Governance
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Agricultural Economics
Doctor of Philosophy in Agriculture Resource Management
Doctor of Philosophy in Horticulture
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Plant Pathology
Doctor in Philosophy Degree in Crop Protection
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Soil Science
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Agronomy
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Plant Breeding and Biotechnology
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Applied Human Nutrition
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Food Science and Technology
Doctor of Philosophy in Range Management
Doctor of Philosophy in Management of Agroecosystems & Environment
Doctor of Philosoph in Environmental Governance & Management
Doctor of Philosophy in Public Health
Doctor of Philosophy in Nursing
Doctor of Philosophy in Tropical & Infectious Diseases
Doctor of Philosophy in Virology
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Immunology
Doctor of Philosophy in Clinical Research
Doctor of Philosophy in Implementation Science
CLUSTER: APPLIED SCIENCES AND EDUCATION (SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY)
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry
Bachelor of Science Analytical Chemistry
Bachelor of Science in Astronomy & Astrophysics
Bachelor of Science in Microprocessor Technology & Instrumentation
Bachelor of Science in Geology
Bachelor of Science in Meteorology
Bachelor of Education (Science)
Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry
Bachelor of Science in Microbiology & Biotechnology
Bachelor of Science in Statistics
Bachelor of Science in Actuarial Science
MASTER OF PHARMACY IN INDUSTRIAL PHARMACY
MASTER OF PHARMACY IN PHARMACEUTICAL ANALYSIS
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HUMAN ANATOMY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL PHYSIOLOGY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL STATISTICS
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TROPICAL & INFECTIOUS DISEASES
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN VETERINARY PATHOLOGY, MICROBIOLOGY AND PARASITOLOGY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL PATHOLOGY & LABORATORY DIAGNOSTICS
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN VETERINARY EPIDEMIOLOGY & ECONOMICS
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN VETERINARY PUBLIC HEALTH (MVPH)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NATURAL PRODUCTS & BIO-PROSPECTING
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN VETERINARY ANATOMY AND CELL BIOLOGY
Master of Science in Comparative Animal Physiology
MASTER OF PHARMACY IN PHARMACOEPIDEMIOLOGY AND PHARMACOVIGILANCE
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MOLECULAR PHARMACOLOGY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN METEOROLOGY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN POPULATION STUDIES
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOCHEMISTRY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOTECHNOLOGY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOINFORMATICS
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOINFORMATICS
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ACTUARIAL SCIENCE
MASTER OF ARTS IN ENVIRONMENTAL LAW
MASTER OF ARTS IN ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLIMATE CHANGE
MASTER OF CLIMATE CHANGE & ADAPTATION
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN MEDICINE
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN MEDICAL STATISTICS
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN HUMAN ANATOMY
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN VETERINARY EPIDEMIOLOGY
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN VETERINARY PATHOLOGY, MICROBIOLOGY AND PARASITOLOGY
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION SYSTEMS
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN ANIMAL GENETICS AND BREEDING
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN VETERINARY EPIDEMIOLOGY AND ECONOMICS
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN PHARMACEUTICS
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN DRUG DISCOVERY AND DEVELOPMENT
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN BIOINFORMATICS
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN ACTUARIAL SCIENCE
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN CLIMATE CHANGE & ADAPTATION
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN ENVIRONMENTAL LAW
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY
CLUSTER: BASIC SCIENCES
Bachelor of Science in Biology
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics
Master of Science in Mathematics
Master of Science in Chemistry
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Physics
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Meteorology
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Chemistry
Doctor of Philosophy in Geology
Doctor of Philosophy in Pure Mathematics
CLUSTER: APPLIED SOCIAL SCIENCES AND THE ARTS (PROFESSIONAL)
Bachelor of Arts in Travel and Tourism Management
Bachelor of Arts in Hospitality Management
Bachelor of Arts in Journalism & Media Studies
Bachelor of Arts in Broadcast Production
Bachelor of Project Planning and Management
Bachelor of Arts in Interior Design
Master of Arts in Communication Studies
The Master of Library and Information Science
PhD Communication & Information Studies
Doctor of Philosophy in Information Science
PhD. Project Planning & Management
CLUSTER: BUSINESS, LAW, EDUCATION (ARTS), ECONOMICS
Bachelor of Science Finance and Accounting
Bachelor of Economics and Statistics
Master of Business Administration
Master of Science in Human Resource
Master of Science in Marketing
Master of Science in Entrepreneurship and Innovations
Master of Science in Supply Chain Management
Master of Science in Operations and Technology Management
Master of Arts in Economic Policy Management
Master of Science in Health Economics and Policy
PhD in Business Administration
CLUSTER: APPLIED HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology
Bachelor of Arts Gender and Development Studies
Bachelor of Arts International Studies
Master of Arts in Communication Studies
The Master of Library and Information Science
Master of Arts in International Relations
Master of Arts in International Studies
Master of Arts in Anthropology
Master of Arts in Gender and Development Studies
Master of Arts in Women Leadership and Governance in Africa
Master of Development Studies (MDEV)
Master of Arts in Armed Conflict and Peace Studies
Master of research and Public Policy
Master of Public Administration
Master of Arts in Monitoring and Evaluation
Master of Arts in Interpretation
Master of Arts in Geography andEnvironmental Studies
Master of Arts in Strategic Studies and Security Studies
Master of Arts in Kiswahili Studies
Master of Arts in German Studies
Master of Psychology
Master of Counseling Psychology
PhD in Gender and Development Studies
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Environmental Planning and Management
CLUSTER: BASIC HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Master of Arts in Human Rights
Master of Arts in Religious Studies
Master of Arts in Sociology (Rural Sociology & Community Development)
Master of Arts in Medical Sociology
Master of Arts in Sociology (Disaster Management)
Master of Arts in Sociology (Criminology and Social Order)
Master of Arts in Political Science and Public Administration
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Philosophy
Doctor of Philosophy in History
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Religious Studies
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Geography
Doctor of Philosophy (Sociology)
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Literature
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Kiswahili Studies
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Linguistics and Languages
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Political Science and Public Administration
Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Public Policy
>APPLY for your programme HERE.
BACHELORS DEGREE PROGRAMMES
- Arabic
- Archaeology and Palaeontology
- Arts
- Chinese Language and Culture
- Conflict and Peace Studies
- French Studies
- Geography
- Geography and Enviromental Studies
- German
- History
- Hospitality Management
- Kiswahili
- Korean Studies
- Language and Communication
- Library and Information Studies
- Literature
- Performing Arts
- Philosophy
- Political Science
- Psychology (Counselling)
- Public Administration
- Religious Studies
- Social Work
- Sociology
- Tourism
- Travel and Tourism Management
School of Economics
BACHELORS DEGREE PROGRAMMES
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Bachelors Degree Programmes
Bachelor of Commerce in
• Procurement and Supply Chain Management
AFrican women studies Centre
Diploma in Women, Leadership and Governance in Africa
SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM AND MASS COMMUNICATION
Bachelors Degree
• Journalism and Media Studies
SCHOOL OF LAW
Bachelor’s Degree Programme
INSTITUTE OF ANTHROPOLOGY, GENDER & AFRICAN STUDIES
Bachelor’s Degree Programmes
ALL PROGRAMMES
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
- E31- BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (ARTS)
- E32- BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (SCIENCE)
- EPE3- BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (PHYSICAL EDUCATION & SPORT)
- EEC3- BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (EARLY YEARS EDUCATION)
MASTERS PROGRAMMES
(Areas of Specialization)
- CORPORATE GOVERNANCE IN EDUCATION
- CURRICULUM STUDIES
- ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION
- EDUCATION IN EMERGENCIES
- EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION
- EDUCATIONAL PLANNING
- PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORT
- HISTORY OF EDUCATION
- PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION
- SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION
- COMPARATIVE & INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION
- EARLY YEARS EDUCATION
- PHYSICS EDUCATION
- BUSINESS EDUCATION
- EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
- ENGLISH EDUCATION
- PEDAGOGY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
- RELIGIOUS EDUCATION
DOCTORAL PROGRAMMES
(Areas of Specialization)
- EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION
- CURRICULUM STUDIES
- ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION
- EDUCATIONAL PLANNING
- GOVERNANCE IN EDUCATION
- EDUCATION IN EMERGENCIES
- EARLY YEARS EDUCATION
- EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
- RELIGIOUS EDUCATION
- PHYSICS EDUCATION
- BUSINESS STUDIES EDUCATION
- ENGLISH EDUCATION
- COMPARATIVE AND INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION
- PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION
- HISTORY OF EDUCATION
- SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION
- PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORT
(Areas of Specialization)
- CURRICULUM STUDIES
- ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION
- EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION
- EDUCATIONAL PLANNING
- CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS
DIPLOMAS
1. EMP2- DIPLOMA IN TEACHER EDUCATION IN EMERGENCIES (DITEIE)
CLICK HERE TO APPLY.
SMARTPASS EXAMINATION FORM 4 ENGLISH PP3
Name…………………………………………………………. Index No……………………
Signature…………………………… Date………………………
101/3
ENGLISH
PAPER 3
TIME: 2 ½ HOURS
SMARTPASS EXAMINATION
Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE)
MODEL ONE
101/3
ENGLISH
PAPER 3
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE CANDIDATES
- Answer three questions only
- Questions one and two are compulsory.
- In question three choose only one of the optional texts, for which you have been prepared.
- Where a candidate presents work on more than one optional text, only the first to appear will be marked
- Each of your essay must not exceed 450 words
- All answers to be written in the answer booklet provided
This paper consists of 2 printed pages. Candidates should check to ascertain that all pages are printed as indicated and that no questions are missing.
- IMAGINATIVE COMPOSITION
Either
- Write a story starting with:
As I said goodbye to her, little did I know that would be the last time I would be seeing her… (20 Marks)
Or
- Write a composition to illustrate the following proverb:
“Beauty lies in the eyes of the beholder.” (20 Marks)
- THE NOVEL (COMPULSORY)
Blossoms of the Savannah by Ole Kulet (20 Marks)
Female assertiveness is one of the main thematic concerns. Using Resian as a point of reference, justify this statement.
- THE OPTIONAL SET TEXTS
Either
- The Play: ‘The Inheritance’ (20 Marks)
“Let it never be said that our world was built on the madness of the old.” Describe the ‘madness of the old’ as referred to by this statement in the play ‘The Inheritance’ by David Mulwa.
Or
- The short Story ‘Memories We Lost and Other Stories (20 Marks)
Political strife cause suffering to the citizens. Justify this assertion drawing your illustrations from the short story ‘The President’ by Mariatu Kamara.
Or
- The Novel: The Pearl by John Steinbeck (20 Marks)
With close reference to the novel, The Pearl by John Steinbeck, write an essay on how Juana and Kino complement each other in their family.
101/3 SMARTPASS ENGLISH PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME MODEL ONE
Question 1
- – Must be a story, if not deduct 4mks (AD)
- It may be told in either the first person or the third person point of view
- The given statement must tie well to the story, if not deduct 1mk
- If the given statement is not used at all, deduct 2mks
- If the statement is not at the beginning of the story, deduct 1mk
Or
- – Must be a story, if not deduct 4mks (AD)
- Should capture the proverb (if defined deduct 2 AD)
- Should portray a situation where one cherishes something, or somebody knows the value/worth – hence ‘beauty’ is relative: deduct 4mks in case of irrelevancy.
- Treat as irrelevant if the composition is philosophical.
Question 2
Introduction
In a patriarchal society, only those women who are assertive are able to stand in good stead. In ‘Blossoms of the Savannah’, Resian expresses her opinions openly and without fear with regards to what she considered oppressive practices against women.
(accept any relevant introduction)
Body
Firstly, Resian is opposed to cultural teachings that she perceives to be oppressive to women. In a defiant tone, she questions the length to which women go to please men, who she refers to as lazy bunch of busy bodies. She openly declares her refusal to be taught to solely please male counterparts. She feels, they can also cook, and they can, and should learn to please females. She also expresses her distaste/resentment for all those males who come around their home ordering them to do that or the other for them, simply because they are males. Thus, Resian intimates that male dominance should be done away with as it is oppressive to women folk.
Furthermore, Resian fights the idea that women should be treated like objects. Even though Resian and Taiyo had their plans and projections for their future, their father, Ole Kaelo makes decisions for them that are likely to change the course of their life without consulting them. He takes a briefcase with money presumably as a prize for one of them from Oloisudori. Again, Oloisudori lavishes them with gifts. To show Oloisudori that they were not on sale, they hatched a plan where they packed Oloisudori’s gifts in a carton and returned them to him. This shows Taiyo’s and Resian’s desire to achieve their dreams of pursuing further education at the university thereby developing their careers as opposed to their father’s plans for their lives – marriage.
In addition, Resian fiercely resists the idea of forcefully being married off. When Oloisudori declares that she was his wife, Resian screamed at him saying that she could only be his wife over her dead body and that he and her father could kill her and carry her dead body to Oloisudori’s palatial home. She was so angry at the disclosure that she shuddered with disgust and terror. Resian also confronts her father over the same issue of forced marriage. She hollered, shrieked and shrilled saying all sorts of things to express outrage. She cried accusing her father of hatred and betrayal by betrothing her to Oloisudori. Then she told her father that it would be better to kill her than to hand her over to his monster friend. All this outrage is a clear demonstration of how disgusting Resian regarded the idea of forced marriage.
Moreover, Resian could not condone sexual molestation against women. When Olarinkooi attempted to rape Resian, she fought him off fiercely. Mustering all her strength, she thrust Olarinkoi’s thumb into her mouth; sunk her teeth into the flesh like a ferocious animal and tenaciously held on to it, tugging at it fiercely like a lioness. Though Olarinkoi howled in pain, she was relentless as she dug deeper and the limb. Consequently, Olarinkoi was unable to accomplish his evil intentions.
Conclusion
In conclusion, through her assertiveness, Resian is able to resist oppressive practices against women and becomes one of the pioneers of women empowerment in her society.
- Introduction – 2mks
- Body 3:3:3:3 – 12mks
- Grammar – 4mks
- Conclusion – 2mks
Accept relevant credible conclusion
Question 3
- Introduction
Princess Sangoi and Romanus Bengo are seen to be fighting the madness that has characterized the leadership of kutula, through the ineffective leaders such as Malipoa, Chipande and Lacuna Kasoo. Their objective is to do away with vices ailing the society.
Body/content
To begin with, corruption is prevalent. Lacuna Kasoo borrows money from foreign countries in the name of Kutula as a country. He however does not use the money in development programmes but instead uses it on personal errands. He buys himself an aero plane worth eighty million and stuffs the rest of the money in foreign accounts. He also allows the councilors like Malipoa and Chipandeto get their share of the loot.
Secondly, immorality is evident among the Kutula leaders. The leader himself, Lacuna Kasoo is seen to be having a particular weakness for women, particularly young ones. This is evident in the fact that he forces Lulu into the state function and consequently into the royal palace, with the intention of marrying her as the second wife. This to him will be getting himself a new lease of life and consequently become younger. We are made to know that this happens every other year.
In addition to that, we see that murder is the order of the day in Kutula. This is spearheaded by Lacuna himself. With the ill advice of Bishop Menninger, he kills his own father King Kutula ix so as to rise to the position of leadership. He also plots the killing of Judah Zen Melo simply because he was opposed to his way of leadership.
Lastly, we see that dictatorship runs deep in kutula. Leader Lacuna Kasoo is seen to be one who forces his will even if it hurts others. Sangoi advices Tamina against barring Lulu from attending the commemoration, since it might invite the wrath of the leader. He also deals ruthlessly with those who oppose him. This is clear with the jailing of Bengo, and the beating, banishment and later killing of Judah.
Conclusion
In conclusion, we can say that Princess Sangoi and Bengo have liberated Kutula from the bondage of madness. Vices such as dictatorship, murder, immorality among others will hence come to an end.
- Introduction – 2mks
- Body 3:3:3:3 – 12mks
- Grammar – 4mks
- Conclusion – 2mks
Accept relevant credible conclusion
- Introduction
In politics, sometimes there may be dissenting factions which may flare up to violence. Whenever that happens the citizens suffer either physically or mentally.
(accept any relevant introduction)
Body/content
To start with, innocent students are subjected to physical and mental suffering. The narrator Mariatu Kamara suffers in the hands of her captors – the rebel soldiers who chop off both her arms. This causes her such excruciating pain that she loses consciousness. Besides, she suffers psychologically when the rebel soldiers celebrated their brutal action and taunted her to go and ask the president to give her new hands. The rebel soldiers did all these because they wanted to overthrow the government whom they accused of corruption.
In addition, the rebel soldiers attacked Marnamo village where they killed as many as a hundred people. They also captured and tied Mariatu Kamara’s two cousins Ibrahim and Mohammed. They also dragged her other cousin, Marie’s youngest daughter by the hair. Although these three cousins survived death, both their arms were cut off. The ordeal was indeed quite devastating.
Furthermore, the amputees who totaled to more than four hundred resided in a camp. The camp was in a deplorable condition. Besides the amputees, there were four times as many people, most of whom were family members who had moved there to take care of the injured. Yet the camp was the size of a football stadium. The camp was filthy with litter and the smell of rubbish, dirty bodies and cooking food was sickening. Again, the amputees earned their living from begging in the streets, a practice some of them hated.
Moreover, even when the narrator relocates to Toronto where she hoped to fulfil her dream of reading and writing, she suffers setbacks. Once enrolled in school, she was really struggling to write with amputated arms. The teacher had to be patient with her and when taking tests and exams, she had to be given extra time to complete.
Conclusion
In conclusion, political leaders should embrace peaceful means of resolving their disputes before it flares up to violence. This will spare innocent citizens the kind of suffering they go through.
- Introduction – 2mks
- Body 3:3:3:3 – 12mks
- Grammar – 4mks
- Conclusion – 2mks
Accept relevant credible conclusion
- Introduction
In any relationship, there are no two people who are exactly the same in terms of personality. Individuals have their strengths and weaknesses. For the relationship to thrive, individuals should use their strengths to complement one another. This is the case with Kino and Juana in the novel ‘The Pearl” by john Steinbeck.
Body/content
To start with, as Kino moved forward to tackle the scorpion that posed danger to Coyotito, Juana repeated an ancient magic to guard against the evil and muttered a Hail Mary between clenched teeth. After the scorpion bit Coyotito, Kino is preoccupied with beating the scorpion and stomping it until it was only a fragment and a moist place in the dirt. While on the other hand, Juana is busy sucking out as much poison as she can out of Coyotito’s wound in an attempt to save his life.
Furthermore, Juana complemented Kino by providing support during his low moments. When Kino suspected that the pearl buyers were cheating him of the real value of the pearl, Juana tugged at his back. When he turned and looked in Juana’s eyes, he had renewed strength. When Kino finally makes a decision, to go and sell the pearl at the capital, he sat brooding on his sleeping-mat. Juana watched him with worry, but she knew she could help him best by being silent and by being near.
In addition, Juana becomes a voice of sanity when Kino appeared to be headed for self-destruction. When Kino asserted that he was a man, Juana knew that it meant that Kino would drive his strength against a mountain and plunge his strength against the sea. Juana knew that Kino was headed for self-destruction. She decided to intervene by following him believing that as a woman, she would be the voice of reason, caution and her sense of preservation would cut through Kino’s manness and save them all.
Then Juana inspired hope in an otherwise hopeless situation. When Kino realized that the trackers were following them, a helplessness and a hopelessness swept over Kino and he suggested that he should let the trackers take him. However, Juana instantly offered encouragement to Kino. She tried to convince him that if he gave himself up, chances are the trackers would kill him, his wife and their child. Kino was able to see her point of view and decided to fight on. They proceeded to the mountains where Kino hoped they would lose the trackers.
Conclusion
In conclusion, it is evident that Juana’s strength of character came in handy whenever Kino’s strength wavered. As such their marriage thrived despite the many challenges they encountered.
- Introduction – 2mks
- Body 3:3:3:3 – 12mks
- Grammar – 4mks
- Conclusion – 2mks
Accept relevant credible conclusion
Business Studies Best Two One Notes Free
TOPIC 1: FORMS OF BUSINESS UNITS
TOPIC OBJECTIVES
BUSINESS UNITS
A business unit is an organization formed by one or more people with a view of engaging in a profitable activity.
Business units are generally classified into private or public sector business units’ i.e
Note: Private sector comprises of business organizations owned by private individuals while the public sector comprises business organizations owned by the government.
- SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP
This is a business enterprise owned by one person who is called a sole trader or a sole proprietor. It is the most common form of business unit and usually found in retail trade e.g. in small shops, kiosks, agriculture e.t.c and for direct services e.g. cobblers saloons e.t.c
Characteristics/Features
- The business is owned by one person
- The capital is contributed by the owner and is usually small. The main source is from his savings and other sources can be from friends, bank or getting an inheritance
- The owner enjoys all the profits alone and also suffers the losses alone
- The owner is personally responsible for the management of the business and sometimes he is assisted by members of his family or a few employees. He remains responsible for the success or failure of his/her business.
- The sole proprietor has unlimited liability meaning that incase of failure to meet debts, his creditor can claim his personal property
- There are very few legal requirements to start the business unit.
- Sole proprietorship is flexible; it is very easy to change the location or the nature of business.
Formation
The formation of a sole proprietorship is very simple. Few legal formalities are required i.e. to start a sole proprietorship, one need only to raise the capital required and then apply for a trading license to operate the business small fee is paid and the trade license issued.
Sources of capital
The amount of capital required to start a sole proprietorship is small compared to other forms of business organizations. The main source of capital is the Owners savings. Additional capital may however be raised from the following;
- Borrowing from friends, banks and other money lending institutions such as industries and commercial Development corporation(ICDC)and Kenya industrial estates
- Inheritance
- Personal savings
- Getting goods on credit
- Getting goods on hire purchase
- Leasing or renting out one’s properties
- Donations from friends and relatives
- Ploughing back profit.
Management
The management of this kind of a business is under one person. The owner may however employ other people or get assistance from family members to run the business.
Some sole proprietorship may be big business organizations with several departments and quite a number of employees. However, the sole proprietor remains solely responsible for the success of failure of the business
Advantages of sole proprietorship
- The capital required to start the business is small hence anybody who can spare small amounts of money can start one.
- Few formal/legal procedures are required to set up this business
- Decision making and implementation is fast because the proprietor does not have to consult anybody
- The trader has close and personal contact with customers. This helps them in knowing exactly what the customers need and hence satisfying those needs
- A sole proprietor is able to assess the credit-worthiness of his or her customers because of close personal relationship. Extending credit to a few carefully selected customers reduce the probability of bad debts.
- The trader is accountable to him/herself
- A sole trader is able to keep the top secrets of the business operations
- He/she enjoys all the profit
- A sole proprietorship is flexible. One can change the nature or even the location of business as need arises.
Disadvantages of sole proprietorship
- Has unlimited liability. This means that if the assets available in the business are not enough to pay all the business debts the personal property of the owner such as house will be sold to meet the debts
- There is insufficient capital for expansion because of scarce resources and lack of access to other sources
- He/she is overworked and has no time for recreation.
- There is lack of continuity in the sole proprietorship i.e the business is affected by sickness or death of the owner.
- A sole proprietorship may not benefit from advantages realized by large scale enterprises (economies of large scale) such as access to loan facilities and large trade discounts.
- Lack of specialization in the running of the business may lead to poor performance. This is because one person cannot manage all aspects of the business effectively. One maybe a good salesman for examples but a poor accountant.
- Due to the size of the business, sole proprietorships do not attract and retain highly qualified and trained personnel.
Dissolution of sole proprietorships
Dissolution refers to the termination of the legal life of a business. The following circumstances may lead to the dissolution of a sole proprietorship:
- Death or insanity of the owner.
- Transfer of the business to another person- this transfers the rights and obligations of the business to the new owner.
- Bankruptcy of the owner- this means that the owner lacks the financial capability to run the business.
- The owner voluntarily decides to dissolve the business e.g due to continued loss making.
- Passing of a law which renders the activities of the business illegal.
- The expiry of the period during which the business was meant to operate
PARTNERSHIP:
This is a relationship between persons who engage in a business with an aim of making profits/ an association of two or more persons who run a business as co-owners. The owners are called Partners.
It is owned by a minimum of 2 and a maximum of 20 except for partnership who provide professional services e.g medicine and law which have a maximum of 50 persons.
Characteristics of partnership
- Capital is contributed by the partners themselves.
- Partnership has limited life that is it may end anytime because of the death, bankruptcy or withdrawal of partners.
- Each partner acts as an agent of the firm with authority to enter into contracts.
- Partners are co owners of a business, having an interest or claim in the business.
- Responsibility, profit and losses are shared on an agreed basis.
- All partners have equal right to participate in the management of the business. This right arises from the interest or claim of the partner as a co owner of the business.
Types of partnership
Partnerships can be classified/ categorized in either of the following ways:
- According to the type/liability of partners
- According to the period of operation
- According to their activities.
According to the type or liability of partners
Under this classification, partnerships can either be;
- General/ordinary partnership- Here all members have unlimited liability which means in case a partnership is unable to pay its debts, the personal properties of the partner will be sold off to pay the debts.
- Limited partnerships- In limited partnership members have limited liabilities where liability or responsibility is restricted to the capital contributed.
This means that incase the partnership cannot pay its debts; the partners only lose the amount of capital each has contributed to the business and not their personal property. However, there must be one partner whose liabilities are unlimited.
- According to the period/duration of operation
When partnerships are classified according to duration of operation, they can either be;
- Temporary partnership-These are partnerships that are formed to carry out a specific task for a specific time after which the business automatically dissolves.
- Permanent partnerships- These are partnerships formed to operate indefinitely. They are also called a partnership at will.
- According to their Activity- Under this mode of classification, partnerships can either be:
- Trading partnerships
This is a partnership whose main activity is processing, manufacturing, construction or purchase and sale of goods.
- Non – trading partnerships
This is a partnership whose main activity is to offer services such as legal, medical or accounting services to members of the public.
Types of partners
Partners may be classified according to;
Role played by the partners
- Active partner; He is also known as acting partner as he plays an active part in the day-to-day running of the business.
- Sleeping/dormant partner; He does not participate in the management of the partnership business. Although he invests his capital in the partnership, his profit is lower as he is not active. He is also referred to as passive or silent partner.
Liabilities of the partners for the business debts;
- General partner; He/she has unlimited liabilities.
- Limited partner; He/she has limited liabilities
Ages of partners
- Major partner; This is a partner who is 18 years and above. He is responsible for all debts of the business.
- Minor partner; This is a partner who has not attained the age of 18 years but has been admitted with the consent of other partners. Once he reaches 18 years, he then decides if he wants to be a partner or not. Before he attains the age of 18, he takes part in the sharing of profits but does not take part in the management of the business.
- iv) Capital contribution
- Nominal/Quasi partner; He does not contribute capital but allows the business to use his/ her name as a partner; for the purpose of influencing customers or for prestige.
-He/she can also be a person who was once a partner and has retired in form of a loan. This loan carries interest at an agreed rate.
-The quasi partner shares the profit of the business as a reward for using his/her name.
- b) Real partner; He/she is one who contributes capital to the business.
-Other types of partners include secret partners, retiring partners and incoming partners
- i) A secret partner; is one who actively participates in the management of the firm but is not disclosed to the public. In most cases secret partners are also limited partners.
- ii) A retiring partner; Also known as outgoing partner is one who is leaving a partnership
-He may retire with the consent of all the other partners or according to a previous agreement.
iii) Incoming partner; Is one who is admitted to an existing partnership.
Formation
-People who want to form a partnership must come together and agree on how the proposed business will be run to avoid future misunderstanding.
-The agreement can either be oral (by use of mouth) or within down. A written agreement is called a partnership deed.
-The contents of the partnership deed vary from one partnership to another depending on the nature of the business, but generally it contains;
- Name, location and address of the business
- Name, address and occupation of the partners
- The purpose of the business
- Capital to be contributed by cash partner
- Rate of interest on capital
- Drawings by partners and rate of interest on drawings
- Salaries and commissions to partners
- Rate of interests on loans from partners to the business
- Procedures of dissolving the partnership
- Profit and loss sharing ratio
- How to admit a new partner
- What to do when a partner retires dies or is expelled
- The rights to inspect books of accounts
- Who has the authority to act on behalf of other partners.
Once the partnership deed is ready, the business may be registered with the registrar of firms on payment of a registration fee.
In case a partnership deed is not drawn, the provisions of partnership act of 1963 (Kenya) applies. The act contains the following rights and duties of a partner;
- All partners are entitled to equal contribution of capital
- No salary is to be allowed to any partner
- No interest is to be allowed on capital
- No interest is to be charged on drawings
- All profits and losses are to be shared equally
- Every partner has the right to inspect the books of accounts
- Every partner has the right to take part in decision making
- Interest is to paid on any loans borrowed by partners (The % rate varies from one country to another)
- During dissolution the debts from outside people are paid first then loans from partners and lastly partners capital.
- No partner should carry out a competing business
- Any change in business such as admission of new partners must be through the agreement of all existing partners.
- Compensation must be given to a partner who incurs any loss when executing the duties of the business.
Sources of capital
- Partners contribution
- Loans from banks and other financial institutions
- Getting items on hire purchase
- Trade credit
- Ploughing back profit
- Leasing and renting.
Advantages of partnership
- Unlike sole proprietorship, partnership can raise more capital.
- Work is distributed among the partners. This reduces the workload for each partner
- Varied professional/skilled labour; various partners are professionals in various different areas leading to specialization
- They can undertake any form of business agreed upon by all the partners
- There are few legal requirements in the formation of a partnership compared to a limited liability company.
- Losses and liabilities are shared among partners
- Continuity of business is not affected by death or absence of a partner as would be in the case of a sole proprietorship
- Members of partnership enjoy more free days and are flexible than owners of a company
- A Partnership just like sole proprietorship is exempted from payment of certain taxes paid by large business organizations.
Disadvantages of partnership
- A mistake made by one of the partners may result in losses which are shared by all the partners
- Continued disagreement among the partners can lead to termination of the partnership
- Decision-making is slow since all the partners must agree
- A partnership that relies heavily on one partner may be adversely affected on retirement or death of the partner
- A hard working partner may not be rewarded in proportion to his/her effort because the profits are shared among all the partners
- There is sharing of profits by the partners hence less is received by each partner
- Few sources of capital, due to uncertainty in the continuity of the business few financial institutions will be willing to give long-term loans to the firm.
Dissolution of partnership
A partnership may be dissolved under any of the following circumstances:
- A mutual agreement by all the partners to dissolve the business
- Death insanity or bankrupting of a partner
- A temporary partnership on completion of the intended purpose or at the end of the agreed time.
- A court order to dissolve the partnership
- Written request for dissolution by a partner
- If the business engages in unlawful practices
- Retirement or admission of a new partner may lead to a permanent or temporary dissolution
- Continued disagreements among the partners
INCORPORATED FORMS OF BUSINESS UNITS
These are businesses that have separate legal entities from that of their owners. They include:
CO-OPERATIVES
-A co-operative society is a form of business organization that is owned by and run for the economic welfare of its members
-It is a body of persons who have joined together to do collectively what they were previously doing individually for mutual benefit.
Example
In Kenya the co-operative movement was started by white settlers in 1908 to market their agricultural produce. In this case, they knew that they could sell their produce better if they were as a group and not alone
Principles of co-operatives
- Open and voluntary membership
Membership is open and voluntary to any person who has attained the age of 18 years. No one should be denied membership due to social, political, tribal or religious differences. A member is also free to leave the society at will
- Democratic Administration
The principle is one man one vote. Each member of the co-operative has only one vote irrespective of the number of shares held by him or how much he buys or sells to the society
- Dividend or repayment
-Any profit/surplus made at the end of every financial year should be distributed to the members in relations to their contribution.
-Part of the profit may be retained/reserved/put in to strengthen the financial position of the society.
- Limited interest on share capital
-A little or no interest is paid on share capital contributed (co-operatives do not encourage financial investment habits but to enhance production, to encourage savings and serve the members)
- Promotion of Education
Co-operative societies should endeavor to educate their members and staff on the ideas of the society in order to enhance/improve quality of decisions made by the concerned parties.
Education is conducted through seminars, study tours, open days
- Co-operation with other co-operatives
C-operatives must learn from each others experience since they have a lot in common.
-Their co-operation should be extended to local national and international.
Features of co-operatives
- Membership is open to all persons so long as they have a common interest. Members are also free to discontinue their membership when they desire so
- Co-operative societies have a perpetual existence; death, bankruptcy or retirement of a member does not affect its operations
- They are managed in a democratic manner. Every member has one vote when electing the managerial committee irrespective of the number of shares held.
- The main aim is to serve the interest of the members where profit is not the over riding factor.
- Co-operative societies have limited liabilities
- There must be a minimum of 10 people with no maximum membership.
- Co-operatives have a separate legal entity from the members who formed it i.e they can own property sue and be sued
- Any profit made by the society is distributed to the members on the basis of the services rendered by each member but not according to the capital contributed.
Formation
-Co-operative societies can be formed by people who are over eighteen years regardless of their economic, political or social background.
-There must be a minimum of 10 persons and no maximum no.
-The members draft rules and regulations to govern the operations of the proposed society i.e. by-laws, which are then submitted to the commissioner of co-operatives for approval
-The registrar then approves the by-laws and issues a certificate of registration
-If the members are unable to draw up their own by-laws, the co-operative societies Act of 1966 can be adopted in part or whole
Management
-A co-perative society is composed/run by a committee usually of nine members elected by the members in a general meeting
-The management committee elects the chairman, secretary and treasurer as the executive committee members, who act on behalf of all the members and can enter into contracts borrow money institute and depend suits and other legal proceedings for the society
-The committee members can be voted out in an A.G.M if they don’t perform as expected.
TYPES OF CO-OPERATIVES SOCIETIES IN KENYA
May be grouped according to;
Nature of their activities
- Producer co-operatives
- Consumer co-operatives
- Savings and credit co-operatives
Level of operations
- Primary co-operatives
- Secondary co-operatives
Producer co-operatives
This is an association of producers who have come together to improve the production and marketing of their products.
Functions
- Obtaining better prices for their members products
- Providing better storage facilities for their products
- Providing better and reliable transport means for moving the products from the sources to the market and building feeder roads
- Providing loans to members
- Providing services of grading, packing and processing to the members
- Providing farm inputs e.g. fertilizers, seeds, insecticides e.t.c on credit to members
- Educating and advising members on better methods of farming through seminars, field trips, films and demonstration
-In this type of co-operative members are paid according to the quantity of the produce a member has delivered to the society.
Examples,
KCC-Kenya Co-operative Creameries
K.P.C.U-Kenya Planters Co-operatives Union
K.G.G.C.U-Kenya Grain Growers Co-operative Union
- Consumer Co-operatives
-These are formed by a group of consumers to buy goods on wholesome and sell them to the members at existing market prices.
-Their aim is to eliminate the wholesalers and retailers and hence obtain goods more cheaply
-The co-operatives allow their members to buy goods on credit or in cash
-Members of the public are also allowed to buy from the society at normal prices thereby enabling the society to make more profits
-The profits realized is shared among the members in proportion to their purchases i.ethe more a member buys, the buyer his/her share of profit
Examples;-Nairobi consumer co-operative union, Bee-hive consumer co-operative society and City-chicken consumer co-operative society
Advantages
- Sell goods of high quality
- Sell goods to members at fair prices
- Sell goods to other people at normal prices thereby making more profit
- Buy goods directly from the producers thereby eliminating middlemen. They are therefore able to make more profit
- Can give credit facilities to the members
- Can pay interest on capital to the members
- Sell a variety of goods to the members at a place where they can easily get them
Disadvantages
Consumer co-operatives are not popular in Kenya because of the following
- They face stiff competition from large scale retailers such as supermarkets and multiple shops who buy goods directly from the producers and sell-them to consumers at low prices
- Cannot offer to employ qualified staff
- Majority of their members have low income, so raising off capital is a problem
- Kenya, being an agricultural country, produces enough subsistence goods for itself. It therefore does not require consumer co-operatives
- Reluctance of non-members to buy from the shops lowers the turn-over
- Mismanagement of the shops is rampant
Savings and credit co-operatives societies (SACCO’S)
-They are usually formed by employed persons who save part of their monthly salary with their co-operative society, through check-off system
-Their money earns goods interest and when one has a significant amount saved, he/she become entitled to borrow money from the society for any personal project e.g. improving their farms, constructing houses, paying school fees e.t.c
-The SACCOS charge lower interest on loans given to members than ordinary banks and other financial institutions.
-The societies have few formalities or requirements to be completed before giving a loan. These are:
- Membership
- Members salary
- Members saving
- Guarantee from fellow members
-Profits earned by the SACCO’S maybe shared among the members inform of dividends.
-Most SACCO’S have insured their members savings and loans with co-operative insurance services (CIS).This means if a member dies his/her beneficiaries are not called upon to repay the loan and the members savings/shares is given to the beneficiaries.
-They are the main institutions that provide loans to most people who do not qualify for loans from commercial banks because they do not ask for securities such as title deeds required by the bank.
- d) Primary co-operative societies
-These are co-operative societies composed of individuals who are either actual producers, consumers or people who join up together to save and obtain credit most conveniently
-Consumer co-operative societies and most SACCO’S are primary co-operative societies because they are composed of individuals.
-Most primary co-operative societies operate at the village level, others at district levels and a few at national levels.
- e) Secondary co-operative societies
-They are usually referred to as unions
-They are generally composed of primary co-operative societies as their members
-They are either found at district levels or at national levels.
Advantages of co-operative societies;
- Since the properties of co-operatives are owned collectively, they are able to serve the interest of the members affectively
- They have limited liability
- Membership is free and voluntary
- Members share profits of a co-operative through dividend that are given
- They have improved the standards of living of their members through increased income from their produce and through savings from incomes.
- Co-operatives benefit their members through giving them credit facilities and financial loans which they could not have got from local banks
- They are run on a democratic basis i.e. all members have an equal chance of being elected to the management committee.
- Many co-operatives are large scale organizations hence able to get the benefits of large scale organizations e.g low production costs leading to low prices of products
- Co-operative enjoy a lot of support from the government and when they are in financial and managerial problems, the government steps in to assist them
Disadvantages
- Majority of the co-operatives are small in size and therefore cannot benefit from economies of scale.
- Members have a right to withdraw from the society and when they do, co-operatives refunds the capital back which might create financial problems to the society.
- Corruption and embezzlement of funds is a problem for many co-operatives.
- Most co-operatives are not able to attract qualified managerial staff hence leading to mismanagement.
- Many suffer from political interference. Sometimes; the election of the management committee is interceded with by some people with personal interest in certain candidates hence the best person may not be elected to run the affairs of the society. This leads to poor management and inefficiency.
- Members may not take keen interest in the affairs of a co-operative society because their capital contribution is small.
Dissolution of co-operative societies
-A co-operative society may be dissolved under any of the following circumstances.
- Order from commissioner of co-operatives
- Voluntary dissolution by members
- Withdrawal of members from the society leaving less than ten members
- If the society is declared bankrupt
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES (JOINT STOCK COMPANIES)
Defn: A company; Is an association of persons registered under the companies act who contribute capital in order to carry out business with a view of making a profit. The act of registering a company is referred to as incorporation. Incorporation creates an organization that is separate and distinct from the person forming it.
-A company is a legal entity that has the status of an ‘’artificial person”. It therefore has most of the rights and obligations of a human being. A company can therefore do the following;
- Own property
- Enter into contracts in its own name.
- Borrow money.
- Hire and fire employees.
- Sue and be sued on its own right.
- Form subordinate agencies, ie, agencies under its authority.
- Disseminate or spread information.
–The owners (members) of a company are referred to as shareholders
FEATURES OF COMPANIES (LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES)
–A company in an artificial person and has the same rights as a natural person. It can therefore sue and be sued in a court of law, own property and enter into contracts in its own name.
–The members have limited liabilities.
–Companies have perpetual life which is independent of the lives of its owners. Death, insanity or bankruptcy of a member does not affect the existence of the company. (this is referred to as perpetual existence or perpetual succession)
– A company is created for a particular purpose or purposes.
Formation
-People who wish to form company are referred to as promoters
–The promoters submit the following documents to the registrar of companies:
Memorandum of Association
-This is a document that defines the relationship between the company and the outsiders. It contains the following:
- a) Name of the company/Name clause; -The name of the company must be started and should end with the word “Limited” (Ltd).This indicates that the liability of the company is limited.
-Some companies end their names with “PLC” which stands for “Public limited company” which makes the public aware that although it is a limited liability company it is a public not private.
- b) The objects of the company/objective clause;-This set out the activities that the company should engage in
-The activities listed in this clause serve as a warning to outsiders that the company is authorized in these activities only.
- c) Situation clause;-Every company must have a registered office where official notices and other communication can be received and sent
- d) Capital clause;-It also states that the amount of capital which the business can raise and the divisions of this capital into units of equal value called shares i.e. authorized share capital also called registered or nominal share capital.
-It also specifies the types of shares and the value of each share
- e) Declaration clause:-This is a declaration signed by the promoters stating that they wish to form the company and undertake to buy shares in the proposed firm
-The declaration is signed by a minimum of seven promoters for public limited company and a minimum of two for private company.
-The memorandum of association also contains the names of the promoters
-The promoters signs against the memorandum showing details of their names, addresses, occupation and shares they intend to buy. Each signatory should agree to take at least one share.
- Articles of Association
-This is a document that governs the internal operations of the company
-It also contains rules and regulations affecting the shareholders in relation to the company and in relation to the shareholders themselves.
-It contains the following;
- Rights of each type of shareholder e.g. voting rights
- Methods of calling meeting and procedures
- Rules governing election of officials such as chairman of the company, directors and auditors
- Rules regarding preparation and auditing of accounts
- Powers, duties and rights of directors
- Methods dealing with any alterations on the capital.
- A list of directors with details of their names, addresses, occupations, shares subscribed and statements of agreement to serve as directors.
- Declaration that registration requirements as laid down by law (by the companies act) have been met. The declaration must be signed by the secretary or a director or a lawyer.
- A statement signed by the directors stating that they have agreed to act as directors.
- A statement of share capital- this statement gives the amount of capital that the company wishes to raise and its subdivision into shares.
-Once the above documents are ready, they are submitted by the promoters to the registrar of companies. On approval by the Registrar and on payment of a registration fee, a certificate of incorporation (certificate of registration) is issued
-The certificate of incorporation gives the company a separate legal entity.
Sources of capital
- Shares; The main source of capital for any company is the sale of shares.
-A share is a unit of capital in a company e.g. if a company states that its capital is ksh.100,000 divided into equal shares of ksh.10 each.
-Each shareholder is entitled to the company’s profit proportionate to the number of shares he/she holds in the company.
Types of shares;
- Ordinary shares
- Preference shares
Ordinary shares;-Ordinary shares have the following rights:
- Have voting rights
- Have no fixed rate of dividends. The dividends on them vary according to the amounts of profit made
- They have a claim to dividends after the preference shares
- If the company is being liquidated, they are paid last after the preference shares
Preference shares;-They have the following characteristics;
- Have a fixed rate of sharing profits(dividends)
- Have a prior claim to dividends over the ordinary shares
- Have no voting rights
- Can be redeemable or irredeemable. Redeemable shares are the ones that can be bought back by the company at a future date while irredeemable ones are ones that cannot be bought back
- Can be cumulative or non-cumulative. Cumulative shares are the ones that are entitled to dividends whether the company makes profit or not. This means if the company makes a loss or a profit which is not enough for dividends in a certain year, the dividends to cumulative shares are carried forward to the next year(s) when enough profit are made
-Non- cumulative shares are the ones whose dividends are not carried forward to the following year(s)
- Debentures
This refers to loans from the public to a company or an acknowledgement of a debt by a company
They carry fixed rate of interest which is payable whether profit are made or not.
They are issued to the public in the same way as shares.
They can be redeemable or irredeemable.
Redeemable debentures are usually secured against the company’s assets in which case they termed as secured debentures or mortgaged debentures.
NB: Where no security is given, the debentures are called unsecured /naked debentures.
- Loans from bank and other financial institutions;-A company can borrow long term or short term loans from banks and other money lending institutions such as Industrial and Commercial Development Corporation [I.C.D.C]
These loans are repayable with interest of the agreed rates.
- Profits ploughed back;-A company may decide to set aside part of the profit made to be used for specified or general purposes instead of sharing out all the profit as dividends. This money is referred to as a reserve.
- Bank overdraft;-A customer to a bank may make arrangements with the bank to be allowed to withdraw more money than he/she has in the account.
- Leasing and renting of property.
- Goods brought on credit.
- Acquiring property through hire purchase.
TYPES OF COMPANIES
- PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY
Private limited company has the following characteristics;
- Can be formed by a minimum of 2 and a maximum of 50 shareholders, excluding the employees,
- Does not advertise its shares to the public, but sells them privately to specific people
- Restricts transfer of shares i.e. a shareholder cannot sell his/her shares freely without the consent of other shareholders.
- Can be managed by one or two directors. A big private company may however, require a board of directors
- Can start business immediately after receiving the certificate of incorporation without necessarily having to wait for a certificate of trading.
- It does not have an authorized minimum share capital figure.
- Has a separate legal entity and can own property, enter into contracts, sue or be sued.
- Has limited liability.
- Has a perpetual existence.
Formation
-It must have a memorandum of association, article of association list of directors, declaration signed by a director or lawyer and certificate of incorporation
Advantages of private limited company
- Formation: The Company can be formed more easily than a public company. The cost of information is less than that of a public company
- Legal personality: A private company is a separate legal entity from its owners. Like a person, it can own property, sue or be Sued and enter into contacts
- Limited liability: Shareholders have limited liability meaning that they are not responsible for the company’s debts beyond the amount due on the shares
- Capital: They have access to a large pool of capital than sole proprietorship or a partnership. They can borrow money more easily from financial institutions because it owns assets which can be pledge as security
- Management: A private company has a larger pool of professional managers than a sole proprietorship or a partnership. These managers bring in professional skills in their own areas which are of great advantage to a private company
- Assured continuity of the business: Death, bankrupty or withdrawal of a shareholder does not affect the continuity of the company
- Trading: Unlike a public company a private company can commence trading immediately upon receiving a registration certificate.
Disadvantages of a private company
- Returns: A private company, unlike sole proprietorship or a partnership, must submit annual returns on prescribed forms to the registrar of companies immediately after the annual general meeting
- Capital: A private company cannot invite the public to subscribe to its shares like a public limited company. It therefore limited access to a wide source of capital.
- Share transfer: The law restricts the transfer of shares to its members/shareholders are not free to transfer their shares
- II) PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY;- Public limited companies have the following characteristics:
- Can be formed by a minimum of 7(seven) shareholders and no set maximum.
- Cannot start business before it is issued with a certificate of trading. This is issued after the certificate of incorporation and after the company has raised a minimum amount of capital
- It’s managed by a board of directors.
- The shares and debentures are freely transferable from one person to another.
- It advertises its shares to the public/ invites the public to subscribe for/buy its shares and debentures.
- Must publish their end of year accounts and balance sheets.
- Must have an authorized minimum share capital figure.
- Has a separate legal entity and can own property, enter into contracts, sue or be sued.
- Has limited liability.
- Has a perpetual existence.
Advantages of public limited company
- Wide range of sources of capital :It has access to wide range of sources of capital especially through the sale of shares and debentures
-They can also borrow money from financial institutions in large sums and have good security to offer to the lenders.
- Limited liability: Like private companies, public limited company’s shareholders have limited liability i.e. the shareholders are not liable for the company’s debts beyond the shareholders capital contribution.
- Specialized management: PLC’S are able to hire qualified and experienced professional staff.
- Wide choice of business opportunities: Due to large amount of capital a public company may be suitable for any type of investment
- Share transferability: Shares are freely transferable from one person to another and affects neither the company’s capital nor its continuity.
- Continuity: PLC has a continuous life as it is not affected by the shareholders death, insanity, bankruptcy or transfer of shares
- Economies of scale: Their large size enables them to enjoy economies of scale operations. This leads to reduced costs of production which raises the levels of profit
- Employee’s motivation: They have schemes which enable employees to be part owners of the company which encourages them to work harder in anticipation of higher dividends and growth in the value of the company’s shares.
- Share of loss: Large membership and the fact that capital is divided into different classes’ means that the risk of loss is shared and spread.
- Shareholders are safe guarded; Publicity of company accounts safeguard against frauds.
Disadvantages of public limited companies
- High costs of formation: The process of registering a public company is expensive and lengthy. Some of the costs of information are legal costs, registration fees and taxes
- Legal restrictions: A public company must comply with many legal requirements making its operations inflexible and rigid
- Alienation of owners: Shareholders non-participation in management is a disadvantage to them
- Lack of secrecy: The public limited companies are required by law to submit annual returns and accounts to the registrar of companies denying the company the benefit of keeping its affairs secret. They are also required to publish their end of year accounts and balance sheets.
- Conflicts of interests: Directors may have personal interests that may conflict with those of the company. This may lead to mismanagement.
- Decision making; Important decision are made by the directors and shareholders. The directors and shareholders meet after long periods which make decision making slow/delayed and expensive.
- Diseconomies of scale: The large size and nature of business operations of public limited companies may result in high running/operation costs and inefficiency
- Double taxation: There is double taxation since the company is fixed and dividends distributed to the shareholders are also taxed
- Inflexibility: Public limited companies cannot easily change its nature of business in response to the changing circumstances in the market. All shareholders must be consulted and agree.
DISSOLUTION OF A COMPANY
The following are the circumstances that may lead to the dissolution of a company:
- Failure to commence business within one year- If a company does not commence business within one year from the date of registration, it may be wound up by a court order on application of a member of the company.
- Insolvency – when a company is not able to pay its debts, it can be declared insolvent and wound up.
- Ultra- vires – this means a company is acting contrary to what is in its objective clause. In such a case, it may be wound up by a court order.
- Amalgamation – two or more companies may join up to form one large company completely different from the original ones.
- Court order – the court of law can order a company to wind up especially following complaints from creditors.
- Decision by shareholders – the shareholders may decide to dissolve a company in a general meeting.
- Accomplishment of purpose or expiry of period of operation – a company may be dissolved on accomplishment of its objects, or on expiry of period fixed for its existence.
THE ROLE OF STOCK EXCHANGE AS A MARKET FOR SECURITIES
DEFINATIONS
- Stock: a group of shares in a public limited company
- Stocks are formed when all the authorized shares in a particular category have been issued and fully paid for.
- Stock exchange market: is a market where stocks from Quoted companies are bought and sold
- Stock exchange markets enable share holders in public companies to sell their shares to other people, usually members of the public interested in buying them.
- A Quoted Company: is a company that has been registered (listed) as a member of the stock exchange market.
- Companies that are not quoted cannot have their shares traded in the stock exchange market.
- Securities: this could either refer shares or documents used in support of share ownership.
- Initial Public Offer (I. P. O): refers to situations in which a company has floated new shares for public subscription ( Has advertised new shares and has invited members of the public to buy them.
- Secondary market: The market that deals in second hand shares i.e. the transfer of shares from one person or organization to another.
There is only one stock exchange market in Kenya i.e. The Nairobi Stock Exchange.
A person wishing to acquire shares will do so either at an IPO or in the secondary market. However, an investor cannot buy or sell stocks directly in the stock exchange market. They can only do so through stock brokers.
ROLES OF THE STOCK EXCHANGE MARKET
- Facilitates buying of shares- it provides a conducive environment to investors who want to buy shares in different companies.
- Facilitates selling of shares- it creates a market for those who wish to sell their shares.
- Safeguarding investors’ interests- it monitors the performance of the already quoted companies and those found not meeting expectations are struck off. Companies who want to be quoted must also attain a certain standard of performance.
- Provides useful information- it provides timely, accurate and reliable information to investors which enable them to make decisions on the investments to make. The information is passed on through mass media and stock brokers.
- Assist companies to raise capital- it assists companies to raise capital by creating an environment through which companies issue new shares to members of the public in an IPO.
- Creation of employment- it creates employment for those who facilitate the buying and selling of shares eg stock brokers, stock agents etc.
- Raising revenue for the government- the government earns revenue by collecting fees and other levies/ dues from activities carried out in the stock exchange market.
- Availing a variety of securities- it avails a variety of securities from which an investor can choose from. The market therefore satisfies needs of various investors eg investors who wish to buy from different companies can do so in the market.
- Fixing of prices- the stock exchange market is in a position to determine the true market value of the securities through the forces of demand and supply. This is of great importance to both the buyer and the seller.
- Measures a country’s economic progress- the performance of securities in the stock exchange market may be an indicator of a country’s economic progress e.g a constant rise in prices and volumes of securities traded within a given period of time would indicate that the country’s economy is positively growing.
- Promotes the culture of saving- it provides investors with opportunities to channel their excess funds. Such people act as role models to other members of the society who may emulate them thereby promoting a saving culture.
PUBLIC CORPORATIONS (STATE CORPORATIONS)
These are organizations formed by and/or controlled by the government (the government has a controlling interest). This means that the government owns more than 50% shares in the corporation. Where the government has full ownership, the organization is known as a parastatal
- Public corporations are formed to perform certain/specific functions on behalf of the government.
- They are formed to provide essential services that are generally in the public interest, and that may require heavy initial capital investment which few private investors can afford
- They are formed by the act of parliament.
Examples
- Kenya Railways corporation- provides railway transport
- Telkom Kenya-provides telecommunication services
- Postal corporation of Kenya
- Industrial and commercial Development corporation (ICDC)- financial and management services
- Mumias and Chemelil sugar companies.
- Kenya air ways- provide air transport services. Etc
Characteristics/features of public corporations
- They are formed by the government under the existing laws i.e formed by an act of parliament eg education act
- Initial capital is provided by the government.
- They are jointly owned by the government and members of public/private investors.
- They are set up to perform certain specific functions on behalf of the government
- They are managed by a board of directors appointed by the government or appointed by the government and the joint owners.
- They have an entity of their own and can own property, enter contracts, sue and be sued
- They have limited liability
- Some operate without a profit motive while others have a profit motive
Formation
-Some are formed by an act of parliament while others are formed under the existing laws.
-When formed by an act of parliament, the Act defines its status obligations and areas of operation. The Act outlines the following;
- Proposed name of the corporation
- Aims and objectives
- Goods or services to be produced and provided
- Location(Area of operation)
- The appointment of top executives
- The powers of the Board of directors
- The ministry under which it will operate
Management
-The public corporations are managed by a board of directors appointed by the president or the relevant minister.
-The chairman and the board of directors are responsible for the implementation of the aims and objectives of the corporations.
-The chairman of the board of directors reports to the government (president) through the relevant minister.
-The managing director who is usually the secretary of the board of directors in the chief executive officer of the corporation
Sources of capital
–The initial capital is usually provided by the government as a vote of expenditure for the ministry concerned
-Those corporations jointly owned by the government and the public raise capital through the sale of shares
-financial institutions in form of loans
-Retained profits/profits ploughed back.
-Hire purchase.
Advantages of public corporations
- Initial capital is readily available because it is provided by the government
- Can afford to provide goods and services at low prices which would otherwise be expensive if they were left to the private sector.
- Most of them produce goods and services in large quantities thereby reaping the benefits of large scale production
- Some are monopolies. They hence enjoy the benefits of being a monopoly e.g. they do not have to incur costs advertising since there is no competition
- They can be bailed out/assisted by the government when in financial problems
- They have limited liability
- Money for research and development can be made readily available by the government
- Through corporations the government is able to remove foreign domination in the country
- They can afford to hire qualified personnel.
Disadvantages of public corporations
- They are managed by political appointees who may not have the necessary managerial know how.
- When they make losses, they are assisted by the government and this could lead to higher taxation of individuals
- Lack of competition due to monopoly leads to inefficiency and insensitivity to customers feelings.
- Political interference may hamper efficiency in the achievement of set goals and objectives.
- Decision making is slow and difficult because the organizations are large.
- They may lack close supervision because of their large sizes.
- There is embezzlement of large sums of money leading to loss of public funds
- The government is forced to provide goods and services to its citizens in all parts of the country where at times its uneconomical to provide them because the costs of providing them may surpass the returns
- Public funds are wasted by keeping poorly managed public corporations.
- Diseconomies of scale apply in these business units because they are usually very large scale organizations e.g. decision making may take long.
Dissolution of public corporations
They can only be dissolved by the government due to;
- Persistent loss making
- Bankruptcy- where the corporation cannot pay its debts.
- Change in the act of parliament that formed the corporation.
- Mismanagement, resulting in poor management of the corporation.
TRENDS IN FORMS OF BUSINESS UNITS
- Globalizations;
This refers to the sharing of worlds resources among all regions i.e where there are no boundaries in business transactions
Some companies referred to as multinationals, have branches in many parts of the world e.g coca-cola company
Globalization has been made possible and effective through the development and improvement of information and technology organization i.e
- World website (internet); one can acquire and order for goods through the internet. This is referred to as Electronic Commerce (E- Commerce) and E- Banking.
- Mobile phones technology has revolutionized ways of life and business and even remote areas have been opened up.
Business Amalgamations/combinations
This occurs when two independent business enterprises combine to form one large organization
Levels of combinations
- Vertical combination; This is when businesses engaged in different but successive levels of production combine e.g. primary(extractive) level combines with secondary(manufacturing)level or secondary level combining with tertiary level.
Example; A company producing cotton (raw materials) combining with a textile industry.
- Horizontal combination; This is where business enterprises of the same level combine e.g. secondary and secondary levels e.t.c
Types of Amalgamation/combination
Amalgamations whether vertical or horizontal can be achieved in these ways;
- Holding companies
-A holding company is one that acquires 51 percent or more shares in one or more other companies.
-The various companies entering into such a combination are brought under a single control.
-These companies are controlled by the holding company and are called Subsidiaries.
-The subsidiary companies are however allowed to retain their original names and status, but the holding company appoints some members to be on the board of directors of these subsidiaries, so as to control their activities.
-Holding companies are usually financial institutions because they are able to buy controlling shares in subsidiary companies
- Absorptions (takeovers)
This refers to a business taking over another business by buying all the assets of the other business which then ceases to exist.
Example; Kenya Breweries took over the castle company in Kenya
- Mergers( Amalgamation);
This is where two or more business organizations combine and form one new business organizations.
-The merging companies cease to exist altogether.
- Cartels
This is a group of related firms/ companies that agree to work together in order to control output, prices and markets of their products – O. P. E. C (organization of petroleum exporting countries) is an example.
- Privatization; this is the process of transferring / selling state owned corporations to public limited companies or private investors. This is done by the Government selling their shareholding to members of the public. The main aim is to:
- Improve efficiency
- Generate revenue for the government.
- Reduce government control
- To break monopolistic practices
- To reduce government expenditure on corporations that relies on government subsidy.
- Check off system– this is a method of remitting money especially to SACCOS where the employer deducts the contribution from the source and submits it to the SACCO on behalf of the employee who is a member of the SACCO.
- Burial Benevolent Funds (B. B. F); some SACCOS have started systems/ funds to assist their members financially in burials through creation of BBF.
- Front Office Savings Account (FOSA); SACCOS have expanded their services to members by introducing FOSA. The account enables members to convinientlydeposit and withdraws money. A member may also be provided with an ATM card which enables him/her to withdraw money at various pesa points/ ATM’s.
- Franchising ; this is where one business grants another the rights to manufacture, distribute or produce its branded products using the name of the business that has granted the rights eg General motors’ has been granted franchise to deal in Toyota, Isuzu and Nissan vehicles.
- Trusts; This is where a group of Companies work together to reduce competition. Trusts may also be formed where a company buys more than 50% of shares in a competing company so as to reduce competition.
- Performance contracts; Employees in state corporations are expected to sign performance contracts in order to improve their efficiency. Other private institutions are also adopting the same practice.
TOPIC 2
GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS
BY THE END OF THE TOPIC, THE LEARNER SHOULD BE ABLE TO:
- Explain reasons for government involvement in business.
- Explain how the government gets involved in business.
- Discuss the merits and demerits of government involvement in business.
- Discuss the importance of consumer protection.
INTRODUCTION
Government involvement in business activities is one of the commercial duties it owes its citizens. It is the one that provides the necessary environment for investments to be undertaken by itself, or by the local and foreign investors. This, the government may do in various ways, these include;
- Producing goods and services
- Distributing goods and services
- Advising producers and traders
- Promoting trade and economic development.
- Protecting consumers against exploitation by producers and traders.
- As a consumer of goods and services.
Reasons for Government involvement in business
The following are the major reasons for the government’s involvement and participation in business activities;
- To prevent exploitation of the public by private business persons especially in the provision of essential goods and services such as sugar, transport, communication etc. the Kenya Bureau of standards (KEBS) regulates the quality of goods consumed in Kenya.
- To provide essential goods and services in areas where private individuals and organizations are unwilling to venture because of low profits/ high risks involved.
- To provide essential goods and services which private organizations and individuals are unable to provide due to the large amount of initial capital required b e.g. generation of electricity, establishment of airlines etc.
- To attract foreign investment by initiating major business projects.
- To stimulate economic development in the country e.g. by providing social services.
- To provide goods and services which are too sensitive to be left in the hands of the private sector e.g. provision of firearms.
- To create employment opportunities by initiating projects such as generation of electricity.
- To prevent foreign dominance of the economy by investing in areas where the locals are not able to.
- To redistribute wealth where returns are very high.
- To prevent establishment of monopolies.
METHODS OF GOVERNMENT INVOLVEMENT IN BUSINESS
The government gets involved in business activities through the following methods:
- Regulation
This refers to Rules and restrictions the government requires business units to follow in their business activities. Through this method, the government ensures high quality goods and services and puts in control measures to protect consumers from exploitation. The government regulation measures include;
- Licensing
A license is a document that shows that a business has been permitted by the government to operate. It is usually issued upon payment of a small fee.
Licensing is the process of issuing licenses to businesses. Some of the reasons why the government issues licenses include;
- Regulating the number of businesses in a given place at any given time to avoid unhealthy competition.
- To control the type of goods entering and leaving the country.
- To ensure there are no illegal businesses.
- To ensure that traders engage only in trade activities that they have been licensed for.
- To ensure that those who engage in professional activities meet the requirements of the profession.
- To raise revenue for the government.
- Ensuring standards/ enforcing standards; The government regulates business activities by setting standards that businesses should and ensuring that the standards are adhered to. To achieve this purpose, the government has established bodies such as;
- Kenya bureau of standards (KEBS) whose main responsibility is to set standards especially for the manufactured goods and see to it that the set standards are adhered to/ met. Goods that meet such standards are given a diamond mark of quality, to show that they are of good quality.
- The ministry of public health to ensure that businesses meet certain standards as concerning facilities before such businesses can be allowed to operate. Such standards may include clean toilets, clean water and well aerated buildings.
- Legislation; The Government may come up with rules and regulations (laws) that regulate business activities e.g. banning hawking in certain areas, matatus required to carry certain number of passengers e.t.c.
- Training
The government takes keen interest in training and advising people in business about business management strategies and better ways of producing goods and services. The government offers these services through seminars and courses. This is mainly done by the Kenya Business Training Institute (K.B.T.I).
Reasons for government training include;
- To expose business persons to modern developments in management.
- Introduce modern technology and skills in management
- Educate the business people on efficient methods of operating a business e.g., effective methods of advertising and keeping books of accounts.
- Expose business people to problems/ challenges facing them and their possible solutions for example, problems of raising capital and identifying investment opportunities.
- Impart proper business ethics e.g. good customer relations and honesty.
- Creating awareness of the available profitable business opportunities in their environment.
- Expose business people to government policies regarding business activities in the country.
- Educate business people on how to use available resources to minimize costs and maximize profits.
- Expose people to other opportunities that exist in the import and export market.
- Trade promotion
This is a government initiated and supported policy to encourage local business people to enter into business. This is aimed at increasing the volume and variety of goods and services traded in.
Trade promotion is classified as either external trade promotion or internal trade promotion.
- External trade promotion
- The purpose of external trade promotion is to encourage local business people to enter into the export market.
- It also intended to attract foreign investors into the country.
- In Kenya, external trade promotion is done through the department of external trade in the ministry of trade and industry.
- External trade promotion may also be done by Commercial attaches.
Commercial attaches are officers sent by the country’s government to work with the embassies in foreign countries as support staff in the field of commerce. Their main duty is to look at the interests of their home countries’ exports eg cash crops and manufactured goods.
Duties of commercial attaches
- Explore and identify new markets for more export opportunities.
- Research and analyze markets for exports from their home countries.
- Keep statistics of products such as volumes, packaging size and method of manufacturing.
- Attend meetings, seminars and workshops on trade patterns of the countries and keep data for new markets of exports.
- Publish and advertise their country’s exports in business journals and magazines.
- Select buyers, agents and distributors of the home country’s exports.
- Inform traders in their home countries of the standards required for exports.
- Assist sales missions from their home countries by organizing educational tours for them.
- Organize visits to trade fairs and exhibitions for business people from their home country.
- Make detailed reports on commercial activities that may help improve the exports of their countries.
To perform these duties, the commercial attaché needs to:
- Keep information on prices paid for exports and terms of payments( conditions to be filled before the payment is made)
- Be aware of the rules that govern payment in international trade.
- Be aware of the working of the regional organizations that operate in developing countries such as the East African Community (E. A. C), Inter-Governmental Authority for Development (I.G.A.D), Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA), Economic Commission for Africa (E.C.A) and African Growth Opportunity Act (A.G.O.A).
- Internal trade promotion
This is done by the government through the ministry of trade. The ministry carries out various activities
CONSUMER PROTECTION
Definition:
- These are measures by either, the government, NGOs or consumers to avoid exploitation of consumers by business people.
- It is the deliberate attempt to safeguard consumer against exploitation or malpractices in business.
Need For Consumer Protection
- To protect them against sale of poor quality goods and services.
- To protect them against sale of goods and services under unhygienic conditions and environment.
- Protect them against sale of harmful goods and services.
- Protect them against breach of contract.
- To protect them against overpricing of goods services.
- To protect them against hoarding of goods and services this may create artificial shortages.
- Protect them against cheating through misleading or false advertisements.
- To protect them against sale of underweight goods and inadequate services.
- Protect them against sale of socially unacceptable goods and services. For example, pornographic materials.
- Protect them against dangers that arise due to contamination of the environment.
- Protect them from dangers that may arise from the use of unsafe building.
- Protect them against sale of illegal goods and services.
METHODS OF CONSUMER PROTECTION
Government initiated methods
- Enactment of laws that safeguard interest of consumer such as:
- Kenya Bureau Of Standards (KEBS) Act to ensure standards of goods are maintained
- Trade Description Act to guard against false or misleading advertisement.
- Food And Drug Act to ensure that products are not harmful
- Public Health Act to ensure safety and health standards are met.
- Trade Licensing Act.
- Weight And Measures Act to ensure goods are of the right weight.
- Hire-Purchase Act to guard against unfair repossession of goods.
- Encourage formation of consumer organizations to cater for the interests of consumers.
- Encouraging businesses to conduct their affairs in a way that is not detrimental to the interest of consumer.
Consumer initiated methods
These are methods by the consumers to protect themselves from exploitation by business people by forming consumer associations.
Functions of consumer associations
- Deals with complaints on defective goods.
- Ensure regular supply of goods: no hoarding
- Ensure correct weight and measures of commodities.
- Ensuring availability of goods and services.
- Educating members on their rights as consumers.
- Ensure health and safety regulation are followed.
Limitations of consumer initiated methods
- Lack of government support
- Lack of capital to finance the associations
- Ignorance of consumers on their rights.
- Lack of initiative from consumers in checking trader’s performance.
- Reluctance of many consumers to join these associations so that they may voice their complaints as a group.
Non-governmental Organisations (NGOs)
- Involve in consumer protection by informing consumers on their rights e.g right to true advertisement.
- Ensures standards are maintained by both producers and traders.
Emerging issues in business and government
- Corruption – this has lowered profit in that most firms affected perform poorly.
- Market liberalization – is the removal of protection policies and regulations so that the Kenyan market is open to all.
- Privatization- is the conversion of public enterprises. Privatization has enhanced efficiency of enterprises to make profit.
- Dumping – occurs when firms sell goods at lower prices overseas than in its home market. This affects local products by denying them market and capacity to survive and expand.
- HIV/AIDS- the government is losing a lot of competent trained manpower through HIV/AIDS
T0PIC 4
COMMUNICATION
Meaning of communication
- Communication is the transfer or conveyance of messages or information from one person to another.
- Communication is the process of sending and receiving meaningful messages, information and ideas between two or more people located at different points in space.
Note: The space between the sender (s) and the receiver (s) maybe as narrow as when people are talking to each other or as wide as between the North Pole and the South Pole.
Effective communication is vital/important for business in that it serves the following purposes.
Importance of communication (purposes)
- To give and obtain information
For an organization to run smoothly there should be proper flow of information within the business and also between the firm and outsiders e.g. the manager may inform members of staff about a planned meeting. Similarly the business may receive a letter of inquiry from a customer
- To clarify issues and points
Through proper communication the organization is able to clarify confusing issues from within and without the firm for example in cases where there are many managers. It would be necessary to clarify the responsibilities of each manager.
- To enhance public relations
Good/efficient communication enables the business to create a more positive image and a favorable reputation of itself to outsiders and overcome prejudices and negative attitudes that people may have against the business.
- To start and influence Action
Proper communication enables the business to get new ideas make plans and ensure that they are implemented in the desired way.
- Improving customer service; Good communication helps in reducing errors providing customers with desired feedback and assisting in handling inquiries more efficiently
- Giving instructions; Through proper communication management is able to get work done by issuing instructions (procedures and orders)e.g. a supplier may be instructed when and where to deliver the goods ordered.
- To give Reassurance; Information is needed to reassure people that their performance is good e.g. an employee may feel better is he/she is served with a “will done”memo or a “customer of the year” award.
- Confirming arrangements; Through communication arrangements are confirmed for example confirmation of meetings conferences or details of transactions
- Co-ordinating departments of the firm; Charges in one department are communicated to other departments that have a direct bearing to those changes e.g. when sales increase the sales department informs the production department so as to increase production proportionality
- Modifying behavior of persons within or outside the organization; Through effective communication persons are trained and counseled and as a result their behavior knowledge and attitudes change
Communication process
Communication is a process that involves interchange of information and ideas between two or more people. Communication therefore is a circular process i.e communication may lead to some reaction which in turn may generate further communication
or feedback. This flow can be illustrated as below:
(2) Message
(3) Receiver
Message 3
Receivercdddd
- Sender
Sender
(4) Feed back
Feedback
- Sender –this is the person who writes, speaks or sends signs (symbols or signals) and is the source of the information.
- Receiver – this is the person to whom the information or the message is sent.
- Message – this is the information that is transmitted from the sender to the receiver. It may be spoken, written or in the form of symbols.
- Feed back – this is the response to the sender’s message. A message is said to have been understood if the receiver provides the desired feedback.
Lines of communication
Communication can be classified according to either the levels of the communicating parties or according to the nature of the message.
- According to levels-This can either be:
- I) Vertical
- ii) Horizontal
iii) Diagonal
- Vertical communication
This is where messages are passed between a senior and her/his juniors in the same organizations
Vertical communication can be divided into two parts
–Downward communication
-Upward communication
-Downward communication-This is a communication process which starts from the top manager to her/his juniors. This can be informed of:
- Training juniors
- Evaluating performance
- Delegating duties
- Solving the problems facing workers
- Inspiring and motivating the juniors(giving rewards)
-Upward communication-This is a communication process that starts from the juniors to the seniors and maybe in the form of:
- Submitting reports
- Giving suggestion
- Submitting complaints a grievances
- Making inquiries
- ii) Horizontal communication (lateral communication)
This is communication between people of the same level (rank) in the same organization e.g. departmental heads in an organization may communicate to achieve the following:
- Co-ordination and harmonization of different activities.
- To create teamwork within the department.
- To exchange ideas in order to develop human resources.
- To reduce goal blindness among different departments.
- To create a sense of belonging among department heads thus acting as a motivating factor.
One of the major characteristics of this type of communication is that there are less inhibitions. The people involved are more open and free with each other than in the case of people with different ranks.
iii) Diagonal communication
This is communication between people of different levels in different departments or different organizations e.g. an accounts clerk may communicate with a sales manager of the same organization or of different organizations. Diagonal communication enhances team work.
- b) According to nature of message
This can either be;
- i) Formal communication
- ii) Informal communication
Formal communication
This is the passing of messages or information using the approved and recognized way in an organization such as official meetings, memos and letters. This means that messages are passed to the right people following the right channels and in the right form.
Formal communication is also known as official communication as it is the passing of information meant for office purposes.
Formal systems of communication are consciously and deliberately established.
Informal communication
This is communication without following either the right channels or in the right form i.e. takes place when information is passed unofficially. It is usually used when passing information between friends and relatives hence it lacks the formality.
Informal communication may also take the form of gossips and rumor-mongering.
Informal communication usually suppliments formal communication as is based on social relations within the organization.
Note: Both formal and informal communication is necessary for effective communication in an organization.
Essentials of Effective communication
For communication to be effective it must be originated produced transmitted received understood and acted upon. The following are the main essentials to effective communications.
- i) The sender/communicator
This is the person from whom the message originates. He/she encodes the message i.e. puts the message in the communicative form.
- ii) Message
This is the information to be sent. It is the subject matter of communication and may contain words, symbols, pictures or some other forms which will make the receiver understand the message
iii) Encoding; This is the process of expressing ones ideas in form of words, symbols, gestures and signs to convey a message
iv)Medium/channel; This refers to the means used in communicating. This could be in the form of letters, telephones and emails among others.
v)The receiver; This is the person for whom the message is intended. The receiver decodes the message for proper understanding.
vi)Decoding; This is the process of interpreting or translating the encoded message to derive the meaning from the message
vii) Feed-back; This refers to the reaction of the receiver of the message. This maybe a reply /response which the receiver sends back to the sender.
The above can be represented in a diagram as shown below;
Receiver (5)
Channel (4)
Encoding (3)
Message (2)
Decoding (6)
Sender (1)
Feedback (7)
FORMS AND MEANS OF COMMUNICATION
Forms; These are channels or ways of passing on messages. The four main forms are;
- i) Oral communication
- ii) Written communication
iii )Audio –visual communication
- iv) Visual communication
Means; This is the device used to pass on information e.g. messages, letters, telephones e.t.c
- Oral communication
This is where information is conveyed by talking (word of mouth)
It is also known as verbal communication
Means of communication
- i) Face-to-face conversation
This involves two or more people talking to each other. The parties are usually near each other as much as possible to ensure effective communication.
It is suitable where subject matter of discussion require convincing persuasion and immediate feed-back.
It may be used during meetings, interviews, seminars, private discussions, classrooms e.t.c
It is the most common means of oral communication
Advantages of face-to-face communication
- Provides for immediate feedback
- Has personal appeal
- Body language can be easily expressed
- One can persuade or convince another
- It is the simplest communication to use
- It is direct i.e. does not pass through intermediaries
- Convenient for confidential messages.
Disadvantages of face-to-face communication
- No record for future reference
- Can be time consuming
- Messages can be distracted
- Not suitable when people are far apart
- Unsuitable for the dumb and deaf
ii)Telephone
This form of communication is commonly used in offices and homes. It is useful in sending messages quickly over short and long distances.
It is however not suitable for sending;
- Confidential messages
- Long and detailed reports, charts and graphs
- Messages that would require reference or evidence
In Kenya telephone services are mainly provided by Telkom Kenya Limited. The subscriber is required to purchase the telephone equipment from the post office or other authorized dealers before installation.
Installation is done on application by the subscriber (applicant).He/she pays the installation fee in addition; the subscriber is sent a monthly bill with the charges for all the calls made during the month.
The charges for calls depend on the time spent time of the day of the week and distance of the recipient from the caller e.g. it is cheaper to call at night than during the day. It is also cheap to make calls during public holidays and weekends than on weekdays.
There are also mobile phones which have no physical line connection to exchange and may be fixed to a vehicle or carried in pockets. In Kenya these services are provided by safaricom, Airtel, orange and Yu mobile communications.
Advantages of Telephones
- Relatively fast
- Has personal appeal
- Provides for immediate feedback
- One can persuade or convince another
- Suitable for long distance communication
Disadvantages of Telephone
- Can be expensive especially over long distances
- No record for future reference
- Lacks confidentiality
- Not convenient for dumb and deaf
- Can be time consuming
Reasons why mobile phones have become popular
- They are portable and can be conveniently carried around.
- It is not very expensive especially when making local calls.
- Relatively cheap to acquire.
- Some mobile phones can record conversations / calls thereby acting as evidence.
- Can be used to send short text messages (sms)
- Can be used anywhere since they are portable.
iii) Radio calls
This involves transmitting information by use of radio waves i.e. without connecting wires between the sender and the receiver
The device used is called a radio telephone. It is commonly used in remote areas where normal telephone services are lacking or where telephone services are available but cannot be conveniently used e.g. policemen on patrol in different parts of a town
Radio transmission is a one way communication system i.e. only one person can speak at a time. It is therefore necessary for the speaker to say’over’ to signal the recipient that the communication is through so that the recipient can start talking. To end the conversation, the speaker says ‘over and out’
The radio calls are commonly used by the police, game rangers, researchers, foresters, ship owners and hotels situated in remote areas. They are also used for sending urgent messages such as calling for an ambulance and fire brigade
Note; Radio calls are not confidential since they use sound frequencies that can be tapped by any radio equipment that is tuned to that frequency
Advantages of Radio calls
- Relatively fast
- Has immediate feedback
- Has personal appeal
- Provide room for one to persuade and convince another
- Suitable for remote areas
- Convenient for long distances
Disadvantages of Radio calls
- No record for future reference
- Lacks confidentiality
- Messages are sent one way at a time
- Can be expensive
- Cannot be used by dumb and deaf
- Can be time consuming.
- iv) Paging
This is a means of communication used to locate staff or employers who are scattered in an organization or who are outside and need to be located urgently
When within the organization portable receivers, lighted signals, bells, loudspeakers etc are used
When outside the organization employees are contacted using portable receivers (pocket-size) used to send messages through sms (short message services)
The paying system can only be used within a certain radius. When using a portable receiver, the caller will contact the subscriber by calling the post office which will then activate the pager.
The subscriber is then informed to contact the originator of the message.
Paging is mostly used in emergency cases
v)Radio
Usually messages intended for a wide audience can be transmitted through a radio more quickly and economically than by using other forms of communication.;`
Radio is used for different reasons apart from advertising e.g for formal notices, and venue for activities
Advantages of oral/verbal communication
- Very effective method of communication since the recipient can be persuaded/convinced
- It is relatively faster method of communication
- The sender can get immediate feedback
- It indicates some sence of regard hence more appealing.
Disadvantages of oral/verbal communication
- Has no records for future reference
- Is an expensive method especially if the two parties are far apart
- Is not good for confidential messages
- It is not suitable for confidential messages
- It may be time wasting especially where one needs to be convinced
Written Communication
This involves transmission of messages through writing. It is the most formal way of communication because the information is in recorded form and can be used for reference
Means of written communication
(i)Letters
Letters are the most commonly used means of communication.
There are two categories of letters;
a)Formal letters
- b) Informal letters
- a) Formal letters; These include business letters and official letters.
Business letters are written to pass messages and information from businessmen to customers and vice versa e.g. letters of inquiry and acknowledgement notes.
It can also be used between employees and employers in an organization e.g. a complimentary note.
Official letters are letters between people in authority and others that touch on the activities of the organization e.g. an application letter for an advertised vacancy in an organization.
Formal letters have a salutation clause which usually starts with “Dear Madam “or “Dear Sir”. It also bears the addresses of both the sender and the recipient, a subject heading and a complimentary clause ending with “Yours faithfully”.
- b) Informal Letters; these are letters between friends and relatives
They are also known as Personal letters
- ii) Telegrams
This is a means of communication provided by the post office. The sender obtains the telegram form fro the post office and fills the message on it in capital letters and hand it over to the post office employees at the counter. Alternatively the sender may use a telephone to read the message to the post office. The post office then transmits the message to the recipient post office.
The charges of a telegram are based on the number of words used, the more the words used the higher the charges. However there is a standing charge.
Telegrams are used for sending urgent messages.
Note; Due to changing technology telegrams have lost popularity. Short messages can now be sent by cell phones (mobile phones) using the short messages services (sms)
iii) Telex
This is a means of communication used to send short or detailed messages quickly by use of a teleprinter. The service is provided by the post office on application.
A message is sent by use of two teleprinters one on the senders end and another on the recipients end. When sending information through a teleprinter which is a form of electric typewriter producing different electric signals, its keys are pressed and automatically the message is printed at the recipient’s machine.
Telex saves time for both the sender and recipient as the messages are brief precise and received immediately. However it’s an expensive means of communication
- iv) Facsimile (Fax)
This involves transmission of information through a fax machine. Both the sender and the receiver must have a fax machine. These machines are connected using telephone lines
Fax is used to transmit printed messages such as letters, maps, diagrams and photographs. To send the information, one dials a fax number of the required destination and then the document is fed into the sender’s machine. The receiving machine reproduces the document immediately. It is used for long distance photocopying service.
- v) Memorandum (Memo)
This is printed information for internal messages within an organization. It is normally used to pass information between departments or offices in an organization.
Memoranda have no salutation or complimentary clause. They are suitable for informing the officers within an organization of matters related to the firm.
A memo is pinned on the notice board of an organization if it is meant for everybody otherwise passed to the relevant staff.
- vi) Notice
This is a written communication used to inform a group or the public about past current or future events. It is usually brief and to the point. It can be placed on walls, in public places, on trees, in newspapers or on notice boards
viii) Reports
These are statements/within records of findings recommendations and conclusion of an investigation/research. A report is usually sent to someone who has asked for it for a specific purpose.
viii) Circulars
These are many copies of a single letter addressed to very many people when the message intended for each is the same.
- ix) Agenda
This is an outline of the items to be discussed in a meeting. It is usually contained in a notice to a meeting sent in advance to all the participants of the meeting. The notice of the meeting contains;
- The date of the meeting
- The venue of the meeting
- Time of the meeting
- Items to be discussed
- x) Minutes
These are records of the proceedings of a meeting. Keeping minutes of certain meetings is a legal requirements e.g companies
Keeping minutes for other meetings are for management purposes to ensure that decisions made at the meetings are implemented
Advantages of written communication
- It can be retained for future reference
- Some like letters are relatively cheap(can produce many copies)
- It is suitable for confidential messages
- Allows for inclusion of fine details
- It is not prone to distortion of messages
- Can be used as evidence
- Can be addressed to many people.
Disadvantages of written communication
- It lacks personal appeal
- It takes time to prepare and reach the recipient
- Suitable for the literate only
- Immediate feedback may not be possible
- Does not offer room for persuasion and convincing
- It may be expensive because it involves a lot of paperwork and time.
- Not suitable if the sender and the receiver do not share a common language.
3) Visual Communication
This is the process of passing information by use of diagrams, drawings pictures, signs, and gestures e.t.c
- Photographs
A photograph is an image (visual representation of an object as it appeared at the time when the photograph was taken
Photographs are self-explanatory and may not be accompanied by any narration or explanation. The recipient is able to get the message at a glance.
- b) Signs
Refer to marks, symbols, drawings or gestures whose purpose is to inform the public about such things as directions, distances, dangers and ideas.
Examples; road signs, traffic lights and danger signs on electricity poles
This means of communication can only be effective if the meaning of the sign used is understood.
Graphs; These are used to show and illustrate statistical information
Charts; These are diagrams which show or illustrate the flow of an idea e.g. an organization chart illustrates the whole organization structure indicating the chain of command
Advantages of visual communication
- It can be used to pass confidential information
The information may be obtained at once
Disadvantages of visual communication
- Can only be used by people who can see
- The information may be wrongly interpreted
- It may be an expensive method of communication
- Cannot be used for long distances
4) Audio-Visual communication
This is a form of communication in which messages are sent through sounds and signs .
This form of communication ensures that the receiver gets the message instantly.
It is suitable where both the sender and the receiver know the meaning of specific sounds and signs
Means of Audio-visual communication
- Television (TV); This is a device that transmits information inform of a series of images on a screen accompanied by sound. It is a very effective method of communication since it combines the advantages of image and sound
A television can be a very suitable means of sending urgent messages especially when it gives live coverage of events.
- Siren; This is a device used to produce a loud shrill sound accompanied by a flashing light. It is commonly used by the police, ambulances, and the fire brigade and security firms to alert the public of the danger involved e.g. the ambulance siren conveys the message that somebody is seriously sick and therefore other motorists should give way.
Advantages of Audio-visual communication
- It reaches many people
- It is more appealing than other means of communication
- Reinforces verbal communication
- May have a lasting effect on the receiver
- Suitable where receivers are illiterate.
Disadvantages of Audio-visual communication
- It is suitable to those people who can interpret the messages correctly
- It is not suitable for confidential messages
- Preparation may take long.
5) Audio Communication
This is when the message is transmitted through sounds. Examples include
- A whistle; This is a device which is blown to produce a sharp shrill sound to alert or warn the public or employees in an institution. It is normally used by security guards when there is danger. In some organization, a whistle is used to announce change in shifts
- Horn; This is also an instrument that is used to produce sound which passes different information depending on the way it is blown.
Other methods of audio communication include drums, alarms, and bells among others
Advantages of Audio communication
- Is a faster method of communication
- It can reach several people at once
- The message is received instantly
Disadvantages of Audio communication
- The message may be interpreted wrongly
- It can only be used within a certain radius at a time
- It distracts people’s attention
FACTORS TO CONSIDER WHEN CHOOSING MEANS OF COMMUNICATION
- Speed; Speed is an important factor when the message is urgent. In such a case telex, fax, telephone, telegram or e-mail would be the most suitable means of communication. Otherwise ordinary mail would be used
- Cost; The cost incurred in using a means of communication vary from one means to another e.g. it is cheaper to send messages by ordinary mail than by telegram or telex
- Confidentiality; Some messages are quite confidential and are intended for certain person only. Where confidential messages are involved, appropriate means should be used e.g. registered mail or internal memo enclosed in an envelope
- Distance; The geographical gap between the sender and recipient is very important in determining the means of communication to be used. Some means are suitable for long distances while others are not.Paging and sirens are suitable for short distances. For long distances, fax letters, telephone.g,e-mail may be appropriate
- Evidence, Some means of communication do not provide record of the message communicated while others do. All means of written communication provide evidence of messages communicated.
- Reliability; This is the assurance (certainty) that the message will reach the intended person at the right time in the right form. Face-to-face communication is more reliable than other forms of communication because one can ask for clearly and get answers immediately. For some written information, courier service may be preferred
- Accuracy; This refers to the exactness of the message communicated as intended by the sender. Written messages are generally more accurate than other means of communication.
- Desired impression; The impression created upon the recipient of a message is very important e.g. a telegram or speed post mail will carry some sence of urgency, registered mail will create an impression of confidentiality while use of colourful and attractive letterheads would convey a good image of the business.
- Availability; One may want to telephone, for example, but the services are not there so the person would be forced to use alternative means e.g. letters or radio call.
BARRIERS TO EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION
Communication is said to be complete only when the recipient gets the message the way the sender intends it to be. When information is not received the way it was intended then it has been distorted. Distortion of a message is brought about by some communication barriers which may exists in the path of the message between the sender and the recipient. Some of these barriers are;
- Language used; the language used by the sender should be known (understood) by the recipient so that communication can take place
- Poor Listening; the effectiveness of communication will depend on the willingness of the recipient to listen keenly .listening require careful attention and concentration. It may however be the task of the sender of the message to attempt to gain the attention of the listener. Through his/her choice of words and expression among others.
- Negative Attitude; Attitude refers to the feelings of the communicating parties towards each other. It is important that there exists a mutual feeling of trust and respect between the parties concerned in order to avoid bias .If there is mistrust and prejudice then there may be deliberate or unintentional misunderstanding of the message involved.
- Poor Timing ; poor timing leads to breakdown in communication , therefore for effective communication to take place the message must be sent and received at an appropriate time, eg a message sent when one is in a hurry may not be properly received or delivered
- Wrong medium ; the medium used to communicate must be appropriate for the message being conveyed otherwise there may breakdown in communication eg one may not convey a confidential message over the telephone effectively
- Prejudgment ; our understanding of the message is often conditional by our earlier experiences and knowledge this may make one individual draw premature conclusion eg a student who always fail in a subject and this time round has improve may be failed by the teacher because he has always failed in the past .
- Ambiguities it occurs when the sender express in a manner which leads to wrong interpretation. When the rec eiver interprets the message differently it automatically leads to communication breakdown.
- Emotional responses; emotional responses such as those resulting from hunger or excitement may lead to distortion of message.
- Unclear System within the organization ; if the channel of passing information in an organization are not clear then the message will not get to the right people for whom the messages intended
- Noise it refers to any disturbing sounds which interfere with concentration or listening ability of the recipient of the message the presence of noise may make it impossible for any message to be received in the right way.
- Unfamiliar Non verbal signals; lack of understanding of non verbal sign may be a barrier to effective communication.
SERVICE THAT FACILITATE COMMUNICATION
Services that facilitate communication include;
- Mailing services
- Telephone services
- Broadcasting services
Mailing services
This refers to handling of letters and parcels. They are offered by organizations such as postal corporation of Kenya (P.C.K) securicorl courier and Document handling Limited (D.H.L)
Some of the services offered by the postal corporation include;
- Speed post; This is service offered by the post office to send correspondence and parcels to a destination in the shortest time possible. The post office uses the quickest means of transport available to deliver the mail.
The sender pays the normal postage fee plus a fee for special service. An example of such a service is Expedited Mail Service(EMS) speed post
- Ordinary Mail
These include surface mail and air mail.
Surface Mail; These include letters and parcels delivered by road, rail, water and hand.
Air Mail; This consists of letters and light parcels delivered by air.
- Express Mail;
An express mail is/must be presented at the post office counter by the sender and the envelope clearly addressed and a label with the word “express” affixed. Normal postage plus an extra fee (commission) is charged
The mail is delivered to the receivers nearest post office from where the post office makes arrangements to deliver the mail to the receiver within the shortest time possible.
NOTE: For speed post special arrangements to deliver the mail start at the sender’s post office whereas express mail, the arrangements start at the addressers post office.
- Poste Restante;This is a service offered by the post office to travelers who may wish to receive correspondence right away from their post office box. The addressee has to inform those who may wish to correspond with him/her of the nearest post office he is likely to use at a particular time
Under this arrangement when addressing the letter, the words poste Restante must be written on the envelope clearly. The addressee must identify himself/herself when collecting the correspondence from the post office.
There is no additional charge made apart from normal postage charges. This service can only be offered for three months in the same town
- Registered Mail;
This service is offered by the post office for sending articles of value for which security handling is required. A registration fee and a commission is paid. The commission depends on the weight of the article and the nature of registration. The sender is required to draw a horizontal and a vertical line across the faces of the envelope.
A certificate of registration is given to the sender. In case of loss,the sender may be paid compensation on production of the certificate of registration.
A green card is sent to the recipient. The card bears his name and the post office at which the mail was registered. The recipient will be required to identify himself before being allowed to posses the mail.
Items that may be registered include jewels, certificate, land title deeds e.t.c.
- Business Reply Service; This is a service offered by the post office to business firms on request. The firm pays some amount to the post office and an account is then opened from which posted charges are deducted.
The service is useful/more common with firms which would like to encourage their customers to reply their letters. Customers are issued with reply card envelopes (or envelopes marked ‘postage paid’)
They can send letters to the business by using these envelopes/the card. The customers then place the card/envelope in the post box and the firms post office branch will deduct postage charges from the lump some amount.
- Courier Services
These are services where a service provider receives transports and delivers parcels or important documents to destinations specified by customers in return for payment of fees or charges.
Examples; Akamba bus service, Securicor courier services e.t.c
ii)Telephone services
- Landline/fixed line services
- Cellular (mobile)phone services
- Land(Fixed)line services
Telkom Kenya, through the post office, provides telephone services which offer direct contact between people who are far apart. It makes conversation between people at any distance possible, as long as there are transmission facilities between them. Urgent matters can be discussed and consultations can take place so that instant decision or actions are taken. The telephone assists organizations to establish a fast and convenient machinery for its internal and external communication network.
- Cellular(mobile)phone services
These are hand held telephones with digital links that use radio waves. They are sometimes called cell-phones since they use power stored in a dry cell
In Kenya mobile phone services are provided by safaricom Ltd.(a subsidiary of Telkom Kenya)and Airtel communications Ltd(formally Kencel Communication Ltd)which is a joint venture between a French company and a Kenyan company, yu mobile services and Orange mobile services . This sector therefore greatly benefits from foreign investment to improve services.
The use of this service is popular. Apart from the provision of telecommunication service, cell phones have different attractive features or services such as short messages service (sms) whereby a caller can send a written message. Recent models of mobile phones enable the user to access the internet and send e-mail messages
Advantages
- They are portable
- Written messages can be transmitted easily and cheaply through the short message service(sms)
- Enables both local and international communication.
- The cost of acquiring the equipment is relatively affordable
- Direct feedback is possible
- Has memory for storing written messages
- Has got e-mail capability
Disadvantages
- Some kinds of mobile phones are expensive to buy
- Maintenance expenses of a mobile phone are high. They are also susceptible to damage and repair can be very costly
- Users are greatly inconvenienced in case there is no network coverage
- A special facility where the callers identity is known(displayed on screen)can be abused where recipient does not wish to answer the call
- Mobile phones are a security problem. They are easy targets for thieves
- There is a danger of the radio active rays or emissions negatively affecting the users health, if such emissions are not adequately controlled
iii) Broadcasting services
Communication commission of Kenya is a regulatory body that receives applications and issues licences for radio and television broadcasting stations.
- Radio stations
Radio broadcasting is a very important mode of giving news and information to people in the whole world.
The liberalization of the communications sector in Kenya in 1999, Kenya has witnessed a mushrooming of F.m Stations which are owned by private sector operators e.g. Kiss Radio, Easy fm,Classic fm,Family fm,Kameme e.t.c
They have helped to spread news and information countrywide. Before liberalization, Kenya Broadcasting corperation (KBC) radio was operating as a state owned monopoly.
- Television Stations
Television broadcasting (telecasting) does not reach as wide an audience as radio broadcasting in Kenya. It however serves the same purpose of relaying news and information to Kenyans. Both radio and television stations are widely used for advertising purposes.
The T.V subsector has been liberalized since 1999 and a number of privately owned stations have emerged e.g Kenya Television Network (KTN) Nation Television, Family T.V etc. Prior to that time KBC television was in operation as a state owned monopoly.
Other services that facilitate communication
- Telex
- Facsimile
- Paging
Current trends and Emerging issues in communication
With the advancement of information technology (I.T) there has been a lot of revolution in communication.
The following are some of the current trends and emerging issues in communication;
- Telephone Bureaux(Bureaus)
These are privately owned kiosks where telephone services are sold. The owner of the kiosk must get authority from the service provider in order to run the bureau. The individual wishing to use the services of the bureau makes payments to the owner of the service. Other services offered by the bureau include selling of scratch cards for mobile telephones and credit cards for landline telephone services.
- Mobile phones (cell phones)
These are hand held telephones with digital links that use radio waves. They have become an important business and social tool. This is because most people and traders want some flexibility to be able to communicate whenever they are.
Other reasons that have led to the popularity of cell phones include:
- Pre paid services which enable the owners to control communication costs.
- Most cellular phones now allow the owners to browse the internet, check and send mail. This allows business people to communicate research and even place orders.
- Cellular phones have short message services (sms) which enables the owners to send written messages.
- E- mail ( Electronic Mail)
This is a service provided through the internet for sending messages.
It is similar to sending a letter through the postal system only that it is done electronically.
-Messages can be sent to anyone on the network, anywhere in the world. For this to take place, computers have to be connected to each other to form a network.
-To communicate, one is required to have an email address e.g raeform2 @ yahoo.com. Messages arrive at the e – mail address immediately they are sent.
-It is only the addressee of the message who can retrieve the message since a password is required to access the mailbox.
-E – mail can also be used to send documents and photographs like certificates by scanning and attaching.
– More and more businesses are using e- Mail to communicate with other businesses, their customers and suppliers.
* QUESTION: OUTLINE THE ADVANTAGES OF USING E- MAIL AS A MEANS OF COMMUNICATION.
- iv) Internet
The internet links computers all over the world. Written and oral information is transmitted on the internet through the use of telephone wires, fibre- optic cables and wireless devices.
The internet has changed the way people communicate in the following ways;
- Increased use of electronic mail (e-mail)
- Quick access to information from all over the world.
- Development of home offices and remote offices.
- Use of teleconferencing and video conferencing.
- Development of e-commerce.
- Move towards a paperless office
The future office will rely largely on computers. Most of the communication will be done through computers. This may result in less use of paper, hence the use of the term “the paperless office”.
Vi ) Decline in the use of postal services
Decline in the use of postal services is a result of the impact of the internet. E-mail has become a popular and preferred mode of communication since it is fast and cheap. However, ordinary mail/ use of postal services may not be completely phased out since the government, businesses and people do not regard an e-mail as a binding or formal communication.
Vii) Transformation of language
The language used to pass and receive messages has evolved through time.e.g the youth have adopted the use of “sheng” in exchanging messages. such language is largely understood by its youthful users. There is also the use of cell phones to send short text messages; which are highly abbreviated and may use slang whose meaning is only known to the users e.g ‘av a gr8 day’.
COMMUNICATION REVESION QUESTIONS
- Define the term communication
-Communication is the process by which information is passed from one person or place to another.
- Outline the role played by communication in any given organization
- It is used to give instructions on what should be done at work and during work.
- It enhances good relations among workers thereby promoting and enhancing their efficiency.
- Through communication most organizations have been able to improve their image, for example through advertising.
- It used to improve the relationship between the organization and the customer or clients.
- For co-ordinating purposes, communication is used to ensure all departments work in harmony.
- The feedback got from the clients or customers helps to improve an organization’s reliability and quality of goods and services offered.
- Communication is used as a tool for management.
- Good decisions are made as communication helps one understand all the necessary matters.
- Briefly explain the following levels of communication
(a) Vertical communication
Involves the flow of information either downwards or upwards, for example, from a senior employee to a junior employee
(b) Horizontal communication
Is also referred to as lateral communication which is passing of information between people of the same rank or status, for example from one departmental manager to another departmental manager
(c) Diagonal communication
Is communication of different people in different levels of management or departments for example a receptionist communicating to a production manager.
- Distinguish between formal and informal communication
Formal communication is official and documented and follows certain rules for example a worker writing an official letter to an organization’s seniors. Informal communication does not conform to any time, for example communicating to friends and relatives.
- State the essential elements in communication.
- The sender who is the source of the information being communicated
- The receiver(or recipient) of information
- The message being communicated
- The channel (or medium) through which the message is passed on
- Feedback which is the response or reaction of the recipient.
- Highlight the various types of verbal communication
- Face-to-face communication
- Telephone conversation
- Radio calls conversation.
- State the advantages and disadvantages of verbal communication
Advantages
- A large number of people can receive the information at once for example when addressing in a meeting.
- There is immediate feedback
- Clarification can be made easily and immediately
- This is personal appeal
- It can be very convenient and persuasive
- It is fast since the intended information reaches the recipient immediately.
Disadvantages
- It is not easy to know if the message or information has been received particularly if the receivers are many
- It is prone to outside interference due to noise and other forms of disruptions
- In case of incorrect pronunciation of words, there could be distortion of the information
- There is no record for future reference.
- The method is not effective for recipients with learning problems.
- Can take a lot of time to pass intended information.
- Outline the various barriers to effective communication
- Noise may hinder effective communication
- The emotional state of both the sender and the recipient
- Use of the wrong channel to communicate
- Breakdown of a channel used to communicate
- Illiteracy of the recipient particularly for written communication.
- The attitude of the recipient towards the sender and the information being communicated
- Use of difficult vocabulary or words by the sender
- Lack of concentration on the part of the recipient may affect communication
- Poor timing by the sender.
- Highlight reasons that would make an organization use cell phones for communication within and outside the organization.
- One gets immediate feedback
- It is fast and can be used to send urgent messages
- There is personal appeal
- The sender has a great opportunity to convince and persuade the recipient.
- It is not very expensive particularly for making calls for a short duration of time
- It can be used even when both the sender and the recipient are far apart
- State the various types of written communication.
- Written
- Memorandum(memos)
- Reports
- Notices
- Telegrams
- Circulars
- Minutes
- State the reasons why an organization would use written communication instead of verbal communication.
- Written communication provides evidence which may not be there in verbal communication
- Written information can be stored for future reference unlike verbal which cannot be stored and depends on the recipients memory
- It is not prone to distortions and therefore more accurate than verbal communication
- Written communication can be in form of diagrams, illustration and maps which is not possible for verbal communication
- Some written communication such as letters would be cheaper and time saving than verbal communication, for example making long telephone calls.
- Written communication can be used for confidential messages, for example registered mails.
- State the disadvantages of written communication
- Written is not very persuasive or convincing
- There is no personal touch
- It can only be used by literate
- It can be slow where letters take time to reach the recipient
- It takes time to get a feedback from the recipient
- Messages cannot be enhanced by gestures, that is, body language or face expressions
- It can be expense to file all the written communication
- Outline the various means of visual communication
- Charts
- Photographs
- Gestures, which may include signs and symbols
- Slides
- State the advantages and disadvantages of audio-visual of communication
Advantages
- Information is more attractive and appealing
- Can reach many people at once
- It can be used even for those who cannot read and write
- Immediate feedback is received from the way the recipient behave
- Can be entertaining
Disadvantages
- Can be misinterpreted, for example if the receiver does not understand the signs or gesture
- Not suitable for passing confidential information
- It is not possible for the recipient to give a feedback
- Gesture and signs are only suitable to those who can understand them
- The initial cost of preparing these forms of communication may be high for the sender
- It may take a lot of time to prepare these forms of communication
- Outline the various service that facilitate communication
- Registered mail, for sending valuable or confidential information.
- Speed post services offered by the post office to send letters parcels using the quickest means possible
- Poste restante, usually used by those without postal addresses
- Business reply service which enables customers and clients to reply to a business without having to pay for postage stamps
- Broadcasting services through various radio stations
- Print media such as the various newspapers, magazines and journals
- Internet services which connect one to the world wide website
- Telephone services
- State the various trends in communication
- Mobile or cell phone use
- Internet which uses inter linked computers to the world wide website
- Fax, which can be used to send written messages very fast
- Information and telephone bureaus where one can make local and international calls
- Move towards a paperless office.
- Transformation of language.
- Highlight the factors to be considered when choosing a means of communication.
- The cost because some are more expensive than others
- Availability of the means
- Reliability or assurance that the message will reach the recipient
- The distance between the sender and the recipient.
- The literacy level of both the receiver and the recipient
- The confidential nature of the information being sent
- The urgency of the message
- If there is need for evidence or need for future reference
- The desired impact of the means upon the recipient.
- Advice Mary Wakio why she should not use telex to communicate to her friends
- Her friends may be illiterate and may be unable to read the message received
- Her friends may not have a receiving machine and will be unable to get the information
- It can be expensive to use as the sender pays a subscription fee and rental fee while he and the recipient pays for the sent message
- It can be expensive to buy the teleprinters used in receiving and sending information
- Telex may only send written messages but cannot be used to send maps, diagrams and charts
- State circumstances when sign language can be the most appropriate form of communication
- When communicating to someone who has a hearing problem
- If one wishes to pass a secret or coded message
- If both the receiver and the sender are far apart but can see each other
- It can be used in case there is a language barrier
- In an environmental where there is a lot of noise or physical interference to other forms of communication, sign language may be used
- It can be appropriate where both the recipient and the sender understand the signs.
- Explain four factors that have led to the popularity of mobile phones as a means of communication.
TOPIC 3:
TRANSPORT
TOPIC OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
- Explain the meaning and importance of transport to business.
- Explain the essential elements of transport.
- Describe the modes and means of transport.
- Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each means of transport.
- Discuss the factors that influence choice of appropriate means of transport.
- Discuss trends of transport.
MEANING OF TRANSPORT
Transport is the physical movement of people and goods from one place to another. It helps bridge the gap between producers and consumers hence creating place utility.
Importance of Transport to Business
- Bridging the gap between producers and consumers/ linking consumers to producers-Transport links consumers to producers which enable the consumers to obtain the goods they need.
- Employment creation-Transport helps in solving unemployment problem by creating job opportunities. For example, people may be employed as drivers, pilots, mechanics and road constructors.
- Promotes specialization-Transport enables people to specialize in jobs they are best at. For example; producers would concentrate in production only while other people carry out distribution.
- Making goods and services more useful-Through transport goods are moved from a place where they are least required to a place where they are most required thereby making them more useful.
- Improving people’s standard of living-It enables consumers to get a variety of goods and services thereby improving the standards of living.
- Availing a wide market for products-It helps producers to widen the markets for their products by enabling them access to areas they would otherwise not have accessed
- Increased production/ facilitates mass production-Due to the wider market created through transport, producers are able to increase the volume of goods produced.
- Avoiding wastage-Transport makes it possible for surplus goods to be disposed of by taking them to areas where they are required. Perishable goods such as flowers, fruits and vegetables can also be transported fast hence minimizing/ avoiding wastage.
- Promoting development of industries-Through transport, raw materials can be taken to manufacturing industries and also finished goods to the market. Similarly, it promotes development of service industries such as tourism.
- Adds value to goods and services- creates utility in goods by moving them from the point of production to where they are needed thereby adding their value.
- Leads to the opening of new markets- Goods and services can be taken to new areas with ease.
- It facilitates the movement of labour- people can easily move from where they stay to where they work
ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS OF TRANSPORT
In order for a transport system to function efficiently it should have certain basic elements. These elements are:
- Unit(S) of carriage
- Methods of propulsion
- Ways
- Terminals(terminus)
Unit(S) of carriage
This refers to anything i.e. vessel that is used to transport goods and people from one place to another. Units of carriage include: ships, trains, aeroplanes, motor vehicles, bicycles and carts. Units of carriage are also referred to as means of transport.
Methods of propulsion
This is the driving force (source of power) that makes a unit of carriage to move.The power for most vessels may be petroleum products, electricity, human force or animal power.
Ways
It refers to either the route or path passes by the vessel. The route can be on land, on water or through air. Examples of ways are roads, railways, paths, canals, seaways and airways. The ways can be classified into either natural ways or manmade ways.
- Natural ways-As the name suggests, natural ways are the ways that are provided by nature. They are therefore free to acquire. They include airways and seaways.
- Man-made ways-These are ways that are made available by human being. They include roads, canals and railways. Manmade ways are usually expensive to construct and maintain.
Terminals (terminuses)
The vessel used to carry goods and people starts from one destination and ends up at another. At these destinations the loading and off-loading take place respectively. The loading and off-loading places are referred to as terminals or terminus. Examples of terminuses are bus stations, airports and seaports.
MODES OF TRANSPORT
Mode refers to the manner in which transport is carried out. There are three modes of transport namely:
- Land transport
- Water transport
- Air transport
Land transport
This mode of transport involves movement of goods and people using units of carriage that move on dry land. The various means under this mode includes:
- Human Porterage
This involves human beings carrying goods on their heads, shoulders or backs. Human Porterage as a means of transport is the oldest kind of transport and is still very common in our society. The means is suitable for transporting light luggage over short distances. It is also appropriate where other means of transport are not available or convenient.
Advantages of Human Porterage
- Could be the only means of transport available
- Compliments other means of transport
- Flexible as it has no fixed time table or routes
- May be a cheap means compared to other means of transport
- Readily available when required
- Convenient over short distances
Disadvantages of human Porterage
- Not suitable for long distances
- They add onto congestion on roads
- Not suitable for transporting heavy and bulky goods
- It is relatively slow
- Relies on human energy which is exhaustible
Carts
Carts are open vessels usually on two or four wheels that are pushed or pulled by either human being or animals such as oxen and donkeys. The carts pushed or pulled by human beings are referred to as hand carts or mikokoteni. The ones pulled by animals, on the other hand, are called animal driven carts. Carts are used to carry relatively large quantities compared to human porterage. Like human porterage, they are not suitable for long distances. Types of goods that are transported using this means include, agricultural produce, water and animal feeds.
Advantages of carts
- Compliments other means of transport
- Relatively cheap to hire
- Initial buying and maintenance cost is low
- Appropriate in remote areas where other means are not available
- Readily available for hire
- Can carry fairly heavier and bulky goods
- Convenient for transporting goods over short distances
Disadvantages of carts
- May not be suitable for transporting heavy and bulky goods
- Cause traffic jams on roads leading to congestion and accidents
- Not suitable for transporting goods over long distances
Vehicles
These are means (units of carriage) of transport that ferry goods and people on roads. Vehicles are the most commonly used means of transport.
Vehicles are either passenger or goods carriers. Passenger carriers may be buses, matatus, taxis and private cars while goods are transported using Lorries, pick-ups, tankers and trailers. Vehicles are expensive to acquire and maintain. The convenience of vehicles may depend on the nature of the road on which they travel.
Some roads are impassible especially when it rains while others are usable throughout the year (all weather roads).Of special concern in road transport is the matatus. These are privately owned passenger vehicles which were introduced to supplement the existing mainstream transport companies that were inadequate at independence. They got their name from the amount of fare they used to charge originally that is, mapeni matatu. The operators have to obtain the relevant documents such as insurance cover in order to be allowed to operate. Their owners may form associations which take care of their interests along given routes or in certain areas.
Advantages of matatus
- They supplement regular bus companies, especially in remote areas where they are the only means.
- They fill up faster than buses hence save time
- They are more flexible since they can change routes easily depending on demand
- They reach out into the interior of rural areas where big buses cannot access
- They are more flexible with the fares they charge
- They are easier to hire as most of them are readily available
- They are cheaper to acquire as compared to buses
Disadvantages of matatus
- Some Matatus are poorly maintained to the extent of being roadworthy
- Most drivers are reckless as they rush to compete for customers. They pick or drop passengers anywhere
- In some cases, touts use impolite language when dealing with passengers
- They may cause noise pollution such as unnecessary hooting and loud music
- They may cause congestion in towns unnecessarily because of careless driving and parking
- Uncalled for sudden increase in fares at peak hours, during the night and on public holidays
- Their operation is concentrated on peak hours, rarely operating at night.
- They at times unexpectedly change their route hence causing breach of contract.
Advantages of vehicles
- Most readily available means of transport
- Relatively fast compared to carts and human Porterage
- Relatively cheaper over short distances
- Flexible as it can offer door to door service
- Vehicles may be available for transporting special goods
- Roads are widely spread thereby making many areas accessible.
Disadvantages of vehicles
- Acquisition and maintenance costs are high
- May not be suitable for transporting heavy and bulky goods over long distances as compared to railways
- Traffic jams in roads may cause delays
- Vehicle transport is prone to accidents which may lead to loss of goods and life
- Some roads may be impassible especially during the rainy seasons.
Trains
Trains are vessels that transport goods and people on rails hence the term railways.
The terminuses of trains are the railways stations. Therefore; the goods to be transported by trains have to be taken to the railway station. Railway transport is suitable for heavy and bulky goods as well as passengers. There are two types of trains: cargo and passenger train.
Advantages of Trains
- Relatively secure as cases of theft and accidents are rare
- Enables a transporter to plan for the transport of his/her goods as trains follow a fixed time table
- Economical for transporting heavy and bulky goods over a long distance
- Trains may have facilities for carrying special types of goods e.g. gas, petrol and vehicles
- Where shunting facilities are available trains may deliver goods up to or from the owner’s premises
Disadvantages of Trains
- Not flexible as trains follow a strict time table
- Railway lines are expensive to construct and to maintain
- Not all areas are served by railway lines
- Not suitable for transporting urgently required or perishable goods as it is slow
- Unsuitable for transporting goods over short distances
- Trains are expensive to acquire and maintain
Pipeline Transport
This is the movement of liquids and gases from one place to another through a pipe. Products transported through pipes include water, gases, petrol and diesel. Solids that cannot be dissolved or damaged by water may also be transported through pipes as suspension. Examples coffee berries from machines to drying places. The pipeline is both a vessel and a way.
Products flow by the force of gravity or pressure from an original station. If the original terminal is at a higher level than the receiving terminal, the force of gravity is adequate to move the product. But if the receiving terminal is at a higher level than the original than the originating terminal, then power is required to pump the product uphill. For example, petroleum from Mombasa which is at sea level needs pressure to pump it to all the receiving stations.
Advantages of pipeline Transport
- It is labour saving as it requires minimal manpower
- It is environmentally friendly since it is free of noise or smoke
- It may be constructed in areas where it is difficult to construct roads or railway lines. For example, over rugged terrain
- Pipelines allow continuous flow of the goods being transported
- It ensures that road damage is reduced as the number of tankers is reduced on roads
- It helps to reduce accidents that may be caused by tankers on roads
- It reduces delays arising from congestion on roads
- Maintenance costs are reduced as it relies on gravitational force and booster stations along the way
- It may not be affected by adverse weather conditions
Disadvantages of pipeline Transport
- A leakage not detected in good time may lead to high losses
- Initial construction cost is high
- Accidents leakages may lead to environmental pollution
- It is unidirectional that is, travels only in one direction
- It can transport only one product at a time
- It is not flexible since once a line is laid, it cannot be adjusted according to transport patterns or demands
- Generates comparatively fewer job opportunities as it is capital intensive
- It is vulnerable to sabotage by enemies.
- Once laid, it is difficult to re route or re locate.
Water Transport
It is a mode of transport where the units of carriage transport goods and people on water. Water in this case includes; navigable rivers, lakes, seas and oceans. The means of transport which are the units of carriage or vessels using this mode include; ships, dhows, boats, steamers and ferries. Water transport can be divided into inland waterways and sea transport.
Inland waterways
This is transport carried out on lakes, rivers and inland canals. The Lake Victoria facilitates transport among the three east African countries i.e. Kenya, Uganda and Tanzania. Ferries also connect the mainland to islands such as Rusinga Islands, found in Lake Victoria.
Water hyacinth has however been a threat to transport on the lake. Most rivers in Kenya are not navigable due to reasons such as:
- Too small
- Presence of rapids and waterfalls
- Too shallow
- Most are seasonal
- High gradient
Sea Transport
This is where goods and people are transported in seas and oceans. All types of water vessels may be used in sea transport. Sea transport is important as it connects continents of the world thereby facilitating international trade. Kilindini in Mombasa provides a good natural harbor facilitating sea transport between Kenya and other countries of the world. Ferries also connect the island of Mombasa and the mainland.
Types of Water vessels
- Ships
A ship is a large vessel that transports people or goods through water. Their sizes however vary depending on quantity of goods and passengers they carry. Ships help in connecting countries or places which borders the sea. They load and offload in terminals referred to as harbors found at sea ports. For example, the Kilindini harbor is found in the port of Mombasa.
Ships that transport people are referred to as passenger ship while those that transport goods are referred to as cargo ships. Cargo ships are c are convenient for carrying heavy and bulky goods.
Ships may also be classified as either liners or tramps.
Liners
These are ships that are owned and operated by shipping companies called conferences. Each conference is responsible for specifying the route on which each liner would operate the rates to be charged and setting the rules and regulations to be followed by the members.
Characteristics of liners
- Have fixed routes
- Follow a fixed time table
- Charges are fixed
- Call at specified ports along the route at specified intervals
- Travel at regular intervals
Tramps
These are ships that do not follow a regular route or time table. Their routes therefore depend on demand. During times when demand is high, they charge higher rates and when demand is low they lower their rates. Tramps can therefore be likened to matatus. Tramps may be owned by either individuals or firms.
Characteristics of tramps
- Do not have a fixed rate. They therefore move to wherever there are goods or passengers to carry.
- Have no set time tables. They therefore move according to demand
- Their fares change according to demand.
- Their travelling patterns are irregular and therefore cannot be relied upon
NB: Liners and tramps owners are in constant competition business. Traders therefore need to choose the type of ships to hire. Liners are however more popular than tramps among traders because of their reliability.
When a trader hires an entire ship to transport goods to a given destination, he/she and the ship owner signs a document called a charter party. This document shows the terms and conditions under which the goods would be transported.
Other information included in the agreement are destination, nature of the goods and freight charges. When the ship is hired to carry goods for a given journey the document signed is referred to as voyage charter. On the other hand, if the ship is hired to transport goods for a given period of time, the document signed is called time charter.
Ships may be specially built to carry special commodities. These may include tankers specially built to transport petroleum products and other liquids. Refrigerated ships may also be available to transport perishable commodities such as meat, fish and fruits.
- Boats and Ferries
These are water vessels used in transporting goods and people over short distances. They are therefore found in both inland water transport and also the sea transport e.g. the Likoni ferry in Mombasa carries people from and to the island of Mombasa and the main land.
Advantages of water transport
- Sea transport is economical to the owner as the number of employees to carriage volume ratio is less compared to road transport
- Suited for transporting heavy and bulky goods
- It is cheap as the way is natural and free
- Connects countries of the world which border the sea
- Special types of ships are available for transporting goods
- Large volume can be carried thereby reducing cost per unit
- Not affected by traffic congestion.
- Some ships can be very luxurious for passengers and may even provide swimming pools.
- At the port/dock, there are many depots for storage of goods.
Disadvantages of water transport
- Sea-sickness, sea-pirates and storms may occur
- They are slow therefore not suitable for transporting perishable and urgently required goods
- It is expensive to construct and maintain artificial harbors
- Unfavorable weather conditions may affect water transport
- Sea transport is not accessible to land locked countries
- Lack of loading and off-loading facilities may lead to delay
- Cost of acquiring and maintaining ships is high.
- Theft of cargo and other valuables may occur during loading and offloading.
- Air Transport
This refers to the movement of goods, people and documents by aircrafts. Aircrafts/ aeroplanes are the units of carriage and air the way. The terminals include airports and airstrips.
Aeroplanes are fast compared to other means of transport i.e. they are the fastest means of transport. They are therefore suitable for transporting urgently required goods like drugs and perishable goods Such as flowers over long distances.
Aircrafts may be classified as either passenger planes or cargo planes. Passenger planes transport people from one place to another. On the other hand, cargo planes transport light cargo to the required destinations. Aeroplanes may be fitted with special facilities for handling special goods. Aeroplanes are expensive to acquire and to maintain. Their operations may also be affected by weather conditions.
Advantages of Air Transport
- There is less handling of goods on the way since aeroplanes may move direct to the final destinations.
- The way does not require construction or maintenance as it is natural and free.
- Planes can move through places where other means cannot, such as over the earth poles and across high mountains/ planes are not hampered by physical barriers.
- Have efficient interconnections between airlines all over the world which makes it convenient
- Suitable for long distance travelers especially from one continent to another
- Very fast therefore suitable for transporting perishable and urgently required goods.
- Chartered planes can be used to reach remote areas.
- The movement of aircrafts is smooth therefore suitable for transporting fragile goods such as glassware and eggs.
- Passengers are given the highest degree of comfort and personal attention making it the most comfortable means of transport.
Disadvantages of Air Transport
- Causes noise pollution
- Air fields are not available in all places
- Cannot be conveniently used to carry heavy and bulky goods
- Expensive to acquire and maintain aircrafts
- Requires highly trained manpower e.g. air traffic controllers, pilots e. t. c
- Unfavorable weather conditions such as fog, mist and heavy rains smay cause delay
- It is an expensive means of transport in terms of freight charges
- Not suitable for transporting inflammable goods such as cooking gas and petrol
- In case of accidents results are catastrophic/ accidents are rare but fatal.
- Has limited carrying capacity which should not be exceeded.
- It is not flexible.
- Most air fields/ terminals are located some distance away from town/ city centers and therefore require transport or railway links that are affected by jams occasionally causing delays.
- Recent hijackings by terrorists have made air transport an insecure means especially for transporting valuables.
Containerization
This is a recent development in transport. It refers to the packaging of goods in standardized ‘box like’ containers designed for use in transporting cargo. The containers are mainly made of metal though a few are made of wood. They can either be hired or bought from firms that provide them. The hired containers are returnable to the owner after the goods have been transported.
Containers are designed in a way appropriate to transport goods by ships, train, lorry or by air. To safeguard the goods against risks such as theft and unfavorable weather conditions the containers are sealed immediately after goods have been packed. The sealed containers are then transported up to the final destination where they are off-loaded. The consignee can then break the seal.
Goods can be transported in containers as Full Container Load (F.C.L) or as Less Container Load (L.C.L).Full container load applies where the container is filled with goods belonging to one person. In FCL, goods are delivered to the consignee intact. On the other hand, less than container load applies where a container is filled with goods belonging to several consignors. This may be the case where a single consigner does not have enough goods to fill a container. When such a container reaches the destination, it is opened and the various consignees take their goods.
There are special handling facilities for loading and offloading containers onto and from the units of carriage.
Apart from the container depot at Mombasa, Kenya Ports Authority (K.P.A) has established inland container depots referred dry ports. An example of a dry port is found at Embakasi in Nairobi. The establishment of dry ports aims at relieving congestion at the sea port. It also aims at making handling of cargo easier and efficient for inland importers and exporters.
When containers are off loaded from ships at Mombasa, they are loaded into special container trains called railtainer which transports them by railway to the inland container depot at Embakasi. Containers can also be transported by specially designed trucks between the ports or from the port to consumer’s destination.
Advantages of containerization
- Minimizes the risks of loss or damage of goods as containers are sealed at source
- Containers are lifted with devices which make movement and handling easy
- Saves time and labour in loading and off-loading due to use of machines
- Containers sealed at source in presence of customs officials may not be opened until they reach their final destination. This reduces delay.
- Special containers are available for goods requiring special attention like chemicals.
- Insurance costs are relatively low as risks are less
- Space is saved when containers are used as opposed to when individual items are packed in the carrier.
- Can carry large quantities of cargo if packed well.
- Containers are tough structure, which offer protection to sensitive and fragile goods.
Disadvantages of containerization
- They are expensive and this increases the cost of transporting goods
- Contributes to unemployment since it is capital intensive
- Not suitable for transporting small quantities of goods.
- Requires special handling equipment which may be expensive
- May not be suitable for goods with irregular shapes.
- Training labour force is long and expensive.
- They may be used to smuggle illegal goods.
- The large trucks used on the road increase road damage and may increase accidents.
Factors that influence the choice of appropriate means of transport
- Cost; The cost of transporting a good should be reasonable; except where other factors should be considered such as need for quick delivery. Otherwise should be proportional to the value of goods transported.
- Nature of goods; The nature of goods should be considered when choosing a means of transport. For example, perishable goods require a fast means. Similarly, heavy and bulky goods require a means of transport convenient for such goods e.g. trains and ship.
- Reliability; The means chosen should be able to deliver the goods to the required place at the right time and in the right form.
- Urgency; For goods that are urgently required, the fastest means available should be chosen.
- Safety and Security; The means chosen should ensure that the goods on transit are secure against loss, theft or physical damages.
- Distance; Some means of transport are suitable for long distances while others are suitable for short distances. If goods are to be transported for long distances, air, sea or railway transport would be appropriate, otherwise roads would be suitable for short distances.
- Availability of means; The means of transport to be selected should be based on its availability. For example, where there is only one means of transport, it would be the only one to be chosen.
- Flexibility; This is the ability of means of transport to be manipulated to suit the convenience of the transporter. Where flexibility is required, then the means that would provide such should be chosen. For example a matatu is usually more flexible than an aeroplane.
- Terminals; Some means of transport may have their terminals near the transporter than others. In this case, the transporter should choose the means whose terminals are conveniently accessible to facilitate loading and offloading of goods.
- Value of goods to be transported- goods of high value require special handling and high security during transportation.
Trends in transport
- Pipeline and containerization
- Electric trains are replacing diesel engines
- Underground tunnels for trains are being used to ease congestion on the surface
- Dual-carriage roads are being developed in various parts to ease congestion and minimize accidents
- Development of planes with larger carrying capacity and speed is a major feature in the transport industry
- Use of bicycles commonly known as bodaboda are a common feature in towns, bus terminals and rural areas, supplementing other means of transport to ferry people and cargo to their destinations. The bicycles are being modified to make them more convenient. It is not unusual to find a bicycle (bodaboda) which has been fitted with facilities such as:
- Motors to increase their speed and reduce energy applied by the cyclist.
- Music systems to entertain passengers and More comfortable seats.
Motor cycles are also being used as bodabodas in various areas. Similarly, the three wheeled vehicles commonly known as ‘Tuk Tuk’ is a major feature in cities and most towns.
- Private personal vehicles with less carrying capacity e.g. four-seater vehicles are being used as matatus. The vehicles are convenient to the passengers as they:
- Fill up within a shorter time compared to larger vehicles
- May accommodate each of the customers interests.
- Passenger vehicles are being fitted with radios, music systems and videos to entertain customers as they travel. However, some forms of entertainment may not be conducive to all.
END.
REVISION QUESTIONS ON TRANSPORT
KCSE PAST PAER 1
- 1996 State four circumstances under which a businessman would choose to transport goods by air? (4mks).
- 1997 Outline four reasons why a school in Kisumu may prefer to transport its sixty students to a music festival in Nairobi by train rather than by bus. (4mks).
- 1999 Give five reasons why a manufacturing firm would be located in an area well served by good road network.(4mks).
- 1999 Outline four limitations of containerization. (4mks).
- 2000 State four reasons why road transport is popular in Kenya.(4mks).
- 2001 State four ways in which the nature of goods would influence the choice of transport.
- 2002 Outline four reasons why a transporter of goods from Mombassa to Nairobi may prefer rail transport to road transport. (4mks).
- 2003 State the unit of carriage for each of the following modes of transport. (5mks)
Mode of transport Units of carriage
- Portage
- Sea
- Road
- Cartage
- Air
- 2004 list four ways in which transport promotes growth of trade. (4mks)
- 2000 State four reasons why road transport is popular in Kenya. (4mks)
- 1995 Give 3 disadvantages of railway transport in Kenya. (4mks)
- 1998 List 4 disadvantages of using containers to transport goods. (4mks)
KCSE PAST QUESTIONS PAPER 2
- 1995 Explain five reasons that may account for continued use of hand carts as a mode of transport in Kenya. (12mks)
- 1996 The oil pipeline has recently been extended from Nairobi to western Kenya.
- Explain five benefits that may be accounted to the country from the extension. (10mks).
- 1997 Explain five ways in which an efficient road transport system may promote trade within a country.(10mks).
- 1998 Discuss five factors that have hindered the expansion of railway transport in Kenya.
- 1999 Explain five features of an efficient transport system (8mks).
- 2000 Explain the advantages of pipeline as a mode of transporting oil products. (12mks).
- 2002 Outline five factors that should be considered when choosing a means of transport.
- 2003 Explain six advantages of containerization as a mode of transport.(10mks)
- 2004 Discuss six factors that may discourage the use of pipeline as a means of transporting petroleum products in a country.(12mks).
- 2005 Discuss 5 circumstances under which a trader may choose to transport goods by rail.
TOPIC 5
WAREHOUSING
Warehouse; This is a building or a part of a building where goods are received and stored until need arises for them.
-Other terms used to refer to a warehouse are depot, a go down or a silo.
Warehousing; This is the process of receiving goods into a warehouse, protecting such goods against all types of hazards and releasing them to users when need arises for them
-There are three distinct stages in warehousing process namely:
- Receiving goods into a warehouse
- Storing them
- Releasing them to users
Importance of warehousing to Business
- Steady/continuous flow of goods; Producers can produce and store goods awaiting demand through warehousing e.g. agricultural products that are produced seasonally are made available throughout the year
- Stability in prices; Warehousing ensures that there is no surplus or shortage of goods. It ensures that goods are stored when in plenty and released to the market as their need arises. This helps to keep their prices fairly stable
- Security; Warehousing ensures that goods are protected against physical damage and adverse weather conditions. This also ensures that the quality of the goods is maintained until they are demanded. Goods are also protected from loss through pilferage and theft.
- Bridging the time lay/difference between production and consumption; many goods are produced in anticipation of demand. Such goods must be stored until their demand arises e.g. gumboots, umbrellas and sports equipment are needed seasonally but are manufactured in advance and stored in a warehouse so as to be released to the users when need arises for them.
- Continuous/uninterrupted production schedules; Manufactures are able to buy raw materials in large quantities and store them awaiting their need to arise. This prevents interruption of the production process because of lack of raw materials
- Preparation of goods for sale; While in the warehouse, goods can be prepared for sale e.g. they can be blended, packed, graded or sorted out.
- Sale of goods; Goods may be sold while still in the warehouse. If sold while still in a bonded warehouse, duty passes to the buyer
- Specialization; Warehousing encourages specialization in production and distribution. Producers concentrate on producing while distributors store the goods for sale to the customers.
- Unexpected demand can be met; The government collects agricultural goods e.g. cereals and stores them as buffer stocks to be used in times of disaster or serious shortages.
- Clearance of goods; Warehousing helps in clearance of goods i.e. goods entering the country can be inspected by the customs officials.
- Warehousing helps to improve the quality of goods e.g. goods like tobacco and wine mature with time.
- Warehousing enables buyers to inspect the goods before they buy them.
- Wholesale warehouses may also operate as showrooms for traders.
Essentials of a warehouse
These are the features and resources a warehouse should have in order for it to function effectively.
These include;
- Ideal location; A warehouse should be located at a suitable place to facilitate receipt and issue of goods e.g. a manufactures warehouse should be located near his/her factory.
- Proper building; A warehouse should have proper buildings which are suitable for different types of goods to be stored.
- Equipment; A warehouse should be equipped with appropriate facilities for handling goods such as fork-lifts conveyer belts e.t.c.It should also be well equipped with necessary storage facilities e.g. provision of refrigerated or cold storage for perishable goods such as meat and fruits.
- Accessibility; A warehouse should be accessible to its users. It should therefore be linked with good and appropriate transport system to facilitate movement of goods in and out of the warehouse.
- Safety and security; It should have/be fitted with safety equipment or facilities necessary for protection of goods against damaged caused by such things like water, fire or sunshine as well as for the protection of the personnel.
- Communication; A warehouse should have a good communication network or system for easy contact with its clients and suppliers
- Qualified personnel; A warehouse should have well trained and efficient staff/personnel for proper management and efficient functioning of the warehouse.
- Recording system; There should be a proper recording system in a warehouse to ensure that all movement of goods is properly monitored.
- A warehouse should be spacious enough to allow easy movement and accumulation of goods and personnel.
Types of warehouses
Warehouses can be broadly classified into three namely:
- Private warehouses
- Public warehouses
- Bonded warehoused
Private warehouses
These are warehouses that are owned by private individuals/organizations for the purpose of storing their own goods only. They include;
- Wholesalers warehouses
- Producers warehouses
- Retailer’s warehouses.
- a) Wholesalers warehouses
These are warehouses for storing the wholesalers’ goods as they await distribution or sale. They need warehouses because they buy goods in bulk from producers and store them until they are needed by retailers.
-The wholesalers warehouses also act as showrooms i.e. they display their goods in the warehouse.
-These warehouses also enable the wholesalers to prepare their goods for sale e.g. branding, blending, packing and sorting may be carried out in the warehouse
- b) Producers warehouses;
-These warehouses are owned by producers and they are for storing goods prior to their demand.
-The producers may be manufactures of finished goods or farmers
-Such warehouses are built near the manufactures factories or the farmers production points.
-Manufactures who export may locate some warehouses near ports through which they export e.g Mumias sugar warehouse, Bamburi Portland cement warehouse e.t.c
- c) Retailers warehouses
Some large-retailers such as chain stores and supermarkets own warehouses for storing their large stores
-It becomes necessary for such business to have warehousing facilities due to their large and bulky purchases dictated by the nature of their business
-Goods are distributed from their warehouses to the retail outlets or to the branches
Advantages of private warehouses
- The owner has full control over its operation and may make major decisions without having to consult anyone.
- The warehouse is designed to suit the specific needs of the organizations
- It enables special handling, storage and protection of goods by having special facilities which may not be available in a public warehouse
- The owner is not tied down by procedures of receiving and issuing goods unlike in public warehouse.
- The owner does not incur the cost of hiring space unlike with a public warehouse
- The operation can be easily automated because the goods to be received stored and dispatched are already known.
Disadvantages of private warehouses
- The initial construction cost of a warehouse is high
- Under-utilization of personnel and facilities may occur especially in times of low volumes
- They may not employ qualified management personnel and are consequently disadvantaged in dealing with management problem.
- Risks arising from dangers such as fire,pests,theft or damage are not spread
Public warehouses
These are warehouses owned by individuals or organizations who do business by renting space. To those traders who are in need of storage facilities to store goods temporarily. They have the following characteristics;
- Are owned and operated by individuals or companies who do not use them for storing their own goods.
- Are open to any member of the public who wish to rent storing space for their goods
- The customers pay on the basis of space rented and the period of time required to store the goods.
- They are often situated near terminals as airports, sea-ports and railway station and industrial areas. This facilitates the movement of goods in and out of the warehouse.
- The rent paid includes charges for insurance and other services i.e. goods are insured against loss or damage as a result of fire or theft while they are still in the warehouse.
- They provide other services apart from storing the goods e.g. grading,packaging,preparing export samples, preparing market reports and clerical documents
- Imported goods can be sold while they are still in the public warehouse. If such a transaction takes place the goods may change ownership without being physically moved out of the warehouse. This becomes possible if the importer has signed a document called ‘a warehouse-warrant’ (which is a negotiable instrument out of order), it is issued by the new owner after the transaction has taken place.
Advantages of a public warehouses
- A public warehouse serves a number of customers that deal with the same product. It assembles the small orders from these customers and places one order for all of them. This enables them to enjoy economies of large scale buying and delivery of goods to a warehouse.
- Goods stored in a public warehouse may be sold without their physical movement from the warehouse.
- Traders can rent space to store their goods
- Traders do not have to construct their own warehouses/do not have to tie up capital in storage buildings and handling equipment.
- Goods are insured against risks such as damage by fire and theft
- A trader may get a short term loan from the warehousing firm by using the goods held as collateral security.
- Apart from the handling, sorting and documentation of goods additional services such as bottling, bagging and repairs of damaged goods can be offered by public warehouses.
- Sharing equipment and machinery enables the users to reduce handling costs
- Inspection, re-packaging and labeling services provide users of public warehouses the expertise they themselves may not have.
Disadvantages of public warehouses
- The hirer is denied the opportunity to physically handle the goods and is forced to compete for attention with other hirers of the warehouse. If the hirer had his/her own warehouse, he/she would have absolute authority on the goods and therefore enjoy individual attention.
- The hirer may lose contact with his/her customers since they get goods from a rented warehouse, away from the hirers premises
- The hirer may get poor services or miss space altogether during peak seasons due to stiff competition for the same facility.
- Documentation involving receipt and release of goods in a public warehouse is likely to be a long and complicated procedure due to the large number of clients involved.
- Continued renting of space can even be more expensive than constructing one’s own warehouse in the long run
- Public warehouses are sometimes situated far away from the hirer’s premises unlike private ones which are usually within the vicinity of the owner’s premises.
- The operations of a general merchandise public warehouse are difficult to automatic because different kinds of goods need different methods and equipment to handle them.
Bonded warehouses
These are public warehouses for keeping imported goods until customs duties have been paid against them. They are mainly located at the points through which goods enter a country
-Imported goods are kept in this type of warehouses if the owner has not paid customs duties. Such goods are said to be “goods under bond”or “goods in bond”
–Bonded warehouses are so called because the owners of such warehouses give a ‘bond’ to the customs authorities i.e. a sum of money as guarantee that they will not release goods from the warehouses until customs duties have been paid.
-The importer may withdraw the goods either in part or in full after the customs duties have been paid for the goods he/she intends to collect.
-If the goods are sold while still in a bonded warehouse, the new owner of the goods pays the duty before taking them out of the warehouse.
-If the goods re-exported to another country while still in a bonded warehouse, the importer does not have to pay the customs duties e.g an importer may import some goods and further prepare them for sale inside a bonded warehouse and can then re-export them without having paid the customs duties
-When the importer pays the duties to the customs officials, a “release warrant” is issued. This is a document that enables the importer to have his/her goods released from a bonded warehouse
-Bonded warehouses have resident customs officials who monitor the movement of goods in and out of a bonded warehouse.
Features of a bonded warehouse
- Goods are bonded until customs duty is paid
- Goods can be re-exported while in the warehouse
- Storage charges are made on all goods stored in the warehouse
- Goods can be sold while still under bond
- Goods can be inspected and prepared for sale i.e. they can be repacked, branded and blended while in the warehouse
- Goods are released only on the production of a release warrant
Advantages of bonded warehouse to the importer
- While in bond, goods can be prepared for sale
- The owner can look for the market for the goods before paying the duty
- Some goods lose weight while in the warehouse so the duty paid becomes lower if based on weight.
- If goods are sold while still in the bonded warehouse, the duty passes to the buyer
- The importer has more time to arrange for payment of customs duty.
- Security is provided for the goods, so the importer is relived of the task of providing security for his/her goods
- Some goods improve in quality while in a warehouse for example, wine and tobacco.
Advantages of Bonded warehouse to the Government
- The government gets revenue by levying duty on the goods
- The government is able to control the entry of harmful goods
- The government is able to verify the documents for goods in transit
- The government is able to check on the quantity, quality and the nature/type of goods imported.
- The government is able to check on illegal goods entering the country.
Disadvantages of a bonded warehouse
- The importer may eventually fail to pay customs duties. This forces the customs authorities to auction the bonded goods in order to recover the duties.
- When the importer withdraws goods from a bonded warehouse he/she ends up paying a higher duty if he/she had paid the duty at once.
- The importer incurs costs in hiring a bonded warehouse as opposed to if he/she had a private warehouse
Free warehouses
These are warehouses in which tax-free goods are kept awaiting sale or collection by owners
-Goods stored in these warehouses can be either locally produced, requiring no taxation or imported goods for which customs duties have already been paid.
NOTE: i) All warehouses apart from bonded warehouses are free warehouses since goods held in them are not subject to control by customs authorities. This includes all private and public warehouses
- Locally produced goods are stored in free warehouses since no custom duties are paid for them.
Advantages of free warehouses
- Owners of goods stored need not to pay any taxes, thus the goods cannot be auctioned for failure to pay customs duties
- It is cheaper to store goods in free warehouses as compared to bonded warehouses since there are no customs duties levied.
- Clearence of the goods from the warehouse is simple since a “release warrant” to prove payments of duties is necessary
- These warehouses are located at places that are convenient to users
Disadvantages of free warehouses
- The Government does not benefit since no customs duty is levied on the goods stored
- Some unscrupulous traders might use them to store durable goods so as to evade tax.
- Checking and security of goods is more relaxed hence the possibility of storing illegal goods.
Current trends and emerging issues in warehousing
Warehousing technology is undergoing important changes in both building design and handling in storage equipment. These may include;
- Warehousing design-In modern times, there is an increasing emphasis on high ceiling warehouses to permit storage of more goods and to make it possible for the movement of fork lift trucks and stuck-cranes
- Handling of goods-Handling includes the steps involved in moving of goods to and from storage. There is widespread use of modern machines in most warehouses such as conveyer belts, tracks, forklifts and stuck cranes. The use of automated stucker cranes which more by remote control in a fixed path on guide rails, is a new development in warehousing
Computerization has also greatly helped in monitoring the movement of stock in and out of storage. This has eased the handling, especially in loading and unloading of goods.
- Storage of goods-Storage is the condition of the goods at rest in their assigned areas of the warehouse. Most warehouses are currently using storage racks that permit replacement or retrieval of goods without disturbing neighbouring
- Environmental pollution-Goods that expired or spoilt while in the warehouse are sometimes discarded in a manner or in areas that may cause pollution to the environment e.g. expired chemicals are sometimes thrown into rivers and oceans thereby endangering the marine life.
-Other times they are burned causing air pollution with toxic gases. Some goods when thrown on land are dangerous to human life
-To avoid the effects of improper disposal of expired or spoilt goods the warehouse owners should come up with methods that are environmentally friendly such as recycling of these goods. They should also be socially responsible for whatever goes out from their warehouses.
TOPIC 6
INSURANCE
Insurance-This is an undertaking or contract between an individual or business and an insurance an occurrence of risk(s) (i.e. against events whose occurrences are unforeseen but causes financial losses or suffering to the affected parties.
Risks are also referred to as contingencies, hazards or perils and include:
–Fire outbreak
-Accidents
-Thefts
-Deaths
-Disabilities
-Risks are real and unforseen.Methods to eliminate such risks has achieved very little and thus has necessitated the need for insurance.
Importance of insurance
- Continuity of business
Every business enterprise is exposed to a variety of risks e.g. fire, theft e.t.c.The occurrence of such risks often result in financial losses to the business. Insurance provides adequate protection against such risks in that, if a trader suffers losses as a result of insured risk, she/he is compensated, thus he/she is able to continue with business operations.
- Investment projects
Insurance enables investors to invest in profitable yet risky business projects that would otherwise avoided.
Not all the money received as premiums (by the insurance companies) is used up for compensation to those who have been exposed to risk and suffered losses. The rest of the money is invested in other businesses to earn profits.
- Creation of employment
Insurance does provide employment opportunities to members of the public.
- Government policy
The profits earned are a source of revenue for the government i.e. insurance companies are profit-making organizations which generate revenue to the government through payments of taxes
- Credit facilities
The insurance industry have also established credit or lending facilities which the business community uses by borrowing. Loans are made available to the public for different investment projects in different sectors of the economy and also for personal requirements.
- Development of infrastructures
The insurance industry plays a crucial role in the development of urban facilities in major towns. Both residential and office buildings have been developed by insurance firms. The firms also participate in development projects in the areas where they operate. They contribute to development of a region by constructing and infrastructural facilities
- Life policies can be used as security for loans from either the insurance company or other financial institutions.
- Provision of life and general insurance policies encourages Kenyans to plan ahead for their dependants thereby reducing the number of needy future students.
- Loss prevention-The insurance companies encourage the insured not to cause accidents thus channeling the unclaimed resources into the economy.
THE THEORY OF INSURANCE
The insurance business relies on the law of large numbers in its operations. According to this law, there should be a large group of people faced with similar risks and these risks spread over a certain given geographical area.
Every person in the group contributes at regular intervals, small amounts of money called premium into a “common pool”. The pool is administered and controlled by the insurance company.
- The fact that risks are geographically spread ensures that insurance does not have a concentration of risks in one particular area.
- The law of large numbers enables the insurance to accurately estimate the future probably losses and the number of people who are likely to apply for insurance. This is done in order to determine the appropriate premiums to be paid by the person taking out insurance.
Pooling of risks
The insurance operation is based on the theory that just a few people out of a given lot may suffer a loss. There is therefore a “pooling of risks” i.e the loss of the unfortunate few is spread over all the contributors of the group, each bearing a small portion of the total loss. This is why the burden of loss is not felt by the individuals because it is “shared” by a large group.
Benefits of the “pooling of Risks” to insurance company
- Pooling of risks enables an insurance company to create a common pool of funds from the regular premiums from different risks.
- It enables the insurance company to compensate those who suffer loss when the risks occur
- The insurance company is able to spread risks over a large number of insured people
- Surplus funds can be invested in for example, giving out loans or buying shares in real estates
- It enables the insurance company to meet its operating costs by using the pool funds
- It enables the insurance company to calculate to be paid by each client
- It enables the company to re-insure itself with another insurance company.
Terms used in Insurance
Insurance
This is a written contract that transfers to an insurer the financial responsibility for losses arising from insured risk.
Premium
This is the specified amount of money paid at regular intervals by the insured to the insurer for coverage against losses arising from a particular risk.
Risk
These are perils or events against which an insurance cover is taken. It is the calamity or problem a person or business faces and results into losses.
Note: The calculation of premiums depends upon the type of risk insured against. The higher the probability of the risk occurring, the higher the premium. The more the risks the business or person is exposed to the more the premiums payable.
Pure risk
This is a risk which results in a loss if it occurs and results in no gains if it does not occur. For example, if a car is involved in an accident, there will be a loss and if the accident does not occur there will be no gain or loss
Speculative risk
This is a risk which when it occurs, may result in a loss or a profit. For example, a person may buy shares at ksh.50 each, one year later the shares may be valued at ksh40 each meaning a loss of ksh.10
Alternatively, their value might not have changed or might have increased to ksh.45 each. Speculative risk lures people to venture into business in the first place.
Insured
This is the individual or the business that takes out the insurance cover and therefore becomes the policy holder
The insured pays premiums to the insurance company to be compensated should the risk insured against occur or cause loss.
Insurer
This is the business company that undertakes to provide cover or protection to the people who suffer loss as a result of occurrence of risks
Actuaries
These are people employed by an insurance company to complete expected losses and calculate the value of premiums.
Claim
This is a demand by the insured for payment from the insurer due to some loss arising from an insured risk.
Policy
This is a document that contains the terms and conditions of the contract between the insurer and the insured. Its issued upon payment of the first premium.
Information contained in a policy includes;
- Name, address and occupation
- Policy number of the insured
- Details of risks insured
- Value of property insured
- Premiums payable
- Other special conditions of the insurance, for example nominees
Actual value
This is the true value of the property insured
Sum insured
This is the value for which property is insured, as stated by the insured at the time of taking the policy.
Surrender value
This is the amount of money that is refunded to the insured by the insurer incase the former(i.e. the insured) terminates payment of the premiums before the insurance contract matures. The policy holder is paid an amount less than the total amount of the premium paid.
Grace period
This is term allowed between the date of signing the contract and the date of payment of the first premium. During this period the insurance contract remains valid. This period is usually a maximum of thirty (30) days.
Proposer
This is a person wishing to take out an insurance cover (prospective insured)
Cover note (Binder)
This is a document given by the insurance company to an insured on payment of the first premium while awaiting for the policy to be processed. It is proof of evidence that the insurer has accepted to cover a proposed risk.
Annuity
This is a fixed amount of money that an insurer agrees to pay the insured annually until the latter’s death. It occurs when a person saves a lumpsum amount of money with an insurer in return for a guaranteed payment which will continue until he/she dies.
Consequential loss
This is loss incurred by a business as a result of disruption of business in the event of the insured risk occurring.
Assignment
This is the transfer of an insurance policy by an insured to another person. Any claims arising from the transferred policy passes to the new policy holder called an assignee
Beneficiaries
These are people named in a life assurance policy who are to be paid by the insurer in the event of the insured
Nomination
This is the act of designing one or more people who would be the beneficiaries in the event of death of the insured. These people are called nominees
Average clause
This clause is usually included in policies to discourage under-insurance. The clause provides that the insured can only recover such proportions of the loss as the value of the policy bears on the property insured. It is usually included in marine or fire insurance policies.
The amounts recoverable are arrived at using the following formulae:
Compensation = value of the policy * loss
Value of property
Example:
If a house worth kshs.800,000 and insured against fire for kshs.600,000 was damaged by fire to the tune of kshs.400,000,the insured would be compensated;
Compensation= (600,000 x 400,000)
800,000 (value insured x Actual loss)
Double insurance
This is taking of insurance policies with more than one company in respect to the same subject matter and the risk. It is significant because if one of the insurers is insolvent at the time the claim arises the insured can enforce his/her claim against the solvent insurer or if both insurers are solvent then they share compensation.
(Insolvency is a state where a business is not able to pay all its liabilities from its existing assets)
Co-insurance
This is an undertaking by more than one insurance company to provide insurance cover for the same risk for an insured. This will usually occur for properties that have great value and face great risk exposures that an insurer cannot successfully make compensation for e.g. value of aeroplanes, ships e.t.c
Co-insurance help spread risks to several insurers, each insurer covering only a certain proportion of the total value. The insurance company with the largest share is called the “leader” and acts on behalf of all the participating insurance companies’ e.g. in collecting premiums from the insured and carrying out documentation work, making claim after collecting each insurers premium contribution e.t.c
Note: Co-insurance is different from double-insurance in that in co-insurance company approaches another insurance company to help in covering the insured property while in double-insurance; it’s the insured who decides to approach different insurance companies to insure the same property against the same risk.
Re-insurance
‘Re-insurance’ means insuring again. This is a situation where an insurance company insures itself with a bigger insurance company called le-insurer for all or part of the risks insured with it by members of the public
Re-insurance indirectly insure an individuals risks.Re-insurance helps to reduce the burden on an insurance company when the loss is too high for a single insurer. When such losses occurs, the claim is met by both the insurer and re-insurer(s) proportionately (according to agreed percentages)
Note: Re-insurance deal with the protection of insurance companies only, while insurance companies protect individuals and business organizations.
Factors that may make it necessary for an insurance company to Re-insure
- Value of property-When the value of property is great, such as ship, the risk is too high to be borne by a single insurer
- High risk of loss-When chances of loss through the insured risks are high, it becomes necessary to re-insure.
- Number of risks covered-When the insurance company has insured many different risks, it would be too costly to compensate many claims at once, hence the need for re-insurance
- Need to spread the risk-When the insurance company wishes to share liability in the event of a major loss occurring
- Government policy-The government may make a legal requirement for an insurance company to re-insure
Under-insurance
This occurs when the sum insured as contained in the policy is less than the actual value of the property e.g. A property of shs.500, 000 can be offered for insurance as having a value of shs.400, 000
Over-insurance
This is a situation where the sum insured is more than the correct value of property e.g. a person insures property of shs.300,000 for shs.600,000.If total loss occurs, he is compensated the correct value of the property i.e. that which he has lost
Agents
These are people who sell insurance policies on behalf of the insurance company. They are paid on commission that is dependent upon the total value of policies sold
Insurance Brokers
These are professional middlemen in the insurance process. They connect the people wishing to take insurance with the insurers. They act on behalf of many different insurance firms, unlike agents. Their activities include:
- Examination of insurance market trends
- Correspondence between the insured and his clients
- Advising the insured and would be policy holders on the best policies for their property e.t.c.
He receives a commission (reward) known as brokerage.
PRINCIPLES OF INSURANCE
Principles of insurance provide guidance to the insurance firms at the time they are entering into a contract with the person taking the cover. These insurance principles include:
- Help to determine whether a valid insurance contract exists between the two parties at the time claims are made.
- Provide checks and controls to ensure successful operations of insurance for the benefit of both the parties
It is therefore important that a prospective insured (person wishing to take insurance policy) has basic knowledge of these principles as stated in the insurance law.
The insurance principles include;
- Insurable Interest
This principle states that an insurance claim cannot be valid unless the insured person can prove that he has directly suffered a financial loss and not just because the insured risk has occurred.
Going by this principle one cannot insure his parents or friends or other people’s property since he/she has no insurable interest in them. If such properties are damaged or completely destroyed, he/she will not suffer any financial loss.
For example, Mr.x has no insurable interest in the property of his neighbours.He does not suffer any financial loss should they be destroyed. This principle ensures that people are not deliberately destroying other people’s properties/life in order for them to receive compensation.
In life insurance (life assurance) it is assumed that a person has unlimited interest in his/her own life. Similarly it is assumed that one has insurable in the life of spouse and children e.g. a wife may insure the life of her husband, a father the life of his child because there is sufficient insurable interest.
- Indemnity
The essence of this principle is that the insurer will only pay the “replacement value” of the property when the insured suffers loss as a result of an insured risk.
This principle thus puts the insured back to the financial position he enjoyed immediately before the loss occurred.
It is therefore not possible, then, for anybody to gain from a misfortune by getting compensation exceeding the actual financial loss suffered as this will make him gain from a misfortune.
This principle does not apply in life assurance since it is not possible to value one’s life or a part of the body in terms of money. Instead, the insurance policy states the amount of money the insured can claim in the event of death.
- Utmost good faith (uberrima fides)
In this principle the person taking out a policy is supposed to disclose the required relevant material facts concerning the property or life to be insured with all honesty. Failure to comply to this may render the contract null and void hence no compensation.
e.g.
-A person suffering from a terminal illness should reveal this information to the insurer.
-One should not under-insure or over-insure his/her property.
- Subrogation
This principle compliments the principle of indemnity. It does so by ensuring that a person does not benefit from the occurrence of loss.
According to this principle, whatever remains of the property insured after the insured has been compensated according to the terms of the policy, becomes the property of the insure.
Example
Assuming that Daisy’s car is completely damaged in an accident and the insurance compensates for the full value of the loss, whatever remains of the old car (now scrap), belongs to the insurance company
Scrap metal can be sold for some values and should Daisy take the amount she would end up getting more amount than the value of the car which will be against the principle of indemnity.
Note: This principle cannot be applicable to life assurance since there is nothing to subrogate.
- Proximate cause
This principle states that for the insured to be compensated there must be a very close relationship between the loss suffered and risk insured i.e. the loss must arise directly from the risk insured or be connected to the risk insured.
Example
- If a property is insured against fire then fire occurs and looters take advantage of the situation and steal some of the property, the insured will suffer loss from ‘theft’ which is a different risk from the one insured against, so he/she will not be compensated.
However if the property burns down as a result of sparks from the fire-place, the proximate cause of the loss is sparks which are directly related to fire. So the insured is entitled for compensation.
CLASSES OF INSURANCE
Insurance covers are mainly classified into two,
- Property (non-life) general insurance
- Life assurance
- Life Assurance
The term assurance is used in respect of life contracts. It is used to mean that life contracts are not contracts of indemnity as life cannot be indemnified i.e. put back to the same financial position he was in before the occurrence of loss.(life has no money value, no amount of money can give back a lost or injured life)
Life insurance (assurance) is entered by the two parties in utmost good faith and the premiums payable in such life contracts depend on:
- Age; The higher the age the higher the premiums as the age factor increase the chances of occurrence of death.
- Health condition; A person with poor health i.e. sickly person pays higher premiums as opposed to one in good health.
- Exposure to health risks; The nature of a person’s occupation can make him susceptible to health problems and death.
Types of policies
- Whole life assurance – In whole life assurance, the assured pays regular premiums until he/she dies. The sum assured is payable to the beneficiaries upon the death of the assured.
–Whole life assurance covers disabilities due to illness or accidents i.e. if the insured is disabled during the life of the policy due to illness or accidents, the insurer will pay him/her for the income lost.
- ii) Endownment policy/insurance
This is whereby the insured pays regular premiums over a specified period of time. The sum assured is payable either at the expiry of the period (maturity of policy) or on death of the insured, whichever comes first.
The insured, at expiry of policy is given the total sum assured to use for activities of his own choice.(ordinary endownment policy)
-Where the insured dies before maturity of contract, the beneficiaries are given these amounts.
Note; The assured person may be paid a certain percentage of the sum assured at intervals until the expiry of the policy according to the terms of contract. Such an arrangement is known as Anticipated Endowment policy.
Advantages of Endowment policies
- They are a form of saving by the insured, for future investments
- Premiums are payable over a specified period of time which can be determined to suit his/her needs e.g. retirement time
- Where the assured lives and time policy matures, he receives the value of sum assured.
- Policy can be used as security for loans from financial institutions.
Differences Between a whole life policy and an Endowment policy
| Whole life | Endowment |
| · Compensation is paid after the death of the assured
|
· Compensation is paid after the expiry of an agreed period |
| · Premiums are paid throughout the life of the assured | Premiums are paid only during an agreed period |
| · Benefits go to the dependants rather than the assured | The assured benefits unless death proceeds the expiry of the agreed period |
| · Aims at financial security of dependants | Aims at financial security of the assured and dependants |
iii) Term insurance
The insured here covers his life against death for a given time period e.g. 1yr, 5yrs e.t.c.
If the policy holder dies within this period, his/her dependants are compensated.
If the insured does not die within this specified period, there is no compensation. However, a renewal can be taken.
- IV) Education plan/policies
This policy is normally taken by parents for their children’s future educational needs.
The policy gives details of when the payments are due.
- v) Statutory schemes
The Government offers some types of insurance schemes which are aimed at improving/providing welfare to the members of the scheme such as medical services and retirement benefits.
A member and the employer contribute, at regular intervals, certain amounts of money towards the scheme.
Examples
- S.S.F
- H.I.F
- Widows and children pension scheme (W.C.P.S)
- Annuity
Characteristics of life Assurance
- It is a cover for life until death or for a specified period of time
- It may be a saving plan
- It is normally a long term contract and does not require an annual renewal
- It has a surrender value
- It has a maturity date when the assured is paid the sum assured bonuses and interests.
- A life assurance policy can be assigned to beneficiaries
- The policy can be any amount depending on the assureds’ financial ability to pay premiums
- The policy can be used as security for a loan
- General insurance (property insurance)
This type of insurance covers any form of property against the risks of loss or damage. A person can insure any property he has an insurable interest in
General insurance is usually divided into;
- Fire insurance/department
- Accident insurance/department
- Marine insurance/department
- Accident insurance
This department covers all sorts of risks which occur by accident and includes the following;
- Motor policies
-These provide compensation for partial or total loss to a vehicle if the loss results from an accident.
-The policy could either be third party or comprehensive.
–Third party policies cover all damages caused by the vehicle to people and property other than the owner and his/her vehicle. This includes pedestrians, fare-paying passengers, cows, fences and other vehicles
In Kenya, a motor-vehicle owner is required by law to have this policy before the vehicle is allowed on the roads. One can also take a third party, fire and theft policy.
Comprehensive policy covers damages caused not only to the third party but also to the vehicle itself and injuries suffered by the owner. Comprehensive policies include full third party, fire, theft and malicious damage to the vehicle.
- Personal accident policy
-These policies are issued by insurance companies to protect the insured against personal accidents causing;
- Injury to the person
- Partial or total physical disability as a result of the injury
- Loss of income as a result of death
-If death occurs due to an accident, the insured’s beneficiaries are paid the total sum assured.
In case of a partial or total disability as a result of accident, the insured can be paid on regular periods, e.g. monthly as stipulated in the policy.
Compensation for injuries where one loses a part of his/her body can be done on a lump sum basis.
The insured is also paid the value of hospital expenses incurred if hospitalized as a result of an accident.
- Cash and / or Goods in Transit policies
These are policies that specifically provide cover for loss of cash and goods in transit between any two locations.
E.g. Goods and cash moved from business to the markets, from suppliers to business e.t.c
- d) Burglary and Theft policies
These policies cover losses caused by robbers and thieves
Burglary policies are enforceable only if the insured has met the specified safety and precautionary measures for protection of the insured items.
E.g.-How much money should be maintained in different kinds of safety boxes
-Positioning of each of the cash boxes is also an important precautionary measure.
NB: The control measures are aimed at reducing both the extent and probability of loss occurring
- e) Fidelity Guarantee policies
These policies cover the employers against loss of money and/or goods caused by their employees in the cause of duty.
-The losses may be as a result of embezzlement, fraud, arithmetical errors e.t.c
-The policies may cover specified employees or all the employees
7) Workmen’s compensation (Employer’s Accident liability)
These policies provide compensation for employees who suffer injuries in the course of carrying out their duties.
The employer insures his employee against industrial injuries i.e the employer is only liable for the compensation of workers who suffer injuries at work.
- f) Public liability
This insurance covers injury, damages or losses which the business or its employees cause to the public through accidents.
The insurer pays all claims from the public upto an agreed maximum
- g) Bad debts
This policy covers firms against losses that might result from debtor’s failure to pay their debts.
iii)Marine Insurance
This type of insurance covers ships and cargo against the risk of damage or destruction at the sea. The main risks sea vessels are exposed to include; fire, theft, collision with others, stormy weather, sinking e.t.c
Types of Marine Insurance policies
The marine insurance covers are classified as Hull, cargo, freight and ship owners’ liability.
- Marine Hull
This policy covers the body of the ship against loss or damage that might be caused by sea perils.
Included here are any equipment, furniture or machinery on the ship.
A special type of marine hull is the part policy, which is for a specified period when the ship is loading, unloading or at service.
- Marine Cargo
This type of policy covers the cargo or goods carried by the ship
The policy is taken by the owners of the sea vessels to cover the cargo being transported. It has the following sub-divisions.
- Voyage policy-Here cargo and ship are insured for a specific voyage/journey. The policy terminates automatically once the ship reaches the destination.
- Time policy-Here insurance is taken to cover losses that may occur within a specified period of time, irrespective of the voyage taken
- Fleet policy-This covers a fleet of ships,i.e several ships belonging to one person, under one policy.
- Floating policy-This policy covers losses that may occur on a particular route, covering all the ships insured along that route for a specified period
- Mixed policy-This policy provides insurance for the ship and cargo on specified voyages and for a particular period of time. No compensation can be made if the ship was on a voyage different from the ones specified even if time has not expired
- Composite policy-This is where several insurance companies have insured one policy of a particular ship especially when the sum insured is too large to be adequately covered by one insurer.
- Construction policy/builders policy-This covers risks that a ship is exposed to while it is either being constructed, tested or being delivered.
- Freight policy-This is an insurance cover taken by the owner of the ship for compensation against failure to pay hiring charges by a hirer of the ship.
- Third parties liability-This is an insurance policy taken by the owner of the ship to cover claims that might arise from damage caused to other people’s property.
Description of marine losses
The following are some of the losses encountered in marine insurance.
- Total loss,
This occurs where there is complete loss or damage to the ship and cargo insured. Total loss can be constructive or actual.
In Actual total loss, the claims are as a result of the ships and/or cargos complete destruction. It could also occur;
-When a ship and its cargo are so damaged that what is salvaged is of no market value to both the insurer and the insured.
-When a ship is missing for a considerable period of time enough to assume that it has sunk.
–Constructive total loss occurs when the ship and/or cargo are totally damaged but retrieved. It may also occur;
-Where a ship and its cargo are damaged but of market value. This could be as a result of decision to abandon the ship and cargo as the probability of total loss appears imminent.
-If the cost of preventing total loss may be higher than that of the ship and its cargo when retrieved e.g many lives may be lost in the process of trying to prevent total loss.
- General average-This is a loss that occurs as a result of some of the cargo being thrown into the sea deliberately to save the ship and the rest of the cargo from sinking. The losses made are shared by the ship owners and the cargo owners proportionately as the effort was in the interest of both.
- Particular average-This occurs where there is a partial but accidental loss to either the ship or the cargo. When this happens each of the affected party is soldy responsible for the loss that has occurred to his property. A claim can, however be made if the loss incurred amounts to more than 3% of the value insured.
Fire insurance-This type of insurance covers property damage or loss caused by accidental fire. Cover is offered to domestic commercial and industrial premises, plant and machinery, equipment, furniture fittings stock e.t.c
In order to claim for compensation as a result of loss by fire, the following conditions must be fulfilled;
- Fire must be accidental
- Fire must be immediate cause of loss
- There must be actual fire.
There are several types of types of fire insurance policies. These include;
- Consequential loss policy;(profit interruption policy)
This covers or compensates the insured for the loss of profit suffered when business operations have
It is offered to protect future earnings of an enterprice after fire damage.
- Sprinkler leakage policy-This provides cover against loss or damage caused to goods or premises by accidental leakages from fire fighting sprinklers
- Fire and Related perils policy-This covers buildings which include factories, warehouses, shops, offices and their contents. The policy does not cover loss of profit arising from fire damage.
CHARACTERISTICS OF GENERAL INSURANCE
- It’s a contract of indemnity
- It cannot be assigned even to ones relatives
- The insured must have an insurable interest in the property to be insured
- Premiums charged depends on the degree of risk, the higher the premium charged.
- Compensation for loss can only be upto a maximum of the value of the insured property or the sum insured in case of under insurance.
- It has no surrender value
- It’s normally a short term contract which can be renewed periodically, usually after one year.
Factors to be considered when Determining Premiums to be charged
- Health of the person
- Frequency of occurrence of previous losses
- Extent of the previous losses
- Value of the property insured
| Insurance | Gambling |
| -The insured must have insurable interest | -A gambler has no insurable interest |
| -Reinstates the insured back to the financial position just before loss | -Aims at improving the winners financial position |
| -The insured is expected to pay regular premiums for the insurance cover to remain in force | -Gambling money is paid only once |
| -Insurance involves pure risks | -Gambling involves speculative risks |
| -The event of loss might never occur | -The event of bet must happen to determine the winner and the loser. |
- Occupation of the insured
- Age of the person or of the property in question
- Location of the insured(address and geographical location)
- Period to be covered by the policy
- Residence of the insured.
Procedure for taking a policy
- Filling a proposal form
- Calculation of the premium to be paid
- Issuing of cover note (Binder)
- Issuing of the policy
Procedure of claiming compensation
- Notification to the insurer-The insurer has to be notified about the occurrence of any incident immediately.
- Filling a claim form-The insurer provides the insured with a claim form which he fills to give details of the risk that has occurred
- Investigation of the claim-The insurer arranges to investigate the cause of the incident and to assess the extent of the loss incurred. The insurer is then able to establish whether the insured is to be compensated and if so, for how much.
- Payment of claim-On receipt of the report of the assessor, the insurer pays the due compensation to the insured. (Payment of the compensation shows that both the insurer and the insured have agreed on the extent of the loss and the payment is the settlement of the claim)
INSURANCE AND GAMBLING
In most cases, insurance is erroneously taken to be the same as gambling in that small amounts are contributed by many people into a common fund which later benefits just a few people. They are however different and their differences include;
PAST KCSE QUESTONS
1.1995 Describe the procedures that should be followed when taking an insurance policy. 10mks)
2.1996 explain four ways in which the insurance industry promotes the growth of business enterprises. (5mks)
3.1997 Explain four ways in which the insurance industry contributes to the development of Kenya’s economy. (10mks)
4.1998 Discuss various insurance policies under which an insurance company would not compensate the insured in the event of the loss. (10mks)
5.1999 Discuss various insurance policies that the owner of a supermarket may find it useful for the business. (12mks)
6.2000 Explain four benefits of the ‘pooling of risks’ to an insurance company. (8mks)
7.2001 Explain the factors that may make it necessary for an insurance company re-ensure.
8.2002 Explain the meaning of the following terms as used in insurance (10mks)
- i) Uberrimae fidei
- ii) Indemnity
- Third party motor vehicle insurance
- iv) Contribution.
- v) Subrogation
9.2003 Discuss four circumstances under which an insurance contract may be terminated. (8mks)
10.2004 Explain five benefits that could be enjoyed by a person who decided to take out an endowment policy. (10mks
TOPIC
PRODUCT PROMOTION
Product is an item or service offered to the consumers at a price. Therefore, product promotion is the communication or any activity undertaken to inform the consumers, persuade and remind them to buy the product from the market.
The purpose/Importance of product promotion
- It informs the customer of the availability, price, and where to obtain the product to satisfy their wants
- It persuade the buyer to buy their products a head of their competitors products in the market
- It reminds the customers of the continued existence of a given product in the market
- It educate the consumers of the usage of the product to satisfy their needs fully
- It informs them on any improvement that has been made on the product
- It stimulates the demand of the product being promoted in the market
- It brings out the positive features of the product
- It opens new market for the product in the environment
Methods of product promotion
Product promotion may be carried out in the following ways:
- Personal selling
- Advertising
- Sales promotion
- Publicity
Personal selling
This is a method of promotion where there is an oral presentation in the conversation with the prospective customer. It is done by with the use of salesmen who informs the prospective buyer of all the aspects of the product
Methods of personal selling
Personal selling can be carried out in the following ways;
- Through sales person approaching the customers
A case where the sales person approaches the prospective customers after drawing their attention, explaining details of the product and even demonstrating how the product works in order to persuade the customer to buy.
Steps involved in personal selling through sales person
- Identify prospective customers who could possibly require the product
- Preparing the presentation by gathering all the possible information about the product , as well as designing an appropriate methods that he will be used to present to the customer
- Establishing the customers contact, as well as choosing an appropriate time to meet the customer to be. That is the time when the customer may receive him
- Arousing the consumers interest in the product by attracting his/her attention through approach and languages, as well as making the prospective customer develop interest in the product
- Dealing with the objections on the product which may have been brought about by the customer to be
- Closing the sale by inquiring whether the prospective customer will be interested in the product or not. This should be done in a polite manner
- Offering after sale service to the customer on the product that has been sold
Shows, trade fairs and exhibitions
This is where the manufacturer of a given product gets a chance to display publicly to the prospective customer to inform them about the product. The prospective customers’ attention is then drawn to the product and more information is given to him about the product at the point where it is displayed.
Advantages of shows, trade fair and exhibitions
- It gives the customer an opportunity to compare various products before making a decision on what to buy
- It gives the sales person an opportunity to explain in fine details the features of the product to the prospective customers
- The manufacturers of the product gets a chance to receive immediate feed back from their customers through interactions during the shows
- The number of people visiting their stall to asses their products will help them determine their potential market size for the product
Disadvantages of shows, trade fairs and exhibitions
- It is expensive to hire a stall for the exhibition of the product
- The sales person may have to explain over and over again for the prospective customers as they may not enter into the stall at the same time
- The trade fairs are not frequently organized, therefore an organization rely on it as the only means of product promotion may not succeed
Showrooms
These are large rooms where goods are displayed, especially bulky and durable goods like cars, furniture’s, etc for the customer to see and be informed about them to stimulate their interest in them
The room allows the customer to get more information about the product from the sales person in the showroom
Advantages of showrooms
- They enables the seller to get immediate feed back on the product
- They enable the customers to get clarification on the product they need to purchase
- It is a cheap method of production
- It provides an opportunity for the usage of goods to be demonstrated
- The information the prospective customer get from the show room is more reliable
Disadvantages of showrooms
- They are usually located away from the town centers, making them not be accessible by many
- It is expensive to hire showrooms
- They require security to protect the goods inside them which may be very expensive
- Some prospective customers may tamper with goods in the room while trying to operate them
Free Gifts
A gift is an item given to the customer free of charge after buying a product which it is pegged on or buying products of a given value. The gift may not necessarily be the same as the product bought, but they are meant to encourage the customer to buy more or give the customer opportunity to explore the product given as a gift.
Advantages of free gifts
- It enable the customer to enjoy the product given as a gift without paying for it
- It persuades the customer to buy more of the product in order to get the gift
- It is an additional product, and therefore increases the customers satisfaction
- It may help in creating loyalty in the product being promoted
Disadvantages of free gifts
- It makes the customer buy including products they didn’t require in order to the said gift
- The cost of the product may be very expensive for he customer
- Some middlemen may remove the gift and keep or even sell to the customer to maximize profit
Free Sample
This is a product on trial given to the customers freely to influence their demand towards the product. It mainly used when the product is new and the customer may have not known about the existence of the product
Advantages of free sample
- It enables the customer try the product before making a decision to buy it
- The customer is able to enjoy the product that otherwise he may have not enjoyed
- The organization is able to get immediate feedback from the customer about their new product
- It enables the organization to acquire more customers for their product
Disadvantages of free sample
- Some of those receiving the sample may not come back to buy
- It may be an expensive method of promotion especially where many samples are to be given
- Goods given for free may reduce the value of goods that may have been sold to earn profit
- It is not suitable for expensive products
Circumstances under which personal selling is appropriate
- When launching a new product in the market which requires a lot of awareness to the prospective customers to enable them make a choice
- When a product is tailored to meet the customer’s needs, as different consumers have different needs, taste and preferences to be addressed.
- When demonstration is required on how the product works, especially the technical products
- When the organization has the capacity to finance the sales force carrying out the personal selling.
- Where the market is concentrated within a given region that can easily be accessible by the task force.
Advantages of personal selling
- It is more flexible than any other method for the marketer is able to meet the needs of different people
- It enable the prospective customer to know more details about the product before making a decision
- The sales person is able to demonstrate the use of the product
- The seller is able to get immediate feedback on the product
- The seller is able to obtain the personal contact of the prospective buyer
- It gives the buyer an opportunity to negotiate the terms of purchase
- It takes care of both literate and illiterate prospective customer
- The seller is able to persuade the prospective buyer to buy the product
Disadvantages of personal
- It is labour intensive and therefore very expensive when the area to be covered is wide method
- It is time consuming as it involves explanation and demonstration
- It may only target a particular group of people
- The seller has to meet the travelling and other expenses involved which may be very expensive
- Salespersons may misuse the resources allocated for them, making the target not to be achieved
- The process may inconvenience the prospective buyer’s program
- It may only cover a given region which may not be wide enough
Advertising
This is the presentation of information about a product through public media such as news papers, radios, billboards, etc
Types of Advertising
- Product advertising: – this is a form of advertisement meant to promote a given product or a particular brand of product
- Institutional advertising: – this is a form of advertisement meant to improve the image of the institution or organization and not a particular product. It is meant to create confidence in the customers about the institution
- Primary demand advertising: – a form of advertisement meant to a new product that has been introduced in the market for the first time. It is mainly to create awareness of the existence of that particular product
- Celebrity advertising: – a form of advertisement where a famous/popular person is used to promote a particular product. It is meant to convince those who identify themselves with that personality to buy the product
- Informative advertising: – a form of advertisement meant to give the customer more information about the product to enable them make an informed decision
- Competitive/persuasive advertising: – a form of advertisement carried out with organizations producing similar product to persuade the customers to buy their products ahead of their competitors
- Corrective advertising: – a form of advertising meant to correct a misleading information that may have been given out about the product
- Reminder advertising: – a form of advertising meant to remind the customers that the product still exists in the market and is still capable of satisfying their needs.
Advantages/Importance of advertising to the business
- It maintain the sales of an already existing product
- It create awareness in the customers about a new product in the market
- It informs the customers about the changes that may have been made in the product
- It helps in building image or reputation of the selling organization
- It may increase the volume of the existing sales of a product
- It reaches peoples who may have not been reached by the sales person
- It compliments the effort of the sales person to enable them achieve their sales objectives
- It clears the customers misconception and prejudice about the product
- It opens up new markets for the products.
Disadvantages of advertising to the business
- It may be costly to the business in terms of money and other resources
- It leads to increase in cost of production if at all it has to be done frequently
- The cost of the advertisement will always reduce the profit margin of the business
- Poorly planned advertisement may negatively affect the business
- Misleading advertisement may reduce the level of business operation
Advantages of advertising to the customer
- They educate them on the usage of the product
- They inform them on the products availability
- They guide them on where to get the product
- The outlines all the features about the product including prices to the customer
- Competitive advertisement may lead to improved quality of goods to benefit the customer
- Information on different prices through competitive advertisement makes the customer to benefit from the reduced prices
Disadvantages of advertising to the consumer
- The advertisement may not disclose the side effect of the product
- The advertising cost may be passed to the consumers through increased price
- Some advertisement may persuade customers to buy what they do not require leading to impulse buying
- Some customers may buy substandard goods due to misleading advertisement
Advertising media
These are channels or agents through which an advertisement message is conveyed to the target group. They includes both the print and electronic media which includes; newspapers, journals, magazines, posters, bill-boards, brochures’, radio, television, neon signs, etc
- Newspaper
These are daily or regularly publications which contains advertisement. They includes, Daily nation, Standard, Taifa Leo, citizen, star, etc
Advantages of newspaper
- The can reach areas that other means may not reach
- Many people can afford them as they are relatively cheap
- They cover a wider geographical area, leading to a wider market
- The message on the news paper can last for a longer period of time, making it to reach more customers
- The advertisement appearing in the newspaper is readily acceptable by the reader
- Colored print makes the advertisement to be more attractive to the reader who in turn gets the information
Disadvantages of the newspaper
- Many of them are written in English or Kiswahili, making them to only target those who can read and understand the language
- It discriminate against the illiterate group who can not read the information
- They have short lifespan as they may be read only on the day it is circulated
- It can not be used to focus on a specific target as they are read by almost everybody
- Some of the prospective customers are always in a hurry to read the newspaper and may not pay attention to the advertisement
- Magazines and Journals
These are periodic publications meant to target a particular class or group of people. They may be published monthly, quarterly, annually, etc. The information reaches the targeted group as they read them
Advantages of magazines and Journals
- The specific information for the targeted people can be published
- They can be read and re-read before the next publication may the information to last longer and plead with the prospective customer
- Their publication is of high quality and colourful, making them to draw the attention of their targeted group easier and passing the information to them
- The quality material they are made of makes them to last longer and can be accessed even by those who may have not been around during their publication
Disadvantages of magazines and journals
- If the time gap between the publication time and circulation time is wide, the advertisement may fail
- They are a bit expensive which makes some of the potential customers not to afford them
- The cost of advertising on them may be expensive for the organization
- Their circulations may be limited to a small geographical region
- The publications may not be available in the vernacular language to reach those who are not able to read either English or Kiswahili
Posters and Billboards
A form of advertising that may contain the information about the product either in words, pictures or both for the customer to see and read.
Advantages of posters and billboards
- They are able to convey the information to the large audience, as they are placed in strategic position
- Posters are cheap and easy to prepare
- The use of different colors makes them to be more attractive and appealing to more audience
- It can be used by both literate and illiterate group
- The message may last for a longer period of time
- Billboards are conspicuous and hence attractive to the audience
Disadvantages of posters and billboards
- May be affected by adverse weather condition, especially rain
- If not placed strategically, it may not reach the targeted group
- Incase destroyed by the passersby, the information may not meet the targeted group
- Bill boards are expensive to make and maintain
Transit/transport advertising
A form of advertisement whereby vehicles such as trailers, matatus, buses, etc are used to carry and convey the advertisement message
Advantages of transit advertisement
- The message reaches most of the people in the environment
- They message last long as the paints always last on the vehicle
- Transit vehicles may carry the message a long way to their final destination
- It is captivating to the members of the public especially the promotion convoy, hence can easily reach the target
Disadvantages of transit advertisement
- During the rush hour, the crowd may hinder some from getting the information
- It mainly relay the information to those served by the vehicles
- The noise produced by the promotion convoy may be a nuisance to some members of the public
Brochures
These are small pamphlets carrying message and pictures about product being advertised.
Advantages of Brochures
- They are easy to carry around as they are small in size
- They are effective in meeting the targeted group
- Their cost of production is not very high
- They can be distributed at different places to meet the targeted group
- Can be made attractive by the use of different colours
- They have a long life and therefore can be used repeatedly
- They can be used to direct others on where to get the product
Disadvantages of Brochures
- The information may not reach the illiterate group
- They may be ignored by the intended users
- They may require frequent updating if many changes are made on the product making it expensive
- Radio
This is a channel that allows for the advertised messages to be conveyed through sound to the listeners, with some background music accompanying the message
Advantages of Radio
- Different languages may be used to reach different people
- It is accessible even to the remote areas that is not covered by other media
- One can choose the time to advertise to reach the targeted group
- Able to serve many people at the same time
- It can be used for both literate and illiterate members of the group
- The advertisement can be repeated over and over again according to the advertisers needs
- The music accompaniment may attract many people to listen to the information
- Can reach even the blind as they are able to hear
- The message can be conveyed in different languages
Disadvantages of Radio
- Their advertisement does not have any reference
- It may be more expensive than the print media
- Poor timing may make the message no to reach the targeted group
- It may interrupt some programmes to the annoyance of the listener
- It short and brief advertisement may be missed by the listeners
- It is difficult for the listener to visualize the product
Television (T.V) and Cinema
Television is a form of media advertisement where the written words are combined with motion pictures and sound to pass the information
Cinema is where the advertised messaged is conveyed during film shows in the cinema halls. It may be before or after the movie.
Advantages of Television (T.V) and Cinema
- It appeals to most people as it is entertaining
- It makes it possible for the demonstration of the use of the product
- It is able to reach both the literate and illiterate viewers
- The advertisement can be aired over and over again to meet the targeted group
- The advertisement may be modified when need arise
- It has wide appeal to many people
- The message can be conveyed in different languages
Disadvantages of Television (T.V) and Cinema
- The cost of advertising through this media is high
- The television sets are expensive to acquire, hence many people may not have them
- Their uses are limited to places with electricity
- The advertisement may not last longer
- The time for airing the information may not suit the targeted audience
Neon Signs
This is a form of advertisement where the message is passed to the public through the use of electrical signals transmitted through neon lights. They are usually common in the banks, airlines, jewel shops, etc
Advantages of Neon Signs
- The use of different colours makes them very attractive and catch attention of different people
- They can be put strategically making them to be visible to many people
- Can be used both at night and day
- They direct the customer on where the goods are to be found
Disadvantages of Neon Signs
- Can only be used where there is electricity
- They are expensive to buy and maintain
- The message may not easily reach the illiterate
Advertising Agencies
These are businesses that specialize in advertising work and are hired to carry out the functions for other businesses. They are paid a commission for this
Functions of Advertising Agencies
- They help the organizations in designing their trade marks, logos and advertising materials
- They book space and airtime for their clients in various media
- They offer advisory services to their client on selling techniques
- They advertise on behalf of their clients
- They choose on behalf of their clients the appropriate media to be used
Publicity
This is the mentioning of the product or the organization in the mass media to make it be known to many people. There two types of publicity, that is free publicity (where the payment is not required) and Special featured publicity (where there is payment, for example sponsoring an event in the public)
Advantages of Publicity
- It saves the organization money incase of free publicity
- It is likely to cover a wider region as the publicity is in the media
- The organization may earn credibility due to positive publicity
- The information may be received positively by the customers as the message is likely to be more objective
- It may improve the competitiveness of the firm
Disadvantages of Publicity
- Unfavourable information about the organization may reach the public especially in free publicity
- It is irregular and short lived
- Might require special occasion or event in order to attract the mass media
- The firm does not have control on how the information will appear in the media and the extend of the coverage
Public relations
A process of passing information with an intention of creating, promoting, or maintaining good will and a favourable image of the organization in the public. It involves informing the public about the firm’s achievement and how it is contributing to the community welfare and development, to get more approval of the public
Advantages of public relations
- May be used to correct the dented image of the firm
- It informs the public about the activities of the firm
- Assist in upholding the good image of the firm
- It improves the relationship between the firm and its customers
Disadvantages of public relations
- It is costly in terms of time and finance involved
- The customer may make premature buying arising from the picture created by the firm
- Effects may take long before they are actually realized
- It may be difficult to evaluate the impact of the message, since the customers are not obliged to respond to it
Point of purchase (Window) display
This is where the items are arranged in the shops strategically, allowing the customers to see them easily. The arrangement is meant to attract the customer’s attention and induce them to buy goods as they pass close to the shop
Advantages of Point of purchase display
- May induce the customer to buy the product due to their arrangement
- As the customers get in to the shop, they are likely to buy including the other goods that were not being displayed
- The customers are able to determine the features of the product with ease
- It is relatively a cheaper method of promotion
Disadvantages of point of purchase
- The method only work well with the potential customers who are near the shop and not far away
- They may also attract thieves especially if the product displayed is of high value
- In case the arrangement does not appeal so much to the customers, they may not get into the shop
- It may be expensive setting up the display area
Direct mail Advertisement
A form of advertisement which is sent to the potential customers directly in the form of a mail, for example the pricelist being sent to the potential customers
Advantages of direct mail advertisement
- It is able to reach the targeted group as they are sent to the potential customer directly
- The message may be made to suit the requirement of the specific customer to be
- There may be an immediate respond on the message
- The potential customers incurs no cost to acquire the information
Disadvantages of direct mail advertisement
- Some mails may not get to the intended customers in time
- The prospective customer may ignore the advertisement
- May not be effective where the customer needs to examine the product
- This method may be expensive especially in terms of material and money
- It may only appeal to the literate group only
Catalogue
A booklet that gives information about the product that the organization deals in. It gives the description about the product, the picture as well as the prices of the product.
Advantages of catalogue
- It may be used to advertise all the products in the organization
- The owner/organization has the total control over the catalogue
- It gives detailed information about the product
- Its colourful nature makes it an attractive promotion tool
Disadvantages of catalogue
- It is expensive to produce increasing the cost of production
- Change in price may affect the whole catalogue
Guarantee (warranty issue)
An assurance given to the customer that the product will serve as expected if used according to the instructions given by the manufacturer. For the guaranteed period the seller will be willing to maintain repair or replace the product for the customer
Advantages Guarantee
- The confidence built in the customer by the guarantee to the customers makes them to buy more products.
- It may create the customers loyalty to the product of the firm
- The fact that the product can be replaced if it gets spoilt within the period is an advantage to the customer
Disadvantages of guarantee
- Repairing or replacing the product may be very costly to the organization
- The method may only be suitable for the durable goods
- The customer may be tempted to mishandle the good during this period
Discount
This is a reduction in price of the commodity, allowing the buyer to pay less than what he would have paid the goods.
Types of discount
- Quantity discount: – Allowed by trader to encourage him/her to buy more quantity of the product being offer
- Trade discount: – Allowed to another trader who is buying products for resale to the consumers
- Cash discount: – Allowed to the customer to enable him pay promptly for the goods bought
- Loss leader: – Selling the price below the market price to entice the customer to buy
- Psychological selling: – Playing with the customers psychology in terms of pricing by quoting odd prices such as 999, 199, 99, etc to convince the customer that the price has been reduced
- Credit facilities: – where the customer is allowed to take a product for his consumption and pay for it later. This entices the customer to buy more of the product
- After sales service: – these are services offered to the buyer after the goods have been bought. They may be in terms of packaging, transportation or installation which may be offered to the customers free of charge. This makes the customer to buy more goods with confidence
Sales promotion
These are activities carried out to increase the sales volume of a business. They are activities out of the ordinary routine of business that is carried out by the seller to increase his sales volume.
The methods of carrying out sales promotion includes all the methods of carrying out product promotion as discussed earlier, that is, shows and trade fair, showrooms, free gifts, free sample, personal selling, advertisement, window display, credit facilities, after sales services, etc
Factors to consider when choosing a promotion method
- The cost of the promotion that is whether the company can afford it or not, for some promotion methods are very expensive that may not be easily affordable to the company.
- The nature of the product being promoted especially whether it requires demonstration or not. Products which requires demonstration are best promoted through personal selling
- The targeted group for the advertisement, on whether they can be reached by that method or not. The promotion method must reach the targeted group, if it has to be effective
- The objective that the firm would like to achieve with the promotion, and whether the method is helping them to achieve that particular objective
- The method used by the competitor in the market to enable them choose a method that will enable them compete favourably
- The requirement of the law concerning product promotion, to enable them not use what the law does not allow
Ethical issues in product promotion
These are rules and regulations to be followed when carrying out promotion to avoid violating other people or businesses right. They include;
- Cheating on performance of the product to attract more customers by given them wrong and enticing information about what the product can do.
- Cheating on the ingredients of the product by telling them that the product contains a suitable type of ingredient which does not exist just to lure them to buy the product
- Not telling them the side effects of the product which may affect them should they continuously use the product due to fear of loosing customer
- False pricing, especially a case where they overprice their and later on reduce them slightly just to lure the customer, yet exploit them
- Not caring about the negative effect of the product on the environment, which may includes littering of the environment by the posters used for advertisement
- Social cultural conflict, especially putting up some forms of advertisement which are considered a taboo buy the community leaving around, such as hanging a billboard of a female advertising inner wears next to a church
Trends in product promotion
The following are some changes that have taken place to improve the product promotion activities
- Use of website/internet to advertise product world wide, which has increased the coverage
- Encouraging gender sensitivity and awareness in product promotion to bring about gender balance
- Use of electronic billboards in advertisement to increase their visibility even at night
- Intensifying personal selling by the business to reach more customers
- Development of promotion convoys to move from one place to the other with music and dancers to attract more prospective customers
- Catering for the rights of the youths when carrying out product promotion and even involving them in carrying out the promotion
- Catering for the interest of those with special needs when carrying out advertisement
- Advertisement through mobile phones by sending them s.m.s about the product
CHOZI LA HERI QUESTIONS AND MARKING SCHEMES
CHOZI LA HERI
QUESTIONS AND MARKING SCHEMES
- Eleza ufaafu wa anwani Chozi la Heri (ala20)
- Kwa kurejelea kila sura onyesha jinsi mwandishi alivyoisuka kazi yake kufanikisha mtiririko na muumano wa
- Athari ya vita katika nchi ya Wafidhina ni kioo cha bara la Jadili (ala 20)
- Jadili dhana ya chozi katika riwaya ya Chozi la Heri (ala20)
- Mwanamke katika jamii hii ametwezwa na kutwazwa jadili ( ala20)
- Akikosa la mama hata la mbwa huamwa kwa kurejelea methali hii eleza umuhimu wa mashirika ya misaada (ala20)
- Jamii ya Chozi la Heri ni taswira ya jinsi ukabila unavyoathiri bara la Afrika (ala20)
- Malezi ya watoto katika riwaya ya Chozi la Heri ndicho kitovu cha ufanisi na matatizo yote yanayowapiku watoto (ala20)
- Utumizi wa afyuni katika jamii umeleta mathara mengi . Thibitisha (ala 20)
- Jadili athari na dhiki zinazotokana na uongozi mbaya (ala 20) 11)Mla, naye huliwa zamu yake ikifika . kwa kurejelea riwaya ya Chozi la Heri thibitisha
ukweli wa kauli hiyo (ala 20)
12)Riwaya ya Chozi la Heri imejaa aina mbalimbali za migogoro jadili. (ala 20) 13)Uozo wa maadili na kuvunjwa kwa haki ni jambo ambalo lilikuwa la kawaida katika
nchi ya Wahafidhina. Thibitisha (ala20)
14)Riwaya ya Chozi la Heri ni ya Utamaushi jadili kauli hii (ala20)
MASWALI YA MUKTADHA
TIA DONDOO KATIKA MUKTADHA WAKE
- “Hii ni baraka kutoka kwa Mwenyezi Mungu amenifidia yule mwanangu aliyekufa”
- “ Usiku umekuwa mpevu, twende tusije tukamtia mama kiwewe’’
- “ Huenda nikapata mbinu ya kujinasua baadaye’’
- “ Di, Mimi nitawakimu kwa viganja hivi vyangu. Hamtapungukiwa na lolote’’
- “Basi Doc, nakubaliana na rai yako”
- “ Huyu hapa ameletwa na wasamaria wema leo asubuhi’’
- “ Je ni yule aliyeletwa jana usiku wa kuamkia jana’’
- “ Hatuwezi kumkabidhi mzee wetu huyu kifaranga kitekite hivi, tutakuwa tunampagaza uzazi”
- “ Yako ya arubaini imefika”
- “ Wenye hadhi na mali wanahitaji wafanyikazi wa kuwaendelezea biashara zao’’
- “ Usiwe na mawazo finyu na hasi kuhusu kumpanga mtoto’’
- “ Karibuni naona mmetuletea kilaika’’
- “ Tulipata ombi lenu kuhusiana na suala la kumpanga mojawapo wa watoto wetu’’ 14)“ Ndugu zako wako hai na bila shaka mtakutana”
- Yote haya yamewezekana kutokana na mwongozo mlionipa Zaidi , utulivu nilioupata nilipoambulia familia hii ulinipa msukumo kila mara nilipokabiliwa na ndaro
- “ Njoo nikujuze kwa yule binamu vuuk ambaye hukwambia habari yake kila mara”
- “ Atanguliaje kisimani hunywa maji maenge”
- “ Mlaani shetani” 19)“ Huyu ana imani”
- “ Umu hawa ni marafiki wangu wa chanda na Ni watu wakarimu na wenye imani’’
- “ Nashukuru kwa kunielekeza kwa wazazi wetu hawa”
- Wote wawili walitazamana, kila mmoja akiapa moyoni kuwa amewahi kumwona kiumbe huyu mahali.
- Kweli mimi nilikuwa sikio la mbuzi ambalo nyanya alizoea kusema husikia chunguni
- “ Leo waonaje tukiwajaribu mababe wetu? Ni vizuri kuanza mapema kabla ya jua la utosini”
- “ Mama zenu walienda wapi?” 26)“ peace be with you’’
- “ Kweli milima ndiyo haikutani”
- “ Nahisi kama nasimulia kisa kirefu chenye mwisho mwema”
- “ Si kwamba sijawatafuta hamna kituo cha polisi ambacho sijabisha hodi”
- “ Haiwezekani! Hili haliwezekani! Itakuwa kama kile kisa cha yule kiongozi wa kiimla wa kike”
MASWALI YA SIFA ZA WAHUSIKA NA UMUHIMU WAO
Jadili sifa za wahusika wafuato na umuhimu wao;
- Ridhaa
- Mwangeka
- Mwangemi
- Umulkheri
- Lunga
- Bwana Kaizari
- Mwekevu
- Mzee Mwimo msubili
- Tila
- Kairu
- Zohali
- Mwanaheri
- Chandachema
- Neema
- Sauna
- Pete
- Mwaliko
- Mwalimu Dhahabu
- Dickson
- Bwana Maya
- Naomi
- Mzee Kedi
- Hazina
MASWALI YA MBINU ZA LUGHA NA TAMATHALI ZA USEMI
Jadili mbinu zifuatazo zilivyotumika katika riwaya ya Chozi la Heri
- Jazanda
- Taharuki
- Kisengerenyuma
- Barua
- Ndoto
- Kinaya
- Taswira
- Swali la balagha
- Sadfa
- majazi
MAJIBU YA MASWALI
- UFAAFU WA ANWANI Anwani ya Riwaya hii ni Chozi la
Anwani hii imeundwa kwa maneno mawili yaani CHOZI NA HERI.
Kwa mujibu wa matumizi ya neno Chozi katika riwaya hii, limetumika kuashiria tone la maji au uowevu unatoka machoni aghalabu mtu anapolia au kufurahi.
Neon HERI limetumika kuonyesha maana ya amani,Utulivu, mafanikio na usalama .
Kwa hivyo, chozi la heri ni kirai ambacho kimetumika kuonyesha chozi la mhusika ambaye amepata utulivu, amani na usalama nafsini mwake. Ni wazi kusema kuwa , mwandishi amefanikisha kwa hali ya utendeti kuonyesha ufaafu wa anwani rejelewa kwa kurejelea mifano hii:
- Kaizari anamsimulia mwamu wake Ridhaa yaliyotokea, kwamba siku ya nne baada ya mapinduzi walisikia hodi na mkewe akaeleke a kufungua Alisalimiwa kwa kofi na kuulizwa kiko wapi kile kidume chako kijoga? Nasikia ni mmoja wa wale waliotuuza kwa kupigia Mwekevu kura. Ati as for me and my family we will support our mother. Ninyi ndio vikaragosi wanaotumiwa na wasaliti. Kabla hajajaribu lolote alikuwa amekula mikato miwili ya sime, akasirai kwa uchungu. Baadaye genge hili liliwabaka Lime na Mwanaheri . alijaribu kuwapa wanawe huduma ya kwanza na
kisha baadaye wanakumbwa na matatizo ya vyakula na maji katika kambi ya wakimbizi walikokimbilia waathiriwa. Mto wa mamba haukuwa safi ila baadaye waliyanywa maji ambayo walidiriki kupata huku wakisema ni heri nusu shari.
- Bwana kaizari anasimulia namna vita vilivyowaathiri na walipokimbilia kambi za wakimbizi, anasema kuwa waliokuwa wamabahatika kubeba nafaka haba walizitoa zikatumiwa kwa Sasa matumbo yalianza kudai haki
- Ridhaa katika kumbukizi zake katika msitu wa heri, hakukuwa na wakazi wengi, kwa hivyo, alikosa ushirika wa ndugu zake. Aidha anapojiunga na shule siku za awali alitengwa na wenzake kwani hawakutaka ashiriki michezo yao. Kijana mmoja mchokozi alimwita ‘mfuata mvua’ aliyekuja kuwashinda katika mitihani yote na kwamba ni yet anayewaibia kalamu zao. Ridhaa hakungoja mwenzake amalize dukuduku lake alichukua mkoba wake na akafululiza nyumbani na kujitupa mchangani na kulia kwa kite na shake. Mamake alimliwaza na kumhakikishia kumwona mwalimu siku iliyofuata. Tangu siku hii, huu ukawa ndio mwanzo wa maisha ya heri kwa Ridhaa kwani baada ya mwalimu kuzungumza na wanafunzi umuhimu wa kuishi pamoja kwa mshikamano,Ridhaa alipata utulivu, amani na usalama shuleni na kungaa kwa elimu hadi kufikia Kilele cha cha elimu na kuhitimu kama daktari huku utendakazi wake ukimletea
- Kaizari anamshukuru Mungu uk16 kwa kuwa hai licha ya kwamba aliwatazama mabinti zake wakifanyiwa ukaini na vijana wenzao. Pia anapomtazama mkewe anashindwa kama inahalisi kumwita mkewe kwa sababu ya vile uso wake ulikuwa umevamiwa na Amevimbiana kama dongo la unga ngano. Anasema kuwa ametiwa hamira lakini yeye hana hamira ila ni matokeo ya ubahaimu wa binadamu. Licha ya hayo yote anashukuru kuwa wako hai.
- Ridhaa anajihisi kama yule Ayubu kwenye kitabu kitakatifu ambaye ibilisi aliifakamia familia na mali yake takribani kutwa moja. Hata hivyo, anajihisi nafuu na kiumbe kipya kwani wapwa wake Lime na Mwanaheri walikuwa wamepata matibabu kutoka kwa vijana wenzao ambao walitumwa na mashirika yasiyo ya kiserikali. Mkewe Kaizari yaani Subira alikuwa katibiwa Uk36
- Ridhaa na mwangeka wakiangaliana kila mmoja akitweta kwa mpigo wa kasi wa Walitaka kukimbiliana ila hakuna aliyetaka kuanza. Ridhaa hakuamini kuwa Mwangeka angerudi akiwa hai. Fahari ya uzazi na ulezi inayeyusha woga na shaka
huku Mwangeka akajirusha kifuani mwa babake huku wakiambiana kimoyo moyo ni hai sijafa uk46
- Uk 51 Mwangeka anashaangazwa na hali ya babake ya kutozika mabaki ya familia Baba mtu anamkazia tu macho , bila shaka ameelewa anachowazia mwanawe.Mwangeka ana huzunishwa sana na kitendo hicho cha unyama cha kuacha familia yake , mamake na wanuna wake kama majivu. Matone ya machozi yalitunga machoni, Mwangeka. Akayaacha yamdondoke na kumcharaza, yatakavyo. Uvuguvugu uliotokana na mwanguko wa machozi haya uliulainisha moyo wake, ukampa amani kidogo. Moyo wake ukajaa utulivu sasa kwa kujua kuwa wino wa Mungu haufutiki methali hii Mwangeka anaiona wazi ambayo mpinzani wake aliishi kuirudia mara aliposhindwa na Mwangeka.uk 52
- Katika Msitu wa Mamba kulikuwa na maelfu ya watu waliogura makwao. Kati ya familia kwao bila matumaini ya kurudi. Kwa Kangata na mkewe Ndarine, hapa palikuwa afadhali kwani hawakuwa na pa kwenda kwa kuwa hata kule walikokuwa wakiishi awali hakukuwa kwao maskwota hivyo wakaamua kukumbuka asali na maziwa ya Kanaan hii mpya . Uk 57
- Msimamo wa Lunga wa watu kutopewa mahindi yaliyokuwa hatari hata kwa kipanya unasababisha kupigwa Anakuwa mkulima stadi, marafiki zake wanampa jina la msimbo mkulima namba wani. Uk 70
- Umu anapojitosa jiji analiona kama bahari isiyo na kikomo . Akiwa jiji baridi ya vuli inamtafuna huku pia akiwa na mkeketo wa njaa kwenye uchango huku akiwa na matumaini ya kukutana na kijana Hazina ailiyemsaidia akiwa anakataswa na mamaake. Wanapokutana Hazina alibahatika na sasa ni mfanyikazi katika hoteli moja pale mjini. Umu anapomweleza juu ya matatizo yake Hazina anamwonea huruma huku machozi yake yakimdodoka kwa mchanganyiko wa furaha na majonzi.uk87
- Kukutana kisadfa kwa Dick na Umu katika uwanja wa ndege kulileta utulivu, walikumbatiana kwa furaha. Machozi yaliwadondoka hawa mandugu wawili na wakawa wanalia kimyakimya.Walijua fika kuwa jaala ilikuwa imewakutanisha na kwamba hawatawahi kutengana Maisha sasa yalianza kuwa ya heri kwao.uk 128
- Baada ya miaka kumi ya kuuza mihadarati Dick alifaulu hatimaye kujinasua kutoka
kwa mwajiri wake. Alianza biashara yake mwenyewe ya kuuza vifaa vya umeme. Sasa akaanza kujitegemea kwa kuwa amejiajiri. Alikuwa ameufungua ukurasa mpya katika maisha yake. Maisha yake sasa ni ya heri.
- Zohali alikuwa mtoto wa nyumba kubwa wazazi wake walikuwa wa hadhi ya juu. Babake alikuwa mkurugenzi katika shir ika la utohaji huduma za simu huku mamake akiwa mwalimu mkuu wa shule ya kitaifa. Anakumbwa na changamoto za ujana na kushindwa kudhibiti matamanio yake huku akipata ujauzito. Wazazi wake wanamdhulumu na kuishia kutoroka nyumbani. Anaokolewa na Mtawa Pacha anapata utulivu uk100
- Chandachema anapata utulivu baada ya kuokolewa na shirika la kidini la hakikisho la haki na Alikuwa mtoto wa mwalimu wa Fumba na Rehema ambaye alizaliwa nje ya ndoa kati ya mauhusiano ya mapenzi ya mwalimu na mwanafunzi wake. Anakosa malezi mema na madhila ya unyanyasaji wa kijinsia uliosababishwa na bwana Tenge.uk 107
- Uk 127 Mwangeka wanapomuaga binti yao Umu alimwambia kuwa siku ile tuliyokuja kukuchukua kwa mwalimu Dhahabu ilikuwa siku ya heri
- Dick alimweleza Umu kuwa siku waliokutana katika uwanja wa ndege na wakasafiri pamoja, hiyo ndiyo ilikuwa siku ya heri zaidi kwake. Nasaha alizopewa na Umu zilimfunza thamani ya maisha. Kisadfa, huu ndio wakati Dick alikuwa ameamua kubadilisha maisha ya kuuza dawa za kulevya na kuamua kuuza vitu vya
- Baada ya Mwaliko kujitambulisha kwa Umu na Dick na kushukuru pia wao wanashukuru kupata walezi wazuri, umu na Dick hawakungojea Walikimbia wote wakamkumbatia ndugu yao,wakaanza kulia huku wakiliwazana. Sophie na Ridhaa pia walijiunga nao, wote wakalizana na baadaye wakashikana mikono. Ikawa ni hali ya utulivu. Uk 189
- Mwaliko alimwambia babake kuwa kuja katika hoteli ya Majaliwa kuliwaletea heri kwa kuwa familia yao sasa imepanuka. Sasa amekutana na watu aliokuwa tu anasikia Anasema kuwa imekuwa heri tena kuwa, uncle Mwangeka ndiye mzazi na mlezi wa ndugu zake. Uk 190
- Dick alitoa shukrani tele kwa Umu kwa kuwa ni yeye alimpa matumaini kuwa siku moja watampata ndugu yao Mwaliko hata anapomtazama Umu, macho
yake yakiwa yamefunikwa na vidimbwi vya machozi, anajua kuwa familia yao imerudiana japo katika mazingira tofauti.
- Mwangeka anapomtazama Apondi anamfurahia kwani yeye ndiye anayempa utulivu wa Hapo kabla babake aliishi kumwambia aweze kumtafuta mpenzi na kumuoa ila aliishia kusema kuwa alishindwa kumsahau Lily na Becky. Hata hivyo, Ridhaa alijua kuwa wakati ndio mwamuzi, ipo siku atakapotokeza hurulaini wake Mwangeka. Ataifungua kufuli kubwa iliyoufunga moyo wake na hiyo itakuwa siku ya kumwaga chozi la heri
2) MTIRIRKO WA VITUSHI
SURA YA KWANZA
Sura hii inaanza kwa kumrejelea mhusika, Ridhaa ambaye alikuwa amesimama kwa maumi-vu kwa yaliyompata. Amelitazama wingu la moshi ambalo lililojikokota kwa kedi na mbwembwe, aidha linamkumbusha ukiwa aliozaliwa nao na ambao anahofia kuwa angeishi na kuzikwa nao. Alipogeuka alitazamana ana kwa ana na tanuri la moto ambalo liliteketeza jumba lake la kifahari. Katika mkasa huu wafuatao waliangamia Terry mkewe Ridhaa, bintiye Tila, LilyMkewe Mwangeka na mjukuu wake Becky.
Ridhaa anatatizika sana na milio ya kereng’ende na bundi usiku wa kuamkia siku hii ya kinyama. Milio hii ilimtia kiwewe aidha alijaribu kumjuza mkewe ila alipuuza kwa kumwambia kuwa yeye ndiye ameishi kumwambia kuwa asishikamane na mambo ya ushirikina anamkumbusha Ridhaa kuwa aliwahi kumwambia kuwa ni vizuri kuiacha mielekeo ya kijadi ambayo huyafifilisha maendeleo. Anazidi kumuuliza hata iwapo jambo likawa atafanya nini? Ndipo Terry anamjuvya kuwa la muhimu ni kumlaani shetani kwani Iiandikwalo ndilo
Mazungumzo haya baina ya Terry na mmewe Ridhaa yalikuwa ya mwisho kabisa kutokea Terry akiwa hai. Ridhaa anatamani kuwa alikuwa na muda zaidi wa kumuuliza mkewe maswali ambayo sasa yameivamia akili yake. Machozi yalifurika machoni mwake kwa yale yaliyompata. Katika kumbukizi zake anakumbuka maneno ya marehemu mamake kuwa machozi ya mwanamme hayapaswi kuonekana mbele ya majabali ya maisha. Ila Ridhaa aliacha machozi yamcharaze yatakavyo hakujali la mama wala la baba; alijisikia kama mpigana masumbwi aliyebwagwa na kufululiziwa makonde bila mwombezi.
Anakumbuka mambo yalivyokuwa usiku huo, ambao uliyatia giza maisha yake. Anakumbuka mayowe ya mkewe akimsihi Mzee Kedi asiwauwe kwani wao ni majirani wake. Baada ya mayowe haya ndipo alisikia mlipuko mkubwa kisha akashikwa na uziwi wa muda uliofuatwa na sauti nyingine ya Mkewe “Yamekwisha”. Kumbukumbu hii ilimpa kuzimia na alipozinduka alijipata kalala kando ya gofu la jumba lake lililokuwa linafuka moshi.
Ridhaa anakumbuka jumba lake ambalo sasa ni majivu familia yake na mali yote hii kuteketea kwa siku moja . Anaporudi kulikokuwa sebule ndipo alikumbuka kuwa Mwangeka
-kifungua mimba wake alizaliwa kwenye chumba hiki miaka thelathinl iliyopita. Alishangaa ni vipi Mwangeka aliweza kunusirika mkasa huu na ndipo akawaza kuwa wadhifa aliopewa kwenda Mashariki ya Kati kudumisha amani ulitokea kuwa wongofu wake. Katika kumbukumbu zake anaukumbuka mjadala mkali baina yake na bintiye Tila kuhusu mafanikio ya baada ya uhuru. Tila anaonekana mwenye tajriba ya uanasheria kwani masuala aliyozua yalikuwa motomoto .Tila kupitia maswali ya Tila ni wazi kuwa baada ya kuondoka kwa mkoloni mweupe mkoloni mweusi aliweza kuchukua hatamu. Tila anaonyesha vilevile kuwa licha ya kuondoka kwa mzungu waafrika wanaendelea tu kuwa wategemezi si kwa lishe tu, bali pia kwa ajira. Na kazi zenyewe ni vibarua vya kijungu jiko. Tila alishangaa ni kwa nini wao hawajaanza kujisagia kahawa au chai yao. Haihalisi mbegu ziwe zetu, tulikuze zao lenyewe kisha kumpelekea mwingine kwenye viwanda vyake alisage kisha kuja kutuuzia hiyo kahawa au chai kwa bei ya kukatisha tamaa alisisitiza Tila.
Ridhaa anamkumbuka baba yake Msubili na mtazamo wake kuwa jamii yao iligeuka kuwa hazina ya wafanyakazi ambamo Wazungu wangeamua kuchukua vibarua kupalilia mazao yao. Aidha tunarifiwa kuwa hakuwa mkaazi asilia wa Msitu wa Heri.Alikuwa wa mfuata mvua kama walivyoitwa walowezi na wenyeji kindakindaki. Babake alikuwa na wake kumi na wawili. Wake hawa walijaliwa na wana wa kiume ishirini na ndipo ardhi ya mzee Mwimo Msubili ikawa haitoshi kuwalea madume hawa. Jambo hili limfanya mzee mwimo kuwahamishia wake wawili wa mwisho Msitu via Heri . Siku hizo ilikuwa rahisi mtu kuwa na shamba mahali kokote katika eneo lililomilikiwa na kabila lake kwani umiliki wa mashamba ulitegemea bidii ya mtu.
Mamake Ridhaa alikuwa mke wa mwisho wa Mzee Mwimo. Ridhaa alikuwa mwenye umri wa miaka kumi walipohamia Mlima wa Heri na alikuwa bado hajaanza shule. Walipowasili humu hamkuwa na wakaazi wengi na ilimchukua muda kuzoeana na watoto wa majirani ambao waliwaona Ridhaa na nduguze kama waliokuja kuuvuruga utulivu wao.
Ridhaa alikuwa kati ya waathiriwa wa hali hii kwani alitengwa na wenzake siku ya kwanza shuleni katika michezo mbalimbali. Alichokozwa na mwanafunzi mmoja aliyemwita ‘mfuata mvua’ na kumwambia hakutaka kucheza naye kwani alikuja kuwashinda katika mitihani yote. Ridhaa hakungoja mwezake amalize dukuduku lake alichukua mkoba wake na kufufuliza moja kwa moja hadi nyumbani na kujitupa mchangani huku akisema hangerudi hiyo shule tena. Mamake Ridhaa alizungumza na mwalimu naye mwalimu akazungumza na wanafunzi na kuwasisitizia umuhimu wa kuishi pamoja kwa mshikamano. Huu ukawa ndio mwanzo wa maisha ya heri kwa Ridhaa.
Baadaye Ridhaa alimuoa Terry. Alijaliwa na wana ambao waliangamia isipokuwa Mwangeka kifungua mimba. Ridhaa anashangaa ni kwa nini Mzee Kedi alimgeuka kwani ndiye aliyemsaidia kupata shamba hilo lake. Familia zote mbili zilikuwa na mlahaka mwema. Ridhaa ameyafanya mengi mazuri kikijini hadi kikaacha kuitwa Kalahari. Ikawaje aliowatendea hisani wamelipa kwa madhila? lweje watu waliokula na kunywa pamoja ndio waliomlipulia aila na kuyasambaratisha maisha yake? Haya maswali yasiyo na majibu yalimsumbua akilini mwake. Alipowaza alianza kuelewa sababu ya vikaratasi kuenezwa kila mahali vikiwatahadharisha kuwa mna gharika baada ya kutawazwa kwa Musumbi- kiongozi mpya. Anaelewa sababu ya jirani kuacha kumtembelea kwake kwa ghafla. Anaelewa sababu ya mke wa jirani kulalamika kuhusu kuuzwa kwa mashamba ya wenyeji kwa wageni. Alielewa kuwa alikuwa mgeni wala si mwenyeji hata baada ya kuishi pale miongo mitano.
Katika usingizi alikumbuka habari iliyosomwa katika runinga miaka miinne iliyopita. Habari ilyosababisha kubomolewa kwa majumba yake matatu yakibomolewa. Majumba haya sasa yamegeuka udongo. Pigo hili la pili aliliona kali zaidi. Alibaki akijiuliza maswali akishangaa ni upi utakuwa mstakabali wake, wa mwanawe Mwangeka na Subira, dada yake Ridhaa aliyeishi maili kumi kutoka pale.
Maswali ya ziada:
- ‘’ kwamba liandikwalo ndilo liwalo? Since when has man ever changed his destiny?’’ i)Eleza muktadha wa dondoo
- onyesha ukweli wa kauli hiyo
- eleza wasifu wa nafsineni
- Umekuwa kama jani linalopukutika msimu wa machipuko!
- Tia dondoo katika muktadha wake
- Eleza madhara ya ukosefu wa amani
- Hata hivyo wengi wa mabwenyenye hao walipuuza notisi hii
- Tia dondoo katika muktadha wake
- Onyesha mbinu iliyotumika na uipigie mifano zaidi kutoka kwa riwaya
SURA YA PILI
Sura hii inaanza watu wakiwa katika kambi za ukimbizi katika mazingira haya mageni ila si mageni kwani ni mumo humo kwao kwani si ughaibuni wala nchi jirani. Watu wa kila tabaka walikuwa yaani waliokuwa nacho na wachochole wote wako pamoja katika kambi hii. Kuna kiasi fulani cha usawa. Aidha inaaminika kuwa wanadamu huwa na tofauti ya mandhari wanamofia. Kuna wanaofia zahanati za kijijini na wapo wanaolala maumivu yao yakiwa yamefishwa ganzi katika hospitali za kifahari huku wakiliwazwa na mashine. Kuna wengine ambao hufia kwenye vitanda vya mwakisu vitongojini baada ya kupiga maji haramu.
Katika kambi hii watu wanang’ang’ania chakula haswa uji. Hata aliyekuwa waziri wa Fedha miaka mitano iliyopita yumo katika kambi hii aking’ang’ania chakula na wenzake. Mvua kubwa inanyesha na matone mazito kuwaangukia wanawe wakembe wa Ndugu Kaizari- Lime na Mwanaheri. Hana hata tambara duni la kuwafunikia. Kaizari anabaki kumshukuru Mungu tu kuwa wako hai. Ubavuni amelala mke wake Subira ambaye haihalisi kumwita mkewe kwani uso wake ulikuwa umevamiwa na majeraha.
Ukosefu wa chakula unasababisha Ridhaa, Daktari, Mkurugenzi mzima wa Wakfu wa Matibabu nchini kula mizizi. Tunarifiwa Kaizari anaanza kusimulia yaliyojiri siku ile baada ya kutawazwa kwa kiongozi mpya kana kwamba Ridhaa alikuwa mgeni wa haya. Anasema kuwa baada ya kutawazwa kwa kiongozi mwanamke mambo yaliharibika. Watu wakashika silaha kupigania uhuru wao, uhuru ambao walidai hawakupewaWakaupigania. Mwanaharakati Tetei alitoa kauli kuwa, wanaume watatumikishwa kwa walivyofanywa enzi hizo katika visakale vya majirani wao walipokuwa wakiongozwa na mwanamke wa kiimla . walikerwa na haki za jinsia ya kike kama vile; Affirmative action na a third should be Women. Bi. Shali alionekana kuwakosoa wapinzani wa Mwekevu kwa kile aliona kuwa
Mwekevu alistahili ule ushindi kwani alijitosa katika siasa na kuomba kura kama wanaume
, akastahimili vitisho na matusi aidha anashangaa jinsi watu ni wasahaulifu wa mradi wa kuchimba visima ambao umewafaidi sana.
Kaizari aliendelea kumsimulia Ridhaa chanzo cha vita kuwa vilianza kati ya kundi la wafuasi wa Mwekevu na lililokuwa likiunga mkono mpinzani wake mwanamume Vita vikachacha kwani wapinzani walikidai kuwa haingewezeka mwanamke kushinda mpinzani wake mwanamume na badala yake waliiba kura na wafuasi wake kuwanunua wanawake ambao ndio wapiga kura wengi.Aidha wafuasi wa Mwekevu waliona huu ndio muda mwafaka wa Mwekevu kupewa nafasi ili alete mabadiliko. Athari ya vita hivi ilikuwa ni pamoja na ;
- watu kuuawa, kuacha makwao na kukimbilia maisha yao
- kupotesa mali kwani waliokimbia makwao kila walichokiacha kiliteketezwa
- kupora maduka ya Kihindi, kiarabu na hata Waafrika wenzao
- Misafara ya wakimbizi ikawa kwenye barabara na vichochoro vya Wahafidhina
- Mizoga ya watu na wanyama
- magofu ya majumba yaliyoteketezwa kwa moto
- uharibifu wa mali na
- Nyimbo za uchochezi mpinzani wa Mwekevu anambiwa tawala wahafidhina , mwanzi wetu tawala.
- Kuchomwa kwa magari kana kwamba ni mabiwi ya taka
- Vilio kwa waliokuwa wakiteketezwa
- Kubakwa kwa mabinti wa Kaizari yaani Lemi na Mwanaheri
- Askari wa fanya fujo uone kuwafyatulia risasi vijana walioamua kufa
- Magonjwa ya homa ya matumbo
- Njaa na ukosefu wa maji safi
- Kukimbilia chakula kwa watu wazima jinsi wafanyavyo watoto
Aidha Kaizari anaeleza jinsi ambavyo alivamiwa kwake kubishiwa hodi, mke wake Kaizari, Subira akaenda kufungua, huku akisalimiwa kwa kofi. kubwa kisha akaulizwa alikokuwa kidume chake kijoga. Alipigwa mikato miwili ya Sime hata kabla hajajibu lolote, akazirai kwa uchungu. Baadaye genge lile likawabaka mabinti wake Kaizari. Mahasimu hao wakaondoka baada ya kuutekeleza unyama huo bila kumgusa Kaizari, auguze majeraha ya moyo. Alijizatiti na kuwapa wanawe na mke wake huduma ya kwanza ni katika pilka pilka zile, sauti ya Jirani yao Tulia iliita ikiwasihi kutoka iwapo walitaka kuishi. Tulia alimsaidia Kaizari kufunganya na kumsindikiza hadi njia panda. Alimkumbatia na kumwambia kuwa mwenyezi mungu ndiye hupanga na nguvu na mamlaka pia hutoka kwake. Akamjuvya kuwa uongozi mpya umezua uhasama kati ya koo ambazo zimeishi kwa amani kwa karibu karne moja. Akamshauri aihamishe aila yake kwa muda kwa sababu ya usalama. Akamhakikishia kuwa huo sio mwisho wa kuonana. Huu utakuwa mwanzo wa uzao wa jamii mpya isiyojua mipaka ya kitabaka, jinsia na kikabila. Jirani alipompungia mkono,
Familia ya Kaizari iliweza kuabiria matwana iliyokuwa ikiendeshwa kwa kasi kana kwa inakimbizwa. Waliyashuhudia mengi katika safari hii ya shaka kama vile mabasi kuchomwa
. Baadaye, gari lilikwisha petroli ikawa sasa ni mtu na malaika wake. Walijitoma msituni, usiku wa kwanza wakila mate kutokana na ule ugeni wa kutojua hata kuliko na matunda mwitu. Aidha anasema kuwa walibahatika kwani ni katika msitu huo mto wa mamba ulipita ila Kulikuwa na changamoto ya maji safi ya kunywa kwani maji hayo hayakuwa safi ya kunywea.
Wakimbizi hao waliweza kujenga vibanda ambavyo viliezekwa kwa nyasi na kukandikwa kwa udongo. Wengi walipata homa ya matumbo na wengine kuyapoteza maisha yao. Wakimbizi walizidi kuongezeka nayo hali ya maisha ikazidi kuwa ngumu. Idadi kubwa ya wakimbizi ilifanya kuwe na vyoo vya kupeperushwa- yaani sandarusi ambazo hutumiwa kama misalani. Siku za mwanzomwanzo Kaizari hakuweza kutumia misala hii, lakini alisalimu amri na kusema potelea mbali, lisilo budi hutendwa. Lakini kutokana na tishio Ia maenezi ya kipindupindu aliwasihi kuchimba misala kwa jina long drop. Tatizo la njaa pia lilishamiri kwani waliokuwa wamebahatika kubeba nafaka chache walizitoa zikatumiwa na wote, zikaisha.
Siku ya kumi na tano Selume mke wa mpinzani wa msumbi mwekevu alipitia kwenye kibanda cha Ndugu Kaizari. Selume alikuja kuwaeleza kuwa alikuwa amesikia fununu kuwa
upo mradi wa kuwakwamua Wakimbizi kutokana na hali hii. Shirika la Makazi Bora, lilikuwa limejitolea kuja kuwajengea wakimbizi nyumba bora. Misikiti na makanisa yalikuwa yamekusanya vyakula ili kuwalisha wahasiliwa. Watu walijawa na matumaini. Siku ya ishirini lori kubwa liliingia na watu wakakimbilia chakula kama watoto wafanyavyo. Watu waligawiwa chakula na akina mama – wa Mother’s union, woman’s Guild na waliokuwa wamepakiwa nyuma ya lori hilo. Msukumano ulianza hadi mlinda usalama mmoja alipojitokeza na kuwasihi kuweka usalama. Watu wengine kama Mzee Kaumu walishangaa walipokuwa hawa wangwana wakati madhila haya yalipowapata. Kwa kuwa tabia ni ngozi, Bwana Waziri Mstaafu aliyekuwa na uzoefu wa kuwaelekeza watu huko wizarani, alisaidia kukigawa chakula. Pia Kaizari na Selume waliitwa kusaidia. Hata hivyo, bwana Kute alifanya ujanja ili kupata mafungu zaidi. Mwandishi anaonyesha hali ya ufisadi ya juu kwa kusema kuwa hata chakula cha msaada , kilicholetwa kwenye madhabahu ya kidini , kinaweza kufisidiwa.
Maswali ya ziada:
- “ Sasa ana haki gani ya kutuomba kudumisha utulivu baada ya kuivuruga yeye na wenzake?’’
- Tia dondoo katika muktadha wake
- Eleza madhara ya vita katika jamii
- ‘’ Ni sandarusi ambazo hutumiwa kama misala bwana’’
- Tia dondoo katika muktadha wake
- Eleza sifa na umuhimu wa msemaji
- Eleza ukweli wa kauli hiyo
- ‘’ Sasa ni wakati wa kila mtu na malaika wake’’
- Eleza kilichofanya nafsineni kusema maneno hayo
- Jamii ya wahafidhina matatizo ya baada ya uchaguzi ni kioo cha bara Afrika
SURA YA TATU
Sura hii inaanza kwa kuonyesha Ridhaa akiwa ameketi katika chumba cha mapokezi katika Uwanja wa Kimataifa wa Ndege wa Rubia. Ana hamu kuu ya kumwona Mwangeka akiwa mzima. Macho yake ameyatunga kwenye dari ya chumba hiki. Anagota sakafu kwa viatu vyake kana kwamba anataka kupata habari fulani kutoka kwayo. Ridhaa anakumbuka kuwa siku ya kuhawilishwa kutoka Msitu wa Mamba baada ya kukaa kule kwa miezi sita na kubahatika kurudi nyumbani kufuatia mradi wa operesheni rudi Kanaani, hakuwa na matumaini ya maisha bora kwani hakuwa na mwenzi wala mtoto wa kuendea.
Wengine kama Selume(mke wa mpinzani wa Mwekevu ) walikuwa wakilia kwa kuwa hawakujua waende wapi kwani mme wake amekwisha kuoa msichana wa kikwao na Babake alimkatalia katakata. Ridhaa alimfariji na kumwomba asilie kwani mwana wake yu hai tena ana kisomo na amehitimu kama mkunga, anaweza kujitegemea. Selume hakuwa ametoka katika jamii moja na mpinzani wa Mwekevu. Ndipo Ridhaa akamwahidi warudipo nyumbani, angemtambulisha Selume kwa mkuu wa Idara ya Afya ya Jamii katika Hospitali Kuu ya Tumaini na labda angepata kazi katika idara ile.
Hata , Ridhaa anapowaza haya, Selume amekwisha kuajiriwa kama muuguzi katika hospitali ndogo iliyojengwa karibu na kambi ya WWHN. Ridhaa anakumbuka mambo mengi kama vile kadhia iliyompoka familia yake ndiyo ilimkutanisha na watu kama Selume ambao angewaita ndugu na kumfanya kusahau msiba wa kuipoteza akraba yake. Kutangamana na wakimbizi kukamfunza thamani ya binadamu. Sasa amejifunza mengi kama Vile uzima ni upande mwengine wa mauti. Kwenye Msitu wa Mamba, Ridhaa alipata huduma za ushauri na uelekezaji kutoka kwa wataalamu mbalimbali na akaweza kuudhibiti ugonjwa wa shinikizo la damu ambao ulitokana na mshtuko wa kupoteza jamaa yake na mali yake dafrao moja.
Ridhaa alipotoka kwenye msitu wa mamba alikuwa mtulivu wa akili huku akijihisi kiumbe kipya kwani wapwa zake- Lime na Mwanaheri walikuwa wamepata matibabu na dada yake Subira ametibiwa akapona. Mwamu wake Kaizari- amepona donda lilitokana na kuwaona binti zake wakibakwa. Ridhaa anamwona Kaizari ni afadhali kwani heri nusu Shari kuliko Shari kamili kama iliyompata kwa kupokwa familia yake yote.
Aidha anapomngojea mwanawe Mwangeka pale uwanja wa ndege , anapitiwa na kumbukumbu za jinsi alivyohisi aliporudi tena kwenye ganjo lake siku ile. Anakumbuka
kuwa alipozinduka alijipata pale pale katikati mwa kiunzi cha sebule lililokuwa kasri lake. Eneo hili ndipo wanawe Tila na Mwangeka walipokuwa wadogo walipenda kumkimbilia kila mara alipotoka kwenye shughuli zake za kikazi. Hapo ndipo kijukuu chake kilipozoea kutembea tata na kumwita “bubu” naye alipenda kukirekebisha na kukiambia “sema babuu”. Na kitoto kwa utukutu wa kitoto kingesema ‘’bubuuuu’’Hayo yote hayapo sasa, hata zile pambaja za mkewe Terry na utani wake hamna. Akiwa yu pale katika kumbukumbu zake, polepole kwenye jukwaa la akili yake kunaanza kuigizwa mchezo wa maisha yake kabla ya dhiki iliyomfika. Anamwona Tila akitoka shuleni na kuuweka mkoba wake juu ya meza. Katika mazungumzo yao mambo yafuatayo yanabainika;
- Tila alidhamiria kuwa siku moja atakuwa jaji katika mahakama kuu na kusafisha uozo
- Kuna washukiwa wengi rumande ambao wanahitaji haki ya kesi zao
- Kubadilika kwa mifumo ya uzalishaji mali kuanzia wakati wa ujimia, ukabila, ubwenyenye, ujamaa hadi sasa
- Kura ya maoni kuonyesha kuwa asilimia kubwa ilikuwa inamuunga mkono Mwekevu
- Tila anaonyesha amezinduka anasema kuwa wao hawahitaji kiongozi mwanamke ila kiongozi ambaye ataielekeza jahazi visiwa vya
- Tila anaonyesha kuna uongozi mbaya umaskini, ufisadi, ukosefu wa gharama za matibabu ya kimsingi na ukosefu wa lishe
- Kazi nyingi za serikali kupeanwa zabuni kwa kapuni za kigeni ambao wanajilimbikizia mali ya
Ridhaa aliona kuwa utabiri wa mwalimu wa Tila ulikuja kutimia kwani viongozi wa awamu ya awali walibwagwa chini na vijana chipukizi. Kinaya ni kuwa wengi walishindwa kabisa kukubali kushindwa hasa yule aliyekuwa akigombea kilele cha uongozi. Kulingana naye nafasi hii iliumbiwa mwanamume na kumpa mwanamke ni maonevu yasiyovumilika. Kiongozi huyu alipita kila mahali akitoa kauli ambazo ziliwajaza hamasa wafuasi wake nao wakaanza fujo zilizoangamiza juhudi za miaka hamsini za raia za kuijenga jamii yao.
Hatimaye ndege kwa jina PANAMA 79 iliyotarajiwa kufika saa tatu unusu sasa ndio inalikanyaga sakafu. Abiria waliposhuka, Ridhaa na Mwangeka walitazamana kimya. Ridhaa
alihisi kana kwamba anauona mzuka wa Mwangeka, hakuamini kuwa angerudi nyumbani akiwa hai. Hatimaye baada ya shaka kumwondokea, alimkumbatia mwanawe. Mwangeka akajitupa kifuani mwa babake kwa furaha. Ridhaa alimkaribisha Mwangeka nyumbani na kumtaarifu kuwa hakujua kuwa watawahi kukutana akiwa hai.
Ridhaa alimweleza mwanawe yaliyoisibu familia yao. Mwangeka alipomtazama babake akaona kuwa amekonga zaidi na sasa ameshabihi mno babu Mwimo. Baada ya kumbukumbu zake kumkumbusha ya awali Mwangeka alimshukuru babake na kumweleza kuwa alipoipata habari ya machafuko ya baada ya kutawazwa kwa kiongozi, alijawa na kihoro kisicho kifani. Aidha tunarifiwa kuwa , Mwangeka alikuwa akifuatilia matukio kwa makini kwani hata kura zilipohesabiwa upya kisha mpinzani wa Mwekevu kukubali kushindwa na kutoa wito kwa raia kusahau yaliyopita, alijua kuwa nchi imepiga hatua moja katika safari ndefu ya kupata afueni kutokana na tufani za baada ya kutawazwa. Mwangeka aliendelea kuwapa heko vijana wenzake kwa kugundua kuwa wanatumiwa vibaya na viongozi wenye tamaa.
Mwangeka akawa sasa anakubaliana na usemi wa Tila kuwa “usi cheze na vijana, wao ni kama nanga. Huweza kuizamisha marikebu ” Japo Ridhaa aliyaitikia maneno ya Mwangeka kwa mgoto, alijua kuwa palikuwa na kazi ngumu ya kujenga upya ukuta ambao ufaa wake ulikuwa umepuuzwa. Akawa anakubaliana na sera ya bintiye marehemu, Tila kuwa Vijana wanafaa kuelimishwa zaidi kuhusu amani kwani ndio wengi na ndio mhimili wa jamii yoyote ile. Hatimaye, Ridhaa alishusha pumzi na kumkabidhi mkono mwanawe na kumtaka waende ili akajipumzishe kutokan na adha za anga Mengine watazungumza baadaye.
Maswali ya ziada:
- Ni kweli, lakini kumbuka kampuni hizi zimebuni nafasi za
- Tia dondoo katika muktadha wake
- Taja tamathali za usemi zilizotumika
- Jadili umuhimu wa nafsinenewa
- Jadili mbinu ya kinaya, kisengere nyuma na semi zilivyotumika katika sura
- FOR MORE RELATED LEARNING MATERIALS, 0714497530
- ‘’ Usilie mwenzangu’’
- Tia dondoo katika muktadha wake
- Eleza kinachomliza nafsinenewa SURA YA NNE
Mwandishi anatuonyesha Mwangeka akiwa ameketi mkabala mwa kidimbwi cha kuogelea, nje ya jumba lake la kifahari ambalo yeye aliliona kama makavazi ya kumtonesha donda lililosababishwa na kifo cha mke wake Lily Nyamvula. Siku ile baada ya kutoka kwenye uwanja wa ndege walifululiza moja kwa moja hadi kwenye gofu la baba yake Ridhaa. Majivu yaliyokuwa mabaki ya kilichokuwa kwenye kasri lile yalibaki pale pale. Majivu hayo miili ya mama yake yaani Terry, wanuna wake Tila na Mukeli, mkewe lily na mtoto wake Becky.
Mwangeka hakuelewa ni kwa nini babake hakuyaondoa mabaki hayo na ni kwa nini hakushirikiana na majirani kuchimba kaburi la jumla (mass grave) kuyazika majivu hayo. Baba mtu alimkazia tu macho. Machozi mazito ya machozi yalitunga machoni mwa Mwangeka, akayaacha yamcharaze yatakavyo. Wakati huu hata nyanya yake angekuwapo kumwonya dhidi ya kulia kama msichana angempuuza. Alihitaji kulia ili kuliondoa komango ambalo lilikuwa limefunga mishipa ya moyo wake. Uvuguvugu uliotokana na mwanguko wa machozi haya uliulainisha moyo wake, ukampa amani akali. Kilio cha heri.
Mwangeka akakumbuka methali isemayo wino wa Mungu haufutiki. Methali hii ambayo mpinzani wake aliishi kumtolea kila mara Mwangeka alipomshinda. Sasa ndio Mwangeka anauona wazi ukweli wa methali hiyo. Hata hivyo alizidi kujiuliza iwapo binadamu aliandikiwa kumpoka binadamu mwenzake uhai.
Siku ile baada ya wao kutoka kwenye uwanja wa ndege, Ridhaa alimwelezea Mwangeka mambo yalivyojiri. Alimweleza kuwa maisha yalibadilika Pindi tu Mwangeka alipoondoka. Waliandamwa na msiba baada ya mwingine. Mwanzo, Ridhaa akapoteza majumba yake mawili. Miezi mitatu baadaye ami yake Mwangeka aliyeitwa Makaa alichomeka asibakie chochote alipokuwa aakiwaokoa watu ambao walikuwa wakipora mafuta kutoka kwenye lori lililokuwa limebingiria. Makaa alizikwa pamoja na mabaki ya wahasiriwa wote katika kaburi moja kwani serikali iliwatayarishia mazishi ya umma.
Baada ya Ridhaa kushusha pumzi, aliendelea kumweleza Mwangeka kuwa mambo hayo yote aliyakabili kwa msaada wa wanuna wa Mwangeka, mamake Mwangeka na mkaza mwanawe. Akaanza kuyajenga upya maisha yake hadi Siku ile ambayo aliitazama familia nzima ikimponyoka. Daktari Ridhaa anakumbuka jinsi ambavyo amewaokoa wagonjwa
wengi kutokana na magonjwa sugu lakini siku hiyo alishindwa kuuzima moto uliokuwa ukiiteketeza nyumba yao. Lakini, hakushindwa kwani hakuwepo tendo lenyewe likitendeka. Alikuwa ameenda kumfanyia majeruhi mmoja upasuaji. Ridhaa alipokuwa akirejea nyumbani akasikia sauti ya kite ya mamake Mwangeka, kisha mlipuko mkali. Yote yakaisha. Hadi hapo, ameyaishi maisha ya kinyama kupigania chakula na wahitaji wenzake. Ameonja shubiri ya kuwa mtegemezi kihali na mali.
Lakini katika hayo yote amejifunza thamani ya maisha, udugu na amani. Alimhurumia Mwangeka ambaye mkasa huo ulimfanya mjane hata kabla ya ubwabwa wa Shingo kumtoka. Baada ya kurejea kwake Mwangeka hakuishi na babake kwa muda mrefu. Mwanzo, hakuweza kustahimili uchungu uliosababishwa na kuamka kila asubuhi kutazama mahali ilipoangamia aila yake. Alimrai babake kila siku akibomoe kiunzi kile cha nyumba lakini babake alikataa katakata. Lilikuwa kaburi la ukumbusho wa familia yake. Sababu ya pili ni kuwa lazima Mwangeka angeyaanza maisha yake upya. Atafute ushauri kutoka kwa wataalamu, auguzie moyo wake mbali na babake.
Mwangeka aliporejelea shughuli zake za kawaida kazini alitafuta kiwanja cha kujengea nyumba. Babake akamtahadharisha kufanya uchunguzi kabla ya kuanza ujenzi wenyewe. Baada ya Mwangeka kuhakikisha uhalali wa stakabadhi alipata kipande cha ardhi karibu na ufuo wa bahari. Kazi ya ujenzi ilianza na baada takriban mwaka mmoja na unusu akahamia kwake. Hata anapokitazama kidimbwi hiki, mawazo yake yako mbali alikoanza maisha. Anazikumbuka changamoto za ukuaji wake. Anawakumbuka wanuna wake: Kombe, Mukeli na Annatila(Tila). Anapomkumbuka Tila anatabasamu kisha tone moto la chozi linamdondoka. Kumbukumbu ya Annatila inavuta taswira ya mnuna wake mkembe Dede aliyefariki dunia akiwa na umri wa miaka sita wakati ule Mwangeka akiwa na umri wa miaka kumi na miwili tanzia ile ilipowafika.
Katika jamii ya Mwangeka, kifo kilifuatwa na viviga vya aina mbalimbali yakiwemo maombolezi. Basi baada ya kifo cha mtoto huyo majirani walikuja kuifariji familia ya Bwana Ridhaa. Wiki mbili baada ya mazishi ya ndugu yake, Jumamosi moja Mwangeka alimpata Tila na wenzake nyuma ya nyumba wakimngojea. Tila alimvuta na kumnong’oneza kitu sikioni kisha akavuta boksi lililokuwa limetiwa mwanasesere wao kwa jina Dedan Kimathi lakabu waliokuwa wamempa marehemu ndugu yao. Walianza kulia na kuomboleza kifo cha Dedan Kimathi. Wakaimba mbolezi. Katika hali ile ya kuomboleza, watoto hawa hawakujua kuwa baba yao alikwisha kuja dakika thelathini zilizokwisha. Akawa anawatazama watotohawa wakiigiza mazishi ya ndugu yao Dede.
Alibanwa na hasira na kuutwa mshipi wake kutoka kiunoni, akamshika Mwangeka na kumwadhibu vikali. Akamkemea Mwangeka kwa kuwa bendera inayofuata upepo badala ya kuwa kielelezo bora kwa mnuna wake Tila. Mwangeka anapokumbuka kisa hiki anajutia ni kwa nini hakukiomboleza kifo cha Tila. Baada ya kipigo hiki, Mwangeka aliwajibika zaidi akayavalia masomo yake njuga hadi chuo kikuu ambako alisomea uhandisi. Hapo ndipo alipokutana na mke wake Lily Nyamvula. Nyamvula alikuwa akisomea uanasheria. Mwangeka alihitimu masomo yake na kujiunga na kikosi cha wanamaji, jambo hili liliwashangaza wengi kwani ungewauliza marafiki wa chuoni wa Mwangeka wangekuambia Mwangeka ksajiunga na vikosi vya usalama na kuipoka taaluma ya uhandishi. Hata hivyo, Mwangeka alitamani kutoa huduma yake ya uhandishi katika vitengo vya usalama.
Mwangeka anakumbuka kuwa mkewe Lily Nyamvula alipingana na hatua ya Mwangeka. Kwake kazi ya askari ilikinzana na imani yake hasa kwa vile Nyamvula alikuwa born again. Alishikilia kuwa haihalisi muumini wa kweli kumpoka binadamu mwenzake uhai. Hata hivyo alipoona kuwa msimamo wa Mwangeka hautetereki, aliridhia shingo upande. Mwangeka anajuta kama angesikiza ushauri wa mkewe angeweza kuiokoa aila yake na kumwona mwanawe ambaye aliwahi kumwona tu kwa picha ambazo tausi wake alimtumia.
Maswali ya ziada:
- ‘’ msiba huandamwa na mwingine”
- Tia dondoo katika muktadha wake
- Eleza mikasa yote aliyoelezewa msemewa
- “ mwenye macho haambiwi tazama’’
- Eleza yaliyokuwa yakitazamwa
- Eleza maudhui ya kazi, ukabila na elimu
- Eleza sifa na umuhimu wa wahusika wa sura hii
- ‘’Umewaacha na ndugu kwa ukiwa”
- Tia dondoo katika muktadha wake
- Eleza tamathali ya usemi iliyotumika katika dondoo
- Eleza umuhimu wa mbinu ya nyimbo ilivyotumika katika sura hii
SURA YA TANO
Msitu wa Mamba uligeuka kuwa nyumbani kwa maelfu ya watu waliogura makwao bila tumaini la kurudi. Walijipa moyo na kusema kuwa hata walikokuwa wakiishi hakukuwa kwao, walikuwa maskwota. Wakaamua kula asali na kuyanywa maziwa ya Kanaani hii mpya isiyokuwa na mwenyewe. Matokeo ya maamuzi haya yalikuwa kukatwa kwa miti kwa ajili ya kupata mashamba ya kupandia vyakula na kwa ajili ya ujenzi. Kabla ya miaka miwili kuisha, pahali hapa palikuwa pamepata sura mpya- majumba yenye mapaa ya vigae, misitu ya mahindi na maharage, maduka ya jumla, viduka vya rejareja kila mmoja akijibidiisha kufidia kile alikuwa amepoteza. Familia ya Bwana Kangata ilikuwa miongoni mwa zile zilizoselelea(zilizoishi) kwenye msitu huu. Kwa Kangata na mkewe Ndarine hapa palikuwa afadhali. Awali wakiwa wamelowea katika shamba Ia mwajiri wao aliyekuwa akiishi jijini. Waliishi pale kwa muda mrefu hata watu wakadhani kuwa ilikuwa milki yao.
Wengine wakidhani Kangata na familia yake walikuwa akraba ya mwajiri wao. Hata wana wa Kangata walipokwenda shuleni walijisajilisha kwa jina Ia tajiri wa baba yao. Walikuwa wakiitwa Lunga Kiriri, Lucia Kiriri na Akelo Kiriri. Kiriri likiwa jina Ia Mwajiri wa Kangata. Kangata na mwajiri wake walikuwa wamesekuliwa kutoka mtaa wa Matunda katika zile patashika za baada ya kutawazwa. Kiriri aliiaga dunia muda mfupi kutokana na kihoro cha kufilisika na ukiwa aliokuwa ameachiwa na mkewe Annette na wanawe. Walipata Green Card na kuhamia ughaibuni. Hivyo basi, juhucii za Kiriri kumshawishi mkewe asimnyime ushirika wa Wanawe ziliaangukia moyo wa Firauni. Mkewe Kiriri alikuwa ashaamua kuwa hapa hapamweki tena. Kazi aliyokuwa akiifanya katika afisi za umma kama mhazili mwandamizi kwa miaka mingi ilikuwa inamfanya kusinyaa, akawa hana hamu akahisi kinyaa. Wanawe walipoenda kusomea Ng’ambo – wafanyavyo wana wa viongozi kwa kuwa wanaiona elimu ya humu kama isiyowahakikishia mustakabali mwema raia wake, yeye alistaafu mapema na kuchukua kibunda cha mkupuo mmoja almaarufu Golden Handshake akachukua Green Card na kuwafuata na kumwacha mume wake akiwa mpweke. Baada ya wana wa Kiriri kumaliza masomo yao walibakia huko huko Uzunguni kufanya kazi.
Walipuuza rai ya baba mtu ya kurudi nyumbani ili kuziendesha baadhi ya biashara zake. Kila mmoja akajishughulisha na mambo yake. Kifungua mimba wa Kiriri kwa jina Songoa alisema kuwa nchi yao haina chochote kumfaa kwa hata walio na shahada tatu bado wanalipwa mshahara mdogo sana, akaona heri awekeze huko mbali aliko na imani nako.
Kabla ya kifo chake, Kiriri alikuwa akiibua mijadala nafsi akilini mwake kuhusu Waafrika ambao ni kama waachao mbachao kwa mswala upitao. Akawa anajiuliza maswali mengi kama vile ni nini huwavutia raia kuhamia ughaibuni? Je ni hiyo mishahara minono wanayolipwa? Je, ni hizo kazi za kujidhalilisha za kwenda kuwauguza maajuza waliotelekezwa na aila zao? Au ni zile ndoa kati ya vijana wakembe wa Kiafrika na vikongwe vilivyochungulia kaburi? Kiriri aliendelea kushangaa ikiwa mkewe amegeuka wale wake pindi wafikapo ng’ambo hufunga ndoa na waume wengine kwa kuwa ndio njia pekee ya kuufukuza upweke na kupata riziki au kwa kutaka kujikwamua kwenye tope la uhawinde?
Kutokana na uzoefu wake katika kilimo, Kangata alipofika katika Msitu wa Mamba aliweza kuendeleza kilimo chenye natija. Kwa sasa, miaka mitano imepita na Kangata na Ndarine wameipa dunia kisogo. Lucia Kiriri-Kangata ameolewa katika ukoo wa Waombwe ambao awali walikuwa maadui sugu wa ukoo wa Anyamvua. Ndoa hii ilipata pingamizi sana kutoka kwa ukoo mzima lakini kutokana na Msimamo imara wa Kangata ndoa hii ilisimama.
Watu wa ukoo wa kina Kangata walishangaa ni kwa nini mwana wao akaozwa kwa watu ambao huvaa nguo ndani nje na pia huzaa majoka ya mdimu ambayo ni machoyo kupindukia. Kangata aliyatupilia maneno ya watu wa ukoo wao kwani Kiriri aliyadhamini masomo ya mabinti zake hata ingawa walikuwa wa ukoo tofauti na wake. Watu wa ukoo wa Kangata walikuwa wakipinga elimu ya msichana na kutoa rai kama kumuelimisha msichana ni kufisidi raslimali. Kangata anashangaa wakat mwanawe amelimika na kuishi maisha ya heri ndio wakati jamaa zake wameona tofauti za kiukoo. Hatimaye ukoo wa Kangata ulikubali muungano huu wa ndoa na ukawa umeyeyusha tofauti na chuki iliyokuwa baina yao. Nasaba hizi mbili zikawa sasa zinapikia chungukimoja.
Naye Akelo Kiriri-Kaango habari yake haijulikani. Baada ya kumaliza masomo yake ya kidato cha nne, alipata kuolewa na dereva wa malori yanayosafirisha bidhaa hadi Zambia. Jina la dereva huyo ni Kaango. Alipomwoa Akelo Kiriri, alimjengea nyurnba katika gatuzi la Mbuyuni na tetesi zinasema kuwa walipata watoto wawili. Mmoja kwa jina Ngaire na mwingine Mumbi. Hakuna ajuaye walikopelekwa na misukosuko ya miaka mitano iliyopita.
Lunga Kiriri — Kangata ndiye anaishi katika milki ya babake katika Msitu wa Mamba. Yeye amesomea kilimo. Awali alikuwa ameajiriwa kama afisa wa kilimo nyanjani. Alikuwa akiwaelimisha raia kuhusu mbinu bora za kilimo kama vile watu wasilime karibu na mito, watu wachimbe mitaro kuzuia mmonyoko wa udongo na watu wapande miti inayostahimili ukame. Alikuwa amirijeshi wa uhifadhi wa mazingira. Alipokuwa shuleni ndiye aliyekuwa
mwasisi wa chama cha watunza mazingira wasio na mipaka.
Kila ijumaa wakati wa gwaride ungemsikia akihutubia wanafunzi wenzake kwa mhemko.Kimondo (mwanafunzi mwenzake Lunga) alikuwa haishi kushangazwa na I-unga kwani mtu akimsikiliza Lunga hangedhani kuwa amekulia mazingira sawa na wale wanyonge ambao uwepo wao huamuliwa na matajiri. Ilishangaza kuwa Lunga hakuwazia kwamba alikolowelea baba mtu palikuwa msitu tu, tajiri wake akapabadilisha. Babake Lunga haswa ndiye aliyeliendeleza shamba lile. Aliendelea kumuuliza iwapo hajui kwamba umaskini unaweza kuupujua utu wa mtu akatenda hata asivyokusudia kutenda. Iunga hangeweza kujua kwani hajawahi kulala njaa akakosa usingizi kutokana na mkato wa njaa ilhali baba mtu anavuna kahawa katika shamba kubwa Ia Mzungu.
Mzungu huyu mwenye shamba akiwa anapata mamilioni ya pesa lakini anawapunja wafanyakazi wake kwa kuwalipa kishahara duni kiasi cha wao kushindwa kuwanunulia wana wao sare mpya. Kimondo anaendelea kumwambia mwenzake Lunga kuwa hajawahi kuamka asubuhi huku anakeng’etwa na tumbo na homa ya matumbo inamwandama. Mwalimu anapokupa barua ili ukatibiwe kwenye kituo cha afya kilichoko ndani ya kijiji ambacho mwenye kahawa amewajengea wafanyakazi, Daktari mwafrika anakataa kukupa huduma kwa kuwa wazazi wako hawajawekewa bima kutokana na kijishahara duni
wanacholipwa. Sasa Lunga ni mkulima stadi. Ametononokea si haba katika msitu huu. Hakumbuki kuwa msitu huu unafaa kuhifadhiwa kwa matumizi ya baadaye. Kabla ya shida kumleta hapa mstakabali wa maisha ya Lunga ulitishia kuporomoka. Alikuwa ameipoteza kazi yake ya Ukurugenzi katika kampuni ya Maghala ya Fanaka alikopinga kitendo cha raia kuuziwa mahindi ambayo yalikuwa yameagizwa kutoka ughaibuni.
Mahindi ambayo licha ya kuwa na rangi ya njano, yalihofiwa kuwa yameharibika. Yalikotolewa yalisemekana kuwa hatari kwa usalama hata wa panya. Lunga alipopinga uuzaji wa mahindi haya kwa raia vijisababu vilitolewa na vigogo wenye shehena za mahindi haya. Walidai kuyakataa mahindi haya ni kama kuidhinisha kifo cha mamilioni ya raia ambao hawamudu kujinunulia hata kibababa cha unga. Hata hivyo, rai za wakubwa ziliambulia patupu kwani Lunga alikataa katakata.
Lunga akawa amehiari kupoteza kazi yake ili kuyaokoa maisha ya wanyonge wasio na hatia. Baada ya mwezi mmoja Iunga akiwa ofisini mwake alitumia barua ya kumstaafisha kwani shirika hili lilikubwa na changamoto ya kifedha na hivyo halmashauri ikachukua hatua ya kupunguza idadi ya wafanyakazi. Lunga alipoisoma barua hii mara mbili
alishangazwa na ukosefu wa fadhila wa waajiri wake. Kweli asante ya punda ni mateke. Lunga alipokuja katika Msitu wa Mamba alikuwa na azma ya kumhamisha babake na kuwachia wanyama Edeni pao lakini aliyoazimia siyo aliyotenda.
Lunga alipokutana na ekari thelathini na tano za mahindi aliingiwa na tamaa na uchu akausaliti uadilifu wake. Tamaa ya kulima maekari na maekari zaidi ikamkumbatia akakata miti zaidi. Alipoulizwa ilipofia jadhba ya kupigania uhifadhi wa misitu alisema mungu mwenyewe alitupa ulimwengu tuutawale, sio ututawale. Siku zilivyosonga, mashamba ya Lunga na wenzakeyakendelea kutoa mazao mengi nayo jamii ya Msitu wa Mamba ikazidi kupanuka nazo tofauti za kitabaka zikazidi kujionyesha. Kundi Ia kwanza la wakimbizi Ridhaa, Kaizari na Kangata hamkuwa na tofauti kubwa. Mpito wa wakati ukazaa matajiri kama Lunga ambaye alikuwa akiwakumbusha wenzake kuwa alitokana na jadi ya kifahari ya Kiriri. Kulikuwa pia na maskini ambao kupata kwao kulitegemea utashi wa matajiri. Polepole uhasama ulianza kutishiakuisambaratisha jamii ya Msitu wa Mamba.
Vlongozi nao kwa kuhofia mambo kuharibika, walianza kampeni za kuwaelimisha raia kuhusu umuhimu wa kuishi kwa amani licha ya tofauti zao za kiusuli. Hata hivyo juhudi hazikufua dafu kwani awamu ya kwanza ya vita vya wenyewe kwa wenyewe ilianza. Walinda usalama walipokuja kudumisha amani, walitumia bunduki zao na kuwaacha wengi wakiwa wafu nao watoto wakabaki wanawakiwa. Kisa hiki kiliwafungua macho viongozi wakatambua kuwa wakazi hawa walikuwa wakiishi hapa kiharamu. Vyombo vya habari vikatoa wito kwa chama tawala kuwatafutia mahali kwingi, vidonda vya zamani vikanza kutoja damu. Juhudi zao za kuandama ya uamuzi wa kuhamiShwa kwao hazikufua dafu. Wachache walifanikiwa kurudi kwao katika awamu ya pili ya Operesheni Rudi Kanaani.
Wengine kama Lunga ambaye hakujua kitovu chake hasa walitimuliwa pamoja na familia zao. Baada ya miezi mitatu Lunga aligundua kuwa amerudishwa kwenye Mlima wa Simba ambako inaaminiwa mababu zake walikuwa wamehamia kutoka Kaoleni, siku za biashara ya watumwa. Msitu wa Mamba ulibaki tasa. Mto uliokuwa hapo karibu, ambao ulikuwa umeanza kukauka sasa ulianza kutiririsha maji. Jambo la kushangaza ni kwamba, hata baada ya tangazo kutolewa kuwa msitu huu ni marufuku kwa binadamu, usiku wa manane kulisikika milio ya malori na matrekta yakibeba shehena za mbao, makaa na mahindi. Moshi pia hufuka mle mara kwa mara.
Maswali ya ziada
- Eleza sifa za wahusika hawa: (alama 10)
- Lunga b. Kimondo c. Kangata
- Kuukata mkono niliostahili kuubusu yalinifika ya kunifika “
- Eleza muktadha wa dondoo hili (alama 4)
- Eleza namna msemaji alivyoukata mkono aliostahili kuubusu (a!ama 6)
- Fafanua mambo mawili yaliyomfika msemaji (alama 2)
SURA YA SITA
Sura hii inapoanza tunampata Mwalimu Dhahabu akimtaka Umulkheri kuyarudisha mawazo yake darasani.Mwalimu huyu kwa kawaida ni mcheshi. Umu(ufupi wa Umulkheri) aliyarudisha macho yake darasani yakatazamana na ya Mwalimu Dhahabu bila yeye Umu kumwona mwalimu mwenyewe. Tangu Umu kujiunga na Shule hii katika kidato cha pili anajihisi kama samaki aliyetiwa kwenye dema. Haya mazingira ni mageni kwake na hakuja hapa kwa hiari. Baridi ya mahali hapa inamsinya kwani si kama kwao ambako kulikuwa na hari. Ukweli ni kuwa Umu alikuwa na kwao ila sahii hana.
Amebaki kuishi kwa hisani ya mkuu wa aliyeshauriwa na Wizara ya Elimu kumsajili umu na wengine watano. Umu ni mwana wa pili wa Bwana Lunga Kiriri —Kangata. Uongozi ulipoamua kuwahamisha mlima wa simba. Kule kuhamia Mlima wa Simba hakukumkalia vyema Lunga. Aliona kuwa ameyapoteza mengi maishani. Watoto wake walikuwa wakisomea katika Shule za kifahari na sasa fidia aliyopewa na serikali haitoshi hata kuwapeleka wanawe katika Shule za watu wa kima wastani.Lunga alipohamia Mlima wa Simba mke wake Naomi naye hakuwekwa na mazingira haya mapya.
Asubuhi moja alimtumia Lunga ujumbe na kumtaarifu kuwa ameondoka ili akatambe na ulimwengu na huenda akaambulia Cha kumsaidia Lunga kuikimu familia.Akawaacha Lunga na wanawe.Pigo hili la tatu lilimuuma Iunga sana kwani alijisabilia kwa hali na mali
kumpendeza mkewe. Naomi alilipa penzi lake na kumwachia Lunga adha za malezi jambo ambalo Lunga hakustahimili. Mwaka mmoja wa kwanza ulimwia Lunga mgumu mno kwani ilimlazimu Lunga kuwa mama na baba wa watoto wake. Katika hali hii Iunga aliingiwa nawahaka na kihoro na hatimaye ugonjwa wa shinikizo Ia damu ukampata.
Kabla ya mwisho wa mwaka huo Lunga alifariki na kuwaacha watoto wake mikononi mwa kijakazi wao. Asubuhi moja Umu aliamka na kujipata yu pweke nyumbani mwao. Ndugu zake wawili, Dick naMwaliko walikuwa wametoweka. Umu alijaribu kumwita kijakazi Sauna kumjuza lakini alisalimiwa na cheko la mwangwi wa sauti yake katika sebule. umu alimaka, hajui awafuate wapi ndugu zake wakembe.Dick alikuwa darasa la saba naye mwaliko alikuwa katika darasa Ia kwanza. Picha ya watoto waliotekwa nyara ilimjiaUmu akilini mwake ikakifanya kichwa chake kumwanga kwa maumivu. Mwishowe alipiga ripoti katika kituo cha polisi alikoulizwa maswali mengi kuhusiana na kukosekana kwa ndugu zake.
Baada ya kuripoti habari hiyo Umu alijizoazoa na kujiendea zake nyumbani. Maisha ya Umu sasa yalichukua mkondo mpya. Siku ile baada ya kuwapigia polisi ripoti,ilibainika wanuna wake walikuwa wametekwa nyara na Sauna kwani hayo ndiyo yalikuwa mazoea yaSauna. Sauna alikuwa akijifanya mwema kwa waajiri wake ili aaminiwe ili naye apate fursa ya kuwaiba watoto na kuwapeleka kwa bibi mmoja ambaye aliwatumia katika biashara zake na katika ulanguzi wa dawa za kulevya.
Machozi ya uchungu yalimtiririka Umu na hakuamini kuwa nduguze wadogo walikuwa mali ya mtu atakayewatumia kama kitega uchumi. Baada ya kutia na kutoa, aliona kuwa hapo hapamweki tena akaamua kuondoka. Asubuhi moja Umu alifika kwenye kituo cha garimoshi. Sasa yu katikati mwa jiji la Karaha. Woga mkubwa ukamkumbatia kwa kutojua alikokuwa kwani mji huu ni mpya kwake. Hajawahi kutembea hapa peke yake. Hata hivyo, Umu yu tayari kuanza maisha upya katika jiji hili. Hajui vipi lakini penye nia ipo njia. Baada ya kuwaza na kuwazua, Umu alijikokota na kuchukua njia iliyoelekea kushoto. Alipofika Church Road mara moja aliikumbuka njia hii.
Aliwahi kupitia pale zama za utukufu wa babake. Anakumbuka akiwapata ombaomba wengi karibu na kanisa Ia Mtakatifu Fatma. Anakumbuka namna alivyomsihi mamake kumpa noti ya shilingi mia moja ili amkabidhi mmoja wa ombaomba wale. Mama mtu alikatalia ombi Ia Umu lakini hatimaye baada ya Umu kusisitiza mno, mamake alimkabidhi shilingi ishirini naye umu akaongeza mapeni aliyokuwa akipewa na babake na kumkabidhi ombaomba mmoja shilingi mia mbili. Ombaomba huyo alimshukuru na kumwita sistee na
kuahidi kuwa siku moja atamsaidia Umu. Leo hii Umu anashangaa iwapo bahati itamvutia usaidizi hata kutoka kwa yule maskini wa Mungu. Akipewa msaada wowote hata kama ni jamvi la kuuweka ubavu wake usiku kwenye mitaa atashukuru.
Alielekea kwenye mkahawa mkubwa mkabala mwa kanisa. Aliwaona vijana wengi wa mitaani. Umu akayaangaza macho yake kuona kama atampata rafiki yake. Hakumpata wala hakuona yule aliyekaribiana naye. Alikataa tamaa. Aliamua kuendelea na safari yake, huenda atampata kanisani. Kisadfa, kabla hajatembea hatua chache kutoka pale aliskia sauti ikiita “kipusa”. Alipogeuka alimwona yule kijana kazaliwa upya! Nadhifu! Meno meupe. Alijitambulisha kwake Umu kama Hazina. Serikali ilimwokoa kutokana na kinamasi cha uvutaji gundi na matumizi ya mihadarati. Akapelekwa shuleni akasoma. Walijengewa makao ambapo yeye na wenzake wanaendelea kusaidiwa na kupewa mbinu za kukabiliana na maisha.
Hazina alibahatika kujifunza upishi na huduma za hotelini na sasa hivi anafanya kazi kama mhudumu katika hoteli hiyo. Hazina alimwomba Umu waende akanywe chai. Umu alimtazama Hazina huku kaduwaa. Akamfuata hotelini alikokula shibe yake. Alimsimulia Hazina mkasa huku mito ya machozi ikiwatiririka wote wawili. Hazina alimwonea imani umu kwa kuharibikiwa na maisha katika kipindi ambapo anahitaji hifadhi ya wazazi. Umu machozi yake yalikuwa mchanganyiko wa furaha na majonzi. Furaha kwa kuona kuwa rafiki yake amefaulu kujitoa katika hali ya utegemezi. Huzuni kwa sababu anahisi kuwa ndugu zake wawili huenda ndio walichukua nafasi ya Hazina katika mitaa ya miji. Hazina alimwahidi kuwa atamsaidia. Akampeleka moja kwa moja hadi kwenye makao yao na kumjulisha kwa Julida mama aliyesimamia makao haya. Julida alimkaribisha na kumtaka asijali. Hapo pangekuwa nyumbani mwao kwa muda kisha Julida wangewasiliana na Idara ya Watoto kuhusu suala la ndugu zake Umu.
Ndugu zake wangetafutwa na wangepatikana. Mwezi mmoja baadaye, Umu alijiunga na Shule ya Tangamano akajiunga na kidato cha pili ambako alijipata kuwa mgeni. Mwalimu Dhahabu akatambua kwa wepesi unyonge aliokuwa nao Umu. Mwalimu huyu akataka pia kujua usuli wa Umu kutoka kwa mwalimu wa darasa la Umu. Mwalimu huyu wa darasa alipoyahadithia masaibu ya Umu kwa Mwalimu Dhahabu, Bi Dhahabu akawa haishi kumhimiza Umu kuwa jasiri kukabiliana na hali yake hii mpya.
SURA YA SABA
Hata hivyo ilimwia vigumu Umu kusahau yaliyopita. Hata hivyo, Umu aliendelea kuhimizwa na wenzake ayazoee maisha haya mapya. Siku moja Kairu alimweleza Umu kuwa ana bahati sana kwani yeye hakupitia waliyoyapitia wao. Wao walitendwa ya kutendwa. Wao walipofurushwa kwao siku hiyo hakujua waendako. Mama akiwa mbele nao kina Kairu nyuma. Mama yao alikuwa amembeba kitindamimba ambaye alijifia mgongoni mwa mamake. Baada ya kuuzika mwili wa ndugu yao, kina Kairu waliendelea na safari wasiojua mwishowake. Hatimaye nguvu ziliwaisha mama yao akawaashiria kuketi kando ya njia, wakawa wanangojea kifo. Mara waliwajia watu waliokuwa wamevaa mavazi yaliyoandikwa IDR,wakasombwa na kutiwa kambini walikokuwa wamejaa sana watoto kwa watu wazima.
Hali hapo ilikuwa ngumu. Miiko ilivunjwa. Walivumilia wakawa wanaishi kwa tumaini wakidhani hali itatengenea. Wakatumaini kwamba wangerudi kwao. Lakini kinyume na matarajio, uongozi mpya hukuleta ahueni yoyote katika maisha yao. Kilichobadilika ni kuwa walipewa ardhi zaidi ya kujenga mabanda zaidi ili kupunguza msongamano katika mabanda ya awali. Sasa wako pale pale. Kairu alikwenda pale akiwa darasa la sita na sasa ako kidato cha pili. Wangali wanasubiri kurudi nyumbani ila yeye haoni kama mna nyumbani pema zaidi ya hapo kambini ambako wanaishi bila kujali mtu alikotoka. Kairu alimsihi Umu kuvumilia na kuzingatia masomo kwani ndiyo yatakayomtoa katika lindi hilo la huzuni. Kairu aliendelea kumweleza Umu kuwa ana bahati kupata mfadhili. Yeye Kairu, mzazi wake wa pekee ni mama ambaye ni muuza samaki na baada ya ule mzozo wa ni nani kamiliki Ziwa kuu, biashara yao imedidimia sana.
Samaki wamekuwa adimu sokoni na bei yake imepanda. Mamake Kairu hana mtaji wa kuanzisha biashara nyingine kwa kuwa yeye ni maskini. Maisha yamemwia magumu kwani hata karo yake Kairu imembidi amlilie mwalimu mkuu amruhusu alipe kidogokidogo hadi mwisho wa mwaka. Katika mazungumzo ya Kairu inabainika kuwa babake yu hai na ana familia nyingine na kuwa Kairu alizaliwa nje ya ndoa. Umu anapoyaweka masaibu ya Kairu kwenye mizani anaona kuwa anaona msiba wake kuwa mwepesi sasa. Mwanaheri naye alianza kusimualia na kusema kuwa baada ya kurudishwa nyumbani kutoka Msitu waMamba baba yakeMwanaheri- Mzee Kaizari, aliweza kuyajenga maisha yao upya.
Akajenga myumba kufu yao pale kwenye ganjo lao Yeye na dadake Lime walirudi shuleni
mlemle kijijini mwao tu. Ikawa rahisi kuyazoea maisha kwani wanafunzi wenzao waliwapenda sana. Lime alikuwa hodari katika michezo ya kuigiza- ile ya kitoto. Alikuwa mcheshi mno na kutokuwapo kwake shuleni kuliwafanya watoto kumpeza. Majirani wao nao wakamsaidia baba yao kukabiliana na hali hii mpya ya maisha hata hivyo baba mtu alikuwa na hofu kuwa huenda wangeshambuliwa tena, nao majirani walimhakikishia kuwa hawangeruhusu jambo lolote kuusambaratisha tena udugu baina yao.
Kwa hivyohali ya utulivu ilitawala tena.Uhusiano kati ya marehemu mamake Mwanaheri na mavyaa yake ulikuwa umeingia ufa. Mama mkwe daima alikuwa kwa kumwona aliyekuja kumbwakura mwanawe. Hali hii ikawa imezidishwa na tofauti zakikabila kati ya mamake Mwanaheri na babake.Mamake ametoka kwenye jamii ya Bamwezi. Daima anachukuliwa kama mgeni, si katika boma lao tu, bali katika kijiji kizima. Uhasama ulizidi baada ya vurugu za miaka mitano iliyopita. Nyanya yao akimwona mamake Mwanaheri kama chanzo cha kuharibiwa mali yao, kwamba ndiye aliyewafanya majirani kuwachomea boma Iao.
Mamake Mwanaheri alidhoofika kiafya kwa majonzi ya kutengwa na wale aliowadhania kuwa wa aila yake. Siku moja waliamka na kupata kibarua juu ya meza dogo iliyokuwa chumbani mwa Mwanaheri.Mwanaheri alipofungua barua hii alipata kuwa mama mtu alihiari kuondoka kwa kubaguliwa,kufitiniwa na kulaumiwa kwa asiyotenda.Mwanaheri aliendelea kuwahadithia wenzake nakusema kuwa baada ya miezi miwili babake alienda kumtafuta mamake kwao asimpate. Baada ya kujuzwa kuwa mama mtu alikuwa ameenda mjini kuzumbua riziki, babake Mwanaheri alifululiza mjini kwenda kumtafuta mke wake akiwa mwenye majuto. Alimtafuta na kumtafuta mwezi baada ya mwezi na alipompata alikuwa amejifia chumbani mwake baada ya kutumia kinywaji kikali. Baba mtu alifanya juhudi na mabaki ya mamake Mwanaheri kuzikwa. Mwanaheri alipomaliza kuhadithia kadhiayake, matone mazitomazito ya machozi yalikuwa yakimdondoka.
Umu na Kairu walimwacha autue mzigo wake. Sasa Umu alianza kuhisi mzigo wake ulikuwa mwepesi sana.Mwanaheri aliendelea kuhadithia kuwa mara nyingi mwalimu anapofundisha mawazo yake hutangatanga. Yeye hujiuliza ni kwa nini mamake akakitekeleza kitendo hicho cha ubinafsi. Kwa kuwa maji yamekwishamwagika, sasa ameamua kuufuata ushauri wa MwalimuDhahabu wakuandama elimu kama ya kumwezesha kuleta mabadiliko katika jamii. Mwanaheri anasema kuwa iwapo mamake angefuata mikakati bora zaidi ya kuhusiana na wakwe zake badala ya kukata tamaa,huenda maisha yake Mwanaheri na ndugu zake yangekuwa bora zaidi.
Zohali naye alikuwa akiusikiliza utambaji wa marafiki zake nacho kilio kikawa kinamwandama. Baada ya kuwaza ikiwa atawatolea wenzake dukuduku lake hatimaye aaliamua kuwasimulia. Yeye alikuwa motto wa nyumba kubwa. Babake alikuwa mkurugenzi katika Shirika la Utoaji wa Huduma za Simu na mamake alikuwa mwalimu mkuu wa Shule maarufu ya kitaifa. Wazazi wake walikuwa walezi wema.Zohali na nduguze hawakupungukiwa na chochote.Maisha yake Zohali yalianza kwenda tenge alipojiunga na kidatocha pili.Mtafaruku wa kihisia katika umri huo ulimfanya kufanya mambo kwa papara na kutahamaki akawa ameambulia ujauzito.
Mwalimu mkuu alimtaarifu dadake Zohali kuwa alikuwa mjamzito na alifaa kurejeshwa nyumbani na akisha kujifungua wazaziwake waweze kumtafutia Shule nyingine.Tima(dadake Zohali) alimaka. Kutoka siku hiyo maisha ya Zohali yalichukua mkondo mpya. Amewahi kulala katika barabara za jiji pamoja na watoto wengine wa mitaani, amewahi kutumia gundi ili kujipurukusha,amewahi kupigana na majitu yaliyokuwa yakitaka kuuhujumu utu wake kwa kumnyanyasa kijinsia.Wakati wenzake waliona siku zake za kujifungua zimekaribia za kujifungua walimpeleka kituo chaWakfu wa Mama Fatma. Alikuwa ameyapitia mengi.Zohali anamshukuru Mtawa Pacha aliyemwokoa kutokana na kinamasi cha unguliko la moyo. Baada ya Zohali kumweleza kadhia yake, Mtawa Pacha alitikisa kichwa na kumwahidi kwamba baada yakujifungua angemrejesha shuleni. Sasa hivi na ulezi ulimpotezea miaka yake miwili.
Huwa anatamani sana kumwambia Mtawa Pacha ukweli wa mambo kuwa ana wazazi lakini moyo wake hukataa katakata. Atamwambiaje kuwa ana wazazi ilhali waliisha kumkana alipohitaji pendo lao?Anaendelea kusema kuwa madhila aliyoyapitia nyumbani kwao hayaelezeki. Baba yao alisema kuwahakuwa na pesa za kulipa kijakazi tena. Kazi zote za nyumbani zikawa za Zohali. La kusikitisha zaidi ni, mama mtu ambaye anajua uchungu wa kulea mimba hakutoa sauti yakumtetea. Baada ya Zohali kuyakamilisha masimulizi yake aliyaondoa machoyake kwenye ukuta yalikokuwa yameganda.Chandachema alifuata kusimulia kadhia yake. Kisa chake kikiwa na mshabaha na kile cha Zohali.Alilelewa na bibi yake aliyefariki Chandachema akiwa darasa la kwanza. Habari ilisema kuwa baba yake Fumba alikuwa amehamia Uingereza na familia yake na ni mhadhiri katika Chuo kikuu. Baada ya nyanyake kuiaga dunia, mambo yake Chandachema yalijaa giza.
SURA YA NANE
Ni alasiri moja ya joto kali. Mwangeka na Mkewe Apondi wameketi kwenye behewa la
nyumba yao.Wameyaelekeza macho yao kwenye kidimbwi ambamo wanao watatu Sophie,Ridhaa na Umulkheri- wanaogelea.Ukichunguza kwa makini utapata kwamba wawili hawa hawaoni chochote japo wanatazama. Kila mmoja,Apondi na Mwanageka, amepotea kwenye ulimwengu wake. Mwangeka anapomtazama Apondi anatabasamu. Kisa cha kukutana kwao kilikuwa kama ifuatavyo:Mwangeka , babake Mwangeka alikuwa akiishi nyumbani kwa Mwangeka kwa muda. Walikuwa wajane wawiliwaliokomaa. Hitaji la Mwangeka kuwa na mshirika wa kumwondolea ukiwa lilimwandama.
Baba mtu alimtaka Mwangeka kuwazia suala hili, Alijua kuwa wakati ndio mwamuzi,ipo siku atakapotokeza hurulaini wake Mwangeka.Ataifungua kufuli kubwa iliyoufunga moyo wake na hiyo itakuwa siku ya kumwaga chozi la heri. Baba mtu akaendelea kungojea kwa matarajio makuu, kila jioni akimchunguza mwanawe kuona kumetokea badiIiko lolote. Siku moja alikutana na RachaelApondi ambaye alifanya kazi katika Wizara ya Vijana na Masuala ya Kijinsia. Apondi alikuwa na shahada katika masuala ya kijamii. Apondi alikuwa mmoja wa wawasilishaji na ilipowadia zamu yake kuwasilisha aliwasisilisha kwa ustadi wa hali ya juu. Akautekanyara moyo wa Mwangeka. Apondi alipotoka jukwaani alisindikizwa na makofi ya hadhira yake.
Mwangeka akamsindikiza na macho zaidi ya makofi. Moyo wake uliokuwa umejaa barafu ukayeyuka na kutwaa uvuguvugu. Binti huyu alimkumbushaMwangeka marehemu mke wake Lily. Mwangeka naApondi walipata kujuana vizuri zaidi wakati wa chamcha. Huu ukawa mwanzo wa usuhuba na uchumba wa mwaka mwaka mmoja ambao kilele chake kilikuwa kufunga ndoa. Apondi alikuwa mjane wa marehemu Mandu. Mzee Mandu alijifia ughaibuni katika shughuli za kudumisha amani. Kifochake Mandu kikamwachia Apondi na Sophie mwanawe wa miaka miwili kilio kisichomithilika.
Apondi akawa mwoga, akachelea kuhusiana na mwanamume mwingine asije akamwachia ufa wamoyo. Miaka sita baada ya kufiwa ndipo alipokutana naMwangeka na penzi likazalika, wakapanga kuoana.Alipojifungua mtoto wa kiume alimwita Ridhaa. Ridhaa ni bavyaa yake aliyemkubali katika familia yake licha ya kwamba koo zao ni tofauti. Akawa nafuraha tele kwa kuwaSophie amepata mwenzake naye Baba Ridhaa amepata fidia japo kidogo kwa familia yake iliyoteketea.Mwangeka na Apondi walikuwa wameamua kuwa watoto wao wawili walitosha kukamilisha familia yao.
Lakini, ukarimu wao ulifanya kuzaliwa kwa Umulkheri katika familia yao.Baada ya Umu kujiunga na Shule ya Tangamano, waliishi alishirikiana na mwalimu mkuu wa Tangamano
mfadhili. Apondi alikuwa rafiki wa utotoni wa Mwalimu Dhahabu. Alipompigia simu na kumweleza kadhia ya Umu Apondi alikubali kumchukua Umu kama mtoto wake wa kupanga.Baada ya kuwasiliana na Mwangeka, Mwangeka hakuwa naPingamizi yoyote kuhusu kuwa mlezi wa Umulkheri.
Mwangeka alimwambia mkewe kuwa umu ni baraka kwa Mwenyezi Mungu na kuwa Mungu amemfidia mwanaye aliyekufa umu akapata wazazi wapya.Wakawa wanamlipia karo umu mwanzoni alikuwa na shaka lakini baadaye alikuja kuwapenda kwa dhati.Upendo alioupata kwa wazazi hawa wapya uliponya donge chungu lililokuwa moyoni mwake.Akawa sasa yu tayari kumsamehe mamake hapa duniani na ahera. Akawazia pia kumsamehe Sauna. Hata hivyo alibaki kujiuliza maswali mfululizokuhusiana na walikotokomea ndugu zake.
SURA YA TISA
Siku hii Dick alihisi kuwa uwanja wa ndege ulikuwana baridi na mzizimo kuliko siku nyingine zote. Dick mlolongo mkubwa wa watu ambao walingoja kuingia akawa anakumbuka siku alipoanza kusafiri kwa ndege. Siku hiyo alijawa na kiwewe kwani biashara haramu ya kubeba dawa za kulevya aliyokuwa amejiingiza kwayo ilikuwa imewaingiza wengi kwenye mikono ya polisi, wakatiwa mbaroni.
Siku hizo alikuwa mwanagenzi katika uga huu kwani alikuwa na umri wa miaka kumi tu. Zipo siku alipotetemeka karibu ajisaliti lakini hatimaye alizoea kujipa moyo. Sasa miaka kumi ya adha imepita. Haukuhitaji mnyonge. Dick alitoswa katika kinamasi cha kuuza dawa za kulevya na Sauna- kijakazi wao.Dick amesafirisha maelfu kwa maelfu ya vifurushivya dawa hizi. Mwanzoni akawa si mraibu wa dawa hizi lakini ilibidi ajizoeshe kwa usalama wake mwenyewe, kwani mara nyingi alilazimika kuzimeza dawa zenyewe ili kwenda kuzitapika kwenye masoko ya ughaibuni.
Jambo hili lilichangiwa na uwepo wa mashine zenye uwezo mkubwa wa kung’amua shehena za dawa zilizofichwa kwenye chupi. Siku ile baada ya kijakazi Sauna kumwiba Dick baba mmoja tajiri ambaye alijitia kumpeleka shuleni.Kumbe alikuwa amempeleka katika biashara yakuuza dawa za kulevya. Buda ( lakabu ya tajiri wakeDick) alipoona Dick akitaka kukataa kushiriki biashara hii, alimtishia Dick kuwa angetupwa nje, asingiziwewizi na bila shaka Dick alijua malipo ya wezi ni kutiwa tairi na kuchomwa moto. Wazo la kupata adhabu ya aina hii lilimtetemesha Dick. Akambuka rafiki yake Lemi alivyofishwa kwa njia hii. Kisa cha Lemi kilimfanya kuunasihi moyo wake kuingilia biashara hii haramu ili mwenye nguvu
asije akamtumbukiza akajisemea kuwa huenda siku moja akapata mbinu ya kujinasua.
Sababu nyingine iliyomfanya Dick kuingilia biashara hii ni kuwa alihitaji chakula na mahitaji mengine. Akasema potelea mbali kwa lisilobudi hutendwa. Alipojitosa katika biashara hii haramu aliingilia kwa hamasa za ujana. Miaka mitano ya kwanza ikawaimejaa hekaheka kwani alisafiri kwingi na kuona mengi. Akaweza kuchuma pato Si haba, pato aliloliona ni halali yake baada ya ulimwengu kumpoka maisha yake. Hata hivyo asubuhi moja aliamka baada ya kuamua kuwa hakuumbiwa uhalifu,dhamiri yake ikamsumbua na moyo wake kumsuta.
Mawazo mengi yakawa yamempitikia akilini na ya kamsukuma kuufikia uamuzi wa mkataa,akajinasua kutoka kucha za mwajiri wake huyu. Akaacha biashara ile haramu na kuanzisha biasharaya kuuza vifaa vya simu. Leo hii amejiajiri. Ashaamua kuufungua ukurasa mpya katika maisha yake. Amekwisha kuhitimu masomo katika Chuo cha ufundi ambako alijifunza teknolojia ya mawasiliano ya Simu. Sasa amepanua mawanda yake ya kibiashara. Anauza vifaa vya simu. Husafiri ng’ambo mara kwa mara kununua bidhaa ili kuyauzia mashirika yanayotoa huduma za mawasiliano. Asubuhi hii Dick na kijana mwenzake (mwajiriwa wake) walikuwa katika safari ya kawaida.
Alinuiwa kuabiri ndege ya saa moja asubuhi kuelekea ughaibuni ambako alizoea kununua mali yake. Huku akingoja afisi kufunguliwa,akayakunjua maisha yake ya siku za Mlima wa Simba.Akamwazia mama yake kwa masikitiko makuu. Akashanga jinsi ulimwengu unavyoweza kummeza mwanadamu akawacha kuwaazia hata wana wake.
Akamkumbuka babake katika dakika ya mwisho ya hasidi” ndio waliomsababishia uwele alionao. Dick akiishi, atawaona. Akili yake ikamtuma kumkumbuka Umulkheri- dadake. Anakumbuka alivyomwambia kuwa asijali kwani yeye angewakimu kwa viganjavyake na hawangepungukiwa na chochote. Akawa na maswali chungu nzima kuhusiana na aliko Umu.Wakati Dick alikuwa akiwaza kuhusu familia yake,hakujua kuwa Umulkheri alikuwa nyuma yake kapiga foleni.
Anasafiri ng’ambo kwa shahada yake ya uhandisi katika masuala ya kilimo. Umu, baada yakuchukuliwa na Mwangeka na Apondi alifanya bidii masomoni nakufuzu vyema katika mitihani yake.Kisadfa, safari ya Umu imekuwa siku hii ambapo Dick anasafiri. Dick aliposikia Mwangeka akimwita Umuna kumtaarifu kuwa ndege i karibu kuondoka,hakuamini. Mazungumzo baina ya Umu na wazazi wake yalimwamsha Dick kutoka lepe lake la muda.Aligeuka na kutazamana ana kwa ana na Umu. Mwanzoni Umu
akidhani macho yanamdanganya. Mikono yake ikamwachilia dadake Sophie, moyowake ukamwenda mbio. Ghafla Dick, alimwita dadake Umu nakumkimbilia. Wakakumbatiana.
Wasafiri wote na aila yote ikawatazama kwa mshangao. Machozi yakawadondoka wote wawili na kulia kimyakimya huku wakiambiana kimoyomoyo yote yaliyowakumba. Hatimaye sauti iliita ikitangaza kuwaabiria wa ndege Tumaini waanze kuingia. Walijua kuwa jaala ilikuwa imewakutanisha na hawatawahi kutengana tena.
SURA YA KUMI
Sura hii inaanza kwa Wimbo wake Shamsi. Leo Shamsi anaskika kama amebadilisha wimbo wake kama ana wasema Ridhaa japo kwa sauti ya chini. Wimbo huu wa leo unasikika kama wa kiumbe mwenye maumivu zaidi na mapigo yake hasa ni ya mbolezi. Huu wa leo ni tofauti na majigambo yake ya kila siku. Ridhaa alianza kuyaghani majigambo yake Shamsi kwa sauti ya chini kama anayeyatia maneno ya majigambo kwenye mizani.Ridhaa anamtazama Shamsi akipita kama afanyavyo kila siku.Mtaa anakoishi Shamsi si mbali na hapa, Shamsi na Ridhaa ni majirani. Huu ni mwezi wa tatu tangu Ridhaa kuhamia mtaa wa Ahueni. Ahueni ni mtaa wa raia wenye kima cha juu kiuchumi. Mtaa huu una sura ya mijengo ya kifahari ya ghorofa.
Daraja kubwa limeutenga mtaa huu na mtaa waKazikeni inakoishi familia ya Shamsi na nyingine za aina yake. Huku maisha ni ya kubahatisha. Huu nimtaa wa mabanda yaliyojengwa kwa udongo na mabati. Mwangeka aliamua kuhamia mtaa wa Ahueni baada
ya mjukuu wake wa mwisho kuzaliwa. Aliona ulikuwa wakati wake kuanza kuyajenga maisha yake upya. Maisha yaMwangeka sasa yalitengenea. Baada ya kuzungumza na mwanawe, Ridhaa alimwomba Mwangeka amruhusu aondoke ili akaanze kuyazoea maisha ya ujane. Aliondoka akiwa na azimio Ia kukamiIisha kukijenga kituo cha afya chaMwanzo Mpya alichokijenga kwenye ganjo lake. Kituo hicho kingewafaa raia wengi ambao hawangemudu gharama ya matibabu katika hospitali za kibinafsi.
Selume alifanya kazi katika kituo cha afya chaMwanzo Mpya. Hali katika kituo hiki ni bora kuliko ilivyokuwa katika hospitali ya umma. Huko alikuwa amechoka kutokana na kuwatazama wagonjwa wakifa kwa kukosa huduma za kimsingi huku shehena za dawa zilizotengewa hospitali hii zikiiShia kwenye maduka ya dawa ya wasimamizi wa hospitali. Alikuwa amechoshwa na mambo mengi. Katika kituo hiki kipya Selume aliajiriwa kama Muuguzi Mkuu naye Kaizari kama Afisa wa Matibabu. Sasa huu ni mwaka wa tatu tangu kuanza kazi hapa chini ya usimamizi wa Ridhaa ambaye ndiye mkurugenzi.Anawahudumia
wagonjwa walio na matatizo aina aina.
Kuna mgonjwa mmoja aliuguza majeraha katika mgogoro wa ardhi katika eneo la Tamuchungu. Mwingine aliyejifia ni kijana anayesomea shahada ya uzamili, alikuwa mwathiriwa wa pombe haramu. Mgonjwa mwingine wa kike kwa Jina Tuama alikuwa amejipata katika hali mbaya kwa kukubali kupashwa tohara. Alibahatika kwa kuwa hakuiaga dunia kama wenzake.Tuama anaitetea mila hii ya upashaji tohara kwa wanawake eti haijapitwa na wakati kwani bila tohara mwanamke hubakia kuwa mtoto. Anaendelea kusema kuwa kupashwa tohara hakumaanishi kuacha Shule kwani dadake Hazina alipashwa tohara lakini sasa amehitimu shahada kutoka Chuo kikuu.
Mgonjwa mwingine kwa jina Pete aliendelea kupata ahueni.Yeye aliokolewa akitaka kujiangamiza pamoja nakitotO chake. Pete alizaliwa katika kijiji cha Tokasa.Yeye ndiye mtoto wa nne katika familia yenye watoto sita. Alipoutambua ulimwengu tu, alijipata kwa nyanyake mzaa mama.Sababu yake kujipata katika hali hii ni ule mtafarukuuliokuwa umetokea baina ya mamake na babakePete kisa na maana, Pete hakuwa na mshabaha hata chembe na babake. Mama yake Pete kwa kuchelea kuiharibu ndoa yake akampagaza nyanya mzigo wa malezi.
Pete hajadiriki kuonja tamu ya kupendwa na wazazi wake. Alipoanza kupata hedhi maisha yalichukua mkondo mwingine. Alipoingia darasa Ia saba alipashwa tohara naowajombake wakapokea posa na baadaye mahari
kutoka kwa buda mmoja kwa jina Fungo aliyemuoa kama bibi wa nne. Alipojifungua, akaamua kwa mzee Fungo hakumweki tena. Akaondoka bila kuangalia nyuma. Akaingia jijini kuzumbua riziki. Akapata ajira ya kijishahara duni ambacho hakikutosha kugharamia mahitaji yake yote. Maisha yakazidi kuwa magumu hadi akamzaa mwana wa pili.
Kitoto alichonacho zahanatini ni cha tatu na alikipata akiwa katika shughuli za uuzaji pombe. Mamboyalipombainikia kuwa ana watoto watatu kabla yakufikisha umri wa miaka ishirini na moja, aliona niheri ajiangamize. Alimwambia jirani yake amchungie watoto kisha akaacha kikaratasi chenye anwani ya bibi yake kwenye kimeza katika chumba chake na kuondoka. Alijiambia kuwa dawa ya panya haingeshindwa kumuua yeye pamoja na kilichomo tumboni na ndipo akamimina kopo la dawa hiyokinywani. Sasa anapata ahueni katika kituo hiki cha afya.
SURA YA KUMI NA MOJA
Sauna anaamka huku akijipindua kusikiliza mlio wa kingora unaosikika kwa mbali. Sauna anajihisi mzito kama nanga na kutamani kurudi kulala. Lakini inabidi aamke ili amtayarishie Bi. Kangara kiamshakinywa. Sauna anajihisi kutokuwa na utulivu na mara polisi wanafika kumkamata sauna na Bi Kangara ambaye ni mwajiri wake. Hawa wawili wamejihusisha katika biashara ya ulanguzi wa watoto.
Sauna baada ya kumtorosha Dick na Mwaliko na kuuza Dick kwa mzee Buda anaawaza jinsi ambavyo maisha yake yamekuwa. Hakupenda kazi hii sana kutokana na kitendo cha babake wa kambo anayemhujumu kila wakati apatapo nafasi na mamake kumwonya dhidi ya kumwambia yeyote asimbujie ndoa sauna aligeuka kuwa na moyo wa ujabari. Babake Sauna (Kero) alikuwa mlevi jambo lililosababisha kupigwa kalamu. umaskini aliosababishia mamake sauna ndicho kilichokuwa kiini chake cha kuolewa na Bwana Maya. Baada ya Sauna kutoroka kwao alifanya kazi mbalimbali kabla ya kukutana na Bi Kangara. Mabibi hawa walifikishwa mahakamani na kushtakiwa kwa ukiukaji wa haki za watoto. Mwaliko anapelekwa kwa kituo cha watoto mayatima kilichoitwa Benefactor.
Neema na mwangemi wanajadiliana juu ya kupanga motto.hii ni baada ya kujaribu kwa muda wa miaka mitano bila kupata motto. Motto wao bahati alikufa katika juma la kwanza kutokana na ugonjwa wa sickle cell.
Neema anamwelezea mmewe mwangemi jinsi mungu alimpa nafasi ya kumpanga motto kasha akaitema kama masuo. Anamwambia asubui moja miaka kumi iliyopita, akiwa anapitia katika ujia uliolekea ofisini mwake alipata kitoto kimetupwa katika karatasi ya sandarusi. Alikipeleka kitoto kile kituo cha polisi na kasha baadaye kikapelekwa katika kituo cha watoto cha Benefactor.
Neema baada ya kukubali rai ya Mwangemi ya kumpanga motto walienda katika kituo cha Benefactor na kumpanga Mwaliko. Mwaliko aliwaheshimu wazazi wake na majirani hata akamaliza masomo yake ya kidato cha nne na akajiunga na chuo kikuu kusomea shahada ya Isimu na Lugha.
SURA YA KUMI NA MBILI
Baada ya masomo ya uzamili ya Mwaliko anaajiriwa katika kampuni ya magazeti ya Tabora kamamhariri katika kitengo cha biashara. Mwaliko anakumbuka yaliyotokea kwao baada ya a kuachwa na mama yao. Mama Neema aliishi kumpa tumaini kuwa atawahi waona .
Mwaliko na babake wanaamua kwenda kujivinjari katika mji. Ilikuwa siku ya kuzaliwa ya mwangemi. Katika hoteli mwaliko anazungumzia nduguze huku akionyesha labda waliweza kujifia au labda mama yao aliwajia. Kwa upande mwingine Umu na familia yao walikuwa pia katika hoteli ya Majaliwa kusherehekea kuzaliwa kwa Umu . Umu anakumbuka siku ambayo wazazi hawa wake wa kupanga walipomkujia na ujumbe wa mwalimu Dhahabu kuwa ni watu wa imani.
Umulkheri anawashukuru wazazi wake kwa kumsomesha, kwa utu wao, kwa kumsaindikia nduguye Dick kujiendeleza katika masomo na kuwaombea thawabu kutoka kwa Mungu. Aidha Apondi anamshukuru Umu kwa ulezi wa nduguze wadogo Don Ridhaa na hasa Sophie ambaye amekuwa katika hali ya kutafuta ujitambuaji. Dick anamkumbusha nduguye Umu alipomwambia kuwa angewalea na Mwaliko kwa viganja vyake. Aidha Dick anawashukuru sana wazazi hawa kwa mashauri yao kwani alipokutana nao kwanza alikuwa na kiduka kimoja cha kuuzia vifaa vya simu , lakini sasa ni mmoja kati ya watu mashuhuri katika kuendeleza teknohama.
Mwangemi anamwita mwanawe Mwaliko ambaye Dik na Umu wote wawili walitazamana , kila mmoja akiapa moyoni kuwa amewahi kumwona kiumbe kama huyu mahali , lakini hakuna anayedhubutu kunena. Mwangeka anakumbuka maisha yake na Mwangemi ya utotoni na jinsi walivyopendana. Katika utoto wao walibuni michezo ya kishujaa ambayo kila moja alipenda kujitambulisha na majagina.
Mwaliko moyo wa udugu unamwambia kuwa hawa ndio ndugu zake . Mara mwaliko anainua macho taratibu na kumwita Umu na Dick huku akiwarifu kuwa ni yeye nduguyo. Umu na Dick wanamkumbatia na kulizana. Wanafurahi kukutana huku wakipanga kumtamfuta mamayao. Mwaliko anarudi nyumbani akiwa na hamu kuu ya kumsimulia Neema majaliwa ya siku hiyo.
3 Athari ya vita katika nchi ya Wafidhina
- watu kuuawa, kuacha makwao na kukimbilia maisha yao huku wakipoteza mali kwani waliokimbia makwao kila walichokiacha kiliteketezwa
- kupora maduka ya Kihindi, kiarabu na hata Waafrika wenzao
- Misafara ya wakimbizi ikawa kwenye barabara na vichochoro vya Wahafidhina
- Mizoga ya watu na wanyama
- magofu ya majumba yaliyoteketezwa kwa moto
- uharibifu wa mali na
- Nyimbo za uchochezi mpinzani wa Mwekevu anambiwa tawala wahafidhina , mwanzi wetu tawala.
- Kuchomwa kwa magari kana kwamba ni mabiwi ya taka
- Vilio kwa waliokuwa wakiteketezwa
- Kubakwa kwa mabinti wa Kaizari yaani Lemi na Mwanaheri
- Askari wa fanya fujo uone kuwafyatulia risasi vijana walioamua kufa
- Magonjwa ya homa ya matumbo
- Njaa na ukosefu wa maji safi
- Kukimbilia chakula kwa watu wazima jinsi wafanyavyo watoto
4 Dhana ya chozi katika riwaya ya Chozi la Heri
- Umu alilia sana alipowakumbuka nduguye Dick na
- Umu anahuzunika kwa kukosa kwao nyumbani
- Watoto wa Lunga Dick, umu na mwaliko walilia machozi ya heri walipopatana katika hoteli ya majaliwa
- Ridhaa analia machozi ya furaha baada ya mwanawe mwangeka kufunga ndoa
na Apondi Reachel
- Vilio vya kite vilitanda baada ya makundi mawili kukutana, yaani lililomuunga mkono mwekevu na la mpinzani wake
- Ridhaa analia baada ya familia yake na jumba lake la kifahari kuteketezwa
- Neema analia machozi ya furaha mwaliko anapokubali kuwa motto wao wa kupanga
- Neema analia kwa uchungu wakati alipokumbuka kisa cha Riziki Immaculate kitoto alichookota na akaogopa kukichukua na
- Mwangeka analia kilio cha uchungu babake alipomweleza sababu ya kutozika mabaki ya familia yake
- Umulkheri na Dick wanapokutana kisadfa katika uwanja wa ndege wanatoa machozi ya
- Selume analia inapomlazimu kuondoka na kuacha motto na nyumba yake kwa sababu ya ukabila
- Subira alipokatwa kwa sime alilia kwa kite kabla ya kufa kwake
- Subira anakilovya kifua chake machozi sababu ya mamamkwe anayemshutumu na kuacha mwanawe na mumewe
- Mwangemi walipomtania babu Msubili pamoja na Mwangeka walichapwa wakatoa machozi ya uchungu
- Kaizari alitoa machozi ya uchungu alipoona vijana wakipigwa risasi kwa kukataa kuondoka barabarani
- Ridhaa analia kwa kubaguliwa shuleni
- Abiria waliochomewa katika gari la kuabiri na vijana waasi walilia kwa uchungu
- Mwanaheri anadondokwa na machozi anapowasimlia wenzake kifo cha mamake katika shule ya tangamano
- Ridhaa alilia machozi ya uchungu alipomwelezea Mwangeka mkasa wa kupoteza mali yake
- Viongozi wanatoa machozi kikinaya kuonyesha njisi ambavyo wanawahurumia maskini
- Ridhaa akiwa katika magofu anakumbuka kilio cha Mwangeka akiwa mtoto
- Kumbukizi za maongezi kati ya Terry na Ridhaa zinamfanya atokwe na machozi
- Mwangeka na Annatila wanalia walipokuwa wakiigiza kifo cha mdogo wao Kim
- Wenyeji walilia katika mazishi ya Kim wakilizunguka jeneza
- Umulkheri analia alipoenda kuhusu kupotea kwa nduguze katika kituo cha polisi
- Umu alipokutana na Hazina alilia machozi ya mseto wa furaha na huzuni
- Kairu na mamake wanalia kwa matatizo waliyopata na kujifia kwa kitoto chao walichozika porini
5 Nafasi hasi na chanya ya mwanamke
Mwanamke ni Msomi– Umu alikuwa na shahada ya uhandisi, Tila alimudu masuala ya sheria.
Mwanamke ni mtamaduni – Tuama anatetea tohara ya wanawake bila kuangazia matatizo inayosababisha
FOR MORE RELATED LEARNING MATERIALS, 0714497530
Mwanamke ni mwenye bidii– Apondi mkewe Mwangeka alikuwa anafanya kazi katika wizara ya vijana
Mwanamke ni mwenye tamaa – Bi Kangara anafanya kazi ya ulanguzi wa watoto ili kujilimbikizia mali
Mwanamke ni mwenye huruma– neema anakihurumia kitoto kilichokuwa kimetupwa na kukipeleka katika kitui cha polisi na kasha baadaye katika kituo cha watoto cha Bebefactor.
Mwanamke ni katili – neema anapokiokoa kitoto kilichotupwa kuna wanamwambia
asijitwike mzigo wa mwenzio. Aidha Neema akiwa chuo kikuu aliweza kuavya. Pete alijaribu kuavya mara tatu.
Mwanamke ni mwenye majuto– Naomi anaporudi katika msitu wa samba na kuona kaburi la mmewe anajutia alichokifanya.
Mwanamke ni mwenye amezinduka – Zohali anapigana na majitu yaiiyokuwo yakitaka kumnyanyasa kijinsia
Mwanamke ni mcheshi– Terry amboye kawaida yake ni mcheshi hakunyamaza bali alimwambia Ridhaa kuwa kwake lazima kila jambo liwe na kiini.
Mwanamke ni mwongo – Sauna anawahidi Dick na Mwaliko kuwatunza ila anawauza kwa Bi Kangara
Mwanamke ni mlezi mwema – Apondi anamlea Umu vyema
Mwanamke ni mwenye mashauri – Kairu anamshauri Umu kuwa asijihurumie sana kwani yeye ndiye aliyekuwa amepitia maovu mengi kumliko
6 Umuhimu wa mashirika ya misaada
- Mashirika ya kidini yanaungana pamoja kuwasaidia waathiriwa kwa kuwapa chakula katika kambi mbalimbali
- Kituo cha Benefactor kimeokoa maisha ya watoto wengi;
- Mwaliko
- Mtoto aliyeokolewa na Neema na watoto wengine
- Shirika la jeshi la wajane la Wakristu linasaidia maisha ya mayatima kama vile Chandachema, Umu na Mwanaheri uk95
- Shuleni tangamano iliwasaidia wanafunzi kama vile mwalimu Dhahabu anamwambia Umu arudi darasani anapoona amekumbwa na mawazo
- Mamake kairu ni maskini kwamba kulipa karo ni jambo linalomtatiza ila anaongea na mwalimu mkuu kumruhusu mtoto wake asome akilipa kidogo kidogo
- Mwalimu Dhahabu anajishughulisha kuwatafutia mayatima wazazi wa kuwapanga
- Shirika la Hakikisho la Haki na Utulivu linajishughulisha katika kusaidia watoto
kupata elimu kama ville chandachema
- Kituo cha wakfu cha mama Paulina kinamsaidia Zohali aliyepelekwa alipokaribia kujifungua
7 Matatizo ya ukabila
- Ridhaa anabaguliwa na wanafunzi wenzake kwa kutokuwa wa jamii yake jambo linalomfanya Ridhaa kulia sana na kutaka kuacha shule uk 10
- Subira analia kilio cha ubaguzi unatokana na mamamkwe
- Mamamkwe anamlaumu kuwa yenye ndiye sababu ya kuharibiwa mali yao
- Ukabila huu unasababisha kutengana kwa Subira na mmewe Kaizari
- Subira anaacha watoto wake kwa uchungu yaani lime na Mwanaheri
- Ukabila unasababisha kuwa na malezi mabaya kwani waazazi hawana utulivu wa kuwaelekeza watoto wao.
- Ukabila unasababisha kifo cha familia ya Ridhaa
- Kuharibu mali ya Ridhaa jumba lake la kifahari linachomwa
- Subira mkewe kaizari ambaye ni mbamwezi suala la kutengwa na familia yake kina msababishia kifo cha mapema uk 97
- Selume anatengwa na bintiye Sara kwa sababu ya ukabila
- Lucia kangata ndoa yake inapingwa kwa kuwa anaolewa katika jamii ambayo si yao
- Lime na Mwanaheri nduguye wanabakwa mbele ya babake
8 Malezi ya watoto
- Kuna ndoa kati ya Ridhaa na Terry inayowalelea watoto wao vizuri licha ya kuwa Terry anatengana na mmewe kwa mkasa Uk 11
- Mwangeka alimuoa Lily Nyamvula aliyekutana naye katika Chuo kikuu . walikuwa na mtoto mmoja kwa jina Malezi yao hayadumu kwani Lily na Becky
waliangamia kwenye janga la moto.
- Mwangeka hapo baadaye alimwoa Apondi. Walibarikiwa na mwana wa kiume kwa jina Ridhaa. Aidha, Apondi anakuja na mtoto wake Sophie aliyekuwa wa Mandu mmewe wa awali kabla ya kufia ughaibuni alikokuwa ameenda kudumisha amani
- Mwangeka na Apondi wanawalea watoto wao vizuri kwa kuwapa elimu na Dick na Umu wanashukuru kwa malezi yao.
- Apondi anamshukuru Umu kwa malezi mazuri ya wadogo wake aghalabu anapokuwa mbali
- Mwangemi alimwoa mwanamke kwa jina Neema hawakupata mwanao ila walipanga Mwaliko ambaye wamemlea vyema kwa kumpa elimu na kusoma hadi kitengo cha uzamili katika isimu na
- Kangata alimuoa Ndarine na kubarikiwa na; Lunga Kiriri, Lucia Kiriri na Akelo waliwalea vyema kwani waliweza kuwapa elimu iliyowasaidia.
- Kaizari alikuwa na mke kwa jina Subira. Walibarika na mabinti wawili, Lime na Familia inapatwa na tatizo la kulea wanao kwa sababu ya ubaguzi wa mamamkwe kwa Subira jambo linalosababisha kifo chake.
- Lunga alimuoa Naomi walibarikiwa na watoto watatu, Umu, Dick na Mwaliko. Ndoa hii ina changamoto katika malezi kwani Naomi anamtoroka mmewe jambo linalosababisha kifo cha Lunga na watoto kama vile Dick kuingizwa katika ulanguzi wa dawa za kulevya
- Familia ya Pete ilikuwa ya watoto sita baada ya kugunduliwa kuwa hakuwa na mshabaha na babake aliweza kurudishwa kwa bibi jambo linalosababisha ndoa ya mapema
- Pete aliozwa na wajombake kwa Fungo alipoingia darasa Ia saba na baada ya kupashwa tohara Pete anaozwa kwa Fungo akiwa bibi wanne. Anapogundua kuwa anapata watoto watatu akiwa chini ya miaka ishirini na moja alitamani Mtoto wake wa kwanza hakupata malezi yake kwani alimuacha kwa Fungo na kasha hawa wawili anawapata katika vibarua vya pombe.
- Kuna wazazi wengi ambao wanatupa watoto wao na pia kuavya. Tunambiwa kuwa Neema aliweza kukiokoa kitoto ambacho kilikuwa Aidha alipokuwa chuo
kikuu alikuwa ameweza kuavya
- Wazazi wa Zohali wanamkandamiza jambo ambalo linamfanya kutoroka nyumbani na kuwa mwana wa mtaani. Aidha kwake anasema kuwa hana wazazi anapohojiwa kwani walimkataa alipowahitaji zaidi
- Babake Kairu hamsaidii mkewe katika malezi jambo ambalo halimpi amani Kairu katika masomo
- Wazazi wake Chandachema yaani ndoa kati ya Rehema na mwalimu wake (Fumba) ambaye sasa ni mhadhiri hawashughuliki na malezi ya mwanao Rehema jambo ambalo linamfanya maisha yake kuwa ya
- Bwana Maya(mzazi mlezi) anamwingilia Sauna kimapenzi na kusababisha kupata ujauzito jambo linalomtia Sauna ujabali na unyama wa kujiingiza katika ulanguzi wa watoto
9) Athari za matumizi ya mihadarati
- Zohali anajiunga na kundi la vijana na kuvuta gundi inayomfanya kusahau matatizo anayopitia bila kujua mathara yake
- Pete anahamia kwa kazi ya kuuza pombe inayosababisha kupata watoto ambao anashindwa kuwalea na kutaka kujiua
- Dick anaingizwa na Sauna katika ulanguzi wa dawa za kulevya zinazohatarisha maisha ya muuzaji anaweza kamatwa na polisi na kufungwa
- Dick anashurutishwa kumeza dawa za kulevya na kasha akifika ughaibuni asitapike kutokana na uangalizi mkali katika viwanja vya ndege
- Dawa za kulevya zinasababisha vifo kijana msomi anakufa katika hospitali ya mwanzo mpya kutokana na utumiaji wa dawa za kulevya
- Shamsi anawapigia kelele majirani wake katika mji wa Ahueni kutokana na ulevi wake
- Aidha ulevi unamfanya aishi katika mtaa wa makabwela wa Kazikeni
- Kapanga ananusurika kifo kwa matumizi ya kangara inayosababisha vifo vya watu sabini uk143
10) Uongozi mbaya
- Hueneza uhasama uk 21
- Viongozi kulia machozi ya mamba kuonyesha jinsi wanavyowajali maskini
- Kunyakua mashamba ya walalahoi uk 22
- Viongozi kupokea milingura kwa mabwenyenye waliokuwa wamejenga sehemu zilizotengewa barabara uko Tononokeni uk 13
- Kutoona ripoti za uchunguzi wa mashamba ya walalahoi
- Tume za uchunguzi ambazo hasiwajibiki
- Wizara ya ardhi kupeana hati miliki ghushi baada ya kuuza shamba mara ya pili
- Viongozi katika hospitali za umma wanachukua dawa na kupeleka katika hospitali zao za kibinafsi
- Watoto wa matajiri wanapewa mikopo ya elimu iliyokuwa imetengewa watoto wa maskini
- Viongozi katika forodha wanapokea rushwa Kurusu ulanguzi wa dawa za kulevya uk123
- Viongozi wanashindwa kuwapa vijana kazi baada ya Shamsi analalamika kwa kutopata ajira licha ya kupata shahada akiwa wa kwanza katika kijiji chao
- Viongozi wananyakua mali ya walalahoi huko msitu wa mamba bila kuwafidia kwa lolote jambo linalosababisha mauko ya Lunga
- Vijana saba wanakufa kwa mtutu wa bunduki kwa kutetea haki yao uk 24
- Wazungu walipoingia wananyakua mashamba yaliyotoa mazao mengi na kuchukua waafrika kuwa wafanyikazi wao
- Walitendao/ watendeao wenzao mabaya na mwishowe mabaya yale yakawafika Elezea visa vya wahusika hawa ili kughamua jibu la swali hili;
- Sauna anayewalangua watoto
- Bi Kangara aliyekuwa amempa ile kazi
- Neema kwa kuavya mimba akiwa chuo kikuu
- Pete kujiingiza kwa uuzaji wa pombe
- Zohali anapojiingiza katika raha za ujana anapata pigo la ujauzito 12)Aina za migogoro
- Mgogoro wa familia ya akina pete ambaye anaonekana hana mshabaha na babake na kupelekwa kwa bibi
- Mgogoro wa kisiasa kuna mgogoro kati ya wafuasi wa Mwekevu na wa mpinzani wake mwanamume
- Mgogoro wa kikoloni mkoloni anapuuza sera za Mwafrika.Uk 10,”Hatua ya mkoloni ya kupuuza sera za mwafrika za umiliki wa ardhi na kumchukua kama mfanyikazi wake
- Migogogo ya ukabila Subira anafukuzwa na mamamkwe kwa sababu ya kutoka jamii Ridhaa aliitwa ‘mfuata mvua’,na kutengwa na wenzake. Walimwona kama mwizi.uk 10
- Mgogoro wa nafsi pete ana mgogoro na nafsi yake jambo linalomfanya kutumia dawa ya panya
- Mgogoro wa utawala vijana wanamuua kutotoka kwa njia jambo linalosababisha kupigwa risasi na kujifia
- Mgogoro wa kiimani Lily imani yake ya kikristo inakinzana na wazo la Mwangeka kuwa uk 62
- FOR MORE RELATED LEARNING MATERIALS, 0714497530
- Mgogoro wa kiuchumi Dick anakataa kazi ya ulanguzi wa dawa za kulevya ila anashindwa atapata vipi chakula asipoikubali kazi hii
- Mgogoro wa kisaikolojia darasani Umu anaonekana kuwazia mambo mengi mwalimu anapomwambia rudi darasani. Aidha mwanaheri anasema anashindwa kumsikiliza mwalimu juu ya mawazo yanayompitia
- Mgogoro wa ufisadi watu wanapewa hatimiliki ghushi aidha maskini ambao mashamba yao yalinyakuliwa na kuundwa kwa tume za uchunguzi hawapati ripoti ya uchunguzi
- Mgogoro wa kitamaduni Tuama licha ya mathara ya tohara yanayomkabili hospitalini anatetea utamaduni wa kupasha tohara wasichana
- Mgogoro wa kitabaka matajiri wanapewa mikopo ya elimu iliyotengewa watoto wa kimaskini
- Mgogoro wa matibabu selume analalamika jinsi ambavyo viongozi katika hospitali za umma wananyakua dawa na kuacha hospitali bila dawa
- Mgororo wa ardhi serikali imaamua kuwaondosha watu kutoka msitu wa mamba bila ya
13) Uozo wa maadili
Ubakaji uk 25 genge hili la mabarobaro watano lilifululiza hadiwalipokuwa maskini mabinti zangu wawili, Lime naMwanaheri. Sikuweza kuvumilia kuona unyamawaliotendewa. Nilijaribu kwa jino na ukuchakuwaokoa lakini likawa suala la mume nguvuze!
Ulanguzi wa dawa za kulevya; Dick anaifanya kazi ya kusafirisha dawa za kulevya kutoka nchi moja hadi nyingine, uk 119
Uporaji; watu wanapora mashamba ambayo yalitengewa ujenzi wa barabara uko Tononekeni
Ulanguzi wa watoto; Bi. Kangara walifanya baiashara haramu ya kuwauza watoto na vijana. Uk 157;
uavyaji wa mimba ; mamake Sauna anamshurutisha kuavya mimba ili kumwondolea mmewe fedheha
Uasherati ; Pete anapata watoto wawili nje ya ndoa
Ulevi ; shamsi anajiingiza kwa ulevi akisema ndio inayompa utulivu. Watu sabini wanaangamia kwa kutumia kangaras
Ukabila ; familia ya Ridhaa inaangamia kwa sababu ya ukabila na uharibifu wa mali
nyingi
Ukatil ; polisi wanapiga vijana sabini na wawili risasi na kuwaua. Aidha wafuasi wa mpizani wa Mwekevu wanaua watu kwa kuwachoma.
14 utamaushi ; ni ile hali ya kukata tamaa kwa jambo fulani maishani. Wahusika mbalimbali waliweza kukata tamaa kwa njia moja au nyingine;
- Pete anakata tamaa maishani baada ya kupata watotto watatu akiwa chini ya miaka shirini na moja jambo linalomfanya kutaka kujiua
- Ridhaa mkewe na familia yake ilipoangamia kwa moto alikata tamaa ya mapenzi katika maisha yake
- Zohali licha ya kuzaliwa katika familia ya tabaka la juu anakata tamaa katika maisha na kuingia mtaani kutumia gundi na wenzake
- Mwangemi na Neema wanakata tamaaya kupata mtoto na kuamua kupanga Mwaliko
- Shamsi anakata tamaa ya kupata kazi na kudhamini pombe licha ya kuwa wa kwanza kuingia chuo kikuu kutoka eneo lao’
- Naomi anakata tamaa kuishi na Lunga na kuamua kwenda kutafuta kazi mjini
- Naomi anakata tamaa kuishi mjini na kurudi msitu wa samba ila anakuta Lunga aliaga na watoto wakaondoka
- Umu anakata tamaa ya kupata nduguye hasa baada ya kugundua kuwa hapati usaidizi katika kituo cha polisi
- Mwanaheri anakata tamaa baada ya kifo cha mamake Subira
- Subira anakata tamaa ya kuishi kwa Kaizari kutokana na chuki ya mamamkwe kwa kiini kuwa hawakuwa wametoka katika jamii moja
- Lunga anakata tamaa ya maisha baada ya kuachishwa kazi, kunyakuliwa kwa mazao yake na kuachwa na mkewe jambo linalosababisha kufa kwake
- Chandachema anakata tamaa baada ya nyanya yake kufariki na kunyanyaswa na jirani yake satua
MASWALI YA ZIADA YA INSHA. MAUDHUI YA:
Ufisadi, ukatili, uharibifu wa mazingirauu,ujaala, majanga, ubinafsi, ukoloni mamboleo, elimu, utabaka, nafasi ya vijana, taasubi ya kiume, ndoa, mapenzi, ushirikina, umaskini na mauti.
MAJIBU YA MASWALI YA MUKTADHA
- Msemaji ; Mwangeka Kwa ; mkewe Apondi Mahali; nyumbani kwao
Sababu; baada ya Apondi kumweleza umuhimu wa kupanga Umu
- Uk 121Msemaji ; Lemi Kwa ; dadake Tindi Mahali; sherehe
Sababu; walikuwa wamechelewa kurudi nyumbani
- Uk 122Msemaji ;uzungumzi Dick Mahali;katika biashara ya Buda
Sababu; licha ya kulazimishwa kufanya ile kazi anasema atatafuta njia ya kujitoa
- Uk 125Msemaji ; Dick anakumbuka maneno ya Umu Mahali; walipokuwa nyumbani kwao
Sababu; baada ya kuondoka kwa mama yao
- Uk 139 msenaji : Mwangeka Kwa : babake Ridhaa Mahali: kwa mwangeka
Sababu: alikuwa anataka kwenda kukamiliza kituo cha afya
- msenaji : uk 141 Selume Kwa : Meko
Mahali: hospitali ya mwanzo mpya
Sababu: alikuwa akimrejelea mgonjwa ambaye kichwa kilikuwa kimejaa damu 7 ) msenaji : uk 142 maneno ya Meko
Kwa : Selume Mahali: hospitalini
Sababu: alitaka kujua kama ni mmoja wa wale waliangamia kwa sababu ya pombe haramu
8) msenaji : uk 148 bibi Kwa : wajombake Pete Mahali: nyumbani kwake
Sababu: walitaka kumuoza Pete
- msenaji : uk 153 sauti kutoka moyoni mwa Sauna Mahali: kwa Kangara
Sababu: polisi walikuwa wamefika kuwakamata
- msenaji : uk 156 Bi Kangara kwa : Sauna
Mahali: nyumbani kwake
Sababu: baada ya Sauna kutoroka kwao
- msenaji : uk 159 mwangemi kwa : Neema Mahali:nyumabani kwao
Sababu:hakuonekana kufurahia suala la kupanga mtoto
- msenaji : uk 162 mtawa Cizarina kwa : Neema
Mahali: kituo cha Benefactor
Sababu: kwa kuokota kitoto kilichokuwa kimetupwa
13 ) msenaji : uk 163 mtawa Anastacia kwa : Neema na Mwangemi
Mahali: benefactor
Sababu: walikuwa wameomba kupanga mtoto 14)msenaji : uk 170 mwangemi
kwa : mwaliko
Mahali: nyumbani kwao
Sababu: alikuwa akimfariji juu ya nduguze
- msenaji : 174 Dick
kwa : akiambia familia ya mwangeka Mahali: hoteli ya Majaliwa
Sababu: anashukuru kwa mashauri ya Mwangeka
- msenaji : 176 Mwangemi kwa : Mwaliko
Mahali: hoteli ya majaliwa
Sababu: alikuwa anataka waonane na Mwangeka 17)msenaji : uk 179 kumbukizi za Mwangeka
Mahali: hoteli ya Majaliwa
Sababu: alikuwa anakumbuka jinsi walivyoishi na Mwangemi katika sehemu kame 18)msenaji : uk 154 Sauna
kwa : moyo wake Mahali: kwa Kangara
Sababu: hakuwa anapenda vitendo vibaya ila alitiwa ujabari na dunia
- msenaji : uk 168 uzungumzi nafsia wa Mwaliko
Mahali: nyumani kwa Mwangemi
Sababu: Neema alimtunza vyema kama mtoto wake
- msenaji : 171 mawazo ya Umu ya maneno ya mwalimu Dhahabu
Mahali: shuleni Tangamano
Sababu: Mwangeka walikuwa wamekuja kumpanga Umu
- msenaji : uk 173 Dick kwa : Umu
Mahali: hoteli ya Mjaliwa
Sababu: walikuwa wamempa mashauri mema
- msenaji : 176 maneno ya mwandishi kuhusu Umu na Dick Mahali: hoteli majaliwa
Sababu: walifahamiana na sura ya Mwaliko
- msenaji : uk 177 mawazo ya Mwangeka Mahali: hoteli ya Majaliwa
Sababu: alikuwa mtoto mtundu kulingana na babu
- msenaji : uk 180 kumbukizi za mwangeka wakiwa na mwangemi
Mahali: akiwa hoteli ya majaliwa
Sababu: majeruhi huvuja damu zaidi jua likiwa kali 25)msenaji : 184 Kumbukumbu za mwangeka ya swali la babu
Mahali: akiwa hoteli majaliwa
Sababu: babu alitaka kujua walikokuwa mama zao
- msenaji : kiongozi wa kidini aliyeongea kwa lafudhi ya kizungu kwa: wakimbizi
mahali : kambi ya wakimbizi
sababu : walikuwa wamewaletea misaada
- msenaji : uk 188 mwaliko akisema kimoyomoyo
Mahali: hoteli ya majaliwa
Sababu: alikuwa amewatambua nduguze 28)msenaji : uk 189 Umu
kwa : kwa familia yake Mahali: hoteli ya majaliwa
Sababu: alikuwa na furaha ya familia yao kupatana
- msenaji : uk 192 mwandishi akimrejelea Naomi kwa wanawe Sababu: baada ya kuwatafuta kila mahali akiwakosa
- msenaji : mwanaharakati Tetei kwa : wahafidhina
Mahali: nchi ya wahafidhina
Sababu: hakupenda mwekevu kuchukua ule wadhifa wa uongozi FOR MORE RELATED LEARNING MATERIALS, 0714497530
MAJIBU YA WAHUSIKA NA UMUHIMU WAO
RIDHAA.
Ni mumewe Terry. Babake Mwangeka Tila na Kim Mwenye bidii ni daktari ambaye alifanya kazi kwa uadilifu Msomi amesomea udaktari
Mwenye uhusiano mwema anakula pamoja na majirani Mshirikina anahusisha milio ya bundi jambo mbaya kutokea Mwenye mapenzi anawapenda wanawe sana
Mkarimu anasaidia jamii kwa kujenga hospitali
Amepevuka anasema iwapo hakutakuwa na njia madhubuti ya kusuluhisha migogoro kunaweza shuka shida tena
Mvumilivu navumilia kuona mabaki ya kuteketezwa kwa familia yake TERRY
Mcheshi mwandishi anasema hanyamazi kwa ucheshi wake Mfariji alikuwa anamfariji Mwangeka kwa nyimbo zake za kidini MWEKEVU
Amezinduka kwa kushindania wadhifa wa kisiasa na mwanamume
Ni jasiri haogopi kusemwa kwa watu
Ni mzalendo historia yake ya kazi ilionyesha kuwa anafanyia wananchi kazi vyema Mwenye maono sera zake zilipendwa na watu
Mwenye matumaini licha ya ushindi wake kupingwa ana matumaini MZEE KEDI.
Ni jirani yake Terry na Ridhaa ambaye alisababisha vifo vya familia ya Ridhaa TILA
Mwanawe Ridhaa aliyefia katika mkasa wa moto. Amepevuka anajua nguvu za vijana ni kama nanga Amezinduka anajua kuwa bado wafidhina hawajapata uhuru Ni msomi anaelewa masuala ya sharia kwa kina
Ni mzalendo anasema wanahitaji kiongozi ambaye atapeleka jahazi kwenye visiwa vya hazina
MZEE MWIMO MSUBILI.
Huyu ni babake Ridhaa.
Ni mtamaduni anaoa wake wengi
Ni mkali anaogopwa sana na Mwangemi na Mwangeka Ni mwenye bidii kwani mtu kuilisha familia kubwa NAOMI.
Alikuwa mkewe Lunga na mama wa Umu, Dick na Mwaliko
Mwenye tamaa anamuacha mmewe kwa sababu ya ukosefu wa pesa Mwenye dharau anadharau mmewe na kumwacha kwenda kutafuta kazi Mwenye bidii amefungua duka la kunukulisha karatasi karibu na chuo kikuu Mwenye majuto anajuta kwa nini alimwacha mmewe na watoto wake
Mwadilifu anakataa kufanya mapenzi na mwajiri wake LUNGA
Alikuwa mumewe Naomi
Mwenye mapenzi kwa mkewe na wanawe
Mzalendo anaamua kuachishwa kazi ili watu wasipewe unga umeharibika Mvumilivu anavumilia hali ngumu licha ya kuwa alikuwa na kazi nzuri Mlezi mwema analea watoto wake hadi mauko yake
Msomi alikuwa amesomea masuala ya kilimo UMULKHER1 (UMU)
Mtoto wake Lunga na Naomi
Ni msomi amefanya shahada ya uhandisi katika kilimo Amepevuka anaripoti kwa polisi baada ya kupotea kwa nduguye
Ni mwenyemapenzi ya dhati kwa ndugu zake na wazazi wake wa kupanga Mwenye bidii anasoma kwa makini hadi anaenda chuo kikuu
Mwenye shukrani anawashukuru wazazi wake wa kupanga Mwenye huruma anawahurumia ndugu zake
Mwenye utu anaomba mamake pesa ili amsaidie Hazina kijana wa mtaani SAUNA
Kijakazi aliyekuwa akiwaangalia Umu, Mwaliko na Dick Ni mnafiki anajifanya kuwa mtiifu ili aibe watoto
Ni katili anajiuzisha na ulanguzi wa watoto
Ni mtiifu anatii kila jambo alapewa na mkuu wake HAZINA
Huyu ni kijana ombaomba wa mitaani aliyesaidiwa na Umu Mwenye utu anawajibika kumsaidia Umu
Mwenye bidii anafanya kazi katika hoteli Ni msomi amesomea masuala ya upishi KAIRU
Ni mwanafunzi katika shule ya akinaUmu. Ni mwathiriwa wa uhasama wa kikabila. Mamake ni muuzaji wa samaki ambaye hamudu kulipa karo vizuri
Ni mwenye mashauri anamshauri Umu kuwa yeye amebahatika na hasijisumbue na mawazo
Ana uvumilivu ana vumilia kuishi maisha ya taabu na mzazi wake Mwenye matumaini anamin I kuwa elimu ndiyo itakayomwokoa Ni mwenye bidii anatia bidii masomoni
MWANAHER1
Huyu ni mwanawe mzee Kaizari nduguye Lime
Ni mpenda mashairi ana kipawa cha kughani mashairi Mwenye bidii anatia bidii masomoni
Ni mshauri anamshauri Umu na wenzake shuleni Ni msomi pamoja na wenzake kama Umu na Kairu
Ni mvumilivu anavulia kusoma licha ya uovu aliofanyiwa genge Mwenye matumaini kuwa elimu itaweza wasaidia
MWALIKO
Mwanawe Naomi na Lunga
Mwenye bidii amesoma hadi kiwango cha uzamili
FOR MORE RELATED LEARNING MATERIALS, 0714497530
Ni msomi amefanya shahada ya uzamili ya isimu na lugha Ni mtiifu anawatii wazazi wake
Mwenye shukrani anawashukuru wazazi wake wa kupanga yaani Neema na Mwangemi Mwenye matumaini kuwa siku moja atawaona nduguye
DICK
Msamehevu anamsamehe mamake na Sauna
Mwenye shukrani anawashukuru Apondi na Mwangeka Mwenye bidii anafanya kazi ya teknolojia
Mwenye mapenzi ya dhati kwa nduguze
Amezinduka anajua hatari za ulanguzi wa dawa za kulevya BWANA MAYA
Baba wa kambo wa Sauna aliyemsababishia ujauzito Ni katili analala na mtoto wake
Ni mpyoro anatumia lugha yenye matusi
Mwenye taasubi ya kiume anampiga mkewe sana MWANGEKA
Ni mwanawe Ridhaa na Terry. Ni mmewe wa lily na hapo baadaye Apondi. Ni babake Becky , Don Ridhaa na baba wa kupanga wa Sophie na Umu
Ni msomi ana shahada ya uhandisi
Ni mlezi mwema analea familia yake vizuri Ana uhusiano mwema na familia yake
Ni mzalendo anaenda mashariki ya kati kuleta amani Ni mwenye mashauri anamshauri Dick
Ni mkarimu anaonyesha ukarimu kwa umu na nduguye Dick MWANGEMI
Ni mmewe neema na baba wa kupanga wa Mwaliko
Ni mkarimu anaonyesha Mwaliko ukarimu kwa kumpanga Ni msomi ana shahada ya udaktari
Mwenye upendo kwa mkewe na Mwaliko Amepevuka anamshauri mkewe kupanga mtoto Ni mcheshi waliishi kucheza na Mwangeka utotoni
UMUHIMU WA WAHUSIKA HAWA NI KUENDELEZA MAUDHUI NA VIELELEZO VYA WANAJAMII WENYE WASIFU KAMA WAO.
MAJIBU YA MBINU ZA LUGHA NA TAMATHALI ZA USEMI JAZANDA.
- Tila anapomwambia babake kuwa nchi ya Wahafidnina ni watoto wa miaka hamsini inamaanisha wao bado ni wategemezi licha ya kupata uhuru uk 6
- Aidha Tila anamwambia babake wanahitaji kiongozi yeyote awe wa kike au kiume ila kama ataweza kulielekeza jahazi katika visiwa vya Jahazi kwa maana ya nchi na visiwa vya hazina ni kuimarika kiuchumi uk 40
- Baada ya kuangamizwa kwa familia ya Ridhaa anaelewa maana ya vijikaratasi vilivyokuwa vikisambazwa kuwa kutakuwa na gharika baada ya kuapishwa kwa musumbi uk12
- Lunga anatumia neno Eden kurejelea mahali pazuri pa wanyama
- Mamake Ridhaa anamwambia unyonge haukuumbiwa majimbi ila makoo yaani majimbi ni wanaume na makoo wake uk3
- Kuikolesha nundu mafuta kuonyesha kuwa mhafidhina hasaidiki kutokana na mzungu
- Mshahara wanaopewa wahafidhina unitwa mkia wa mbuzi yaani mdogo uk 44
- Ridhaa baada ya familia yake kuangamia haamini kuwa Mwangeka angerudi anasemekana ameumwa na bafe uk46
- Ridhaa anasema bila jamii kushirikiana amani waliyokuwa nayo ni ya kifaurongo tu uk50
- Uchafuzi uliotokea baada ya uchaguzi Ridhaa anasema vijana waliweza kuligongesha jahazi mwamba badala ya kuliongoa uk49
- Ridhaa anamwambia Mwangeka mwanya wake wa meno uliopendeza sana ndi ndoana aliyotumia kumvulia mamake uk 48
- Ridhaa alitamani mwanawe awe na mapenzi aweze kuoa tena anasema anjua siku moja atapata hurulaini ambaye ataponya kiharusi
- Aidha anasema hurulaini huyo atafungua kufuli iliyofunga moyo wake uk 111
- Selume anapolia kwa kuacha mwanawe Ridhaa anamwambia asilie kwani ata kama samba ni mkali vipi ni mhali kumrarua
TASHIHISI
- UK28 Msongamano wa vibanda kwa jitimai
- Uk 24 vifua vyao vilikabiliana na risasi zilizorashiwa vifuani mwao kama marashi
- Uk 29 matumbo yalianza kudai haki
- Uk20 vitoa machozi vinafanya kazi barabara
- Uk 19 wimbi la mabadiliko kuvamia jamii
- Uk 15 mawingu yaliyoshiba kutaka kutapika
- Uk 46 ndege ya PANAMA inapiga pambaja sakafu
- Uk 48 kudekeza fikra
- Uk 45Faili zake zitakapopatikana zilikojifungia
- Uk 85 kutafuta haki ilikojificha
- Uk 78 kuyambia macho yake yatoke uko yalikokuwa yamejificha
- Uk 85 baridi ya vuli ilikuwa ikimtafuna
- Uk 169 alikumbatwa na ukiwa na umaskini
- Uk 147 maumbile yameanza kufanya kazi yake MAJAZ1
- Nchi ya wahafidhina inamaana wasiotaka mabadiliko katika nchi hii mtu ka Tuama hataki babadiliko ya kuacha tohara kwa jinsia ya kike
- Ridhaa kwa maana ridhika mhusika huyu anaridhika na hali yake baada ya mkasa uliompata
- Shamsi ni jua la asubui linapotokea ambalo hakuna mtu ambaye huwa halioni. Mhusika huyu alipokuwa akija kila mtu alikuwa akijua amefika kutokana na nyimbo zake za majisifu
- Bw Tenge kwa maana ya kwenda Matendo yake ya ukware yanaonyesha kwenda kombo na ahadi ya ndoa yake
- Mwekevu Tendakazi ni mwanamke aliyeweza kuwatumikia watu kwa kuwafanyia kazi vizuri kuliko mpinzani wake
- Mwalimu Dhahabu kitu cha maana Mwalimu huyu amekuwa wa muhimu sana kwa kuwasaidia watoto shuleni
- Hazina ile hali ya kuhifadhi vitu vya dhamana, Umu anampa mia mbili iliyomfanya amsaidie baadaye na kumpa makao katika upweke wake
- Mtawa Cizarina Neno mtawa lina maana ya mcha Mungu . alijitolea kulea watoto waliokuwa wametupwa na wazazi
- Hoteli ya majaliwa ni mahali watoto wa Lunga wote waliweza kukutanika
- Mji wa Afueni mji ambao ulikuwa mji wa kifahari wa matajiri
- Msitu wa simba ni msitu ambao maisha ya Lunga yanaharibikia na kukata kamaba
- Msitu wa heri sehemu ambayo ilikuwa na rotuba nzuri ya kulima
- Zohali hali ya kuchelewa kufanya jambo kwa sababu ya ugumu Fulani anachelea kusema kuwa ana wazazi kwa sababu walimtesa
- Mhusika Kangata neno hili lina maana kushikilia jambo Fulani anashikilia jina la mwajiri wake ambaye ni Kiriri hadi anadhaniwa kuwa ni wa aila
- Bw Kero huyu ni babake halisi wa Sauna kwa sababu ya kero zake za ulevi wanaachana na mkewe na kwenda kuolewa na Maya
- Bw Maya maana yake ni Kitendo chake cha kulala na Sauna mwanawe na kumtia ujauzito kilimtia hamaki sana na kutoroka kwao
- Mji wa Tokosa ndiko alikozaliwa Neno hili linamaana ya kuchemsha chakula ovyo tu. Malezi yake yalikuwa ovyo hadi kufumuzwa kwake kwa kutoshabihiana na babake
- Mhusika Neema alikionea neema kile kitoto kilichokuwa kimetupwa na kukipeleka makao ya watoto baada ya kuripoti kwa polisi
TASWIRA
- Uk 13 kubomolewa kwa nyumba ishirini katika mtaa wa Tononokeni
- Uk 109 mwangeka na mkewe wakiangalia watoto wao wakiogelea
- Uk 21 gari lilichomwa na watu wakiwa ndani
- Uk 20 vijana wanabeba mabango ya mpinzani wa Bi Mwekevu
- Tindi anavyonengua kiuno katika sherehe
- Umati wa watu wanaomchoma Lemi
- Taswira ya kaburi la Lunga Naomi anaporudi kuwatafuta wanawe MASWAL1 YA BALAGHA
- Uk17 lakini ni wangapi mnatambua hata maghulamu wanalawitiwa?
- Uk 192 kipi kilichonipa kumkimbia Lunga wangu wakati ambapo alinihitaji zaidi?
- Uk 25Wapi kile kidume chako kijoga?
- Uk 12 je, si mchango tosha wa mtu kuitwa ndugu hata angawa mgeni?
- Uk40 nani kasema viongozi waliopo hawajajikuna wajipatapo?
- Uk 41 serikali haijagharamia elimu ya shule za upili kwa kugharamia karo ya shule za kutwa?
- Uk 65 kipi kinachovuta raia kuhamia nchi za ughaibuni?
- Uk 66 Mlikuwa wapi wakati huo?
- Uk 123 kwa nini akatumia kijakazi Sauna kuja kusambaratiza familia ya baba?
- Uk 78Kwetu? Kwani mimi nina kwetu tena?
- FOR MORE RELATED LEARNING MATERIALS, 0714497530
- Uk 176Mungu wangu! Huyu si ndugu yangu mwaliko?
- Uk 18Tangu lini mwanamke akashinda uchaguzi?
- Uk 164 je, ikitokea kuwa nasaba yao ni watu wenye kifafa au hata wendawazimu?
KINAYA
- Ni kinaya Sauna kujifanya mzuri ilhali anawaiba wattoto
- Ni kinaya Neema kupeleka mtoto kwa makazi ya watoto na mwishowe kwenda kupanga mtoto huko
- Ni kinaya Naomi kutoroka mmewe nawanawe ilhali hapo baadaye anajilaumu
- Ni kinaya nchi ambayo ina miaka hamsini kuonekana kama mtoto wa mika hamsini
- Ni kinaya kuwa wafrika wanakuwa wafanyikazi katika mashamba yao chini ya wakoloni
- Ni kinaya watu walioishi na Ridhaa kwa amani wanawageukia na kuchoma nyumba yake pamoja na familia yake
- Ni kinaya vijana kumbaka lime na Mwanaheri mbele ya wazazi wao
- Ni kinaya mamakwe kufukuza subira kwa kuwa hawakuwa wa jamii moja
- Ni kinaya mzee Maya kumbaka mwanawe Sauna
- Ni kinaya wazazi wa Zohali ambao ni wasomi kumtesa Zohali kwa ajili ya ujauzito
- Ni kinaya Tuama kusifu utamaduni wa tohara za kike ilhali ndio sababu ya kuwa hospitalini
- Ni kinaya watu wan chi ya Wahafidhina kumkataa kiongozi wa kike na ndiye anayewafanyia kazi
- Ni kinaya kwa pete kutaka kujia kwa kuwa na watoto watatu akiwa umri wa chini ya mia ishirini na moja
MBINU REJESHI
- UK3 Ridhaa anakumbuka mlipuko na kilio cha mkewe
- Uk 1-2 anakumbuka milio ya kereng’ende na bundi
- Uk 10 anakumbuka jinsi watoto walivyomtenga shuleni
- Uk 13ana kumbuka majumba yake yakibomolewa
- Uk 45 anakumbuka mijadala aliyokuwa akifanya na mwanawe Tila
- Uk 187 Mwangeka anakumbuka mafunzo ya dini
- Kaizari anasimulia Ridhaa jinsi familia yake ilivyovamiwa
- Uk 96 Mwanaheri anakumbuka kwenda kwa mamake kupitia barua
- Uk 177- 178 mwangeka anakumbuka maisha yake na Mwangemi utotoni
- Kijana aliyekuwa amevaa shati ambalo lilikuwa limeandikwa Hitman anaeleza jinsi ambavyo aliwandanganya vikongwe kumchagua kiboko ambaye hawakumtaka
MATUMIZ1 YA BARUA
- Uk 72 Barua iliyoachisha Lunga kazi
- uk 81 Mkewe Lunga ana mwandikia barua ya kumuaga mmewe
- UK95 Barua hii inaandikwa na Subira kwa mmewe na wanawe Mwanaheri na Lime TAHARUK1
- Anwani chozi la heri ina taharuki kwani msomaji anatakakujua nanni huyu anatokwa
na chozi la heri
- Mwandishi hatuambii baada ya kufungwa kwa Sauna na Kangara kama walibadilika
- Kuna taharuki kama Zohali aliwahai kuelezea kama alikuwa na wazazi
- Kuna taharuki kama Tuama aliweza kuamini umuhimu wa kutopaswa tohara kwa jinsia ya kike
- Kuna taharuki chandachema kama aliwahi kujiwa na wazazi wake
- Kuna taharuki kama wana wa Naomi waliwahi mkukutana naye
- Kuna taharuki kama ya wenzake Umu katika shule ya Tangamano waliweza kufaulu katika masomo
- Kuna taharuki kama Ridhaa aliweza kuoa
- Kuna taharuki kama Mwangemi na Neema walifanikiwa kumzaa mwanao
- Kuna taharuki kama Buda aliyekuwa amemwajiri Dick aliwahi kutiwa mbaroni SADFA
- Inasadifiana kuwa wakati Selume anapotaka kiacha kazi katika hospitali ya umma ndio Ridhaa anamaliza kujenga hospitali ya mwanzo mpya
- Siku ya kuzaliwa kwa Umu inasadifiana nay a Mwangemi
- Inasadifiana wakati Neema akienda ofisini anakiona kitoto kilichokuwa kimetupwa
- Umu na Dick wanakitana kisadfa katika uwanja wa ndege
- Ni sadfa Mwaliko kupangwa na binamuye mwangeka aliyempanga nduguye
- Inasadifu kuwa Dick alipokuwa akiwaza juu ya nduguye Umu alikuwa nyuma yake
- Kukutana kwa wana wa Lunga katika hoteli ya Majaliwa ni sadfa
- Ni sadfa kuwa Umu anapowaza sana juu ya maisha yake wenzake wana matatizo kumliko
